ALIGARH MUSLIM UNIVERSITY (Amended upto May, 2007)

AALLIIGGAARRHH MMUUSSLLIIMM UUNNIIVVEERRSSIITTYY

Under the

A.M.U. (Amendment) Act, 1981

(Amended upto May, 2007)

(i)

Contents

Chapter Contents Page Nos.

Contents i–xi

I Faculties 1–5

II Departments/Board of Studies 6–16

III Classification & Emoluments of Teachers 17

IV Board of Secondary Education (EC dated 18/19/20.2.84) 18–20

V Committee of Examinations 21–24

VI Committee for Advanced Studies & Research 25

VII Library Committee 26

VIII Admission of Students to the University & University Lectures 27–28

IX Residence of Students 29

X Fellowships and Scholarships 30

XI Discipline Committee 31

XII Convocation for Confering Degrees 32

XIII Fees (Tuition, Examination etc) 33–38

XIV Evening Classes & Certificate Courses 39

XV Appointment of Examiners & Moderators 40–46

XVI Remuneration to Examiners, Invigilators etc 47–52

XVII Examinations 53–58

XVII-A Examinations (Semester System)(OM NO. XM/SPA/F.Ord.II-139dated 8.7.2005) 59–60

XVII-A (Revised) Examinations (Semester System)(OM. No. XM/SPA/II-196 dated 24/30.10.2005) 61–62

XVIII High School Examination (for Women Private Candidates)(EC dated 30.7.1987) 63–64

XVIII–A Secondary School Certificate Examination (EC dated 16.3.1985) 65–71

(ii)


XIX Senior Secondary School Certificate Examination(EC dated 18/19/20.2.1984) 72–78

XIX–A Senior Secondary School Certificate Examination(Under the Programme of Distance Education)(EC dated 27.2.1984) 79–81

XX Pre – Medical (Deleted) (EC dated 16.3.1985) 82

XXI BA (Hons) and B.Sc. (Hons.) (EC dated 27/28.9.1986) 83–88

XXI–A Bachelor of Fine Arts (BFA) (EC 31.7.2000) 89–90

XXI–B Bachelor of Physical Education (BPE)(EC dated 7.2.2001 & 13.3.2001) 91–96

XXI–C B.Sc. (Hons.) (Home Science)(OM NO XM/PA/58(0)/1833 dated 3.9.2004 97–100

XXI–D BA (Hons)/(Pass) under Distance Education(OM No. XM/SPA/II-196 dated 24/30.10.2005) 101–104

XXII B.Com. (Hons) (EC dated 27/28.9.1986) 105–108

XXIII M.A., M.Sc. and M.Com (EC dated 18/19/20.2.1984) 109–114

XXIII–A M.Sc. (Agriculture) – Plant Protection/M.Sc. (Agriculture)– Agriculture Microbiology/Master of Agricultural EconomicsBusiness Management/Technology in Agricultural Processand Food Engineering (Under Semester System)(EC dated 18.8.2001 & 29.12.2001) 115–116

XXIII–B M.Sc. in Bio – Technology 117–118

XXIII–C Master of Physical Education (MPE)(EC dated 7.2.2001 & 13.3.2001) 119–121

XXIII–D Master of Fine Arts (MFA) 122–123

XXIII(E) MA/M.Sc. (Maths) (OM LD(C) 1292 dated 20.11.2002) 124–126

XXIII (F) MA/M.Sc. (Under Semester System)(OM XM/SPA/F.Ord.57/II – 139 dated 8.7.2005) 127–132

XXIII–G M.Com. (Semester System)(OM No.XM/SPA/II-196 dt. 24/30.10.2005) 133–137

(iii)


XXIII (H) M.A (in the F/o Arts & Social Sciences) (Semester System)(OM.XM/PS/FN63/II-77 dated 6.4.2005) 138–143

XXIII–J MFA (Semester System)(OM No. XM/SPA/II-196 dt 24/30.10.2005) 144–147

XXIII–K MPE (Semester System(OM No. XM/SPA/II-196 dt 24/30.10.2005) 148–151

XXIII–L M.Sc. (Agriculture) (wef 2005 – 2006)(OM No. XM/SPA/II-368 dated 22/24.7.2006) 152–157

XXIV M.Phil (EC dated 16.10.85) 158–160

XXV Ph. D (Deleted)(OM XM/SPA/F.Ord.57/II – 139 dated 8.7.2005) 161

XXV–A Ph.D (EC dated 5.7.1997) 162–166

XXV–B Executive Doctorate in Business Administration 167–169

XXVI D.Lit/ D.Sc./L.L.D./D.Th. 170

XXVII Bachelor or Theology (B.Th.) 171–172

XXVIII Master of Theology (M.Th.) (EC dated 27.3.1987) 173–174

XXIX LLB (2–Year Course) (Abolished) (EC dated 7/8.2.1978) 175

XXIX–A BA – LLB (Hons) (5–Year Integrated Course)(EC dated 5.7.97) 176–179

XXX LLB (3–Year Course) (Deleted)(OM XM/SPA/F.Ord./II–139 dated 8.7.2005 180

XXXI LLM (EC dated 16.3.1985) 181–182

XXXI–A LLM (Semester System)(OM XM/SPA/F.Ord./II–139 dated 8.7.2005) 183–185

XXXII B.Ed. 186–189

XXXIII M.Ed. (EC dated 21/22.2.1981) 190–191

XXXIII–A M.Ed. (Semester System)(OM No. XM/SPA/II-196 dt 24/30.10.2005) 192–193

(iv)


XXXIV B.Sc. in Engg. (Deleted)(OM XM/SPA/F.Ord. 57/II – 139 dated 8.7.2005) 194

XXXIV–A B.Sc. in Engg. (Deleted)(OM XM/SPA/F.Ord. 57/II – 139 dated 8.7.2005) 194

XXXIV–B B.Sc. in Engg. (Deleted)(OM XM/SPA/F.Ord. 57/II – 139 dated 8.7.2005) 194

XXXIV–C B.Sc. in Engg. (Deleted)(OM XM/SPA/F.Ord. 57/II – 139 dated 8.7.2005) 194

XXXIV–D B.Sc. in Engg. and BE (4 – Year Course)(OM XM/AC – IV/2759 dated 7.2.95) 195–202

XXXIV–E B.Tech. (Semester System)(EC dated 18.8.2001 & 29.12.2001) 203–226

XXXV B.E. (Seven Semester Course) (Deleted)(OM XM/SPA/F.Ord.57/II – 139 dated 8.7.2005) 227

XXXV–A B.E. (Three & a Half Year Course) (Deleted)(OM XM/SPA/F.Ord.57/II – 139 dated 8.7.2005) 227

XXXV–B Not existing 227

XXXV–C BE (Three and a Half Year Course) (Deleted)(OM XM/SPA/F.Ord.57/II – 139 dated 8.7.2005) 227

XXXV–D BE (Four Year Course)(OM NO XM/AC IV/2759 dated 7.2.95) 228–234

XXXVI M.Sc. in Engg. (Four Semester Course) (Deleted)(OM XM/SPA/F.Ord.57/II – 139 dated 8.7.2005) 235

XXXVI–A M.Sc. in Engg. (Three Semester Course) (Deleted)(OM XM/SPA/F.Ord.57/II – 139 dated 8.7.2005) 235

XXXVI–B M.Sc. in Engg. (Three Semester Course) (Deleted)(OM XM/SPA/F.Ord.57/II – 139 dated 8.7.2005) 235

XXXVI–C M.Sc. in Engg. (Three Semester Course in Petroleum Processing/Petrochemicals)(Deleted) (OM XM/SPA/F.Ord.57/II – 139 dated 8.7.2005) 235

(v)


XXXVI–C M. Tech (Three Semester Course) (Civil/Chemical/Electrical/Electronics/Mechanical/Petrochemical Engg.) (Updated till 27.2.1999) 236–238

XXXVI–D M.Tech. (Four Semester Course) (Civil/Chemical/Computer Sc. & Engg. /Electrical/Electronics/Mechanical/Petrochemical Engg.) (wef from the session 2003-2004)(OM XM/SPA/F.Ord.57/II-139 dt 8.7.2005) 239–241

XXXVII Diploma in Engg. (Deleted)(OM XM/SPA/F.Ord.57/II–139 dated 8.7.2005) 242

XXXVII–A Diploma in Engg. (Deleted)(OM XM/SPA/F.Ord.57/II–139 dated 8.7.2005) 242

XXXVII–B Diploma in Engg. (wef 1996-97)(OM/AC-IV/PA/Ord/224 dated 6.2.1997) 243–245

XXXVII–C Diploma in Engg. (Architecture, Civil, Design &Constructional Technology, Design & Production Engg.,Electrical, Instrumentation & Control and Mechanical)(3 year courses) (wef 2002–2003) (OM XM/SPA/F.Ord.57/II – 139 dated 8.7.2005) 246–249

XXXVII–D 3–Year Diploma Courses in University Polytechnic(OM. No. XM/SPA/ FN-68/II-341 dated 10.6.2006) 250–253

XXXVIII Diploma in Catering & Food Technology, ArchitectureAssistantship, Electronics Engineering Costume Design &Dress Making and Office Assistantship & Secretarial Practice (For Women Only) (Deleted) (OM XM/SPA/F.Ord.57/II–139dated 8.7.2005) 254

XXXVIII–A 3-Year Diploma in Engg. (Electronics/Electronics(TV Tech)/Computer) and 2-Year Diploma in Costume Design& Garment Technology and Diploma in Office Assistantship &Secretarial Practice (wef 1996-1997)(AC-IV/PA/Ord. 22, dated 6.2.97/EC dated 5.7.97) 255–257

XXXVIII–B Diploma in Engg.(Electronics/InformationTechnology/Computer) (3 Year Courses)Diploma in Costume Design & Garment Technologyand Diploma in Office Assistantship & Secretarial Practice(2 Year Courses) (wef 2002–2003)(OM XM/SPA/F.Ord.57/II – 139 dated 8.7.2005) 258–260

(vi)


XXXVIII–C 3 Year Diploma in Engineering in Women’s Polytechnic(OM No. XM/SPA/FN-68/II-341 dated 10.6.2006) 261–264

XXXVIII–D 2 Year Diploma in Costume Design & GarmentTechnology/Secretarial Practice in Women’s Polytechnics)(OM No. XM/SPA/ FN-68/II-341 dated 10.6.2006) 265–267

XXXIX Certificate in Mechanical/Civil Draftmanship (Deleted)(OM XM/SPA/F.Ord.57/II – 139 dated 8.7.2005) 268

XL BUMS and Transitory Ordinances (Deleted)(OM XM/SPA/F.Ord.57/II – 139 dated 8.7.2005) 268

XL BUMS (EC : dated 21/22.2.81 & 27.3.1987) 269–273

XL–A BUMS (EC dated 18.8.2001 & 29.12.2001) 274–279

XLI MD (Ilmul Advia) (Deleted)(OM XM/SPA/F.Ord.57/II–139 dated 8.7.2005) 280

XLI–A Mahir-e-Tib (MD) (Unani) (EC dated 27.3.1987) 281–283

XLI–B Mahir-e-Tib/(MD/MS–Unani) (Effective from 2001-Batch)(OM XM/SPA/F.Ord.57/II – 139 dated 8.7.2005) 284–289

XLII Bachelor of Medicine & Bachelor of Surgery (MBBS) 290–292

XLII–A Bachelor of Medicine & Bachelor of Surgery (MBBS)(Effective from 1997-Batch) (OM XM/SPA/F.Ord.57/II–139dated 8.7.2005) 293–296

XLII–B Bachelor of Dental Surgery (BDS) (EC dated 9.3.2000) 297–302

XLII–C B.D.S. (OM No. XM/SPA/FN-75/II-278 dated 27/28.3.2006) 303–306

XLIII MD/MS (Deleted)(OM XM/SPA/F.Ord.57/II–139 dated 8.7.2005) 307

XLIII–A MD/MS and Diploma Courses (EC dated 27.2.1999) 308–311

XLIV Diploma in Ophthalmology (D.O) (Deleted)(OM XM/SPA/F.Ord.57/II – 139 dated 8.7.2005) 312

XLV Diploma in Orthopaedic Surgery (D.O.S.) (Deleted)(OM XM/SPA/F.Ord.57/II – 139 dated 8.7.2005) 312

(vii)


XLVI Diploma in Laryngology & Otology (D.L.O.) (Deleted)(OM XM/SPA/F.Ord.57/II – 139 dated 8.7.2005) 312

XLVII Diploma in Anaesthesiology (D.A.) (Deleted)(OM XM/SPA/F.Ord.57/II – 139 dated 8.7.2005) 312

XLVIII Diploma in Medical Radio Diagnosis (DMRD) andDiploma in Medical Therapy (D.M.R.T.) (Deleted)(OM XM/SPA/F.Ord.57/II – 139 dated 8.7.2005) 312

XLIX Diploma in Gynaecology & Obstetrics (D.G.O.) (Deleted)(OM XM/SPA/F.Ord.57/II – 139 dated 8.7.2005) 312

L Diploma in Child Health (D.C.H.) (Deleted)(OM XM/SPA/F.Ord.57/II – 139 dated 8.7.2005) 312

LI Diploma in Clinical Pathology (D.C.P.) (Deleted)(OM XM/SPA/F.Ord.57/II – 139 dated 8.7.2005) 312

LII B.Lib. & I.Sc. (EC dated 12/13/15.7.1980) 313

LIII M.Lib. & I.Sc. 314–315

LIII–A MLI Sc. (Semester System) (OM No. XM/SPA/II-196(dt. 20/30.10.2005) 316–317

LIV M.B.A. (Deleted)(OM XM/SPA/F.Ord.57/II – 139 dated 8.7.2005) 318

LIV–A M.B.A. (EC : dated 9.9.96 & 3.5.97) 319–320

LIV–B M.B.A. (wef 2001 – 2002)(EC dated 18.8.2001 & 29.12.2001) 321–322

LIV–C MIBM (EC dated 9.9.96 & 3.5.97) 323–324

LIV–D MIMB (wef 2001 – 2002)(EC dated 18.8.2001 & 29.12.2001) 325–326

LIV–E MBA (IB) (OM XM/SPA/FN-75/278 dated 27.28.3.2006) 327–328

LV DBA (EC dated 9.3.2000) 329

LVI Diploma in Secretarial Work (Deleted)(OM XM/SPA/F.Ord.57/II – 139 dated 8.7.2005) 330

LVII Diploma in Steno Typing 331

(viii)


LVIII Advanced Diploma in Professional Psychology (Deleted)(OM XM/SPA/F.Ord.57/II – 139 dated 8.7.2005) 332

LVIII–A P.G. Diploma in Rehabilitation Psychology (wef 2002-2003)(OM XM/SPA/F.Ord.57/II – 139 dated 8.7.2005) 333–335

LIX Diploma in Foreign Affairs (Deleted) (EC dated 16.3.1985) 336

LX Diploma in Public Administration (Deleted)(OM XM/SPA/F.Ord.57/II – 139 dated 8.7.2005) 336

LXI P.G. Diploma in West Asian Studies 337

LXII Advanced Diploma in Mathematics (Deleted)(EC dated 16.3.1985) 338

LXIII P.G. Diploma in Hydrogeology 339

LXIV Diploma in Statistics 340

LXV (A) Certificate of Proficiency in Language(B) Diploma of Proficiency in Language(EC dated 21/22.2.1981) 341–342

LXVI Diploma in Linguistics 343

LXVII Certificate in Qir’at 344

LXVII–A Certificate in Shia Theology(OM XM/SPA/F.Ord.57/II–139 dated 8.7.2005) 345

LXVIII Diploma in Qir’at 346

LXVIII–A Diploma in Shia Theology (OM XM/SPA/F.Ord.57/II – 139dated 8.7.2005) 347

LXIX Diploma in Professional Courses (Deleted)(OM XM/SPA/F.Ord.57/II – 139 dated 8.7.2005) 348

LXIX–A One-Year Diploma in Professional Courses(EC dated 6.4.96) 349–351

LXIX–B Two-Year Diploma in Professional Courses(OM XM/SPA/F.Ord.57/II – 139 dated 8.7.2005) 352–353

LXIX–C Three-Year Diploma in Physiotherapy & Rehabilitation(OM XM/SPA/F.Ord.57/II – 139 dated 8.7.2005) 354–355

(ix)


LXX P.G. Diploma in Computer Science (Deleted)(OM XM/SPA/F.Ord.57/II – 139 dated 8.7.2005) 356

LXXI Diploma in Teaching (Urdu Medium) (EC dated 28.9.1986) 357–359

LXXII Diploma in Forensic Medicine (Deleted)(OM XM/SPA/F.Ord.57/II – 139 dated 8.7.2005) 360

LXXIII Diploma in Tuberculosis & Chest Diseases (Deleted)(OM XM/SPA/F.Ord.57/II – 139 dated 8.7.2005) 360

LXXIV M.CH (Plastic Surgery) (EC dated 12/13/15.7.1980) 361–362

LXXV Diploma in Drafting & Designing (Civil/Mech.) (Deleted)(OM XM/SPA/F.Ord.57/II – 139 dated 8.7.2005) 363

LXXVI P.G. Diploma in Petroleum Processing (Deleted)(EC dated 24.9.94) 363

LXXVII Post B.Sc. Diploma in Computer Science & Application(PDCA) (EC dated 19.4.1986) 364–365

LXXVII–A Post B.Sc. Diploma in Computer Science & Application(PDCA) (Semester System) (wef 2003-2004) 366–368

LXXVIII Master in Computer Science & Application (MCA)(EC dated 24.9.94) 369–370

LXXVIII–A Master in Computer Science & Application (MCA)(EC dated 24.9.94) (Semester System) (wef 2003-2004) 371–375

LXXIX Certificate in Urdu Calligraphy (Deleted)(OM XM/SPA/F.Ord.57/II – 139 dated 8.7.2005) 376

LXXX Diploma in Urdu Calligraphy (Deleted)(OM XM/SPA/F.Ord.57/II – 139 dated 8.7.2005) 376

LXXXI M.Tech (Applied Geo-Physics) (Deleted)(OM XM/SPA/F.Ord.57/II – 139 dated 8.7.2005) 376

LXXXII M.Tech (Remote Sensing Application) (Deleted)(OM XM/SPA/F.Ord.57/II – 139 dated 8.7.2005) 376

LXXXII–A Post M.Sc. Diploma in Museology (EC dated 14/15.9.91) 377

LXXXIII P.G. Diploma in Teaching of English Language & Literature(Deleted) (OM XM/SPA/F.Ord.57/II – 139 dated 8.7.2005) 378

(x)


LXXXIV Certificate in Professional Skills (for Women)(EC dated 27.3.1987) 379

LXXXV P.G. Diploma in Marketing Management (EC 10/11.12.1988) 380

LXXXVI P.G. Diploma in Personnel Management(OM XM/SPA/F.Ord.57/II – 139 dated 8.7.2005) 381–382

LXXXVI–A PG Diploma in Business Finance(Part-Time Evening Course) (wef 1997-1998) 383–384

LXXXVII Diploma in Drafting & Designing (Civil/Mech) &Transitory Ordinances (Deleted)(OM XM/SPA/F.Ord.57/II – 139 dated 8.7.2005) 385

LXXXVIII P.G. Diploma in Urdu Translation (Deleted)(OM XM/SPA/F.Ord.57/II – 139 dated 8.7.2005) 386

LXXXIX P.G. Diploma in Applicable (Industrial) Mathematics(OM XM/AC–IV/1187 dated 5.7.1988) 387

XC P.G. Diploma in Portfolio Management (Deleted)(OM XM/SPA/F.Ord.57/II – 139 dated 8.7.2005) 388

XCI P.G. Diploma in Cooperation and Rural Development(Deleted) (OM XM/SPA/F.Ord.57/II – 139 dated 8.7.2005) 388

XCII B.Arch. (OM No. XM/AC-IV/2759 dated 7.2.1995) 389–395

XCII–A B.Arch. (Under Semester System)(EC dated 18.8.2001 & 29.12.2001) 396–419

XCIII Master of Social Work (MSW) (EC dated 5.7.1997) 420–421

XCIII–A Master of Social Work (MSW)(EC dated 18.8.2001 & 29.12.2001) 422–423

XCIV P.G. Diploma in Human Rights (AC dated 19.6.1997) 424

XCIV–A P.G. Diploma in Human Rights (OM No XM/SPA/II-196dt. 24/30.10.2005) 425–426

XCIV–B P.G. Diploma in Women’s Studies(OM. No. XM/SPA/FN-75/II-278 dt. 27/28.3.2006) 427–428

XCV Master in Journalism & Mass Communication (MJMC)(EC dated 27.2.1999) 429–431

(xi)


XCV–A Master in Journalism & Mass Communication (MJMC)(EC dated : 18.8.2001 & 29.12.2001) 432–433

XCV–B MJMC (Semester System) (OM No. XM/SPA/II-196(dt. 24/30.10.2005) 434–438

XCV–C MA (Mass Communication) (Change of Nomenclature fromMJMC to MAMC/EC dated 4.10.2005) 439–442

XCVI M.Sc. (Museology)(OM No. XM/SPA/II-196 dated 24/30.10.2005) 443–445

XCVI–A Post M.Sc. Diploma in Museology(OM No. XM/SPA/II-196dt. 29/30.102005) 446–447

XCVII Master of Finance & Control (MFC) (AC dated 27.7.1999) 448–450

XCVIII Master of Tourism Administration (MTA)(AC dated 27.7.1999) 451–453

IC M.Tech. (Computer Science & Technology) 454–455

C Post Diploma in Environmental Engineering(EC dated 13.3.2001) 456–457

CI Advanced Diploma in Multimedia System Management &Application (OM No. XM/SPA/FN-68/II-341dt. 10.06.2006) 458–459

CII Ph.D. (Business Administration) Revised videO.M. No. (C)/1802 dt.27.4.2006 from the office of Registrar 460–463

CIII P.G. Diploma in Banking, Risk and InsuranceManagement (O.M. No. XM/SPA/F.No. 57(xiii)/II-516 dt. 21.2.2007) 464-466

1

ALIGARH MUSLIM UNIVERSITY

ORDINANCES (ACADEMIC)

UNDER THE

A.M.U. (AMENDMENT) ACT, 1981

(AMENDED upto May, 2007)

CHAPTER – I

FACULTIES

(Statutes 20 and 21)

1. The assignments of the Departments of Studies to the various Faculties shall be as follows:

(a) Dean Faculty of Arts:

(i) Department of Arabic(ii) Department of English(iii) Department of Hindi(iv) Department of Linguistics(v) Department of Persian(vi) Department of Philosophy(vii) Department of Sanskrit(viii) Department of Urdu(ix) Department of Modern Indian Languages†(x) Department of Fine Arts

(b) Dean Faculty of Social Sciences:

(i) Department of Economics(ii) Department of Education(iii) Department of History(iv) Department of Islamic Studies

Ref. Ministry of Education & Culture No. F.3-5/81 Desk (U) dated 27.7.1984.† E.C. Res. No. 4 (para 22 2 of Appendix ‘C’) dated 9.4.1988.

2

(v) Department of Library *and Information Science(vi) Department of Political Science(vii) Department of Psychology(viii) Department of Sociology †and Social Work(ix) Centre of West Asian Studies‡(x) Department of Physical Health & Sports Education§(xi) Department of Mass Communication

(c) Dean Faculty of Commerce:

(i) Department of Commerce

(d) Faculty of Law:

(i) Department of Law

(e) Faculty of Theology:

(i) Department of Sunni Theology(ii) Department of Shia Theology

** (f) Faculty of Science:

(i) Department of Chemistry(ii) Department of Geography(iii) Department of Geology(iv) Department of Mathematics(v) Department of Physics(vi) Department of Military Science(vii) Department of Statistics and Operations Research.

†† (viii) Department of Computer Science

** (g) Faculty of Life Sciences:

(i) Department of Botany(ii) Department of Zoology

**(iii) Department of Bio-Chemistry**(iv) Centre of Wildlife and Ornithology(v) Department of Museology

(h) Faculty of Medicine:(i) Department of Anatomy

*HRD No. F.3-47/91 Desk (U) dated 5.3.92.

†HRD No. F. 3-10/99 Desk (U) dated 24.5.99

‡M/O No. Education & S.W. No. F.3-5/81 Desk (U) dated 13.9.85.

§M/O HRD No. F. 3-28/91 Desk (U) dated 11.11.96./Change of nomenclature from MJMC to MAMC vide EC dated 4.10.2005 and

University Court dated 12.2.2006.**

E.C. Res. No. 9(49) dated 30.7.1987.††

E.C. Res. No. 4 (para 222) dated 9.4.1988.

EC dated 21/22.11.1987.

3

(ii) Department of Physiology(iii) Department of Bio-Chemistry(iv) Department of Pharmacology(v) Department of Pathology(vi) Department of Microbiology†(vii) Department of General Surgery

‡‡(viii) Department of Radio-Diagnosis(ix) Department of Forensic Medicine(x) Department of Medicine(xi) Department of Paediatrics§(xii) Department of Community Medicine(xiii) Department of Obstetrics and Gynaecology(xiv) Department of Ophthalmology†(xv) Department of Orthopaedic Surgery†(xvi) Department of Anaesthesiology†(xvii) Department of Otorhinolaryngology (ENT Surgery)*(xviii) Department of Dental Surgery††(xix) Department of Tuberculosis & Chest Diseases††(xx) Department of Dermatology††(xxi) Department of Psychiatry‡‡(xxii) Department of Radio-Therapy§§(xxiii) Department of Prosthodontics/Dental Material§§(xxiv) Department of Oral & Maxillofacial Surgery§§(xxv) Department of Oral & Dental Pathology & Microbiology/ Oral Medicine & Dental

Radiology§§(xxvi) Department of Periodontia & Community Dentistory§§(xxvii) Department of Othodontia/Human Dental Anatomy§§(xxviii) Department of Pedodontia§§(xxix) Department of Conservative Dentistry including Endodontics

(i) Faculty of Engineering & Technology:

(i) Department of Electrical Engineering(ii) Department of Mechanical Engineering(iii) Department of Civil Engineering(iv) Department of Technology

***(v) Department of Chemical Engineering††† (vi) Department of Applied Chemistry†††(vii) Department of Applied Mathematics††† (viii) Department of Applied Physics****(ix) Department of Electronics Engineering

†E.C. Res. No 20(5) (b) dated 18/19/20 Feb., 1984.

‡‡M/O Education & Social Welfare, No. 3-40/72 U-2 dated 24.10.72.

§E.C. Res. No. 27 dated 19.4.1986.

*E.C. Res. No. 9(49) dated 30.7.87.

††M/O HRD No. F.3-16/92 Desk (U) dated 14.7.92.

§§M/O HRD No. F.3-24/99 Desk (U) dated 28.6.2000.

***EC dated 12/13/15.7.1980.

†††EC dated 28.9.1986.

****EC dated 9.4.1988.

4§ (x) Department of Computer Engineering

**(xi) Department of Petroleum Studies.††(xii) Department of Architecture.

‡‡(j) Faculty of Unani Medicine:

(i) Department of Ilmul Advia(ii) Department of Kulliyat (including Tashreeh)(iii) Department of Moalijat (including Niswan-o-Atfal)(iv) Department of Jarahat

§§(v) Department of Tashreeh-wa-Munafeul Aza§§(vi) Department of Amraz-e-Niswan-wa-Atfal

***(vii) Department of Hifzan-e-Sehat-wa-Tibbi Samaji

†††(k) Faculty of Agricultural Sciences:

††† (i) Department of Post-Harvest Engineering & Technology††† (ii) Department of Plant Protection.††† (iii) Department of Agricultural Economics & Agricultural Business Management.††† (iv) Department of Agricultural Micro-biology.

‡‡‡(l) Faculty of Management Studies & Research:

‡‡‡(i) Department of Business Administration.

2. In addition to the provisions made by Statute 21, the Faculties shall:

(a) recommend to the Academic Council, schemes for improvement in academic standards.

(b) Consider and make such recommendations to the Academic Council on any questionpertaining to their respective sphere of work as may appear to them necessary.

3. (a) The meeting of the Faculties shall be either Ordinary or Special;

(b) Ordinary meetings shall be held in the months of August, October, December, February andApril in every academic year as far as possible;

(c) Special meetings shall be called by the *Registrar at the suggestion of the Vice-Chancelloror the Dean of the Faculty concerned.

§HRD No. F.3-28/91 Desk (U) dated 11.11.96.

**HRD No. F.3-31/96 Desk (U) dated 9.2.2000.

††HRD No. F.3-15/99-Desk (U) dated 8.12.1999.

‡‡E.C. Res. No. 9(60) dated 30.7.1987.

§§HRD No. F.3-14/99-Desk (U) dated 19.4.2000.

***M/O HRD No.3-12/99 Desk (U) dated 21.6.99.

†††M/O HRD No. F.3-25/99 (U) dated 31.5.2000.

‡‡‡M/O HRD letter No. F.3-33/91 Desk (U) datd 30.1.96.

*E.C. dated 8/9.5.2001.

5

Provided that the Registrar shall convene a special meeting at the written request of at leastone-third of the members of the Faculty concerned within 10 days of the receipt of suchrequest;

*(d) Notice for Ordinary meeting and Special meeting shall be issued by the Registrar at leastfourteen days before the date fixed for the ordinary meeting and at least seven days before thedate fixed for the special meeting.

(e) No item other than those notified earlier shall be discussed at the special meeting;

(f) Quorum of the meeting of the Faculty shall be at least one-third of its membership.

4. The Dean of the Faculty, in addition to the powers and functions prescribed in Statute 7(7) shall:

(a) take suitable steps to have the meetings of the Faculty convened;

(b) supervise and coordinate teaching and research in the Faculty through the Chairman ofDepartments, and take steps to promote inter-disciplinary teaching and research wherevernecessary;

(c) take suitable steps to give effect to the decisions/recommendations of the Faculty;

(d) perform such other duties as may be assigned to him by the Academic Council and theExecutive Council.

Provided that in the case of Colleges and other Institutions maintained by the University, the duty ofsupervising and coordinating teaching and maintaining discipline in the class rooms and laboratoriesshall be performed by the Principals of the Colleges or the Heads of the Institutions concerned.

5. The Dean shall, as early as practicable, after the commencement of the academic session, constitutethe Students Advisory Committee of his Faculty, in the manner prescribed by the Regulations.

*A.C. dated 8/9.5.2001.

6

CHAPTER – IIDEPARTMENTS/BOARDS OF STUDIES

[Statute 20(2)(d) and 22]

1. Each Department of Studies shall consist of the following:(a) persons specified under Statute 20(2)(d)(i to iv);

(b) teachers at the Women’s College maintained by the University engaged in teaching thesubject or subjects assigned to the Departments;

Provided that when the Department functions as Board of Studies, the following shall also be itsmembers:

(i) two persons engaged in teaching allied or cognate subjects in the University, to be assignedby the Academic Council for a period of two years;Provided further that no person shall be assigned to more than two Departments;

(ii) two persons not engaged in teaching in the University, having expert knowledge of thesubject or subjects taught in the Department to be co-opted by the Department for a period oftwo years.

2. In addition to the provisions made in Statute 22(3), the Boards of Studies shall:

(a) recommend to the Faculty concerned the names of Moderators for all examinations.

(b) recommend to the Committee for Advanced Studies and Research of the Faculty concernedthe applications for admission to the Ph.D. course and the names of the supervisors;

(c) perform such other functions as may be assigned by the Faculty concerned or the AcademicCouncil or the Executive Council;

(d) approve subjects for dissertation.

*Provided that the functioning of Departments of Applied Chemistry, Applied Mathematics, andApplied Physics shall be coordinated with the Departments of Chemistry, Mathematics and Physicsrespectively by separate committees to be constituted by the Academic Council consisting of themembers of the Faculties of Science and Engineering & Technology for purposes of avoidingduplication in research, postgraduate courses, equipments and other related matters.

3. Quorum for the meeting of the Departments/Boards of Studies shall be one-third of its totalmembership.

†4. (a) Subject to the provisions of Statute 8(1) of the Statutes of the University, the Chairman of aDepartment shall be appointed in the following manner, to wit:-

*E.C. Res. No. 30(b) dated 30.8/27 & 28.9.1986.

†E.C. dated 30.11.95, 16/17.12.95, 6.4.96.

7

(i) In a Department where there is one Professor and no Reader, he shall be appointed Chairmanfor a period of three years.

(ii) In a Department where there are more Professors than one, the Professors shall be appointedChairman in rotation according to their seniority in the grade of professor, each for a term ofthree years;

‡(iii) In a Department where there is one Professor and one Reader, the Professor shall beappointed first as Chairman of the Department and thereafter, the Reader shall be appointedfor a period of three years.

‡(iv) In a Department where there is one Professor and more Readers, the Professor shall beappointed first as Chairman of the Department and thereafter the senior Reader from amongstthe two senior most Readers by rotation for a period of three years.

(v) In a Department where there is no Professor, Readers in the Department shall be appointedChairman in rotation according to their seniority in the grade of Reader, each for a period ofthree years.

*(b) The cycle of rotation under the provisions of sub-clause (a) above shall begin from the date tobe notified by the Vice-Chancellor (hereinafter called the notified date), but if the person tobe appointed Chairman under these Ordinances has been serving as Chairman during theperiod immediately preceding the notified date, his term shall be counted from the date hehas been continuously holding office as Chairman of the Department, and if he has alreadycontinuously served for three years or a longer period as Chairman of the Department beforethe notified date, he shall cease to be Chairman on the notified date, and the person whowould have been appointed Chairman after him under the provisions of sub-clause (a) aboveshall there upon take office in succession to him;

Provided that a person shall be eligible for re-appointment as Chairman, if, subsequent to hisholding that office either there is no other person entitled to be Chairman, or all other personsentitled to be so appointed after him have duly held office in rotation and a new cycle ofrotation has begun, in accordance with the provisions of sub-clause (a) above.

(c) When the office of the Chairman is vacant or when the Chairman is, by reason of illness,absence or any other cause, unable to perform the duties of his Office, the duties of the Officeshall be performed by a person to be appointed as Acting Chairman by the Vice-Chancelloron the basis of seniority from among the Professors (and in case there is no Professor fromamong the Readers) of the Department.

Provided that in case the Chairman of a Department appointed under sub-clause (a) is absentfrom duty for any reason, or proceeds on leave, for a period of one year or longer, hisappointment as Chairman shall come to an end with effect from the date of his absence andthe next senior person shall be appointed as Chairman for a term of three years under sub-clause (a), with effect from the same date.

‡E.C. Res. Dated 31.11.95/16-17.12.95/6.4.96.

*E.C. Res. No. 7 dated 30.7.1987 (Special Meeting).

8†(d) In the Faculty of Medicine, no person who does not have the medical qualifications

prescribed by the Medical Council of India as essential qualifications for being appointed as aChairman or Head of the Department shall be appointed as Chairman of a ClinicalDepartment; and any such person who has been appointed Chairman/Director prior to thecommencement of this amendment shall be deemed to have completed his term and cease tobe the Chairman of the Department or Director of an Institute with the commencement of thisamendment;Provided that no person who does not have the qualifications in Unani Tib as prescribed bythe Central Council of Indian Medicine as essential qualifications for being appointed asChairman or Head of the Department, shall be appointed as Chairman of any Department inthe Faculty of Unani Medicine (except the Department of Jarahat).

5. The Chairman of a Department shall under the general supervision of the Dean:-

(a) issue notice for meetings of the Department;

‡‡Provided that the notices of the meeting of the Department when it has to perform thefunctions of Board of Studies shall be issued by the *Registrar.

‡‡Provided that the *Registrar shall convene a meeting of the Board of Studies at the writtenrequest of at least one-third of the members of the Board of Studies concerned within 10 daysof the receipt of such request.

(b) organize teaching work and frame the time-table in conformity with the allocation of teachingwork made by the Boards of Studies;

(c) organize research in the Department;

(d) assist the Dean in coordinating the teaching and research activities of the Department withthe activities of other Departments of the Faculty.

(e) assign to the teachers in the Department such duties as may be necessary for the properfunctioning of the Department; and to assign work and to exercise control over the non-teaching staff in the Department;

(f) maintain discipline in classrooms and laboratories through teachers;

(g) take suitable steps to give effect to the decisions/recommendations of Board of Studies/Department;

(h) perform such other duties as may be assigned to him by the Faculty or the Academic Councilor the Executive Council.

6. Board of Studies for subjects other than those assigned to the Departments of Studies as in Chapter Ishall be assigned as follows:-

†E.C. Res. Dated 30.11.95/16-17.12.95/6.4.96.

‡‡E.C. Res. No. 13(44) (10)(b) dated 12/13/15 July 1980.

*A.C. Res. dated 8/9.5.2001.

9

(a) Faculty of Arts:(i) Indian Humanities,

(b) Faculty of Life Sciences:

(i) Home Science

(c) Faculty of Engineering and Technology:

(i) †deleted.(B.O.S. of Chemistry, Physics, Mathematics, allied Sciences & Humanities Sections)

(ii) The following sections at the University Polytechnic:-

(i) Civil Engineering Section(ii) Electrical Engineering Section(iii) Mechanical Engineering Section(iv) Applied Sciences and Humanities Section(v) Architectural Assistantship Section

‡(iii) The following sections at the Women’s Polytechnic:

(i) Electronics Engineering Section,(ii) Costume Design and Dress Making Section,(iii) Office Assistantship and Secretarial Practice Section,(iv) Applied Sciences and Humanities Section§(v) Computer Engineering Section

**7. The Board of Studies for Indian Humanities shall consist of the following:-

(i) (a) Dean, Faculty of Arts (Chairman)(b) Chairman of the Department of Sanskrit(c) Chairman of the Department of Arabic(d) Chairman of the Department of Persian(e) Chairman of the Department of English(f) Chairman of the Department of Urdu(g) Chairman of the Department of History(h) Chairman of the Department of Philosophy(i) Two teachers not in the service of the University having expert knowledge of the subject

appointed by the Faculty of Arts for a period of two years.

***(ii) The Board of Studies for *Home Science shall consist of the following:-(a) Principal, Women’s College (Chairman)(b) Dean, Faculty of Life Sciences*

E.C. Res. No. 10 dated 16/17.5.1989.

†E.C. Res. No. 30(b) dated 30.8/27 & 28.9.1986.

‡E.C. Res. No. 26(6)2 (6) dated 9.4.1988.

§E.C. dated 7.2.2001 & 13.3.2001.

**E.C. Res. No. 16 dated 10/11.12.1988.

***E.C. Res. No. 16 dated 10/11.12, 1988. (E.C. Res. No. 3(b) dated 30.8./27-28.9.1986).

10

(c) Teachers teaching the subject at the Women’s College(d) Two persons teaching allied or cognate subjects in the University, to be assigned by the

†Academic Council for a period of two years.(e) One person not in the service of the University having expert knowledge of the subject, to

be co-opted by the Board of Studies for a period of two years.

(iii) ‡deleted. (B.O.S. of the Sections in ZH College of Engg. & Tech.)

**(iv) The Boards of Studies for each Section of the University Polytechnic other than AppliedSciences and Humanities shall consist of the following:-

(a) Principal of the Polytechnic (Chairman)

(b) All the teachers of the concerned Section concerned at the University Polytechnicexcluding Guest Faculty and those engaged on EDA basis.

(c) Two teachers engaged in teaching the subjects in the University to be assigned by theFaculty for a period of two years.

(d) Two persons not in the service of the University appointed by the Faculty for their specialknowledge of the subjects, for a period of two years.

(v) The Board of Studies for the Applied Sciences and Humanities Section at the UniversityPolytechnic shall consist of the following:-

(a) Principal of the University Polytechnic (Chairman)

(b) Teachers of the subjects at the Polytechnic assigned to the Section

(c) Two teachers engaged in teaching the subjects in the University to be assigned by the Facultyfor a period of two years.

(d) Two persons not in the service of the University appointed by the Faculty for their specialknowledge of the subjects assigned to the Section, for a period of two years.

*(vi) The Board of Studies for each Section of Women’s Polytechnic shall consist of the following:-

(a) Principal of the Women’s Polytechnic (Chairman)

(b) Teachers of the subjects at the Women’s Polytechnic assigned to the Section.

(c) Two teachers engaged in teaching allied or cognate subjects in the University to be assignedby the Faculty for a period of two years.

(d) Two persons not in the service of the University appointed by the Faculty for their specialknowledge of the subjects assigned to the Section for a period of two years.

†E.C. Res. No. No. 10 dated 16/17.5.1989.

**OM No. XM/SPA/F.Ord.57/II-139 dated 08.7.2005.

*E.C. dated 3.8.91/14-15.9.91.

11

8. (i) The Boards of Studies as in clause 7 above shall perform the functions as provided in Statute 22 andOrdinances made there under;

Provided that there shall be a Reader-in-Charge of each Section at the University Polytechnic whoshall, under the general supervision of the Principal:-

(a) organize teaching in the section;

(b) maintain discipline in the class rooms and laboratories through teachers;

(c) assign to the teachers in the Section such duties as may be necessary for the properfunctioning of the Section; and

(d) perform such other duties as may be assigned to him by the Principal of the Polytechnic, theFaculty, the Academic Council or the Executive Council;

§Provided further that the Principal shall be Incharge of the Applied Sciences and HumanitiesSection

†(ii) The Board of Studies as in Clause 7(vi) above shall perform the functions as provided in Statute 22and Ordinance made there under;

Provided further that there shall be a Reader-in-Charge of each Section at Women’s Polytechnicwho shall, under the general supervision of the Principal:

(a) organise teaching in Section;

(b) maintain discipline in the class rooms and laboratories through teachers;

(c) assign to the teachers in the Section, such duties as may be necessary for the properfunctioning of the Section; and

(d) perform such other duties as may be assigned to him by the Principal of the Women’sPolytechnic, the Faculty, the Academic Council or the Executive Council;

Provided further that if there is no Reader in any Section at the Women’s Polytechnic, the Principalshall be Incharge of that Section.

9. The Board of Studies in Professional Courses shall consist of the following:‡(i) Vice-Chancellor (Chairman)(ii) Coordinator, Professional Courses (Convener)**

(iii) Coordinator, General Education Centre.(iv) Chairman of the Departments /Incharge of the Course**/ Centres where instruction in the

courses concerned will be imparted.(v) Five §teachers of the University of whom at least three may be teachers of the Professional

Courses to be assigned by the Academic Council for a period of two years.

§E.C. Res. No. 74(74)3) dated 12/13/15 July 1980.

†E.C. Res. dated 3.8.91/14-15.9.91.

‡E.C. dated 7.2.2001 & 13.3.2001.

**E.C. dated 28.8.94 & 24.9.94.

12

(vi) Four persons nominated by the Academic Council from among its own members other thanthose mentioned in Clause (v) above for a period of two years.

(vii) Four persons not engaged in teaching in the University having expert knowledge of thesubjects taught in Professional Courses to be co-opted by the Board of Studies of the Centreof Professional Courses for a period of two years.

10. The above Board shall:-

(a) recommend to the Academic Council courses of studies and syllabi;

(b) recommend to the Academic Council names of Examiners and Moderators;

(c) arrange teaching work for the Professional Courses; and

(d) perform such other functions as may be assigned to it by the Academic Council.

*11. There shall be a Board of Studies for †Interdisciplinary Bio-technology Unit consisting of thefollowing:

(a) The Coordinator of †Interdisciplinary Bio-technology Unit (Chairman)

(b) The Deans of the Faculties of Medicine, Science, Life Sciences and Engineering &Technology.

(c) Three members of the Board of Management of the Interdisciplinary Bio-technology Unitnominated by the Vice-Chancellor from amongst the Professors of the University;

†(d) Teachers of the staff of Interdisciplinary Bio-technology Unit.

† (e) Two members to be appointed by the Academic Council; and

† (f) Two persons not in the service of the University to be co-opted by the Board of Studies for aperiod of two years.

12. The Board shall:


(b) consider and recommend to the Academic Council applications for M.Phil, and Ph.D. coursesand appoint supervisors for the candidates;

(c) recommend to the Academic Council names of Examiners and Moderators;

(d) recommend to the Academic Council the appointment of Examiners for the M.Phil. andPh.D. degrees and for the viva-voce examination of the candidates;

(e) consider reports of examiners and make suitable recommendations thereon;

*E.C. Res. No. 2 (Appendix 1(a) para 157) dated 16.3.1985.

†E.C. dated 28.8.94/24.9.94.

*

13

(f) consider and recommend applications for study leave;

(g) consider and approve the award of University Scholarships and Research Fellowships;

(h) consider the problems and development of research in the Unit particularly the developmentof interdisciplinary research and suggest suitable measures for the advancement; and

(i) perform such duties as are performed by Board of Studies under these Ordinances or as maybe assigned to it by the Academic Council.

13. **Deleted. (B.O.S. for Institute Of Petroleum Studies and Chemical Engg.)

14. **Deleted. (BOS for Agriculture Centre).

15. †Deleted. (BOS for Remote Sensing Application Centre)

16. †Deleted. (Functions of BOS under Clause (15)).

‡17. The Board of Studies of the Career Planning Centre shall consist of the following:

1. Director, Career Planning Centre (Chairman)

2. Principal, Women’s College

3. Asstant Director, Career Planning Centre

4. Councellors in the Career Planning Centre

5. Two persons teaching allied or cognate subjects in the University to be assigned by theAcademic Council for a period of two years.

6. Four persons, at least, two of whom not engaged in teaching in the University, having expertknowledge of the skills/subjects taught at the Career Planning Centre to be co-opted by theBoard of Studies of the Centre for a period of two years.

‡18. The above Board shall:-

(a) recommend to the Academic Council the courses of studies and the syllabi;

(b) recommend to the Academic Council the names of Examiners and Moderators;

(c) arrange for imparting teaching/training at the Centre; and

(d) perform such other functions as may be assigned to it by the Academic Council.

19. There shall be a Board of Studies for the Centre of Cardiology and Cardiovascular Researchconsisting of the following:

**OM No. XM/SPA/F.Ord.57/II-139 dated 08.7.2005

†E.C. dated 19.9.98.

‡E.C. Res. No. 63 dated 21/22.2.87 & 27.3.87.

14

(a) The Director of the Centre (Chairman)

(b) Three members of the Board of Management of the Centre nominated by the Vice-Chancellorfrom amongst the Professors of the University;

(c) Teachers of the Centre of Cardiology and Cardiovascular Research;

(d) Two members to be appointed by the Academic Council; and

(e) Two persons not in the Service of the University to be co-opted by the Board of Studies for aperiod of two years.

*(20) The Board shall:


(b) consider and recommend to the Academic Council applications for M.Phil. and Ph.D. andother courses and recommend appointments of supervisors of the candidates;

(c) recommend to the Academic Council names of Examiners and Moderators;

(d) recommend to the Academic Council the appointment of examiners for the M.Phil, Ph.D. andother courses and for viva-voce examination of the candidates;

(e) consider reports of Examiners and make suitable recommendation, thereon;

(f) consider and recommend applications for study leave;

(g) consider and recommend the award of University Scholarships and Research Fellowships;

(h) consider the problems and development of clinical service, teaching and research in theCentre particularly the development of interdisciplinary research and suggest suitablemeasures for the advancement; and

(i) perform such duties as are performed by the Board of Studies under these Ordinances or asmay be assigned to it by the Academic Council.

21. There shall be a Board of Studies for the Centre of Comparative Study of Indian Languages andCulture consisting of the following:

(a) Director of the Centre (Chairman)

(b) Dean, Faculty of Arts

(c) All teachers of the Centre

(d) Two persons engaged in teaching allied or cognate subjects in the University, to be assignedby the Academic Council for a period of two years, one of them being Chairman of theDepartment of Urdu.

E.C. Res. No. 9(60) dated 30.7.1987.

E.C. Res. No. 26 dated 16/17.5.1989.

15

(e) Two persons not engaged in the teaching in the University having expert knowledge of thesubjects taught in the Centre to be co-opted by the Board of Studies for a period of two years.

21A. Deleted (BOS for Physical Heath and Sports Education)21B. There shall be a Board of Studies for the Cenre of Women’s Studies under the Faculty of Social

Sciences, consisting of the following members.1. Director, Centre of Women’s Studies (Chairman)2. Dean, Faculty of Social Sciences.3. Two persons engaged in teaching and/or research in cognate subjects in the University assigned

by Academic Council for a period of two years.4. Two experts not in the service of the University co-opted by the Board of Studies for a period of

two years.5. Teachers engaged in teaching/research at the Centre.

22. The functions of the above Board of Studies other than those of the Departmets will be the same asof the Board of Studies of the Departments.

***22A. Deleted (Functions of BOS under Clause (21A))

‡23. There shall be no separate Boards of Studies for the B.E. Degree Programme. All the academicmatters relating to the B.E. Degree Programme will be considered by the Boards of Studies of thefollowing Departments of Studies in the Faculty of Engineering & Technology as constituted underStatute 22 of the Statutes of the University:-1. Department of Civil Engineering2. Department of Electrical Engineering3. Department of Mechanical Engineering4. Department of Applied Chemistry5. Department of Applied Mathematics6. Department of Applied PhysicsProvided that the Coordinator of the B.E. Degree Programme and the teachers of the UniversityPolytechnic involved in the B.E. Degree course work shall be invited to participate in the meetingof the Boards of Studies as special invitees when the issues relating to the B.E. Degree Programmeare on the agenda.

†24. The Coordinator of B.E. Degree Programme shall be appointed by the Executive Council for aperiod of 2 years from among the senior members of the Faculty of Engineering & Technology.

‡25. Deleted. (BOS for Centre of Strategic Studies)‡26. Deleted. (Functions of BOS under Clause (25))**27. Deleted. (BOS for Computer Engg. Department)**28. Deleted. (BOS for Architecture Department)**29. Deleted. (BOS for the Institute of Agriculture)**30. Deleted (BOS for the Master’s Course in International Business)*31. There shall be a Board of Studies for the Interdisciplinary Brain Research Centre consisting of the

following:

OM No. XM/SPA/F.Ord.57/II-139 dated 08.7.2005.

OM. No. XM/SPA/II-193 dated 22/25.10.2005.

E.C. Res. No. 26 dated 16/17.5.1989.

‡Ref. O.M. No.XM/AC-III/8564 dated 12/15,6,1990.

†Ref. O.M. No. XM/AC-III/8564 dated 12/15,6,1990.

‡EC dated 21.2.98.

16

(a) The Coordinator of the Centre (Chairman)

(b) Three members of the Board of Management of the Centre nominated by the Vice-Chancellorfrom amongst the Professors of the University;

(c) Teachers of the Interdisciplinary Brain Research Centre;

**(d) Two members engaged in teaching in the University to be assigned by the Academic Councilfor a period of two years and

(e) Two persons not in the service of the University to be co-opted by the Board of Studies for aperiod of two years.

*32. The Board shall:-

(a) recommend to the Faculty courses of studies and syllabi;

(b) consider and recommend to the Faculty applications for M.Phil. and Ph.D. and other coursesand recommend appointment of Supervisors of the candidates;

(c) recommend to the Faculty names of Examiners and Moderators;

(d) recommend to the Faculty the appointment of Examiners for the M.Phil Ph.D. and othercourses and for viva-voce examination of the candidates;

(e) consider reports of Examiners and make suitable recommendations thereon;

33. Deleted (BOS for Hifzane-Sehat-Wa Tabbi Samaji)

33A. Deleted (BOS for Diploma in Computer Engineering)

*E.C. dated 9.9.96 & 3.5.97.


17

*CHAPTER –IIICLASSIFICATION AND EMOLUMENTS OF TEACHERS

[Act 2(k) and 29(I)(k)]

1. (a) The classification and scales of pay of teachers in all Faculties in the University shall beas follows w.e.f. 1.1.1996:

Lecturers 8000-275-13500Lecturers (Sr. Scale) 10000-325-15200Lecturers (Sel. Grade) 12000-420-18300Readers 12000-420-18300Professors 16400-450-22400

Provided that the minimum qualifications required for appointment of teachers will be suchas are recommended by the Academic Council and approved by the Executive Council of theUniversity from time to time.

(b) In addition to the above, the following shall also be designated as teachers and theirclassification and emoluments shall be as follows:

(A) Senior Resident in Medical College/Tibbiya College:Senior Resident 10940-355-11650

The Senior Residents will be paid Rs.10,940/- p.m. in the first year, Rs.11,295/- p.m. in thesecond year and Rs. 11,650/- p.m. in the third year of their Residency, which is inclusive ofNPA. The emoluments of Senior Residents having only Post-graduate Diploma will bereduced by Rs.325/- and the same will be reduced b y Rs.650/- in the case of those SeniorResidents who do not have any Post-graduate degree or Diploma.

(B) Librarian, M.A. Library 16400-450-20900-500-22400

(C) Research Assistant, Department of History 5500-9000

(c) For the teachers of the Faculty of Medicine/Unani Medicine the NPA to Doctors will begiven at the uniform rate of 25% of the basic pay subject to the condition that the pay plusNPA does not exceed Rs.29500/-.

(d) Honorary Professors, Emeritus Professors and Visiting Professors may be appointed by theExecutive Council, on the recommendation of the Academic council, in accordance with suchregulations as may be prescribed.

*E.C. dated 9.3.2000.

18

CHAPTER –IV*BOARD OF SECONDARY EDUCATION

1. There shall be a Board of Secondary Education consisting of the following:

(a) The Vice-Chancellor (Chairman)

(b) The Pro-Vice-Chancellor

(c) Deans of the Faculties,

(d) Dean of the Students Welfare,

(e) Chairman, Department of Education,

(f) Managers of the Secondary Schools and †Senior Secondary Schools maintained by theUniversity,

(g) Principal, University Polytechnic,

(h) Principals of the Secondary Schools and †Senior Secondary Schools maintained by theUniversity.

**(i) Deleted.

(j) Two persons appointed by the Academic Council from amongst its own members with interestin or experience of School education.

(k) Two persons appointed by the Executive Council with interest in or experience of Schooleducation, one of whom shall be a person not engaged in teaching in the University.

(l) Two experts in vocational education to be appointed by the Vice-Chancellor.

(m) One teacher engaged in teaching Secondary Classes from each of the Secondary Schoolsmaintained by the University to be appointed by the Vice-Chancellor for a period of two years.

(n) One teacher engaged in teaching of †Senior Secondary Classes from each of the SeniorSecondary Schools maintained by the University to be appointed by the Vice-Chancellor for aperiod of two years.

(o) Controller of Examinations (Member Secretary)

2. Members appointed under clause (d) to (l) above shall hold office for two years and shall be eligiblefor reappointment.

*E.C. Res. No. 22(5) dated 18/19/20 Feb. 1984.

†E.C. Res. No. 25 dated 10/11.12.1988.

**O.M. No. Admin/LD/4680 dated 31.8.1988.

19

3. Subject to the approval of the Academic Council and Executive Council the Examiners andModerators for the Secondary School Certificate Examination and Senior Secondary SchoolCertificate Examination shall be appointed by the Board.

4. Subject to the general control of the Academic Council, the duties of the Board shall be:-

(a) to supervise and conduct Secondary School Certificate Examination and Senior SecondarySchool Certificate Examination.

(b) to consider the application for condonation of deficiency in attendance of candidates for theCertificate Examinations as required under Clause 2, Chapter XVII of the AcademicOrdinances;

(c) to prescribe conditions under which private candidates shall be permitted to appear at theExaminations;

(d) to declare the result of the Examinations;

(e) to take penal action against candidates using unfair means and/or resorting to disorderlyconduct in the Examinations or contravening in any other manner, the rules framed for theconduct of the Examinations;

(f) to supervise the academic matters of the schools and to effectuate measures for improvement ofacademic standard; and

(g) to perform such other duties as may be assigned to it by the Academic Council.

Provided that the Board may delegate any or all of its powers mentioned in paras (a) to (e) above tothe Controller of Examinations and/or any of its members and/or the Superintendent of ExaminationCentres and/or the Head invigilators and such other duties as may be assigned to it by the AcademicCouncil.

5. Subject to the approval of the Board and the Academic Council the syllabus for the SecondarySchool Certificate Examination *or Senior Secondary School Certificate Examination (as the casemay be) in each subject shall be drawn up by a Committee consisting of:(a) Chairman of the Department of Studies concerned or a teacher in the Department nominated by

him,

(b) Chairman of the Department of Education,

(c) Principals of the Secondary Schools or the Senior Secondary School (as the case may be)maintained by the University.

(d) One teacher from each of the Secondary Schools or the Senior Secondary Schools (as the casemay be) maintained by the University nominated by the Principal of the School.

Note: (i) The Chairman of the Department of Studies concerned or his nominee shall be the convener.(ii) The convener for such subjects which are not taught at the University level shall be the

Chairman, Department of Education.

*A.C. Res. No. 17 dated 8/9.5.2001.

20

6. The quorum for the meeting shall be one-third of the total membership.

*7. The meeting of the Board shall ordinarily be held in the months of February and August every year.

8. Notice for the meeting shall be issued by the Member-Secretary at least fourteen days before the datefixed for the meeting.

*E.C. Res. No. 25 dated 10/11 Dec. 1988.

21

CHAPTER – VCOMMITTEE OF EXAMINATIONS

[Act 29 (f & m)]

1. There shall be a Committee of Examinations consisting of:(a) Vice-Chancellor (Chairman)(b) Pro-Vice-Chancellor;(c) Deans of the Faculties;(d) Dean, Students’ Welfare; and(e) Three persons appointed by the Academic Council;

2. The members appointed by the Academic Council shall hold office for two years and shall beeligible for re-appointment.

3. Four members of the Committee of Examinations shall form a quorum.

4. Subject to the general control of the Academic Council the duties of the Committee of Examinationsshall be:

(a) to supervise the conduct of all examinations except High School, Secondary SchoolCertificates, Senior Secondary School Certificate, Master of Philosophy and DoctorateExaminations and frame rules for the same;

(b) to prepare in accordance with any rules that the Committee may make, and to declare theresults of such examinations;

(c) to submit to the Academic Council annual report on the working of the UniversityExaminations; and

(d) to take action against candidates using unfair means in examinations or contravening in anyother manner the rules framed for the conduct of examinations; such actions may include thecancellation of the examination of the said candidates and the expulsion and debarring of thecandidates from all or any subsequent examinations in the University.

*Provided that the Committee of Examinations may delegate any or all of its powers mentioned inparas (a) to (d) above to the Controller of Examinations and/or any of its members and/or any personas the Committee or the Vice-Chancellor may deem fit under such rules as may be framed by it.

5. If an examinee is in doubt or not satisfied with the marks obtained in any theory paper or papers in asubject or subjects, he/she may apply for re-evaluation of his/her answer books. There will be nore-evaluation in case of practicals, viva voce examination, field work, dissertation and sessional ofall courses and foundation course/objective papers;

Provided that re-evaluation will not be permitted in more than one fourth of the total papers of theexamination;

Provided further that there will be no re-evaluation of answer-script for supplementary/compartmental examination;

*E.C. dated 16.3.1985.

OM XM/PS/FN-61/II-55 dated 19.3.2005 (Effective from the session 2004-2005).

22

Provided further that the examinee may apply in writing to the Controller for withdrawal of hisapplication for re-evaluation and refund of fees within a week of last date prescribed for submissionof the application of re-evaluation of answer-book(s). Thereafter, no withdrawal of application forre-evaluation may be allowed in any case. Application once withdrawn cannot be re-considered.

6. Every application for re-evaluation along with a cash receipt for Rs.300/- for each paper shouldreach to the Office of the Controller of Examinations within 10 days after the issue of the marksheet. In genuine cases, the Controller of Examinations may condone the delay upto 10 days.

**7. (i) The original marks of the candidate will not be shown to the examiner engaged for re-evaluation.

(ii) The original examiner will not be part of the re-evaluation process.

(iii) There will be one examiner for re-evaluation (internal or external). The Chairman of theDepartment concerned shall furnish a panel of four experts of the concerned course/paper (02internal and 02 external) out of which the Vice-Chancellor will appoint one for re-evaluation.

**8. (i) The Controller of Examinations shall ask the Chairman of the Department concerned to sendanswer-book for re-evaluation and the Chairman shall get such answer-book re-scrutinizedand ensure that no part of the answer book has remained unevaluated prior to sending thesame of the Controller of Examinations for the purpose of re-evaluation.

(ii) The answer-book will be sent to the examiner for re-evaluation after coding and changing thetitle cover of the answer-book by the Controller’s Office.

**9. (a) In case where the variation in marks between the earlier evaluation and that of the re-evaluation is within 10% of the maximum marks of the concerned paper, the average of theoriginal marks and the re-evaluation marks shall be considered as the final award. The Deanof the Faculty concerned shall approve the same under authorization of the Vice-Chancellorfor the declaration of the result of the candidate.

Explanation:

Original marks Re-evaluation marks Average marks 40/100 50/100 40+50/2=45/100

(b) In case where the variation in the marks after re-evaluation is more or less than 10% of themaximum marks of the paper, the answer-book shall be sent to the third examiner for II re-evaluation after coding of the answer-book and removing all the marks etc. After II re-evaluation the original marks and the marks obtained by the candidate in I and II re-evaluation will be placed before the Vice-Chancellor for final decision.

(c) In case where, prior to the re-evaluation, the marks are increased on rescrutiny, the marksarrived at after re-scrutiny shall be considered as the original marks and the answer-bookshall be got re-evaluated as per the aforementioned procedure.

OM No. XM/PS/FN-61/II-55 dated 19.3.2005

23

Explanation:Original marks Re-evaluation marks Original marks considered 40/100 45/100 =45/100

10. The marks obtained as a result of re-evaluation shall not be counted towards determining theposition in order of merit and award of Prize/Medal.

**11. The examiners appointed for re-evaluation shall be paid Rs.40/- per answer book with a minimum ofRs.100/-;

Provided that the Coordinators will be paid remuneration at the rate of Rs.5/- per answer book with aminimum of Rs. 100/-.

**12. The result of re-evaluation shall be final and binding on the candidate and no complaint or appealagainst the revised award shall lie in any Court of Law. Nor will the candidate claim any privilegedeviating from the existing Ordinances, rules and regulations. A declaration to this effect shall besigned by the candidate while applying for re-evaluation.

**13. All case of re-evaluation of scripts shall be reported to the Committee of Examinations.

14. Rules/procedure for re-evaluation of answer-books for Senior Secondary School Certificate,Secondary School Certificate and High School (for Women Private Candidates) Examinations:

(a) If an examinee is in doubt or not satisfied with the marks obtained in any theory paper or papersin a subject or subjects, he/she may apply for re-evaluation of his/her answer books. There willbe no re-evaluation in case of practical and sessional examinations:Provided that re-evaluation will not be permitted in more than one fourth of the total papers ofthe examination;Provided further that there will be no-evaluation of answer-script for supplementary/compartmental examination;Provided further that the examinee may apply in writing to the Controller for withdrawal of hisapplication for re-evaluation and refund of fees within a week of last date prescribed forsubmission of the application of re-evaluation of answer-books(s). Thereafter, no withdrawal ofapplication for re-evaluation may be allowed in any case. Application once withdrawn cannotbe re-considered.

(b) Every application for re-evaluation along with a cash receipt for Rs. 300/- for each paper shouldreach to the Office of the Controller of Examinations within 10 days after the issue of themarksheet. In genuine cases, the Controller of Examinations may condone the delay upto 10days.

(c) (i) The original marks of the candidate will not be shown to the examiner engaged forre-evaluation.

(ii) The original examiner will not be part of the re-evaluation process.(iii) There will be one examiner appointed by the Vice-Chancellor for re-evaluation.

(d) The answer-books will be re-evaluated centrally in the Controller’s Office after coding andchanging the title cover of the answer-book by the Controller’s Office.

OM NO XM/PS/FN-61/II-55 dated 19.3.2005

OM NO XM/PA/II-91 dated 25/27.4.2005

24

(e) (i) In cases where the variation in marks between the earlier evaluation and that of there-evaluation is within 10% of the maximum marks of the concerned paper, the averageof the original marks and the re-evaluation marks shall be considered as the final award.The Controller of Examinations shall approve the same under authorization of theVice-Chancellor for the declaration of the result of the candidate.

Explanation:

Original marks Re-evaluation marks Average marks40/100 50/100 (40+50)/2=45/100

(ii) In cases where the variation in the marks after re-evaluation is above 10% of themaximum marks of the paper, the answer-book shall be re-evaluated by the thirdexaminer for second re-evaluation after coding of the answer-book and removing all themarks etc. After second re-evaluation the original marks and the marks obtained by thecandidate in first and second re-evaluation will be placed before the Vice-Chancellor forfinal decision.

(f) The marks obtained as a result of re-evaluation shall not counted towards determining theposition in order of merit and award of Prize/Medal.

(g) The examiners appointed for re-evaluation shall be paid Rs. 40/- per answer book with aminimum of Rs.100/-

(h) The result of re-evaluation shall be final and binding on the candidate and no complaint orappeal against the revised award shall lie in any Court of law. Nor will the candidate claim anyprivilege deviating from the existing Ordinances, rules and regulations. A declaration to thiseffect shall be signed by the candidate while applying for re-evaluation.

(i) All cases of re-evaluation shall be reported to the Committee of Examinations.

15. Notwithstanding anything contained in these Ordinances (Academic) or elsewhere, the Vice-Chacellor in special circumstances on reasonable grounds may direct re-examination of answerscript(s) of a theory paper/course/subject by another examiner and take other appropriate action.

O.M. No. XM/SPA/159A dated 13.8.2005

25

*CHAPTER – VICOMMITTEE FOR ADVANCED STUDIES AND RESEARCH

[Act 19(1)(a) and (m)]1. There shall be a Committee for Advanced Studies and Research for each Faculty.

2. Each Committee shall consist of the following:(i) The Vice-Chancellor (Chairman)

(ii) The Pro-Vice-Chancellor

(iii) Dean of the Faculty (Secretary)

†(iv) Chairmen of Departments in the Faculty;

(v) Three persons from among the teachers of the University not below the rank of a Readerelected by the Faculty who shall hold office for two years and shall be eligible for re-election;and

(iv) Two experts not in the service of the University to be co-opted by the Committee ofAdvanced Studies and Research for a period of two years.

3. The Committee for Advanced Studies and Research shall:(i) consider and recommend to the Faculty applications for admission to the Ph.D. course and

appoint supervisors for the candidates on the recommendation of the Board of Studies;

(ii) Consider and recommend to the Faculty, the M.Phil programmes of candidates in theFaculty;

(iii) consider applications for grant of exemption from residence at Aligarh, and for permission toreside outside Aligarh for the purpose of collecting materials for thesis;

(iv) recommend the appointment of Examiners for the M.Phil degree and for the research worksubmitted by candidates for the Doctorate Degrees and for the viva voce examination of suchcandidates.

(v) consider reports of the Examiners and make suitable recommendations;

(vi) consider and recommend applications for study leave;

(vii) consider and approve the award of University Research Scholarships and ResearchFellowships;

(viii) consider the problems of development of research in the Faculty particularly the developmentof interdisciplinary research and suggest suitable measures for its advancement; and

(ix) perform such other duties as may be assigned to it by the Academic Council or the Faculty.

4. The quorum for the meeting shall be one-third of the total membership

*E.C. Res. No. 14 dated 12/13/15 July 1980.

†AMU (Amendment) Act, 1981.

26

CHAPTER – VIILIBRARY COMMITTEE

(STATUTE 28)

1. There shall be standing committee of the Academic Council called the Library Committee. TheLibrary Committee shall consist of the following:-(a) Vice-Chancellor (Chairman)

(b) Pro-Vice-Chancellor

*(c) Director Academic Programme

(d) Finance Officer

(e) Librarian (Secretary)

(f) Deans of Faculties

(g) Dean, Students’ Welfare

(h) Principals of Colleges and the University Polytechnics†

(i) One person from each of the Faculties elected by the Academic Council;

(j) The Mutawalli of the Waqf founded by the late Maulvi Habibur Rahman Khan SherwaniNawab Sadr Yar Jung; and

(k) Three Research Scholars to be nominated by the Vice-Chancellor

2. The elected and nominated members of the Committee shall hold office for two years.

3. The Library Committee shall:(a) frame rules for the management of the Library, subject to the approval of the Academic

Council;

(b) arrange for the stock taking of the Library;

(c) prepare an annual report on the working of the Library for submission to the AcademicCouncil, by the end of October every year;

(d) prepare the annual budget estimates of the Library for submission to the Executive Council;and

(e) recommend to the Academic Council, allocation of the annual grant for the purchase ofbooks, journals and periodicals.

4. One – third of the members shall form a quorum.

*E.C. dated 12.10.93.

†E.C. Res. No. (21) dated 16.3.1991.

27

CHAPTER –VIIIADMISSION OF STUDENTS TO THE UNIVERSITY AND TO UNIVERSITY

LECTURES[Act 29(1)(a)and(m)]

1. Applications for admission to the University shall be made to *Controller of Examinations in suchform as may be prescribed.

2. The Admission Committee shall consist of the following:

(a) The Vice-Chancellor (Chairman)(b) The Pro-Vice-Chancellor(c) Deans of the Faculties(d) Dean, Students’ Welfare(e) Provosts(f) The Proctor, and(g) Principals of Colleges and Institutions maintained by the University.

3. The Admission Committee shall decide whether applicant is to be admitted, and if so, to whichcourse of study he shall be admitted.

3-A. All admissions granted, shall, in the first instance, be deemed to be provisional. The Committeemay also refuse admission in any individual case, and no candidate shall be entitled to claimadmission as of right.

3-B. The Admission Committee may for any reason cancel the admission granted provisionally orotherwise, to any student.

4. The Admission Committee may admit such candidates only as have passed an examination of anIndian University incorporated by any law for the time being in force, or such other examination ashas been recognized under Statute 19(f).

5. The Admission Committee may, on the recommendation of the Chairman of the Departmentconcerned, permit any person who has not passed any of the examinations mentioned in Clause 4 toattend a course of lectures in any Department of Studies. Such students shall not be entitled toappear any examination of the University, but Certificate of having attended a course of lectures inthe subject may be granted to them.

6. Every student, on admission to the University, shall be required to be registered formally as astudent in the University Office in the manner prescribed by the Regulations.

7. The Academic Council, may on the recommendation of the Admission Committee, recognize theattendance of students in an Indian University incorporated by any law for the time being in force, orin a College affiliated to such University or to a Board incorporated by the law or order ofGovernment for the time being in force; but such recognition shall not be given for a periodexceeding one academic year.

*E.C. Res. No.2 (para 20 of appendix (b) dated 16.3.1985.

28*7-A. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Chapter or in Clause 1 of Chapter IX of these

Ordinances, the Admission Committee may, from time to time and with the approval of the Vice-Chancellor delegate to the Controller of Examinations, the Dean of a Faculty, or any of its membersor any Sub-Committee constituted by it such of its powers and functions as it may specify and theseshall be exercised in accordance with such directives or rules as may be given or made as the casemay be by the Vice-Chancellor or the Admission Committee.

8. Notwithstanding anything contained in the Ordinances, women students admitted to the SeniorSecondary School Certificate Course, B.A (Hons.), B.Sc. (Hons) and B.Com. (Hons) shall ordinarilyreceive instruction and tuition in the Women’s College.

*E.C. dated 16.3.1985

*

29

CHAPTER – IXResidence of students

[(Act 5(9)(11)(11A), 10 and 29(1)(h)]

1. The Admission Committee shall decide:

(a) the Hall of Residence in which a student shall reside, or(b) whether he shall be attached to a Hall of Residence as a member thereof, or(c) whether he shall be admitted as a non-resident student and attached to the Non-Resident

Students Centre (N.R.S.C.);

Provided that only those students shall be attached to the Hall of Residence who are the sons orrelatives/solely dependent on employees of the University residing within the University area.

Provided further that the number of students attached to a Hall of Residence shall not exceed ten percent of the total number of students residing in that Hall.

2. The number of students attached to the NRSC shall not exceed 25 per cent of the total number ofstudents of the University.

3. Students attached to the NRSC shall reside with a guardian approved by the Provost, NRSC.

4. All students shall reside within 15 miles of the University Mosque.

5. Notwithstanding anything contained in these Ordinances, the Principal of the Women’s Collegeshall exercise in respect of women students, all such powers as are exercised in respect of non-resident men students by the provost of the NRSC.

6. Notwithstanding anything contained in these Ordinances, the Admission Committee may, with theapproval of the Vice-Chancellor , delegate to the Dean of Students’ Welfare such of its powers andfunctions mentioned in Clause 1 above, as it may specify from time to time and these powers shallbe exercised in accordance with such directives or rules as may be given or made, as the case maybe, by the Vice-Chancellor or the Admission Committee.

30

CHAPTER – XFellowships and Scholarships

[Act 5(8) Statute 17(7)(xvi) and (m)]

1. The Academic Council may award Fellowships and Scholarships carrying such remuneration as maybe fixed by the Executive Council on the recommendation of the Academic Council.

2. Fellowships shall be tenable for two years in the first instance, but may, in special cases be extendedfor a further period of one year.

3. Conditions for the award of Fellowships and Scholarships shall be prescribed by the Regulations.

31

CHAPTER –XIDISCIPLINE COMMITTEE

[Act 29(1)(m)]

1. There shall be a Discipline Committee appointed by the Vice-Chancellor which shall perform suchfunctions and exercise such powers as may be delegated to it by the Vice-Chancellor from time totime.

32

CHAPTR – XIICONVOCATION FOR CONFERING DEGREES

[Act 5(3) 29(c) and Statute (37)]

1. Convocation for admitting candidates to various degrees shall be held annually at Aligarh on suchdate as the Chancellor may fix.

2. Special Convocation for conferring degrees may be held on such dates as may be fixed by theChancellor on the recommendation of the Vice-Chancellor.

3. At the Annual Convocation the Vice-Chancellor shall present a report of the year’s work in theUniversity.

4. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Chapter, if for unavoidable reasons the AnnualConvocation is not held, the Academic Council may approve the conferment of degrees, and theaward of diplomas, certificates and other academic distinctions.

5. The procedure to be followed at the Convocation shall be laid down by the Regulations.

33

CHAPTER – XIIIFEES

[Act 5(10) and 29(1)(d)]

1. The Executive Council on the recommendation of the Academic Council shall, from time to time,prescribe the fees payable by students other than those prescribed in the following clauses:-

*2. (a) The Tuition & Examination Fees shall be as follows:-S.No. Course Tuition Fee

p.m.(Rs.)

Exam.Fee (includingMark Sheet)

(Rs.)

1. SSSC (XI&XII) 15 502. B.A./B.Sc./B.Com/BCA/BFA /

BPE/BTh/B.Ed.20 60

3. B.L. & I.Sc. 30 504. B.A.L.L.B. 30 1005. B.Tech. 50 100(III/IV),50 (I,II)6. B.Arch. 300 100(III/IV/V), 50(I/II)7. B.E. (Evening) 100 100(III/IV), 50(I/II)8. MBBS 60 150(II,III), 100(I)9. BDS 150(II/III), 100(I)10. BUMS 30 5011. Pre-Tib. 2512. M.A/M.Sc./M.Com./

M.Th/MFA/MPE/M.Ed/M.A(ELT).

30 60

13. M.S.W. 30 10014. M.L. & I.Sc. 50 5015. LL.M. 50 10016. M.Tech. (Regular) 100 150 per Semester17. M.Tech. (Part time) 5018. M.J.M.C. 6019. MFA/MTA 80 50 per Term20. MCA/PDCA 75 10021. M.B.A. 50 50 per Term22. MIBM 500 50 per Term23. M.Sc. (Agriculture) etc. 250 6024. MCH/MD/MS (Medicine) 100 40025. MD/MS (Unani Medicine) 100 10026. M.Phil. 50 15027. D.Lit./LLD/D.Sc/D.Th/ Ph.D 50 40028. PG Diploma in

Hydrogeology50 100

29. P.G. Diploma in Museology 25 5030. Post M.Sc. Diploma in

Museology25 100

*E.C. dated 20.8.95.

34

31. PG Diploma in BusinessFinance/MarketingManagement/PersonnelManagement

100

32. PG Diploma in Taxation/Public Relations/CompanyLaw Banking & Insurance /Criminology & CriminalAdministration / LabourLaws & Labour Relations.

25 50

33. PG Diploma in HumanRights

200

34. PG Diploma in Horticulture/Pest Management /Pesciculture/ Gem Testing &Art of Lapidary

10 50

35. Post Diploma inEnvironmental Engg.

- 50 per Semester

36. PG Diploma ComputerProgramming/ElectronicData Processing & MachineOperation/ ElectricalMaintenance/Lab.Technology (Physical/Chemical)

10 50

37. PG Diploma in Linguistics 10 3038. PG Diploma in Translation

(Hindi)10 100

39. PG Diploma in Journalism/Applied Arts

10 50

40. PG Diploma Orthoptics 10 5041. PG Diploma in

Anaesthesiology (DA)/ ChildHealth (DCH)/ MedicalRadio Therapy(DMRT)/Gynaecology &Obstetrics (DGO)/Ophthalmology(DO)/Orthopaedic Surgery (DOS) /Medical Radio Diagnosis(DMRD)

100 400

42. Post M.Sc. Diploma inApplicable Maths (IndustrialMaths)

50 100

43. Post MA Diploma in UrduTranslation

100

44. Post B.Sc. Diploma inComputer Sc. & Application(PDCA)

25 60

35

45. Diploma in Qirat/Shiatheology

5 15

46. Dip. In Teaching (UrduMedium)

10 50

47. Dip. in West Asian Studies 10 2048. Dip. in West Asian Studies 20 5049. Diploma in Turkish 10 2050. DBA 25 5051. Dip. in Steno-typing 10 3052. Dip. in Office Assistantship

& Secretarial Practice40(II), 30(I)

53. Dip. in Costume Design &Garment Technology

40(II), 30(I)

54. Diploma in Engineering 25 50(III),40(II) 30(I)55. Dip. in Statistics 10 2056. Dip. in Pharmacy/ Dialyson

Techniques /Medical LabTech. (Radiology/Pathology/Microbiology/Biochemistry)/ OperationTheater Management/Ophthalmic Assistance/Physiotherapy &Rehabilitation.

10 50

57. Cert. In Qira’at /ShiaTheology

5 15

58. Cert. of Proficiency inLanguages/Turkish/Linguistics

10 20

59. Cert. in Functional Hindi 10 5060. Cert. in Dental Hygiene 10 5061. SSC (IX,X) - 5062. SSC/ SSSC /BA (I/II)

English Only- 25

63. M.Tech. (Per backlogcourse)

- 25

64. B.Tech./B.Arch/BE (Perbacklog course)

- 25

65. Dip. in Engg. etc. (Perbacklog course)

- 25

66. MA/M.Sc./B.Com. etc. (Perbacklog course)

- 25

67. B.A./B.Sc./B.Com. etc. (Perbacklog course)

- 25

* Part-Time Courses $ Private CandidatesNote: (i) Teachers of the J.N. Medical College and A.K. Tibbiya

College shall be exempted from the payment of Tuition Fee for M.D./M.S. etc.(iv) The number of months for which tuition fees will be charged shall be as

prescribe by the University.

36

CATEGORY ‘A’ OTHER THAN TUITION FEE(ANNUAL CHARGES)

S.No. Nature Course Fee*

1. Enrolment Fee - 202. University Admission Fee - 203. University Admission Fee Dip.in Engineering 254. University Admission Fee B.Tech./M.Tech. 305. Univ. Library (Admission) Fee

- 5

6. Med. Exam.(Admission) Fee - 107. Hostel Fee from Residents

(Including Ph.D.): (p.a.)(a) Single Seated per student(b) Double Seated per student(c) Triple or more seated per

student8. Medical Exam. Fee

--

-Residents

385330

27525

*9. Medical Exam. Fee From Ph.D. Studentsincluding Non-Residents

35

10.(a) Kitchen Establishment Residents only 75*(b)Hall Establishment Fee Non-Residents only 20

11. (a)Kitchen Establishment Ph.D. only 150*(b)Hall Establishment Fee Non-Residents Ph.D 40

12. Student’s Aid Fund All students exceptPh.D.

10

13. Student’s Aid Fund Ph.D. only 2014. Annual Fee Residents only 2015. Annual Fee Ph.D. only 4016. Mid Term Examination Fee

SSSC only 50

17. Mid-Semester Exam. Fee B.Tech./B.Arch. -18. Registration & Admission

Fee for Ex-studentsAll eligible students -

CATEGORY ‘A’ EXAMINATION RELATED FEE

S.No. Nature of Fee Fee (Rs.)1. Migration Certificate 202. Provisional Certificate (Except Law) 053. Provisional Certificate (For Law) 204. Any Certificate (Not specified above) 105. Copies of Examiner Report (Doctoral Level) 256. Post Doctoral Level 507. Duplicate Copy of Marks Certificate 50*

*E.C. dated 20.8.95.

37

8. Duplicate Certificate 759. Triplicate copies of Certificate 500*

10. Duplicate Diplomas/Degrees 20011. Dispatch of Documents(by Registered Post) 2012. Registration Fee Private Candidates (Male) 5013. Registration Fee Private (Women’s Candidate) 1014. Re-evaluation Fee per paper 15015. Lamination Fee per Degree/Certificate (Optional)

20

CATEGORY ‘D’ – DEPOSITS, CAUTION MONEY

S.No. Head Nature Fee(p.a.)†

1. Science Deposit Deposit 502. Library Deposit Deposit 503. B.Ed. Book Deposit Deposit 504. Resident Students Caution Money 1005. Non-Resident Students Caution Money 506. Non-Resident Students Caution Money

(Engg.& Poly.)50

7. Research Students Caution Money 1008. MBBS Students Caution Money

(Damage of Equipment)100

(b) Students who join the University on transfer from other institutions shall pay the tuition feewith effect from the month in which they are admitted.

3. (a) Exemption from the payment of tuition fee may be granted to not more than 25% of theregular men students on the rolls by the Provost concerned.

(b) Exemption from the payment of tuition fee may be granted to not more than 25% of theregular women students on the rolls by the Provost, Abdullah Hall, or Sarojini Naidu Hall.

4. Exemption from payment of tuition fee may be granted to students pursuing for the Ph.D., M.Ed.,B.Ed., M.Th. or B.Th. degree, by the Provost concerned on the recommendation of the Chairman ofDepartment concerned.

Students granted such exemption shall be in addition to those granted exemption under Clause 3above;

5. Provided that in addition to the fees prescribed above, all candidates, except those appearing forHonours and Master’s degree courses in the Faculties of Arts, Social Science, Science andCommerce, appear at a Examination shall pay a fee of Rs 2/- for the statement of marks obtained bythem at the examination which will be supplied to them soon after the announcement of the result ofthe examinations;

*As per AC Resolution dated 31.7.1993/3.11.1993/11.11.1993 and E.C. Resolution dated 28.8.1994/24.9.1994 as circulated vide

No.C-III, E.C. (593)-3/3044 dated 9.11.1994.†E.C. dated 20.8.95.

38

Provided further that all candidates for Honours and Master’s degree in the Faculty of Arts,Social Sciences, Science and Commerce shall have to pay a fee of Rs. 5/- to obtain a copy of theircourse cards;

Provided further that private candidates shall pay a registration fee of Rs. 10/- perexamination.

39

CHAPTER – XIVEVENING CLASSES AND CERTIFICATE COURSES

[Act 5(5)]

1. The Academic Council may make special arrangements for:

(a) holding evening classes for such courses of study as it may specify from time to time, and forsuch categories of students as it may decide to admit to the courses so specified, and

(b) imparting instruction for courses leading to the award of Certificate or Diploma to suchcategories of students, who will not deemed to be members of the University as may beadmitted to courses so specified.

2. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Chapters of these Ordinances, the provisionsof this Chapter shall be applicable to the courses and, or the categories of students mentioned inClause (1) above.

3. Such students shall neither be members of a Hall of Residence nor of the NRSC nor of the Women’sCollege.

4. Exemption from the payment of tuition fee may be granted to not more than 20% of the studentsenrolled for the evening classes for the courses mentioned above by the Dean of the Facultyconcerned or by the Principal of the Institution imparting such instruction;

Provided that the Dean or the Principal, as the case may be, may award two half exemptions in lieuof one full exemption, if the circumstances of the students so required.

5. Notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 2(b) of Chapter XVII of these Ordinances, a student of theEvening classes of the Certificate or Diploma courses defined under Clause 1 above shall berequired to obtain a certificate of satisfactory conduct from the Dean of the Faculty concerned, or thePrincipal of the Institution imparting such instruction.

6. Applications of such students for permission to appear at a University Examination shall besubmitted through the Dean of the Faculty or the Principal concerned. Ex-students of these classesas defined in Clause 5 of the Chapter XVII shall also submit their applications through the Dean ofthe Faculty or the Principal concerned.

7. The Academic Council may, from time to time, make such rules for the categories of studentsmentioned above as it deems fit.

40

CHAPTER – XVAPPOINTMENTS OF EXAMINERS AND MODERATORS

[Act 29(f) and Status 17(2)(xi)]

1. The list of examiners and moderators for all examinations, except the High School/SecondarySchool Certificate** Examination or the Examination for Doctorate and Master of Philosophy, shallbe drawn up by the Department of Studies or the Board of Studies, where so authorized by theseOrdinances or Statutes and submitted to the Faculty concerned. The Faculty may scrutinize the listand forward the same to the Executive Council through the Academic Council for final approval.

*Provided that examiners and moderators shall be recommended by the Board of Studies of theDepartments for the examinations of the next one academic session only.

*Provided further that the Demonstrators/Research Assistants and Registrars (Medical Faculty) shallnot attend the meeting of the Board of Studies of the Department when the appointment ofexaminers for their M.D./M.S./Diploma examinations is being considered.

2. The Examiners and Moderators for the High School / Secondary School Certificate** Examinationshall be appointed by the Executive Council on the recommendation of the Board of HighSchool/Secondary Certificate Examination and the Academic Council.

3. The Examiners for the examination for Doctorate and Master of Philosophy, shall be appointed bythe Executive Council on the recommendation of the Committee for Advanced Studies and Researchconcerned, the Faculty concerned, and the Academic Council.

4.* Except for the examinations mentioned in clauses, 5,6,7,8,9 & 10 below, question papers of allexaminations in each subject shall be moderated by a Committee consisting of:-(a) Chairman of the Department concerned and

(b) Not less than one and not more than two other persons provided that one of the moderatorsmay be an examiner in a degree examination not engaged in teaching in the University.

†Provided that there shall be separate moderation committees for under-graduate and post-graduateexaminations.

Provided further that the external moderator of the Committee of Moderators for any subject of theMBBS Examination may not be an examiner.

‡5. Question papers in each of the Courses in the University Polytechnic and the Women’s Polytechnicshall be moderated by a Committee consisting of the following members:-(a) Reader-in-Charge of the Section concerned or the senior most Reader in that Section,

wherever the post of Reader-in-Charge is not provided.

(b) One Senior Teacher of the Section for each broad area of specialization.

(c) One person not engaged in the teaching in the University.

*E.C. Res. No. 25(6) dated 30.8.1986 & 27/28.9.1986.

†E.C. Res. No. 15(43)(3A) dated 16.10.1985.

** OM No. XM/SPA/F.Ord.57/II-139 dated 08.7.2005.‡

E.C. Res. No. 63(Appendix) dated 21/22.2.1987 & 27.3.1987.

41

6. The question paper in each subject in the High School Examination shall be moderated by aCommittee consisting of not less than two and not more than four persons, one of whom shall be theChairman of the Department concerned or a teacher in the Department nominated by him.

7. The question paper for the Law examination shall be moderated by a Committee consisting of:-

(a) Chairman of the Department of Law; and

(b) Three persons, at least one of whom shall be a Judge of a High Court.

8. Question papers in Home Science and Music shall be moderated by a Committee for each of thesubjects consisting of the following:-

(a) Principal, Women’s College

(b) One teacher of the subject concerned, at the Women’s College and

(c) One person not engaged in teaching at the Women’s College.

*9. (i) Ordinarily, theory courses of B.Tech./B.E./B.Arch. Examination may be internally evaluatedby the Examiner(s) to be appointed by the Board of Studies concerned. For Final UniversityExamination of practical/project courses of B.Tech./B.E. and that of IE-courses of B.Arch.,there may be Internal and External Examiners to be appointed by the Board of Studiesconcerned.

The Chairman of the Department concerned may recommend one or two Internal Examiners,already appointed by the Board of Studies to conduct the supplementary examinations ofpractical/project courses of B.Tech./B.E. and that of IE-courses of B.Arch.

The Final University Examinations of JE-Courses in B.Arch, shall be through written papers,viva-voce examination etc., to be conducted by a Jury consisting of Internal and ExternalExaminers, of which at least one shall be External Member to be appointed by the Board ofStudies concerned.

The Final University Examinations of Project/Dissertation of B.Arch., shall be throughSeminar and Viva-Voce Examination to be conducted by a Jury of Internal and ExternalExperts (Examiners) of which at least one shall be External Member to be appointee by theBoard of Studies concerned.

(ii) There shall be a Moderation Committee consisting of the following members to moderate thequestion papers of B.Tech./B.E./B.Arch. Examinations.

(a) Chairman of the Department concerned – Convener.(b) A senior teacher of the Department concerned for each broad area of specialization.

However, the Teacher Incharge/Examiner(s) of the course concerned may be invited,if necessary, to clarify the necessary details of the question paper.

*O.M.No.XM/AC IV/2759 dated 7.2.95.

42*(iii) There shall be a Result Moderation Committee of the Department consisting of the following

members to moderate the course-wise results in accordance with the Regulations in thisbehalf.

(a) Chairman of the Department concerned – Convenor.

(b) One senior teacher of the Deportment in each area of specialization to berecommended by the Board of Studies of the Department.

(c) The Teacher Incharge/Examiners of the course concerned.

(iv) There shall be a Review Committed consisting of the following members to scrutinize theclass-wise results declared for the academic year:

(a) Dean, Faculty of Engg. & Tech. – Convener

(b) Principal, Z.H. College of Engg. & Tech.

(c) Chairmen of the Departments

(d) Controller of Examinations

(e) Chief Tabulator, Z.H. College of Engg. & Tech. and

(f) A nominee of the Vice-Chancellor from the Faculty.

The Committee shall review and scrutinize the results declared and forward itsrecommendations to the respective Departments for appropriate action.

*Regulations to Moderation Committee as perClause (9) of Chapter XV of Academic (Ordinances)

(a) (i) When a course is being taught by more than one teacher to various groups/sections,the course work, sessional assessment, question paper setting, evaluation etc. shouldbe on a common standard. They may mutually consult each other and the Chairman ofthe Department concerned to maintain the uniformity in all aspects of the academicstandard.

(ii) The Moderation Committee shall moderate the question papers of the courses andensure that syllabus is well covered by question papers.

(iii) The Examiner(s) of the course are supposed to submit the final Grade Award Lists andevaluated Answer Scripts etc. within one week after the University Examination forthe course has been held. The Chairmen of the Departments shall ensure that this oneweek time limit is strictly observed.

(b) The Result Moderation Committee shall be convened ordinarily within one week after theExamination.

*O.M. LD No.C/57 dated 9.1.97.

43

(c) In case of abnormal distribution of students population, the grades awarded to the candidatesin a course may be modified by the Result Moderation Committee by modifying the graderanges of the course and/or by awarding grace marks to the candidates. Further provided thatthe grades so awarded, may be modified by awarding grace marks upto a maximum of threemarks in border line cases to clear the course and upto a maximum of two marks in case ofimprovement of grade in a course.

(d) There shall be moderation of results of Annual as well as Supplementary Examinations. Theprocedure for the award of grades adopted at Annual Examination shall be followed forsubsequent Supplementary Examination results.

(e) If the sessional marks of promoted or ex-students in a course are not available with theTeacher Incharge of the Course/Examiner, he may approach the Chief Tabulator (Engg.College) for the previous available sessional marks for the purpose of awarding grades.

(f) The Chief Tabulator (Engg. College) under the supervision of the Dean of the Faculty shallprepare & submit a summary report of Examination Results of various classes forconsideration before the Review Committee.

**Clause (10) of Chapter XV of the Ordinances (Academic)Moderation Committee for B.E. Courses

(Under Grading System)(Effective from the session 2000-2001 for B.E. only)

10. (i) Ordinarily, Theory Courses of B.E. Examinations may be internally evaluated by theExaminer(s) to be appointed by the Board of Studies concerned. For Final UniversityExaminations of Practical/Project courses, there may be Internal and External Examiners tobe appointed by the Board of Studies concerned.

The Chairman of the Department concerned may recommend one or two Internal Examiners,already appointed by the Board of Studies to conduct the Supplementary Examinations ofPractical/Project courses.

(ii) There shall be a Moderation Committee consisting of the following members to moderate thequestion papers of B.E. Examination.

(a) Chairman of the Department concerned - Convener

(b) A senior teacher of the Department concerned for each broad area of specialization.However, the Teacher Incharge/Examiner(s) of the course concerned may be invited,if necessary, to clarify the necessary details of the question paper.

*(iii) There shall be a Result Moderation Committee of Department consisting of the followingmembers to moderate the course-wise results in accordance with the Regulations in thisbehalf.


*O.M. LD No. (C)/57 dated 9.1.97.

44

(a) Chairman of the Department concerned .. Convener

(b) One senior teacher of the Department in each area of specialization to berecommended by the Board of Studies of the Department.

(c) The Teacher Incharge/Examiner(s) of the course concerned.

(iv) There shall be a Review Committee consisting of the following members to scrutinize theclass-wise results declared for the academic year:-

(a) Dean, Faculty of Engg. & Tech. - Convener

(b) Principal, Z.H. College of Engg. & Tech.

(c) Chairmen of the Departments

(d) Controller of Examinations

(e) Chief Tabulator, Z.H. College of Engg. & Tech. and

(f) A nominee of the Vice-Chancellor from Faculty.

The Committee shall review and scrutinize the results declared and forward itsrecommendations to the respective Departments for appropriate action.

**Regulations for Moderation Committee as perClause (10) of Chapter XV of Academic (Ordinances)(Effective from the Session 2000-2001 for B.E. only)

(i) (a) When a course is being taught by more than one teacher to various groups/sections,the course work, sessional assessment, question paper setting, evaluation etc. shouldbe on a common standard. They may mutually consult each other and the Chairmanof the Department concerned to maintain the uniformity in all aspects of the academicstandard.

(b) The Moderation Committee shall moderate the question papers of the courses andensure that the syllabus is well covered by question papers.

(c) The Examiner(s) of the course are supposed to submit the final Grade Award Lists andevaluated Answer Scripts etc. within one week after the University Examination forthe course has been held. The Chairmen of the Departments shall ensure that this oneweek time limit is strictly observed.

(ii) The Result Moderation Committee shall be convened, ordinarily, within one week after theexamination.

(iii) In case of abnormal distribution of students population, the grades awarded to the candidatesin a course may be modified by the Result Moderation Committee by modifying the graderanges of the course and/or by awarding grace marks to the candidates. Further provided that


45

the grades so awarded, may be modified by awarding grace marks upto a maximum of threemarks in border line cases to clear the course and upto a maximum of two marks in caseimprovement of grade in a course.

(iv) There shall be moderation of results of Annual as well as Supplementary Examinations. Theprocedure for the award of grades adopted at Annual Examination shall be followed forsubsequent Supplementary Examination results.

(v) If the sessional marks of promoted or ex-students in a course are not available with theTeacher Incharge of the Course/Examiner, he may approach the Chief Tabulator (Engg.College) for the previous available sessional marks for the purpose of awarding grade.

(vi) The Chief Tabulator (Engg. College) under the supervision of the Dean of the Faculty shallprepare & submit a summary report of the Examination Results of various classes forconsideration before the Review Committee.

*11. The question papers for the M.Phil Examination shall be moderated by a Committee consisting ofthe following:-

(i) Chairman of the Department;

(ii) Supervisor of the candidate and

(iii) A nominee of the Chairman of the Department.

12. The question papers shall be moderated in accordance with the Regulations.

†13. The Examiners for M.D./M.S. Examination shall be appointed as under:-

(i) Only P.G. Teachers shall be appointed as Examiners in M.D./M.S. Examinations,

(ii) External Examiners should be invited from other recognized Medical Colleges, preferablyfrom outside the state,

(iii) The Chairman of the Department concerned should ordinarily be one of the Examiners. Theother (second) Internal Examiner should be amongst the Postgraduate Teachers of theDepartment’s speciality. The Second Internal Examiner should rotate after every twoExaminations.

14. Examiners and Moderators in all the subjects for all the Professional Examinations in the Faculty ofMedicine shall be appointed by the Executive Council, on the recommendations of the Faculty andthe Academic Council, out of the list of examiners and moderators drawn by the Board of Studies inthe subject concerned;

Provided that the Faculty may scrutinize the list before onward transmission to the AcademicCouncil.

*E.C. Res. No. 25(6) dated 30.8.1986/27 & 28.9.1986.

† E.C. Res. No. 6(15) dated 22.12.1980 and 21/22.2.1981.


46

(i) In examinations other than theory papers:(a) There shall be at least four examiners for 100 students, out of whom not less than 50% shall

be external examiners of the four examiners, the senior most internal examiner will act as thecoordinator of the whole examination programme in that subject. Where candidatesappearing are more than 100, one additional examiner, for every additional 50 or part thereof,be appointed.

Provided that the external examiners shall not be from this University and preferably be fromoutside the state;

Provided further that the internal examiner in a subject shall not accept external examinershipfor a college from which external examiner is appointed in his subject in the same session.

(b) External examiners shall be appointed for two examinations provided that the externalexaminer shall not be re-appointed immediately and there shall be a gap of atleast two years.

(c) All the teachers with the rank of Readers and above shall be appointed as internal examinerfor two examinations by rotation according to seniority.

(ii) An examiner/moderator in any of the subject of all the professional examinations shouldpossess the requisite qualification as prescribed by the Academic Council in this behalf.

Provided that non-medical scientists engaged in the medical teaching as whole time teachers(Readers/Professors) may be appointed examiners in their concerned subjects provided they possessrequisite qualification and experience.

15. Qualifications for appointment of Examiners for B.D.S.I. The extened and internal examiners for B.D.S. Examinations should be those holding the post

of Reader or an equivalent post or above in a Dental Institution approved/recognized by theDental Council of India for B.D.S. Course and possess at least 3 years teaching experience inthat particular/allied subject to B.D.S. students. The University may relax these requirementsin case of Community Dentistry.

II. 50% of examiners appointed shall be external from Medical Colleges/Dental Institutionsapproved/recognized by the Dental Council of India for B.D.S Course, from otherUniversities, preferably from outside the state.

No person shall be an external examiner for more than 3 consecutive years. However, if there is a break ofone year, the person can be reappointed.

OM No. XM/SPA/FN75/II-278 dated 27/28.3.2006.

47

CHAPTER – XVIREMUNERATIONS TO EXAMINERS, INVIGILATORS ETC.

(Act 29(g))

1. The Executive Council, on the recommendations of the Academic Council, shall, from time to timeprescribe the rate of remuneration to be paid to Examiners, Moderators, Invigilators; other thanthose prescribed in the following Clauses:-

*2. (i) Remuneration to Examiners:(Effective from the ensuing examination vide O.M.No.(c) 1367 dated 2.11.1999).

S.No Name of the Examination For Settinga paper

(Rs.)

For MarkingAnswerBook

(Rs.)

For Viva-Voce/Practical

Exam. perCandidate

(Rs.)

Minimum(if any)

(Rs.)1. PG Dip. in Urdu

Translation/ Post M.A.Dip. in Teaching ofEnglish Language &Literature /PG Dip. inHydrogeology/ M. Tech/MCA/ PDCA/Post M.Sc.Dip. in Applied Maths/Museology.

490 24 24 490

2. MBA/MIBM/†MAEBM/MJMC/DBF/ MTA/MFC

490 12 12 490

3. Dip. in PersonnelManagement/Marketing Management/Pest Management

490 12 12 240

4. LL.M. 490 12 10 3705. DO/D.Orth/DLO/DA/

DGO/DCH/DMRD/MMRT

390 15 24 490

6. MBBS/Pre-Tib./ BUMS/BDS

370 10 1024 (clinical & v.v.)

370

7. B.Tech/BE/ B.Arch.(III,IV & Final Year)

370 10 10 300

8. B.Tech/BE/B.Arch.(I & II Year)/PostDiploma in Env. Engg.

300 7 7 240

9. B.Ed/B.L.& I.Sc. 300 7 10 37010. B.Th. 240 6 10 24011. Dip. in Engg. (IIIYr)

*OM NO (C)/ 1367 dated 2.11.1999.

†E.C. dated 9.9.96/3.5.97.

48

(Women’s &Boys)/ B.A./(Eng. Only)/BA/B.Sc/B.Com./BFA/BPEDip. & Cert. inCalligraphy/ Linguistics

240 6 6 240

12. Dip. in Engg.(I & II Yr.)/SSSC (I&II)/ DWAS/Dip. in OfficeAssistantship &SecretarialPractice/Costume Design& Garment Tech./Dip. &Cert. in ProfessionalCourses/Dip. & Cert.in Proficiency inLanguages

200 5 5 200

13. Dip. in Statistics 220 6 6 18014. HS/ SSC / (I & II) 150 4 4 15015. Dip. in Stenotyping 170 5 5 17016. Cert. & Dip. in Qirat 150 5 5 15017. M.Phil. (per

candidate/Examiner400 15 370 -

18. MS/MD/M.CH./MS/MD(Unani)

490 24 490 per day/Examiner

-

ADMISSION TEST (OBJECTIVE TYPE)

S.No. Name of the Examination For setting QuestionBank

(per item)(Rs.)

Minimum

(Rs.)43. MBBS(PMT)/BUMS (G.K.only)/

B.Tech./ Dip. in Engg./MBA/BE/MIBM/MAEBM/ Dip. inPersonnel Management/Dip. inMarketing Management/PestManagement/ M.Sc. Dip. inApplicable Math./Dip. inHydrogeology/B.Ed./B.L. &I.Sc./M.Tech./MD/ MS/PrimaryTeacher Recruitment and all otherObjective Type Admission Tests

10.50 350

44. University Examinations other thanAdmission Tests

10.50 350

45. Moderation for Objective TypeQuestion papers

10.50 350

49

ADMISSION TEST (SUBJECTIVE TYPE)

S.No. Name of the Examination For paper setting/Writing

(Rs.)

For marking AnswerBooks(Rs.)

46. M.D.(Unani)/ M.L.& I.Sc./M.Ed./M.Sc. (Bio Tech.) andother equivalent course

370 10

47. B.U.M.S. 200 1048. Remuneration for Writer 50

(per candidate per paper)-

NOTE:

1. Contingent or postal expenses are payable to External Examiners on production of postal receiptonly.

2. If more than half a question paper is changed by the Board of Moderators, the Vice-Chancellormay on the recommendation of the Chairman of the Department concerned direct that noremuneration be paid for setting the paper. (Resolution No. 7 to the Academic Council dated 11November, 1979).

3. In case, a question paper is rejected by the Board of Moderators, the examiner concerned shall notbe entitled to any remuneration and a fresh examiner for marking the answer-books may beappointed on receipt of a written report from the Board of Moderators (Resolution No.9 of theacademic Council dated 12th January, 1931)

4. In case, there are more than one Internal Examiner in Practical or Viva-Voce Examinations, theremuneration per examiner shall be half of the External Examiner.

5. Sanction of competent authority regarding the appointment of Internal Examiner as ExternalExaminer has to be attached with the bill or the reference to the sanction letter is to be given.

6. For setting a question paper/marking the answer-books by more than one Internal Examiner, theremuneration shall be divided equally amongst them.

7. Minimum of Rs. 60/- for marking answer-book.

*RATES FOR TABULATION, CODING AND SCRUTINYRemuneration for Manual Tabulation Work per Tabulator

1. Non-Semester (All Classes) Rs. 6/- per candidate per Tabulator or aminimum of Rs. 100/-.

2. Semester (All Classes) (a) Rs. 7/- per candidate per Tabulator.(b) Rs.15/- per candidate per Tabulator for the

Final Semester.

* O.M. No. XM No. (C) 1367 dated 2.11.1999.

I

50

3. For B.E. (Under Grading System) (a) Rs.7/- per candidate per Tabulator (I Yr.B.E.)

(b) Rs.10.50 per candidate per Tabulator (II &III Yr. B.E.)

(c) Rs.14 per candidate per Tabulator (FinalYr. B.E.)

4. For preparing a Duplicate Grade Sheetof B.E. students (Under GradingSystem)

Rs.10 per Grade Sheet per Tabulator.

5. For preparing Grade Transcripts of B.E.(4-Year Degree Course) (Under GradingSystem)

Rs.40 per Transcript per Tabulator.

II For B.Arch./B.Tech./M.Tech. (Under Semester System)Description Rate of Remuneration

Manual (Current & Backlog Coursestogether) (Under Grading System)

(1) For tabulation work & preparingGrade Transcripts of I/III/V/VIIsemester B.Arch./ B.Tech. and IXsemester B.Arch.

Rs. 7/- per Candidate per Tabulator

(2) For tabulation work & preparingGrade Transcripts of I & II/III & IV/V &VI semesters of B.Arch./B.Tech./VII &VIII semesters of B.Arch.


(3) For tabulation work & preparingGrade Transcipts of VII & VIIIsemesters of B.Tech. and IX & Xsemesters of B.Arch./ (Final Year)


(4) For tabulation work & preparingmark sheet of I/III semester M.Tech.


(5) For tabulation work & preparingmark sheet of I & II semesters ofM.Tech.

Rs.10/- per Candidate per Tabulator

(6) For tabulation work & preparingmark sheet of Final M.Tech. (all foursemesters)


(7) For preparing complete GradeTranscript from I Semester to FinalSemester of B.Arch./ B.Tech. (afteraccumulating requisite number ofEarned Credits for the award of Degree)


(8) For preparing Duplicate GradeTranscripts of each year of B.Arch./B.Tech./M.Tech.


REMUNERATION FOR CODING WORK(1) For Answer-books of Admission Test Rs.2.50 per answer book or a minimum of

Rs.350/-(2) For answer-books of other UniversityExamination

Re.0.80 per answer book.

51

M I S C E L LA N E O U S

(1) Scrutiny for Admission Forms/ : Rs.5 per candidate.Verifying original documents/Verification of Tabulation(for Admission only)

(2) Scrutiny of Computerized Data Entries Rs.2 per candidaterelated to results of SSC/SSSC/BA/B.Sc./B.Com./M.A./M.Sc./M.Com.

(3) Compulsory Scrutiny of evaluated answer Rs.2/- per answer script toscripts (w.e.f Examination 1991) Scrutiny Officer; Rs. 0.50

per answer script to ChiefSecrunity Officer.

REMUNERATION FOR EVALUATION OF THESIS/DISSERTATION/PROJECT ETC.

1. Dissertation for LL.M., MSW, MPE Rs.370/- per candidate.

2.Project/Design/Lab. Report for M.Tech.Examination

Rs.24/- per candidate or a minimum of Rs.490/-per Examiner.

3. Project or Design report of B.Tech. /B.E./B.Arch.(Final Year)

Rs.24/- per candidate or a minimum of Rs.240/-per Examiner.

4. Dissertation/Project/TPR for MBA/ MIBM /DPMDMM/MAEBM*

Rs.240/- per candidate or a minimum of Rs.490/-

5. Dissertation or project report of M.L. & I.Sc./ MA/M.Com./M.Ed.

Rs.80/- per candidate or a minimum of Rs.370/-

6. Project for Dip. in Engg. (Final Year) Rs.12/- per candidate or a minimum of Rs.240/-per Examiner.

7. Dissertation/Project of P.G. Dip. In Hydrogeology/Computer Sc./MCA/PDCA/ MS, MD, M.CH. forthesis.

Rs.490/- per candidate per Examiner.

8. Additional Remuneration to the Head Examiner ofthe High School/SSC (I&II) Examination.

The Head Examiner of the High School/SSC (I &II) Examination shall be paid an additionalremuneration of Rs.240/- provided that Asstt.Examiner/Examiners are appointed for theExamination.

9. Remuneration to the Teacher-Incharge of theSchool Laboratory if he is not an Examiner.

The Teacher-Incharge of the School Laboratory, ifhe is not an Examine be paid remuneration ofRs.240/- per practical examination per centre inthe School Laboratory concerned.

10. Translation for High School SSC (I & II)Examination papers.

Rs. 24/-per Translation for High School SSC (I &II) Examination paper.

11. M.Sc. Project/Dissertation (for Faculty of Sc.Only)

Rs.24/- per student for evaluation of the Projectand Rs.24/- per students for Viva voceExamination subject to a minimum of Rs. 610/-perexternal Examiner and Rs. 240/- per InternalExaminer.

12. M.Tech. Dissertation (Evaluation and Viva-voceExamination).

Rs. 490/- per candidate per Examiner.

*E.C. dated 9.9.96.

52

13. Honorarium to the External Member of theModeration Committee.

An Honorarium of Rs.490/- to the ExternalMember of the Moderation Committee irrespectiveof the days spent in moderation work.

14. Remuneration for the Re-Evaluation of answerbooks by Internal Examiners and an Examiner invitedfrom out side Aligarh.

Rs.40/-per answer script or minimum of Rs.100/-for the Re-Evaluation of answer script for InternalExaminers and an Examiner invited from out sideAligarh shall be paid T.A. and D.A. as per rules ofthe University and Rs. 200/- as minimumremuneration.

15. Thesis for M. Phil (Evaluation) Rs. 370/-per candidate/Examiner16. Thesis for Ph.D./D.Lit./D.Sc.(Evaluation) Rs. 740/- per candidate/Examiner17. Thesis for Ph.D./D.Lit./D.Sc.(V.V.Exam) Rs. 490/- per candidate/Examiner

REMUNERATION TO SUPERINTENDENT AND ASSISTANT SUPERINTENDENTSOF EXAMINATION CENTRES

S.No. Designation Revised Rates including Conveyance per day persession for Admission Tests/beyond normal dutyhours/per session during Vacations/Sundays/Holiday.

1. Superintendent of Examination Centre Rs. 1102. Assistant Superintendent of

Examination CentreRs.100

3. Head Invigilator Rs.1004. Invigilator Rs.80

53

CHAPTER – XVIIEXAMINATIONS

[Act 5(3), 29(f) 29(g), 33 and Statute 5A(4)(I)]

1. Examinations of the University, other than the Doctorate examination, shall be open to the followingcategories of candidates:(a) regular students, i.e. candidates who have undergone a regular course of study in University

or an Institution maintained by the University for a period specified for the course of study;(b) private candidates as defined in Clause 4 below.(c) ex-students as defined in Clause 5 below.

2. A candidate shall be deemed to have undergone a regular course of study for the period specifiedfor the course to be eligible to appear at the examination, if he has fulfilled requirements as given inthe chart below:

Faculty AttendanceLectures Practical Tutorials Seminars

Sessional Requirements

Arts/Social Sciences /Science/Commerce

75% 75% 75% As per new Ordinances(Academic)

*Engineering:(i) M.Tech. (3-semester)

75% combined in all courses during eachSemester.

As per AcademicsOrdinances

†(ii)B.Tech./B.E./ B.Arch(Annual system)

75% combined in all courses during eachAcademic Year.

As per AcademicOrdinances

‡(iii)B.Tech/B.Arch.(Semester System)

Course-wise attendance as per Ordinances(Academic) in this regard.

(iv) Dip. in Engineering 75% combined in all courses during eachAcademic year etc.

As per AcademicOrdinances (Academic)

Law 75% - 75%Medicine:(i) All P.G. diplomas 80% 80% __

(ii) MBBS (I,II & Final Professional)Combined 75% inPractical, Demonstrations and/or Clinics ineach subject.

(iii) Other Courses. 75% 75% __Theology (B.Th. &M.Th.)

75% __ __

*N.B.: – (a) The attendance requirements for the Semester Courses shall be the same as for the non-Semester Courses and the details are to be prescribed by the Academic Council.Provided that the Academic Council may, in special circumstances, condone any shortage in suchattendance.(b) The candidate has obtained a certificate of satisfactory conduct and clearance of dues from(1) Provost concerned or (2) The Dean of the Faculty concerned in case of students of EveningClasses.

*Effective from the Session 1993-94 for B.E./B.Arch.(under Annual System)/M.Tech.

†Effective from the Session 1994-95 for B.Tech.

‡Effective from the Session 2001-2002 for B.Tech./B.Arch.(under semester system)/EC dated 18.8.2001/29.12.2001.

54

3. (Deleted)**

*4.(a) Notwithstanding anything contained in the Ordinances, teachers and women candidates (only IndianCitizens) may be permitted by the Examination Committee to appear as private candidates at the†Senior Secondary School Certificate (Arts, Social Sciences, Science or Commerce), B.A, B.Sc.,B.Com. (Pass) or (Hons), M.A., M.Sc. (in Mathematics, Geography and Psychology only) M.Com,‡B.Th., and M.Th. examinations held by the University under the following conditions:

For Teacher Candidates For Women Candidates(i) They must have continuously beenteacher in a recognized institution fora period of at least two academicyears prior to their appearance at theexamination, and they must beteachers at the time of appearing atthe examination.

(i) They have not studied in any recognizedInstitution during the academic year at the end ofwhich they wish to appears at the examination.

(ii) Their examination forms arecertified by the Head of theInstitution, in case of teachers of theinstitutions maintained by theUniversity/ Principal of a DegreeCollege or the District Inspector ofSchools concerned in the case ofothers.

(ii) Their forms are certified by the Principal of aCollege, Inspector of School, the Head of arecognized High School or a First Class Magistrate.

Provided that no permission shall be given to appear at the examination in a subject for which apractical examination is also prescribed unless the Dean of the Faculty concerned is satisfied that thecandidate has done practical work at a suitable place.

(b) Notwithstanding anything contained in these Ordinances, University employees (Non-teaching staff)may be permitted by the Committee of Examinations to appear as private candidates at allexaminations at which teacher candidates are eligible to appear under these Ordinances, under thefollowing conditions:-(i) They must have continuously been in University service for a period of at least two years

prior to their appearance at the examination and they must be in the service of the Universityat the time of appearing at the examination.

(ii) Their examination forms are duly certified by the Head of the Department/Office/Institutionwhere they have been serving.

§(c) Notwithstanding anything contained in these Ordinances, University employees (Non-teaching staff) may be permitted by the Board of Secondary Education to appear as private

*E.C. Res. No. 19(17) dt. 18/19/20 Feb. 1984.

†E.C. Res. No. 2 (para 17 of Appendix I(b) dt. 6.3.1985.

‡E.C. Res. No. 16(42)(3) dt. 26.10.1985.

**O.M. No. XM/SPA/F.Ord.57/II-139 dated 08.7.2005.

§E.C. Res. No. 62 dt. 22.12.1980 and 21/22.2.1981.

55

candidates at the *Secondary School Certificate Examination, under the following conditions:(i) They must have continuously been in University service for a period of at least two

years prior to their appearance at the examination and they must be in the service ofthe University at the time of appearing at the examination.

(ii) Their examination forms are duly certified by the Head of the Department/ Office/Institution where they have been serving.

*(d) Notwithstanding anything contained in these Ordinances, candidates who have passed anOriental Examination recognized by the University, may be permitted by the ExaminationCommittee to appear as private candidates at the Senior Secondary School Certificate†examination (in English only) or the B.A. Examination (in English only).

5. A candidate who –Either

(a) fails to pass an examination of the University or is unable to appear at an examination afterhaving undergone a regular course of study.

(b) has passed the †Secondary School Certificate, and S.S.S. Certificate** (Arts or Science)examination of the University and wishes to appear at the same examination in one or moresubjects prescribed for that examination, other than those in which he has already passed;

OR

(c) having passed the M.A. or M.Sc. examination of this University in a subject wishes to appearat another subject at the M.A. examination or at the M.Sc.. examination in Mathematics,Geography or Psychology;

OR

(d) having passed the M.Com. examination wishes to appear at the M.A. examination inEconomics;

OR

(e) having passed the M.A., M.Com., or M.Sc. examination of this University in a subject wishesto appear at one or more semester courses of the subject, prescribed for the examination, inwhich he has not already appeared;

OR

(f) having passed LL.M. examination of this University wishes to appear in any optional groupprescribed for the examination, in which he has not already appeared;

OR

(g) having passed the M.A. Examination in Arabic or Islamic Studies from this University aswell as B.Th. examination wishes to appear at the M.Th. examination;

OR

*(h) having passed the LL.M./M.B.A./M.C.A. examination of the University as a regularcandidate wishes to appear in a subject at the M.A. examination or at the M.Sc. examinationin Mathematics, Geography or Psychology,

*E.C. Res. No. 2 (para 17 of appendix 1(b) dt. 16.3.1985.

**E.C. Res. No. 6(64)(b) dt. 22.12.80 and 21/22.2.1981.

56

may be permitted to appear at that †subsequent examination as an ex-student without furtherattendance provided that he keeps his name on the rolls of the University in accordance withthe regulations that may be framed in this behalf;

Provided that permission to appear as an ex-student shall be granted only for suchexaminations where the Ordinances specifically provide that ex-students are eligible toappear at the examination concerned.

6. Applications for permission to appear at any examination shall be submitted to the Controller ofExaminations through –

(a) the Provost concerned;OR

(b) the Head of the Institution maintained by or admitted to the privileges of the University inwhich the candidate is studying;

OR

(c) in case of ex-students, the Provost or the Head of the Institution concerned;

Provided that private candidates shall submit their applications to the ‡Controller of Examinationdirectly.

**7. (a) An application by a candidate for permission to appear at an examination shall reach theController of Examination not later than the date specified by the Vice-Chancellor from timeto time;

Provided that the applications of ex-students and private candidates submitted later than the datesspecified for them, but not later than the date fixed for the regular students, may be entertained onpayment of late fee as specified by the University.

(b) Application for permission to appear at an examination should be submitted alongwith thefees prescribed for that examination.

8. A candidate whose application has been accepted shall be given an admit card. Admission to theExamination Hall shall be given only to a candidate who present the above mentioned card.

9. Notwithstanding anything contained in clauses 6, 7, and 8 above the Controller of Examinationsmay prescribe the procedure for application to appear at the Semester Examinations in the Faculty ofArts, Commerce, Science and Social Sciences.

10. A candidate who fails to appear at an examination shall not be entitled to a refund of theexamination fees paid by him;

*O.M.No.XM/AC IV/1187 dt. 5.8.1988.

†E.C. Res. No. 2(para 17 to app. 1(b) dated 16.3.85.

‡E.C. Res. No. 2 (para 20 of Appendix 1(b) dt. 16.3.1985.


57

Provided that the Controller of Examinations may, for sufficient cause, permit such candidate toappear at the next examination without further payment of fees.

11. The *Controller of Examinations shall notify at the commencement of each academic year Titles ofthe Semester Courses and Ordinances pertaining to different courses of study;

Provided that the syllabi and the text books, if any, prescribed for semester courses in the Faculty ofArts, Social Sciences, Science and Commerce shall be notified by the Chairman of the Departmentconcerned before the commencement of each semester;

Provided further that for the courses other than semester courses of the relevant Ordinances andtitles of papers/subjects shall be notified by the Controller of Examinations at the commencement ofevery academic year.

12. Question papers for all examinations shall be set and answered in English language subject to thefollowing conditions:

(a) question paper for all examinations in English, Urdu and Hindi shall be set and answered inthe respective languages;

(b) candidates appearing at an examination in languages other than those mentioned in clause (a)above may be asked to answer a part of the question papers in the language concerned;

(c) subject to the provisions made in sub-clauses (a) and (b) above, question papers for theSecondary School Certificate Examination† shall be set in English, Urdu and Hindi and thecandidates shall have the option of answering them in English, Urdu or Hindi;

(d) subject to the provisions made in sub-clauses (a) and (b) above, candidates for the SeniorSecondary School Certificate Examination in Arts and Commerce and for B.A. and B. Com.(Honours) Examinations may answer the question papers in all subjects in either English orUrdu or Hindi;

(e) subject to the provision made in sub-clause (b) above, candidates offering Arabic or Persianor Islamic Studies for the B.A. Examination may answer question papers in that subject eitherin English or Urdu and those offering Sanskrit may do so either in English or Hindi;

(f) subject to the provision made in sub-clause (b) above, candidates offering Arabic or Persianfor M.A. Examination may answer question papers either in English or Urdu, and thoseoffering Sanskrit may do so either in English or Hindi;

(g) question papers in Muslim Theology shall be set in English, Urdu and Hindi and answered inany one of the above languages.

(h) Subject to the provision made in sub-clause (a) and (b) above, question papers for the ‡Kamil-e-Tib-o-Jarahat Examination (Bachelor of Unani Medicine & Surgery) shall be set andanswered in Urdu.

*E.C. Res. No. 2 (para 20 of appendix 1(b) dt. 16.3.1985.

†E.C. Res. No. 2(para 17 of appendix 1(b) dt. 16.3.1985.

‡E.C. Res. No. 2 (para 17 of appendix 1(b) dt. 16.3.1985.

58

13. All examinations of the University shall be held at Aligarh on such dates as may be fixed by theAcademic Council;

Provided that the Academic Council may, in a special case, on the recommendation of theCommittee for Advanced Studies and Research allow the Viva Voce Examination of a candidate forthe Doctorate of Philosophy to be held at a centre of higher learning outside Aligarh.

*14. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in these Ordinances, a candidate who has passed the SSCertificate**/S.S.S.Certificate / B.A. (Hons.) / B.Sc.(Hons) /B.Com.(Hons),M.A. /M.Sc ./M.Com./M.Ed./B.Lib.& I.Sc./BALLB./LL.M. Examination and wishes to improve his/her performance, maybe allowed to do so, without hostel accommodation within a period of one year of the declaration ofthe result of the examination concerned, by the Dean of the Faculty concerned, by appearingsubsequently only once at the examination prescribed for the course as an ex-student/privatecandidate, as the case may be.

It was further recommended that the above provisions be given effect from the examination of1981-82;†Provided that the marks obtained by such candidates for the sessionals/practicals/viva-voce/dissertation work (wherever prescribed) during his regular course of study shall be taken intoaccount at the subsequent examination;Provided further that such permission shall be granted only once, and that the candidate shall nothave joined any higher class in the mean-while;‡Provided further that in case of a course/class where supplementary examination is providedcandidates who have joined a higher class may take the Supplementary Examination of the sameyear to improve the performance.

‡ Provided further that if the candidate fails to improve his/her performance at such second attempt,the Certificate/Degree awarded to him/her earlier shall not be withdrawn.

**15. (Deleted)

TRANSITORY ORDINANCES(deleted)**

*E.C. Res. No. 21(II)3 dt. 18/19/20 Feb. 1984.

†E.C. Res. No. 74(90) dt. 12/13/15 July 1980.

‡E.C.Res. No. 17(5)(5) dt. 26.10.85.


59

CHAPTER-XVII(A)**

EXAMINATION (SEMESTER SYSTEM)

M.A./M.Sc. Examination of the Faculty of Science and Life Science of the University shall be opento the following categories of candidates:

a. Regular students as defined in Clause (1), given below:b. Private candidates as defined in Clause (4), given below (for MA degree only):c. Ex-students

1. Regular students i.e. candidates who have undergone a regular course of study in the University fora period specified for the degree programme.

2. A candidate shall be deemed to have undergone a regular course of study for the period specified forthe degree programme to be eligible to appear at the examination, if he has fulfilled the requirementof 75% attendance in each semester separately;

Provided that the Academic Council may, in special circumstances, condone any shortage in suchattendance;Providd further that he/she has obtained clearance of dues from the Provost concerned.

3. Not withstanding anything contained in the Ordinances, the name of a student studying for a Mastersdegree, in the Faculty of Science and Life Sciences may be removed by the Dean of the Facultyconcerned if the student fails to report to classes continuously for one month without valied reasons.Such students may get re-admitted in the next academic session after due payment of prescribed re-admission and other fees, if allowed by the Dean of the Faculty concerned.

4. Teachers, women candidates (only Indian citizens) and non-teaching University employees(wherever applicable) may be permitted by the Examination Committee to appear as Privatecandidates at the M.A. (Mathematics, Geography, Statistics and Operations Research) Examinationheld by the University, provided they fulfil the eligibility condition prescribed for admission toregular candidates, under the conditions:-

a. For teacher candidates

i) They must have continuously been teachers in a recognized institution for a period of at least twoacademic years prior to their appearance at the examination and they must be teachers at the time ofappearing at the examination.

ii) Their examination forms are certified by the Head of the Institution in case of teachers of theinstitution maintained by the University, Principal of a Degree College or the District Inspector ofSchools concerned in the case of others.

b. For women candidates

i) They have not studied in any recognized institution during the academic year at the end of whichthey wished to appear at the examination.


60

ii) Their forms are to be certified by the Principal of a duly recognized College, Inspector of Schools ora First Class Magistrate.

c. For Non-teaching University Employees

i) They must have continuously been in University service for a period of at least two years prior totheir appearance at the examination and they must be in the service of the University at the time ofappearing at the examination.

ii) Their examination forms are to be duly certified by the Head of the Office/ Institution where theyhave been serving.

5. Private candidates wherever applicable shall not be given permission to appear at the examination ina subject for which a practical examination is also prescribed, unless the Dean is satisfied that theyhave done practical work at a suitable place.

6. A candidate who fails to pass an examination or is unable to appear at an examination after havingundergone a regular course of study and after having fulfilled attendance requirements, may bepermitted to appear in a subsequent examination as an ex-student without fulfilling furtherattendance requirements provided that he/she does not get his/her admission in the course cancelled.The marks awarded in the sessional/practical work during his/her regular course of study shall becarried forward to the subsequent examination taken by the candidate.

7. (a) Applications for permission to appear at any examination shall be submitted to the Controller ofExaminations through the Provost and/or Dean of the Faculty concerned;

Provided that private candidates shall submit their applications to the Dean, of the concerned Facultydirectly.

(b) An application by a candidate for permission to appear at an examination along with the feeprescribed for that examination should reach the Controller of Examinations not later than the datenotified by the University from time to time.

(c) A candidate whose application has been accepted shall be given an Examination Card (Hall Ticket).Admission to the examination hall shall be given only to a candidate who presents the abovementioned card.

(d) Question papers for all examinations shall be set and answered in English language only. Privatecandidates/ex-students shall take the same examination as that for regular students.However, question papers of M.A. in Urdu, Hindi, Arabic, Persian, Sanskrit and Modern IndianLanguages may be set and answered in English and/or respective languages as recommended by theFaculty concerned.

(e) Candidate who are not satisfied with the evaluation of the answer script of semester examination,may apply to the Controller of Examinations for re-evaluation in accordance with the rules laiddown by the University.

(f) A candidate shall be entitled to Discretionary Marks (DM) for improvement in Division as perUniversity rules approved by Academic Council.

61

CHAPTER-XVII(A)**

EXAMINATION (SEMESTER SYSTEM) (REVISED)

M.A./M.Sc./M.Com or any other P.G. Course Examination of the Faculty of Arts/Commerce/ SocialSciences/Science/Life Sciences of the University shall be open to the following categories of candidates:

a. Regular students as defined in Clause (1), given belowc. Private candidates as defined in Clause (4), given belowc. Ex-students

1. Regular students i.e. candidates who have undergone a regular course of study in the University fora period specified for the degree programme.

2. A candidate shall be deemed to have undergone a regular course of study for the period specified tobe eligible to appear at the examination, if he/she has fulfilled the requirement of 75% attendance ineach semester separately.Provided that the Academic Council may, in special circumstances, condone any shortage in suchattendance:Provided further that he/she has obtained a clearance of dues from the Provost concerned.

3. Notwithstanding anything contained in the Ordinances, the name of a student studying for aMaster’s degree in the Faculty of Arts/Commerce/Social Sciences/Science/ Life Sciences may beremoved by the Dean of the Faculty concerned if the student fails to report to classes continuouslyfor one month without valid reasons. Such students may get re-admitted in the next academicsession after due payment of prescribed re-admission and other fees, if allowed by the Dean of theFaculty concerned.

4. Teachers, women candidates (only Indian citizens) and non-teaching University employees(wherever applicable) may be permitted by the Examination Committee to appear as Privatecandidates at the M.A. (in the Faculty of Arts/Social Sciences)/M.A. (Mathematics, Geography,Statistics and Operations Research)/M.Com. Examination held by the University, provided theyfulfil the eligibility condition prescribed for admission to regular candidates, under the conditions:-

a. For teacher candidates

i) They must have continuously been teachers in a recognized institution for a period of at least twoacademic years prior to their appearance at the examination and they must be teachers at the time ofappearing at the examination.

ii) Their examination forms are certified by the Head of the Institution in case of teachers of theinstitution, maintained by the University, Principal of a Degree College or the District Inspector ofSchools concerned in the case of others.

b. For women candidates

i) They have not studied in any recognized institution during the academic year at the end of whichthey wished to appear at the examination.


O.M. No. XM/SPA/II-196 dated 24/30.10.2005.

62

ii) Their forms are to be certified by the Principal of a duly recognized College, Inspector of Schools ora First Class Magistrate.

c. For Non-teaching university employees

i) They must have continuously been in University service for a period of at least two years prior totheir appearance at the examination and they must be in the service of the University at the time ofappearing at the examination.

ii) Their examination forms are to be duly certified by the Head of the Office/ Institution where theyhave been serving.

5. Private candidates (wherever applicable) shall not be given permission to appear at the examinationin a subject for which a practical examination is also prescribed, unless the Dean is satisfied thatthey have done practical work at a suitable place.

6. A candidate who fails to pass an examination or is unable to appear at an examination after havingundergone a regular course of study and after having fulfilled attendance requirements, may bepermitted to appear in a subsequent examination as an ex-student without fulfilling furtherattendance requirements provided that he/she does not get his/her admission in the course cancelled.The marks awarded in the sessional/practical work during his/her regular course of study shall becarried forward to the subsequent examination taken by the candidate.

7. (a) Applications for permission to appear at any examination shall be submitted to the Controller ofExaminations through the Provost and/or Dean of the Faculty concerned;

Provided that private candidates shall submit their applications to the Dean, of the concerned Facultydirectly.

(b) An application by a candidate for permission to appear at an examination alongwith the feeprescribed for that examination should reach the Controller of Examinations not later than the datenotified by the University from time to time.

(c) A candidate whose application has been accepted shall be given an Examination Card (Hall Ticket).Admission to the examination hall shall be given only to a candidate who presents the abovementioned card.

(d) Question papers for all examinations shall be set and answered in English language only. Privatecandidates/ex-students shall take the same examination as that for regular students.However, question papers of M.A. in Urdu, Hindi, Arabic, Persian, Sanskrit and Modern IndianLanguages may be set and answered in English and/or respective languages as recommended by theFaculty concerned.

(e) Candidate who are not satisfied with the evaluation of the answer script of semester examination,may apply to the Controller of Examinations for re-evaluation in accordance with the rules laiddown by the University.

(f) A candidate shall be entitled to Discretionary Marks (DM) for improvement in Division as perUniversity rules approved by Academic Council.

63

*CHAPTER – XVIIIHIGH SCHOOL EXAMINATION

(For Women Private Candidates)

1. The High School Examination shall comprise the following subjects:-

(i) Muslim Theology (Sunni or Shia) 50 marks OR

History of Civilization

(ii) Urdu with Compulsory Hindi 100 marks OR

Hindi with Compulsory Urdu (67+33)**

Provided that candidates from areas where Hindustani is not spoken may offer instead ofUrdu with Compulsory Hindi or Hindi with Compulsory Urdu, either Elementary Urdu orElementary Hindi.

(50 Paper + 50 V.V.)

(iii) English 100marks

(iv) Home Science and Tailoring 100marks

(v) General Science and Health Education 100 marks

**(vi) Social Sciences (History, Geography Civics and Economics)(35+35+20+10) 100 marks

(vii) Any one of the following subjects: 100 marks

(a) Arabic(b) Persian(c) Sanskrit(d) Commerce(e) Economics(f) Art†(g) Mathematics Total: 650

A candidate who passes in one or more of the subject(s), but fails in the examination as awhole, shall not be required to pass in those subjects again at a subsequent Supplementary orAnnual Examination.

**2. To pass the examination, a candidate must obtain at least 33% of the marks in each subject.3. Candidates securing 60% of the marks or more in the aggregate shall be placed in the First Division;

those securing less than 60% but not less than 45% in the Second Division and those securing less

*E.C. Res. No. 9(57) (2) dt. 30.7.1987.

**OM: XM/PA/Ord. F/1423 dated 1.6.2003.

†Proposal recommended to the A.C. by the B.S.E. vide item No.(3) of its meeting dt. 11.11.95.

64

than 45% but not less than 33% in the Third Division. Candidates who obtain 75% of the marks ormore in a subject, shall be declared to have obtained distinction in that subject.

*4. Notwithstanding anything contained in these Ordinances, a Supplementary Examination shall beheld for the High School candidates not more than 4 months after the Annual Examination. TheExamination Fee and the rules of the conduct of this Examination shall be the same as of the AnnualExamination.

The Supplementary Examination shall be open to candidates who fails at the Annual Examination,or who fail to appear at the Annual Examination for reasons approved of by the Board of SecondaryEducation.

5. Certificate granted to successful candidates of the High School Examination shall contain their dateof birth as recorded in the application form and certified by the certifying authority. No change shallbe effected in this entry unless the candidate files an affidavit certified by a First Class Magistrateand recommended by the authority who certified his original entry in the form.

Provided that this change shall not be effected after the certificate has been issued to the candidate.

Provided further that this change shall in no case be effected after one year of the passing of theexamination by the candidate, irrespective of the fact whether the certificate has been issued or not.

6. Notwithstanding anything contained in these Ordinances, a candidate who has passed the HighSchool Examination, as a private candidate from this University may appear again in theexamination, but once only to improve her performance. If the student has joined any higher class inthe meanwhile, she will not be eligible to appear at the subsequent examination for improvement ofperformance.

Provided that if the candidate fails at such second attempt the certificate awarded to her earlier shallnot be withdrawn.

*OM:XM/PA/Ord. F/1423 dated 13.6.2003.

65

*CHAPTER – XVIII-ASECONDARY SCHOOL CERTIFICATE EXAMINATION

1. (i) The Secondary School Certificate Examination shall consist of two parts and shall be held atthe end of the session in classes IX and X.

The Secondary School Certificate Examination part I (Class IX) shall be open to candidates who haveundergone a regular course of study in class IX for one academic year at a School maintained by theUniversity. The expression

(ii) “regular course of study” means that a student must have put in at least 75 per cent ofattendance counted from the first day of the session till the last working day for the class.

Provided that shortage of attendance upto 10 per cent may, in genuine cases, be condonedby the Board of Secondary Education on the recommendation of the Standing CondonationCommittee consisting of: (a) Manager of the School, (Chairman), (b) The Principal, and(c) One senior teacher of the concerned School appointed by the Vice-Chancellor.

(iii) The Secondary School Certificate Examination Part-II (Class X) shall be open to:

(a) Candidates who have passed at least one year previously the Secondary School Certificatepart-I (Class IX) Examination and have undergone a regular course of study in Class Xfor one academic year at a School maintained by the University. The expression “regularcourse of study” means that a student must have put at least 75 per cent of attendancecounted from the first day of the session till the last working day for the class.

Provided that shortage of attendance upto 10 per cent may, in genuine cases, becondoned by the Board of Secondary Education on the recommendation of the StandingCondonation Committee consisting of: (a) Manager of the School, (Chairman), (b) ThePrincipal, and (c) One senior teacher of the concerned School appointed by theVice-Chancellor.

(b) Women candidate and University employees (Non-teaching Staff) as per conditionsprescribed below:

(i) Women candidates may be permitted by the Board to appear as Private Candidates atthe Secondary School Certificate Examination (class IX and X separately) under thefollowing conditions:

(1) They must not have studied in any recognized school during the academic yearat the end of which, they wish to appear at the Examination.

(2) Their examination forms are certified by one of the following officials: (a) A first class Magistrate

(b) Principal of a Degree College;(c) Principal of a High School/ Secondary School/Senior Secondary

School/Intermediate College and countersigned by the DistrictInspector of Schools.

*E.C. Res. 2 (para 18 of appendix 1(b) dt. 16.3.1985.

OM XM/SPA/FN-76/II 290A dated 17.4.2006

66

Note: No countersignature is required if the examination form has been certified by the Principal ofan Institution/School maintained or run by the University.

(c) University employees (Non-teaching Staff) may be permitted by the Board to appearas Private Candidates at the Secondary School Certificate Examination (Class IX andX separately) under the following conditions:

(1) They must have continuously been in University service for a period of at least 2years at the time of appearing at the Examination.

(2) Their examination forms are duly certified by the Head of the Department/Office/Institution where they have been serving;

(3) Necessary permission has been granted by the Registrar.

(d) Notwithstanding anything contained in the Ordinances, candidates, who have passedin the Adib Examination of the Jamia Urdu, Aligarh, or any other OrientalExamination recognized by the University for the purpose, may be permitted by theBoard to appear as Private Candidates, at the Secondary School CertificateExamination (Class IX and X together ) in English only.

Successful candidates will be given a certificate of having passed the Examination inEnglish only.

2. A candidate, who has failed at the Secondary School Certificate Examination (Class X) of thisUniversity.

ORafter having undergone a regular course of study is unable to appear at the Examination (Class X).

ORhaving passed the Secondary School Certificate Examination (Class X) of the University, wishes toappear at the examination in one or more subjects other than those in which he has already passed,may be permitted to appear at a subsequent examination as an ex-student without further attendanceprovided that he has not joined a higher class. Provided that no candidate shall be permitted tocontinue as an ex-student three years after first appearing at the examination.

Provided further that a candidate who has failed in class IX Examination shall not be entitled toappear later in the same Examination as an ex-student.

3. The following shall be the subjects of study in Class IX and X:

(i) Muslim Theology (Sunni/Shia) or History of Civilization;

(ii) English (Course A or Course B);

(iii) Urdu with Compulsory Hindi/Hindi with Compulsory Urdu.OR

Elementary Urdu/Elementary Hindi (for students from Non-Urdu and Non-Hindi speakingareas).

OR Indian History and Culture (for foreign students only).

67

(iv) Mathematics (Course A or Course B).

(v) Science (Course A or Course B).(vi) Social Sciences (History, Civics and Geography).

(vii) Social Useful Productive Work.

(viii) Physical and Health Education / Arabic / Persian / Sanskrit / Commerce / Economics / HomeScience / Malayalam / Tamil / Telugu / Bengali.

4. The following shall be the broad distribution of periods per week for instruction in differentsubjects, each period being of 40 minutes duration:

Subjects No. of periods/week

(i) Muslim Theology/History of 2Civilization.

(ii) English (Course ‘A’ or Course ‘B’) 6

(iii) Urdu with Compulsory Hindi/Hindi with 6(4+2)Compulsory Urdu/Elementary Urdu/Elementary Hindi/Indian History and Culture.

(iv) Mathematics (Course A or Course B) 9

(v) Science (Course A or Course B) 9

(vi) Social Science (History, Civics, & Geography) 8(3+2+3)

(vii) Socially Useful Productive Work 3

(viii) (a) Physical and Health Education/Arabic/ 3Persian/Sanskrit/Commerce/Economics/Home Science/Malayalam/Tamil/Telegu/Bengali.

(b) Co-curricular and other activities. 1

5. (a) (i) Only regular candidates shall be required to offer Socially Useful Productive Work.(ii) There shall be continuous assessment for Socially Useful Productive Work. The School

will maintain a record of the performance of each candidate and forward the same to theController of Examination at least 15 days before the start of the Examination.

(iii)The result of Socially Useful Productive Work shall be given as following in terms ofgrade on a five point scale:

Grade Description Marks rangeA Excellent 75% and aboveB Very good 60% - 74%C Good 45% - 59%D Average 33% - 44%E Poor Below 33%

68

(iv) Candidates having physical disability or otherwise unable to do Socially UsefulProductive Work may be granted exemption from offering the subject by the Board ofSecondary Education on the recommendation of the Principal of the School concerned.Provided that request for such exemption should be supported by a Certificate from aMedical Officer not below the rank of an Assistant Surgeon.

(b) The University will conduct the Secondary School Certificate Examination in thefollowing subjects at the end of Classes IX and X each year.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATIONClass IX and Class X

S.NO.

SUBJECT PAPER MAX.MARKS DURATION INHOURS

1 Muslim Theology/History ofCivilization

One 50 2 ½

2. English (Course A or B) One 100 33. Urdu with Compulsory Hindi

ORHindi with Compulsory Urdu ORElementary Urdu only ORElementary Hindi only OR Indian History & Culture.

Two

Two

One

One

Two

Urdu-70; CompulsoryHindi-30Hindi70;Compulsory Urdu-30Paper-50;Viva-Voce-50.Paper-50;Viva-Voce-50.50 marks each.

3+1 ½

3+1 ½

2 ½

2 ½

2 ½

4. Mathematics(Course A or B)

One 100 3

5. Science (Course A or B) Three Paper-I Physics: 50marks; Paper-II

Chemsitry:50 marks; Paper III-Life

Sciences: 50 marks;Practical-Onecombined paper forScience:50 marks(Physics-15,Chemistry- 15, LifeScience -15 & ProjectWork-5) (200 marksto be reduced to 100marks.)

2 ½

2 ½

2 ½

69

6. Social Sciences Two Paper-I: History &Civics: 60 marks(40+20)Paper II:Geography: 40 marks

2 ½

1 ½

7. Optional:Any one of thefollowing:Arabic/Persian/Sanskrit/Com-merce/Economics/Malayalam/Tamil/Telegu/Bengali

ORHome Science/Physical HealthEducation

One

One

100

Paper-50;Practical-50.

3

2½

6. (a) For obtaining permission to appear at the examination, every regular candidate shall fill inthe prescribed form and submit it, along with the required documents and prescribed fees, tothe Principal of the School concerned by the specified date. The Principal shall forward allsuch forms to the Controller of Examinations.

(b) For obtaining permission to appear at the examination every woman private candidate or aUniversity employee (Non-teaching Staff) shall fill in the prescribed form and submit it alongwith the required documents and prescribed fees, to the Controller of Examination by thespecified date.

Provided that the applications of ex-students and private candidates submitted later than thedates specified for them, but no later than the dates fixed for the regular students, may beentertained on payment of the prescribed penalty fee.

7. A candidate, whose application has been accepted and found in order, shall be given an Admit card.Admission to the Examination Hall shall be allowed only to a candidate who presents the said card.

8. Question papers for the examination shall be set and answered in the English, Urdu and Hindilanguages subject to the following conditions:-

(a) Question papers for examination in English, Urdu and Hindi shall be set and answered in therespective languages;

(b) Candidates appearing at an examination in a language other than those mentioned in Clause(a) above, may be asked to answer a part of the question paper in the language concerned.

(c) Subject to the provisions made in sub-clauses (a) and (b) above, candidates may answer thequestion papers in all subjects, in English, Urdu or Hindi;

9. The result of the Secondary School Certificate Examination (Class IX and X separately) shall befurnished in terms of marks for each subject at the University Examination. However, for internalassessment in Socially Useful Productive Work, the result will be furnished in terms of grades.

70

10. (i) To pass the Examination, a candidate must obtain at least 33 per cent marks in each subject and atleast Grade D in Socially Useful Productive Work.

*(ii) Women private candidates, University employees (Non-teaching Staff) and those regularcandidates, who are exempted from offering Socially Useful Productive Work shall be required toobtain at least 33 per cent marks in each of the remaining subjects in order to pass the examination.

(iii) No division shall be awarded at the Class IX Examination. However, a transcript of theperformance at the Class IX examination will be given in the mark sheet issued at the end of Class XExamination.

(iv) Candidates securing 60 per cent of the marks or more in the aggregate of Class X Examinationshall be placed in the First Division; those securing less than 60 per cent marks but not less than45 per cent in the Second Division and those securing less than 45 per cent but not less than33 per cent in the Third Division. Candidates who obtain 75 per cent of the marks or more in asubject shall be declared to have obtained distinction in that subject.

11. A candidate who fails to appear at an examination shall not be entitled to refund of the examinationfee paid by him.

Provided that the Controller of Examinations may, for sufficient reasons, permit such a candidate toappear at the next examination without further payment of fees.

12. Notwithstanding any thing contained in these Ordinances, a Compartmental Examination shall beheld for classes IX and X not later than three months after the Annual Examination. Theexamination fee for the Compartmental shall be the same as for the Annual Examination.

The Compartmental Examination shall be open to candidates who fail at the Annual Examination innot more than two subjects.

*Provided that candidates who fail in the internal assessment will be examined by the Schoolconcerned in the following July for the first chance and the February next for the second chance.The result of internal assessment will be intimated by the School to the Controller of Examinationsfor working out the result of the Examination.

Provided further that -

(a) candidates failing in Class X Compartmental Examination may be permitted to appear at the nextAnnual Examination in the subject(s) in which they appeared at the Compartmental Examination.Candidates of class X who fail in the Annual Examination shall be required to appear in all thesubjects at the next Annual Examination.

(b) candidates of Class IX Examination shall have only one chance to appear in the CompartmentalExamination to be held following the Annual Examination.

(c) The Compartmental candidates shall have the option of appearing in all the subjects in theAnnual Examination subject to the condition that their performance in the previous examinationshall be deemed as cancelled.

*E.C. Res. No. 22(13) dt. 19.4.1986.

71

13. Certificates will be granted to successful candidates of the Secondary School CertificateExamination at the end of Class X in the format approved by the Board. The date of birth entered inthe Certificate will be the same as recorded in the Examination Form and certified by the CertifyingAuthority. No Change shall be effective in the entry of the date of birth unless the candidate files anaffidavit certified by a First Class Magistrate and recommended by the Authority who has certifiedhis original entry in the form.

Provided that such change shall not be effective after the certificate has been issued to the candidate.

Provided further that such change shall, in no case, be effective one year after the passing of theExamination by the candidate, irrespective of the fact whether the certificate has been issued or not.

*14. A candidate who has passed the Secondary School Certificate Part II (Class X) Examination of thisUniversity and wishes to improve his performance, may be allowed to appear in one or moresubjects as an ex-student within one year of the declaration of result of the examination.

Provided that the candidate who has passed the Secondary School Certificate part II (Class X)Examination and wishes to improve his performance the same year, may be allowed to appear in twosubjects only at the immediately following compartmental examination of the same year in which hehas passed the examination.

Provided further that : -

(i) the marks obtained by the candidate for practical/viva voce examination (where prescribed)during his regular course of study shall be taken into account at the subsequent examination;

(ii) such permission shall be granted only once on the condition that the candidate has not joinedany higher class in the mean while;

(iii) if a candidate fails to improve, his performance in a subject or paper, the original marksawarded to him in that subject or paper earlier shall stand.

TRANSITORY ORDINANCE TO CHAPTER XVIII-AOF THE ORDINANCES (ACADEMIC)

(Deleted)**

*E.C. dated 9.9.96/3.5.97.


72

*CHAPTER–XIXSenior Secondary School Certificate Examination

1. Senior Secondary School Certificate Examination shall consist of two parts (Part I and Part II) andshall be held at the end of the session in Classes XI and XII respectively.

2. (a) The Senior Secondary School Certificate Examination Part I shall be open to candidates whohave undergone a regular course of study for a period of one academic year in class XI at aSchool maintained by the University. The expression “regular course of study” means that astudent must have put in at least 75% of the attendance counted from the opening of the class.Provided that shortage of attendance upto 10% may be condoned, in genuine cases, by theBoard of Secondary Education on the recommendation of the Standing CondonationCommittee consisting of: (i) Manager of the School, (Chairman), (ii) The Principal, and(iii) One senior teacher of the concerned School appointed by the Vice-Chancellor.

(b) No candidate shall be admitted to the Part I Examination unless he has passed, at least oneyear previously, the High School/Secondary School Certificate Examination of theUniversity or an examination recognized by the University as its equivalent.

(c) The Senior Secondary School Certificate Examination, Part II shall be open to candidates,who have passed at least one year previously the Part I Examination and have undergone aregular course of study for a period of one academic year in Class XII at a School maintainedby the University. The expression “regular course of study” means that a student must haveput in at least 75% of the attendance counted from the opening of the classes.Provided that shortage of attendance upto 10% may be condoned, in genuine cases, by theboard of Secondary Education on the recommendation of the Standing CondonationCommittee of the School concerned consisting of: (a) Manager of the School, (Chairman),(b) The Principal, and (c) One senior teacher of the concerned School appointed by the Vice-Chancellor.(i) Notwithstanding anything contained in these Ordinances, teachers and women candidates

may be permitted by the Board to appear as private candidates at the Senior SecondarySchool Certificate Examination under the following conditions.

For Teacher Candidates

(1) They must have continuouslybeen teachers in a recognizedinstitution for a period of at leasttwo academic years at the time ofappearing at the examination.

(2) Their examination forms arecertified by:

(i) Principal of a Degree College or(ii) Principal of a High School or an

Intermediate College andcountersigned by the DistrictInspector of Schools.

For Women Candidates

(1) They must not have studied (in anyrecognized institution) during theacademic year at the end of whichthey wish to appear at theexamination.

(2) Their examination forms are certifiedby:

(i) a First Class Magistrate,

(ii) Principal of a Degree College or

(iii) Principal of a High School or anIntermediate College andcountersigned by the DistrictInspector of Schools.

*E.C. Res. No. 22(5) dt. 18/19/20 Feb. 1984.

OM XM/SPA/FN-76/II 290A dated 17.4.2006

73

(iii) In the case of teachers ofUniversity Schools, their formsare to be certified by the Head ofthe Institution concerned.

Intermediate College andcountersigned by the DistrictInspector of Schools.

Provided that the teacher and women candidates must have passed the High School/SecondarySchool Certificate Examination of this University or an equivalent examination at least one yearpreviously.

Provided further that no permission shall be given to appear at the examination in a subject forwhich a practical examination is also prescribed.

(ii) Notwithstanding anything contained in these Ordinances, University employees (Non-teaching Staff) may be permitted by the Board to appear as private candidates at the SeniorSecondary School Certificate Examination in subjects not involving practical work under thefollowing conditions:-(1) They must have continuously been in University service for a period of at least two

years at the time of appearing at the examination.(2) Their examination forms are duly certified by the Head of the Department/Office/

Institution where they have been serving;(3) Necessary permission has been granted by the Registrar.

(iii) Notwithstanding anything contained in these Ordinances, candidates who have passed theAdib-e-Mahir Examination of the Jamia Urdu, Aligarh or any other Oriental Examinationrecognized by the University as its equivalent and the High School/Secondary SchoolCertificate Examination in English only or in all subjects of this University or an examinationrecognized by the University as its equivalent, may be permitted by the Board to appear asprivate candidates at the Senior Secondary School Certificate Examination in CompulsoryEnglish and Optional English.

(iv) A candidate who has failed at the Senior Secondary School Certificate Examination of thisUniversity:

ORafter having undergone a regular course of study, is unable to appear at the Examination;

ORhaving passed the Senior Secondary School Certificate Examination of the University, wishesto appear at the examination in one or more subjects other than those in which he hasalready passed, may be permitted to appear at a subsequent examination as an ex-studentwithout further attendance provided that he has not joined higher class;Provided further that no candidate shall be permitted to become an ex-student two years afterappearing at the Examination.

3. The Senior Secondary School Certificate Examination Part-II shall be open to:(a) Candidates who have passed at least one year previously the Part I Examination and have

undergone a regular course of study for a period of one academic year at a School maintainedby the University.Provided that a candidate, who has failed in compulsory subjects other than English, shallhave to clear these subjects at the Part II Examination.

(b) teachers, women candidates, ex-students and University employees (Non-teaching Staff) asper conditions prescribed in clause 2(b).

4. The Senior Secondary School Certificate Examination shall comprise the following subjects:

74

P A R T - I

A – COMPULSORY SUBJECTS:

(a) English(b) Muslim Theology or History of Modern Civilization(c) Advanced Urdu (for those who have passed High School or Secondary School Examination

with Advanced Urdu)OR

Elementary Urdu (for those who have passed High School or Secondary School Examinationwith Elementary Urdu/Urdu as Third language).

OR

*Non-mother tongue Urdu (for foreigners and for those who come from non-Hindi speakingstates).

Provided that those who offer Urdu as one of the elective subjects in the Senior SecondarySchool Examination will be required to offer Elementary Persian/Elementary Hindi insteadof the above mentioned courses.

Provided further that those who offer Persian as one of the elective subjects, will be requiredto offer Elementary Hindi instead of the above mentioned courses.

OR

Indian History and Culture (for foreign students only).

B – OPTIONAL SUBJECTS :

(a) General Education Courses:Any three of the following subjects:AccountancyArabic/Persian/SanskritBiologyChemistryCommerceEconomicsEnglishFine ArtsGeographyHindi/UrduHistoryHome Science (for women students only)Islamic StudiesMathematicsPhysicsPolitical Science

*OM No. XM/AR-I/2049/2049 dated 14.9.1984.

75

(b) Vocational Courses:Any one of the following groups:(i) Commerce Group:

1. General Foundation Course2. Office Management and Secretarial Practice3. Typewriting4. Stenography

(ii) Engineering Group:1. General Foundation Course2. Basic Electrical Technology

ORBasic Electronic Technology

ORBasic Woodwork Technology.

ORBio-Technology.

(iii) Home Science Group (for women students only):1. General Foundation Course2. Nutrition and Food Preparation

ORDress Designing and Making.

(c) Vocational Courses (for the Blind)

Any one of the following groups:

A – Engineering Group:1. General Foundation course2. Press and Plastic Moulding

B – Commerce Group :1. General Foundation Course2. Steno-typing (English/Hindi)3. Typewriting (English/Hindi)

C – Music Group:1. General Foundation Course

2. Music (Vocal)3. Music (Instrumental)

D- Home Science Group (for women students only):1. General Foundation Course2. Nutrition and Food Preparation.

Provided that candidates who have obtained 55% or more marks in the High School/SecondarySchool Certificate Examination or its equivalent may be allowed to offer an additional optionalsubject.Provided further that only such combinations of subjects shall be permitted as may be approved bythe Board from time to time.

76

PART – II

(a) General Education Courses :

1. English

2. Optional subjects offered at the Part I Examination.

(b) Vocational Courses :

1. English

2. Subjects offered at the Part I Examination

5. The number of written papers and the marks allotted to each of these papers and/or practicalexamination and/or viva voce examination in each subject shall be prescribed by the AcademicCouncil on the recommendation of the Syllabus Committee and the Board

*6. Deleted

7. For permission to appear at the examination, every regular candidate shall fill in the prescribed formand submit it, alongwith the required documents and the prescribed fees, to the Principal of theSchool concerned by the specific date.

Provided that the applications of ex-students and private candidates submitted later than the datesspecified for them, but not later than the dates fixed for the regular students, may be entertained onpayment of the prescribed penalty fee.

8. A candidate whose application has been accepted and found in order shall be given an admit card.Admission to the Examination Hall shall be allowed only to a candidate who present the said card.

9. Question papers for the examination shall be set and answered in the English language subject to thefollowing conditions:

(a) Question paper for examination in English, Urdu and Hindi shall be set and answered in therespective languages.

(b) Candidates appearing at an examination in languages other than those mentioned in clause (a)above, may be asked to answer a part of the question papers in the language concerned;

(c) Subject to the provisions made in sub-clauses (a) and (b) above, candidates for theexamination may answer the question papers in all subjects, except Mathematics, Science andEngineering subjects in English, Urdu or Hindi.

10. To pass the examination a candidate must obtain at least 33 per cent of the marks in each subjectexcept Advanced Urdu or alternative in which the pass marks shall be 40 per cent.

*EC : dated 30.8.2003.

77*11. A candidate, who obtains 60% or more marks in the aggregate of all subjects at the Part II

Examinations, shall be placed in the First Division. A candidate, who obtains less than 60% but notless than 45% shall be placed in the Second Division. A candidate, who obtains less than 45% butnot less than 33% shall be placed in the Third Division. A candidate, who obtains 75% or moremarks in a subject, shall be declared to have obtained distinction in that subject.

Provided that if a candidate has passed the Senior Secondary School Certificate Examination withan additional subject, his division would be determined by taking into account the marks of English,and three best Optional subjects. The subject in which the candidate has secured the lowest marks,shall be indicated as the fourth subject in the mark sheet.

12. A candidate who fails to appear at an examination shall not be entitled to refund of examination feespaid by him.

†13. (i) A candidate who fails in English or one subject of the General Education Course or one paperof the Vocational Course in the Part – I Examination shall be eligible for CompartmentalExamination, provided he secures 33% of the marks in the aggregate of the Optional subjectsand English. He may appear at the Compartmental Examination which will ordinarily be heldnot later than two months following the Annual Examination.

A candidate , who (1) fails in one subject of the General Education Course/one paper of theVocational Course in the Part-II Examination, or (2) has passed all the subjects in the Part-IIExamination but has failed only in Compulsory Urdu, shall be eligible for CompartmentalExamination in the subject concerned. He may appear in the Compartmental Examinationwhich will ordinarily be held not later than two months following the Annual Examination.

He will be declared to have passed the Compartmental Examination if he obtains at least 33%(40% in Compulsory Urdu) marks in the subject or paper concerned. The marks obtained byhim at the Compartmental Examination shall be counted for determining the division. Heshall however, not be eligible for a place in the merit list.

(ii) A candidate, who fails in the Compartmental Examination, may be allowed to avail anotherchance to clear the subject or paper concerned at the next Annual Examination. The coursesand syllabi for the said examination shall be the same as for the candidate appearing at thatexamination in all subjects. A candidate who does not avail of one or both the chances of theCompartmental Examination. Or having appeared at the Examination, does not pass in thesubject or paper concerned, shall be treated to have failed in examination and required to re-appear in all the subjects as an ex-student at the next Annual Examination as per the syllabiand courses laid down for the examination concerned. If he fails, he will not be given anotherchance.

(iii) Candidate failing in an additional subject, but otherwise declared successful at theexamination, may be allowed to re-appear in the additional subject in the CompartmentalExamination. This facility however not be available to candidate in Compartmental.

(iv) The regular students of class XI who, after having failed in the Annual/Compartmentalexamination may be allowed continuation in Class XI as regular students in the subsequent

*E.C. No. 15(29) dt. 26.10.1985.

†E.C. Res. 20(37) dt. 21/22.2.87 & 27.3.87.

OM No./XM/PA/820 & 1884 dated 23.8.2004 & 21.11.2004.

78

session, if they so desire and are otherwise eligible to remain as regular student. However, nocandidate shall be allowed to be a regular student for more than two sessions.

(v) Such students shall have to repeat the course afresh and shall have to take sessional tests andappear at the Annual Examiantion as fresh students and the marks they obtained previously inthe sessional tests/Annual Examination shall not be counted.

14. A candidate, who has passed the Senior Secondary School Certificate Examination and wishes toimprove his performance, may be allowed to appear in one or more subjects as an ex-student withinone year of the declaration of result of the examination.*Provided that candidates who have passed the Senior Secondary School Certificate Part-II(Class XII) Examination and wishes to improve their performance, may be allowed to appear in onesubject only in the Compartmental Examination of the same year in which they have passed theexamination.

Provided further that :-

(ii) the marks obtained by the candidates for practical/viva voce examination (where prescribed)during his regular course of study shall be taken into account at the subsequent examination;

(iii) such permission shall be granted only once on the condition that the candidate has not joinedany higher class in the meanwhile; and

(iv) if a candidate fails to improve his performance in a subject or paper, the marks awarded tohim in that subject or paper earlier shall stand.

TRANSITORY ORDINANCES TO CHAPTER XIX(deleted)**

TRANSITORY PROVISION(deleted)**

OM No./XM/PA/820 & 1884 dated 23.8.2004 & 21.11.2004.

*E.C. Res. No. 15 dt. 26.10.1985.


79

*CHAPTER XIX – ASENIOR SECONDARY SCHOOL CERTIFICATE EXAMINATION (SSSC)

(UNDER THE PROGRAMME OF DISTANCE EDUCATION)

(1) A candidate desirous of enrolling in the Distance Education Programme should fill the prescribedform and pay the requisite fee. The Senior Secondly School Certificate Examination shall consist oftwo parts (Part I and part II) and shall be held at the end of each academic session of Classes XI andXII respectively under the programme of Distance Education, A.M.U., Aligarh.

(2) (a) No candidate shall be admitted to Part I Examination unless he/she passed Secondary SchoolCertificate/High School Examination of this University or an examination recognized by thisUniversity as its equivalent.

(b) Candidates who have passed the Oriental Examination as listed in the Annexure and havealso passed the High School/Secondary School Certificate Examination of this University inEnglish only will also be eligible for admission to Part I Examination.

(3) I- The Senior Secondary School Certificate (Part I)Examination shall comprise the following subjects:

A – (a) Compulsory English(b) Muslim Theology or history of Modern Civilization.(c) Advanced Urdu for those who have passed High School or Secondary School Certificate

Examination with Advanced Urdu.OR

Elementary Urdu (Course A and Course B) for those who have passed High School orSecondary School Certificate Examination with Elementary Urdu/Urdu as a third language.

ORNon-mother tongue Urdu for foreigners and for whose who come from Non-Hindi or Non-Urdu speaking states.

Provided that those who offer Urdu as one of the optional subjects will be required to offerExamination Persian/Elementary Hindi instead of the above mentioned above mentionalcourse.

Provided further that those who offer Persian as one of the optional subjects will be requiredto offer Elementary Hindi instead of the above mentioned courses.

ORIndian History and Culture (for foreign students)

B- Optional Subjects:Any three subjects from the subjects approved by the Academic Council and offered by the Centrefor Distance Education.Provided that combination of optional subjects shall be permitted as may be approved by the Centrefor Distance Education from time to time.

II- The Senior Secondary School Certificate (Part II) Examination shall comprise the following subjectsonly:(1) Compulsory English(2) Optional subjects offered in Part I.

*EC dated 27.2.1999.

80

(4) The Centre for Distance Education will send well-prepared study material to all candidates by postin 2/3 installments. This instructional material will cover all the optional and compulsory subjectsoffered by the candidates.

(5) The Direction of the Centre for Distance Education may allow change of subjects within two monthsfrom the data of admission to Part I. No change of subjects will be allowed thereafter.

(6) The number of written papers as Part I and Part II Examination and the marks allotted to each ofthese papers and/or Viva-voce Examination in each subject shall be in accordance with thoseprescribed for the regular students.

(7) A candidate who passes in one or more of the subjects but fails in that examination as a whole, shallnot be required to pass in those subjects again at at a subsequent examination.

Provided further that such candidates shall be required to clear all the courses of Part I and Part IIExamination within five academic sessions from the date of their admission.

(8) For permission to appear at the Examination, every candidate shall fill in the prescribed examinationform and submit the same alongwith the required documents and the prescribed fees to the Director,Centre for Distance Education by the specified date.

(9) A candidate whose examination form is found in order and has been accepted shall be issued a HallTicket. Admission to Examination Centre shall be allowed only to a candidate who presents the saidHall Ticket.

(10) The study material for the course and question papers for the Examination shall be set and answeredin Urdu/English/Hindi Languages subject of the following conditions.

(a) The study material for the course and question papers for the Examination shall be set andanswered in the respective languages.

(b) Candidates appearing at an Examination in a language other than those mentioned in Clause (a)above, may be asked to answer a part of the question papers in the language concerned.

(11) To pass the Examination, a candidate must obtain at least 33% of marks in each subject except inAdvanced Urdu or alternative in which the pass marks shall be 40%.

(12) A candidate who obtain 60% or more marks in the aggregate of all subjects at the Part IIExamination, shall be placed in the First Division, A candidates who obtains less 60%, but not lessthan 45% shall be placed in the Second Division. A candidate who obtains less than 45% but notless than 33% shall be placed in the Third Division. A candidate, who obtain 75% or more marks ina subject shall be decleared to have obtained Distinction in that subject.

(13) A candidate who fails to appear at an Examination shall not be entitled to refund of examination feespaid by him/her.

Provided that the Controller of Examination on the recommendation of the Director of the Centremay, for suffering reasons, permit such candidate to appear at the next year’s Examination withoutfurther payment of fees.

81

(14) A candidate who has passed the Senior Secondary School Certificate Examination and wishes toimprove his performance may be allowed to appear in one or more subject provided that:

(i) The candidate has passed the SSSC Examination within five years from the date of his/heradmission.

(ii) The permission will be granted only once on the condition that the candidate has not joined anyhigher class in the meanwhile, and

(iii) If the candidate fails to improve his/her performance in a subject or a paper, the marks awardedearlier in that subject or paper shall stand.

ANNEXURELIST OF ORIENTAL EXAMINATION

Arabic: 1. Maulvi (U.P., Punjab, Nagpur, Jammu & Kashmir)2. Al-Faqith (Jamia Saifia, Surat)3. Alimiat (Al-Jamiat-Us-Salafiah), Markazi Darul Uloom, Varanasi.4. Alim Examination (West Bengal, Madarsa Eduction Board, Calcutta).5. Fazil Examination, (Madaras and Muzahirul Uloom, Saharanpur).

Persian: 1. Munshi (U.P., Pubjab, Nagpur, Jammu & Kashmir)

Sanskrit:1. Prajna (Punjbab, Nagpur, Jammu & Kashmir)2. Prathama (Govt. Sanskrit College, Banaras)

Urdu: 1. Adib (Jammu & Kashmir)2. Adib (Jamia Urdu, Aligarh)3. Alim (Jamia Diniyat-Urdu, Deoband)

Hindi 1. Ratna (Punjab, Jammu & Kashmir)2. Prathma (Hindi Sahitya Sammelan, Allahabad)3. Kovid Part II Departmental Examination, U.P.4. Proficieny in Hindi (Ratna Examination of Ajmer Board)

Note: This list is subject to reassessment and revisions.

82

CHAPTER – XX(PRE-MEDICAL COURSE)

DELETED*

*E.C.Res. No. 2(para 18 of Appendix 1(b) dt. 16.3.1985.

83

CHAPTER – XXI*B.A. (HONS) & B.Sc. (HONS)

(Effective from Academic Session 1985-86)

1. No candidate shall be eligible for the B.A. (Hons) or B.Sc. (Hons) degree unless he has passed notless than three years previously the Senior Secondary School Certificate Examination of thisUniversity or an examination recognized by the University as its equivalent and has undergone aregular course of study in the University for not less than three years.

2. (i) The Examination for the B.A.(Hons) and B.Sc. (Hons) Degree shall be open to :-

(a) Candidates who have undergone a regular course of study in the University or in aCollege maintained by the University.

(b) Private and Teacher candidates and ex-students as defined in Chapter – XVII.

(ii) The B.A, (Hons) and B.Sc. (Hons) Examination shall be held in three parts, namely, Part-I,Part-II and Part-III and subject to the provision of Clause 10 of this Chapter. No candidateshall be eligible to appear at the Part I Examination without one academic year havingelapsed after his passing the Senior Secondary School Certificate Examination of thisUniversity or its equivalent; to appear at the Part II Examination, without having completedone academic year after fulfilling the prescribed requirements of the Part I Examination andto appear at the Part III Examination, without having completed one academic year afterpassing the Part II Examination.

**3. In order to be eligible for the award of B.A. (Hons) or B.Sc. (Hons) Degree, a candidate shall haveto pass in the Examination in Compulsory Subjects and Optional (Main and Subsidiary) Subjects.

(a) Compulsory Subjects : 200 marks

1. English 100 marks

2. Urdu or Hindi or any other Modern 50 marksIndian Language or Indian Historyand Culture (last mentioned subjectfor foreign students)

3. Muslim Theology (Sunni or Shia) 50 marksor Ethics or Indian NationalMovement.

**4. Foundation Courses (Deleted)

Provided that:-

(i) Candidates who have taken English as the Main Subject may be allowed by the Chairman ofthe Department of English to take a Modern European Language in place of CompulsoryEnglish.

*E.C.Res.No. 25(8) dt. 30.8.86 and 27/28.9.1986.

**As per AC dated 8/9.5.2001& O.M. No. XM/SPA/F.Ord.57/II-139 dated 08.7.2005.

84

(ii) In the category (2) of the compulsory subjects above, a candidate shall not be allowed to takethe same language as he has studied at an advanced level at the Secondary/Senior SecondarySchool Certificate Examination.

(b) Optional Subjects:1. Main Subject 800 marks2. Two subsidiary Subjects 600 marks

Each subsidiary Subject shall carry 300 marks inclusive of practical wherever prescribed. Thedistribution of papers in compulsory and optional subjects (including the viva-voce) shall beas given in the Annexure.

4. The following may be taken as Main or Subsidiary subjects for the B.A. (Hons) or B.Sc. (Hons)degree :-(A) For B.A. (Hons):

1. Applied Arts (Subsidiary only) (for Women candidates only)2. Arabic3. Economics4. Education5. English literature6. Fine Arts7. French (Subsidiary only)8. Geography9. German (Subsidiary only)10. Hindi11. History12. Home Science (For Women candidates only)13. Islamic Studies14. Language Teaching & Translation (Subsidiary only)15. Linguistics16. Library Science (Subsidiary only)17. Mathematics18. Malayalam (Subsidiary only)19. Military Science (Subsidiary only)20. Persian21. Philosophy22. Political Science23. Psychology24. Russian (Subsidiary only)25. Sanskrit26. Sociology27. Statistics28. Tamil29. Tourism30. Telugu (Subsidiary only)31. Turkish32. Urdu33. West Asian Studies34. Women’s Studies (Subsidiary Only)

O.M. No. XM/SPA/II-193 dated 22.25.10.2005.

85

(B) For B.Sc. (Hons.): 1. Biochemistry 2. Botany 3. Chemistry

4. Geography 5. Geology 6. Home Science (For Women Candidates only) 7. Industrial Chemistry (Subsidiary only)

8. Mathematics 9. Operational Research & Computer (Subsidiary only) 10. Physics

11. Psychology 12. Statistics 13. Zoology

14. Military Science (Subsidiary only)

5. Within six weeks of the commencement of the Part II course, the Dean of the Faculty, on therecommendation of the Chairman of the Departments concerned, may allow a candidate to changehis Main subject, but only if the new Main subject is one of his Subsidiary subjects as previouslychosen; and upon the change being allowed, his previous Main subject would become a Subsidiarysubject.

6. The subjects and marks allotted to each subject inclusive of sessional work and/or practicalexamination and/or viva-voce examination shall be prescribed by the Academic Council on therecommendation of the Board of Studies of the Department and the Faculty concerned.

**7. (a)To pass the Examination, a candidate must obtain at least 30% of the marks in the individualpapers/practicals (inclusive of sessional work) and 36% of the marks in the aggregate of all thepapers, practicals, sessional work and viva-voce at all the three Parts of the B.A. (Hons.)/B.Sc.(Hons.) Examination combined.A candidate who has passed in individual Papers/Practicals but failed to obtain 36% of marks inaggregate for passing the Examination, may appear as an ex-student in subsequent Examination inone or more Papers/Practicals so as to be eligible for the award of Degree.

Provided that the marks awarded to such candidate for sessional work during his regular course ofstudy shall be taken into account at the subsequent Examination.

(b) A candidate who fails to obtain 30% of the marks in individual papers/practicals (inclusive ofsessional work) may appear subsequently only at the examination prescribed for the paper orpractical concerned.Provided that the marks awarded to such a candidate for sessional work during his regular course ofstudy shall be taken into account at the subsequent examination.Provided further that private candidates, as defined in Chapter XVII, shall be exempted fromsessional work, and the marks obtained by such candidates in the written papers shall be raisedproportionately to such a figure as shall bear the same ratio to the original marks as is borne by themaximum marks of the written paper together with those of sessional work to the maximum marksof the written paper only.


86

8. Successful candidates who obtain more than 50% of the aggregate of the marks in CompulsoryEnglish and the Optional Subjects and at least 50% in the Main Subject shall be awarded theB.A./B.Sc. (Honours) Degree. Of such candidates those who obtain 60% of the marks or more shallbe placed in the first division; and the other in the second division.

9. Candidates who pass the Examination but not qualify for the Honours Degree shall be awarded theB.A. or B.Sc. (Pass) Degree.Provided that if a candidate wishes to improve his performance, he may be allowed by the Dean ofthe Faculty concerned to repeat the Examination in one or more subjects of B.A./B.Sc. Part III onlyin order to have his marks revised upward in accordance with Clause 14 of Chapter XVII of theseOrdinances.

10. Candidate who obtains at least 30% marks in each of at least three-fourths of the papers andpracticals (wherever prescribed) of his Main and Subsidiary Subjects (inclusive of sessionals) , andat least two-third of the papers of the Compulsory Subjects, in Part I shall be promoted to Part II;and a candidate studying in Part II who obtains at least 30% marks in each of atleast three-fourth ofthe papers and practicals (wherever prescribed) of his Optional Subjects (including sessionals) and atleast two-third of the papers of the Compulsory Subjects of Part II shall be promoted to Part III.Candidates promoted to Part II in the manner aforesaid and appearing at Part II Examination shallappear in those papers and practicals, if any, of the Part I Examination in which they have failed.Sessional marks obtained in the respective papers at B.A./B.Sc. Part I shall be carried over.

Provided that unless a candidate promoted to Part II passes the Part I Examination (inclusive of theCompulsory Subjects) shall not be eligible for promotion to Part III. For the purpose of this proviso,a candidate should be deemed to have passed if he obtained at least 30% of the marks in each of thepapers (inclusive of sessional) and practicals (wherever prescribed)Provided further that if a candidate, who is a regular student, fails to pass in the minimum number ofthe papers and practicals as prescribed in the first paragraph of this Clause, though he has fulfilledthe necessary attendance requirements, he shall cease to be a regular student. He may appear as anex-student only in the paper or practical in which he has failed, at the next Annual Examination andsubject to permission by the Academic Council, at any further subsequent Annual Examinations.Should a candidate who has thus ceased to be a regular student, pass the minimum number of papersfor promotion to Part II or Part III, as the case may be, he shall register himself as a regular studentfor appearing at the Examination of the next higher Part.Provided further that a regular candidate, (a) who fails to fulfil the minimum attendancerequirements, or (b) who having fulfilled the minimum attendance requirements, fails to pass in thepapers required for promotion to the next higher part, applies for re-registration as a regular studentsshall have to fulfil the attendance requirement a new for all papers of the Part in which he isstudying and notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 7(b), he shall again perform sessional workand practicals (any marks obtained in the preceding year being disregarded) and shall have toappear in all the papers at the next Examination of that Part. But no candidate shall be permitted tocontinue as a regular student for more than two years in any one Part of the B.A./B.Sc. (Hons.)Course.Provided further that in case a candidate fails to obtain the degree within five years of his admissionhe shall cease to be a regular student. He may be permitted to appear at the two immediatelyfollowing Annual including Supplementary Examinations as an ex-student, but only if he hasundergone a regular course of study in part III for one year.

O.M. No. XM/SPA/F.Ord.57/II-139 dated 08.7.2005.

87

If a private candidate fails to pass the Examination of any Part within three years of his becomingeligible to appear at it, his candidatures shall cease and he can appear at a subsequent Examinationof that part only under the permission of the Academic Council but the total duration of hiscandidature for the whole course shall not exceed seven years from his date of registration.

11. There shall be only one Supplementary Examination following the annual Part III examination,which shall be open to those B.A. and B.Sc. students who were eligible to appear at, but have failedto pass the B.A./B.Sc. Part III Examination. The Supplementary Examination shall consist ofB.A./B.Sc. Part III papers only and shall ordinarily be held no more than three months following theAnnual Part III Examination.

12. A candidate pursuing a regular course of study promoted to Part II or Part III, cannot simultaneouslyreceive instruction or undertake sessional work in any paper or practical of the lower Part (i.e. Part Ior Part II, as the case may be).

13. Notwithstanding anything contained in these Ordinances candidates who have passed the Adib-e-Kamil examination of the Jamia Urdu, Aligarh, or any other Oriental examination recognized by thisUniversity for this purpose and the Senior Secondary School Certificate Examination in Englishonly of this University, or an examination recognized by the University as its equivalent (withEnglish as one of the subjects), may be permitted to appear at the Examination in specially designedcourses in English (Compulsory) and English Literature, for obtaining the certificate of havingpassed the B.A. Examination in English only.

Provided that for such candidates the B.A. Examination in English (Compulsory) and EnglishLiterature shall be held in two Annual Parts. The Examination of the First Part shall be open tocandidates who have passed at least one year previously the Senior Secondary School CertificateExamination of this University in English only or an examination recognized by the University as itsequivalent. The Second Examination shall be open to candidates who have passed the Examinationat the first stage at least one year previously.

*ANNEXURE

PART-I PART-II PART-III

Subject Paper Marks Subject Paper Marks Subject Paper MarksE 1 50 E 1 50 -- -- --

L 1 50* -- -- -- -- --Th/Et/INM 1 50* -- -- -- Comp. Viva 1 50

M 2+P 150 M 2+P 150 M 2+P 150S1 2+P 150 S1 2+P 150 M 2+P 150S2 2+P 150 S2 2+P 150 M 2+P 150

Total: 500 500 500*Not to be counted for the award of Division.

Abbreviations :

E = EnglishEt = EthicsF = Foundation Courses

*On the basis of AC dated 8/9.5.2001.

88

INM= Indian National MovementL = Language (Urdu/Hindi/any other Modern Indian Language)M = Main subjectS = Subsidiary subjectP = PracticalTh = Theology

1. Where practicals are not prescribed, each paper shall carry 60 marks for examinations and 15for sessionals totaling 75.

2. Where practicals are prescribed, each paper shall carry 40 marks for examination and 10 forsessionals totaling 50. The practical shall carry 50 marks.

3. In part III, addition to the above, there shall be a comprehensive viva-voce carrying 50marks.

4. In Chemistry, in Part I and Part II (Main/Subsidiary) respectively, there will be three paperswithin the prescribed framework.

*5. In Fine Art, in Part I and part II (Main/Subsidiary) there shall be one theory and two practicalpapers, separately, each carrying 40 marks for examination and 10 marks for sessionals. InPart III, there shall be two theory papers and four practical papers, each carrying 60examination marks and 15 marks for sessionals; and a comprehensive viva voce of 50 marks.

TRANSITORY ORDINANCES(Effective for Session 1985-86)

(Deleted)**

*E.C. Res. No. 63 (Appendix) dt. 21/22.2.87 & 27.3.87.


89

CHAPTER XXI (A)*

BACHELOR OF FINE ARTS (B.F.A.)

1. No candidate shall be eligible for the B.F.A. Professional Degree unless he/she has passed not lessthan four years previously the Senior Secondary School Certificate Examination of this Universityor an examination recognized by this University as its equivalent with at least 50% marks inaggregate, and has undergone a regular course of study in the University for not less than four years.

Provided that the admission to B.F. A course (Co-education) shall be based on a Departmentalcompetitive test comprising such subjects as prescribed by the Board of Studies.

2. The Examination for the B.F.A. Degree shall be open to candidates who have undergone a regularcourse of four years study in this University.

The Examination for the B.F.A. shall be held in four parts, namely: B.F.A. I Year, B,.F.A. II Year,B.F.A. III year, and B.F.A. IV year and subject to the provision of Clause (6) of this Chapter.

3. In order to be eligible for the award of B.F.A. Degree, a candidate shall have to pass in the subjectsas recommended by the Board of Studies and approved by the Faculty from time to time.

The subjects and marks allotted to each paper/sessional work/practical examination and viva-voceexamination shall also be recommended by the Board of Studies and approved by the Faculty.

**4. (a) To pass the examination, a candidate must obtain at least 33% of the marks in the individualpaper/practicals (inclusive of sessional work) and 36% of the marks in the aggregate of all thepapers, practicals, sessional work and viva-voce at all the four years of B.F.A. Examinationscombined.

A candidate who has passed in individual Papers/Practicals but failed to obtain 36% ofmarks in aggregate for passing the Examination, may appear as an ex-student in subsequentExamination in one or more Papers/Practicals so as to be eligible for the award of Degree.

Provided that the marks awarded to such candidate for sessional work during his/herregular course of study shall be taken into account at the subsequent Examination.

(b) A candidate who fails to obtain 33% of the marks in individual papers/practicals (inclusive ofsessional work) may appear Subsequently only at the Examination prescribed for the paper orpractical concerned.

Provided that the marks awarded to such a candidate for sessional work during his regularcourse of study shall be taken into account at the subsequent Examination.

5. A candidate, who obtains 60% or more marks in the aggregate of all subjects at the Final YearExaminations, shall be placed in the First Division,. A candidate, who obtains less than 60% of themarks but not less than 50% shall be placed in the Second Division. A candidate, who obtains lessthan 50% of the marks but not less than 36% shall be placed in the Third Division. A candidate,who obtains 75% or more marks in a subject, shall be declared to have obtained Distinction in thatsubject. The candidate who secures highest marks with First Division in B.F.A. will be placed inFirst Position in order of merit.

*EC dated 31.7.2000.


90

Provided that if a candidate wishes to improve his/her performance, he/she may be allowed by theDean of the Faculty concerned on the recommendation of the Chairman of the Department to repeatthe Examination in one or more subjects of B.F.A. IV Year only in order to have his/her marksrevised upward in accordance with Clause 14 of Chapter XVII of the Ordinances (Academic).

6. A candidate who obtains at least 33% marks in each of at least three-fourths of the papers andpracticals (wherever prescribed) of his/her subjects (inclusive of sessionals) in B.F.A. I Year shall bepromoted to II Year and a candidate studying in Part-II who obtains 33% marks in each of at leastthree-fourths of the papers and practicals (wherever prescribed) (including sessionals) shall bepromoted to B.F.A. III Year. Candidate who has cleared all the papers/practicals, sessionals ofI Year, II Year and three-fourths of the papers and practicals (wherever prescribed of his/hersubjects) (inclusive of sessionals), in B.F.A. III Year, shall be promoted to B.F.A. IV Year.

Provided further that a regular candidate, (a) who fails to fulfil the minimum attendancerequirements, or (b) who having fulfilled the minimum attendance requirements fails to pass in thepapers required for promotion to the next higher part, applies for re-registration as a regular studentshall have to fulfil the attendance requirement a new for all papers of the year in which he/she isstudying and notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 7, he/she shall again perform sessionals workand practicals (any marks obtained in the preceding year being disregarded) and shall appear in allthe papers at the next Examination of that year. But no candidate shall be permitted to continue as aregular student for more than two years in any one class of the B.F.A. course.

Provided further that if a regular student who fails to pass in the minimum number of the papers andpracticlas as prescribed in the first paragraph of this Clause, though he/she has fulfilled thenecessary attendance requirements, he/she shall cease to be a regular student. He/she may appear asan ex-student only in the papers or practicals in which he/she has failed, at the next annualexamination.

7. Notwithstanding anything contained in these Ordinances, a candidate who fails to obtain the Degreewithin six years of his admission, he/she shall cease to be a regular student. He/she may bepermitted to appear at the two immediately following Annual (including Supplementary)Examinations as an ex-student by the Academic Council on the recommendations of the Chairmanand the Dean of the Faculty concerned.

8. There shall be only one Supplementary Examination following the Annual IV Year Examination,which shall be open to those B.F.A. students who were eligible to appear at, but have failed to passthe B.F.A. IV Year Theory Examination.

9. A candidate pursuing a regular course of study, promoted to II Year, III Year, or IV Year cannotsimultaneously receive instruction or undertake sessional work in any paper or practical of the lowerExamination (i.e. I Year, II Year, or III Year as the case may be).

10. The courses, the number of papers and the marks allotted to each practical and theory examinationincluding sessional work shall be those as prescribed by the Board of Studies and approved by theFaculty.

11. Academic Course:- In B.A. (Hons) Fine Art (for girl students only) in Part I and Part II(Main/Subsidiary) there shall be one theory and two practical papers, separately, each carrying40 marks for examination and 10 marks for sessionals. In Part III there shall be two theory papersand four practical papers, each carrying 60 marks for examination and 15 marks for sessionals; and aComprehensive Viva-voce of 50 marks.

91

CHAPTER – XXI (B)*

BACHELOR OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION (B.P.E.)

1. No candidate shall be eligible for Bachelor of Physical Education (B.P.E.) Degree unless he haspassed not less than three years previously the Senior Secondary School Certificate Examination(10+2) of this University or an examination recognized by the University as its equivalent and hasundergone a regular course of study in the University for not less than three years.

2. (i) The examination for B.P.E. Degree shall be open to:

(a) Candidates who have undergone a regular course of study in the University.(b) This course shall not be open to private candidates.

(ii) The B.P.E. Examination shall be held in three parts, namely Part-I, Part-II and Part-III andsubject to the provision of Clause 10 of this Chapter. No candidate shall be eligible to appearat the Part-I Examination without one academic year having elapsed after his passing theSenior Secondary School Certificate Examination of this University or equivalent, to appearat the Pat-II Examination without having completed one academic year after fulfilling theprescribed requirements of the Part I Examination and to appear at the Part-III Examinationwithout having completed one academic year after passing the Part II Examination.

3. In order to be eligible for the award of B.P.E. Degree, a candidate shall have to pass in theExamination in Compulsory Subjects and Physical Education Subjects.

**(a) COMPULSORY SUBJECTS: (200 Marks)(1) English (100 marks)

(2) Urdu or Hindi or any other Modern (50 Marks) †

Indian Language or Indian History &Culture (Last mentioned subject is forForeign Students).

(3) Muslim Theology (Sunni or Shia) or (50 Marks)†

Ethics or Indian National Movement.

(4) Foundation Courses (Deleted)†Not counted for the award of Division.

Provided that in the category (2) of the Compulsory Subjects above a candidate shallnot be allowed to take the same language as he has studied at an advanced level at theSecondary/Senior Secondary School Certificate Examination.

(b) PHYSICAL EDUCATION SUBJECTS: (1460 Marks)(including Compulsory English)The distribution of marks of Compulsory and Physical Education Subjects/Practicals(including the viva-voce) shall be as given in the Annexure.

*E.C. dated 7.2.2001 & 13.3.2001.

**As per A.C. dated 8/9.5.2001 & O.M. No. XM/SPA/F.Ord.57/II-139 dated 08.7.2005.

92

4. The subjects shall be assigned to the candidate in accordance with those prescribed by the Board ofStudies of the Department of Physical Health & Sports Education and the Faculty concerned.

5. Change of subject are not allowed in B.P.E. Degree course.

6. The subjects and marks allotted to each subject inclusive of sessional marks and/or practicalexamination and / or viva-voce examination shall be prescribed by the Academic Council on therecommendation of the Board of studies of the Department and the Faculty concerned.

7. (a) To pass the Examination, a candidate must obtain:

(i) 35% of the marks in the individual papers (inclusive of sessional work)

(ii) 40% of the marks in each practical (inclusive of sessional work)

(iii) 35% of the marks in the viva-voce examination and

*(iv) (deleted)

(b) A candidate who fails to obtain 35% marks in individual papers and 40% of the marks inpracticals (inclusive of sessional work) may appear subsequently only at the examinationprescribed for the paper or practical concerned.

Provided that the marks awarded to such a candidate for sessional work during his regularcourse of study shall be taken into account at the subsequent examination.

8. Successful candidates who obtain more than 50% of the aggregate of the marks in CompulsoryEnglish and the Physical Education Subjects shall be awarded the B.P.E. (Honours) Degree. Suchcandidates who obtain 60% of the marks or more shall be placed in the First Division and the othersin the Second Division.

9. Candidates who pass the Examination but not qualify for the Honours Degree shall be awarded theB.P.E. (Pass) Degree.

Provided that if a candidate wishes to improve his performance, he may be allowed by the Dean ofthe Faculty concerned to appear in the Examination in one or more subjects of B.P.E. Part-III only inorder to have his marks revised upwards in accordance with Clause 14 of Chapter – XVII of theseOrdinances.

10. A candidate who obtains at least 35% marks in each of at least three-fourth of the papers; 40%marks in each of at least three-fourth of the practicals of the Physical Education Subjects (inclusiveof sessionals) and at least half of the papers of the Compulsory Subjects, in Part-I shall be promotedto Part-II and a candidate studying in Part-II who obtains at least 35% marks in each of at leastthree-fourth of the papers of Physical Education and Compulsory Subjects and 40% of marks ineach of the practicals of the Physical Education Subjects (including sessionals) shall be promoted toPart III. Candidates promoted to Part II in the manner aforesaid and appearing at Part-IIExamination shall appear in those papers of the Part-I Examination in which they have failed.Sessional marks obtained in the respective papers at the B.P.E. Part I shall be carried over.

*O.M. LD NO(C) / 1395 dated 28/2/2002.

*

93

Provided that unless a candidate promoted to Part-II passes the Part-I Examination (inclusive of theCompulsory Subjects), shall not be eligible for promotion to Part-III. For the purpose of this provisoa candidate would be deemed to have passed if he obtained at least 35% of the marks in each of thepapers and 40% in each of the practicals (inclusive of sessionals).

Provided further that if a candidate, who is a regular student, fails to pass in the minimum number ofthe papers and practicals as prescribed in the first paragraph of this Clause though he has fulfilledthe necessary attendance requirements he shall cease to be a regular student. He may appear as anEx-student only in the papers or practicals in which he has failed at the next Annual Examinationand subject to permission by the Academic Council at any further subsequent Annual Examination.Should a candidate who has thus ceased to be a regular student pass the minimum number of papersfor promotion to Part-II or Part-III as the case may be, he shall register himself as a regular studentfor appearing at the Examination of the next higher Part.

Provided further that a regular candidate (a) who fails to fulfil the minimum attendance requirementsor (b) who having fulfilled the minimum attendance requirements fails to pass in the papers andpracticals required for promotion to the next higher Part, applies for re-registration as a regularstudent shall have to fulfil the attendance requirement anew for all papers of the Part in which he isstudying and notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 7(b), he shall again perform sessional workand practicals (any marks obtained in the preceding year being disregarded). But no candidate shallbe permitted to continue as a regular student for more than two years in any one part of the B.P.E.Course.

Provided further that in case a candidate fails to obtain the Degree within five years of hisadmission, he shall cease o be a regular student. He may be permitted to appear at the twoimmediately following Annual (including Supplementary) Examinations as an Ex-student but only ifhe has undergone a regular course of study in Part-III for one year.

11. There shall be only one Supplementary Examination following the Annual Part-III Examination,which shall be open to the B.P.E. students who were eligible to appear at, but have failed to pass theB.P.E. Part-III Examination. The Supplementary Examination shall consist of B.P.E. Part-III papersonly and shall ordinarily be held not more than three months following Part III Annual Examination.

12. A candidate pursuing a regular course of study promoted to Part II or Part III, cannot simultaneouslyreceive (instruction or undertake sessional work in any paper or practical of the lower part i.e. Part Ior Part II, as the case may be.

Encl: Annexure.

94

ANNEXURE

B.P.E., PART-I

Part-A (Written Papers)

S.No. Paper Name of subject Sessional/Internalassessment

Max. Exam.Marks

Total Marks

1. English - 50 502. Urdu/Hindi - 50 -3. Theology/INM - 50 -4. Foundation

Course-I- Deleted* -

50*As per AC dated 8/9.5.2001

Physical Education Subjects (Main)

1. PE-101 General Science 15 50 652. PE-102 Basic & Systemic

Anatomy15 50 65

3. PE-103 History of PhysicalEducation

15 50 65

4. PE-104 Sports Sociology 15 50 65260

Part-B, Practical Skills

1. PE-1P1 Track & Field 10 30 402. PE-1P2 Gymnastics 10 30 403. PE-1P3 Hockey 10 30 404. PE-1P4 Judo 10 30 40

160

Total = 050+260+160 = 470

95

B.P.E. PART – IIPart-A (Written Papers)

S.No. Paper Name of Subject Sessional/InternalAssessment

Max. Exam.Marks

Total Marks.

1. English - 50 502 Foundation

Course-II- Deleted* -

50*As per AC dated 8/9.5.2001.

Physical Education Subject (Main)

1. PE-201 Physiology &Physiology ofExercise

15 50 65

2. PE-202 Kinesiology 15 50 653. PE-203 Sports

Psychology15 50 65

4. PE-204 Methods inPhysical Education& EducationalMethods

15 50 65

260

Part-B (Practical Skills)

1. PE-2P1 Yoga 10 30 402. PE-2P2 Football 10 30 403. PE-2P3 Basketball 10 30 404. PE-2P4 Badminton 10 30 40

160

Part-C

1 PE-2P5 Teaching Ability4-Lesson Plan (for Sessional; 3-Best willbe counted)Internal EvaluationOne lesson Plan for final teaching abilityassessment:External Evaluation.

10 35 45

45

Total: 050+260+160+045 = 515

96

B.P.E., PART-IIIPart-A (Written Papers)

S.No. Paper Name of Subject Sessional/InternalAssessment

Max. Exam.Marks

TotalMarks

1. PE-301 Management ofPhysical Educationand Recreation

15 50 65

2. PE-302 CorrectivePhysical Education

15 50 65

3. PE-303 Health Education 15 50 654. PE-304 Test, Measurement

and Evaluation15 50 65

5. PE-305 Principles ofCoaching(SpecializationPaper)

15 50 65

325

Part-B: Specialization

1. PE-3P1 Practical Skills 10 40 502. PE-3P2 Coaching Lessons (4-Lesson for

Sessional; 3-best shall be counted)Internal Evaluation(One Lesson for final assessment)External Evaluation

10 40 50

100

1. PE-3v.v.General Viva-Voce - 50 50

50

Total = 325 + 100 + 050 = 475

Grand Total: 470 + 515 + 475 = 1460 (including Compulsory English)

97

Appendix – ACHAPTER XXI(C)

B.Sc. (HONS)/B.Sc. (Pass) in Home Science(from Academic Session 2003-2004)

(For Women Candidates only)

1. No women candidate shall be eligible for the B.Sc. (Hons)/B.Sc. (Pass) in Home Science degreeunless she has passed not less than three years previously the Senior Secondary School CertificateExamination in Science subjects (any three of the subjects namely Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry,Biology and Home Science) of this university or an examination recognized by the University as itsequivalent and has undergone a regular course of study in the University for not less than threeyears.

2. (i) The Examination for the B.Sc. (Hons)/B.Sc. (Pass) in Home Science degree shall be open to:-(a) Women candidates who have undergone a regular course of study in the University or in a

College maintained by the University.(b) Ex-students as defined in Chapter – XVII.(ii) The B.Sc. (Hons)/B.Sc. (Pass) in Home Science Examination shall be held in three parts,

namely Part-I, Part-II and Part-III and subject to the provisions of Clause 8 of this Chapter.No candidate shall be eligible to appear at the Part-I Examination without one academic yearhaving elapsed after her passing the Senior Secondary School Certificate Examination of thisUniversity or its equivalent; to appear at the Part-II Examination, without having completedone academic year after fulfilling the prescribed requirements of the Part-I Examination andto appear at the Part – III Examination without having completed one academic year afterpassing the part-II Examination.

3. In order to be eligible for the award of B.Sc. (Hons)/B.Sc. (Pass) in Home Science degree, acandidate shall be have to pass in the Examination in Compulsory as well in Main Subjectsseparately.

(a) Compulsory Subjects: 200 marks1. English 100 marks2. Urdu or Hindi or any other Modern Indian

Language or Indian History and Culture(last mentioned subject for foreign students) 50 marks

3. Muslim Theology (Sunni or Shia) or Ethics orIndian National Movement 50 marks

(b) Main Subjects 1700 marks

TOTAL: 1800 marks4. The subjects and marks allotted to each subject (Theory Paper/Practical) inclusive of sessional work

shall be prescribed by the Academic Council on the recommendations of the Board of Studies of theDepartment of Home Science and the Faculty concerned as per Annexture.

5. (a) To pass the Examination, a candidate must obtain at least 30% of prescribed marks (inclusiveof sessional marks) in each subject (Theory Paper/Practical) separately and 36% of the marks in the

OM NO XM/PA/FNO 58(O)/1833 dated 3.9.2004.

OM NO XM/SPA/FN-75/II-278 dated 27/28.3.2006.

98

A candidate who has passed in each subject (Theory Paper/Practical) but has failed to obtain36% of the marks in aggregate for passing the Examination, may appear as an ex-student insubsequent examinations in one or more subjects (Theory Papers/Practicals) so as to be eligible forthe award of Degree.

Provided that the marks awarded to such candidate for sessional work during his regularcourse of study shall be taken into account at the subsequent examination.

(b) A candidate who fails to obtain 30% of the marks in individual subject (TheoryPapers/Practicals) (inclusive of sessional work) may appear subsequently only at the examinationprescribed for the subjects (Theory Papers/Practicals) concerned.Provided that the marks awarded to such a candidate for sessional work during his regular course ofstudy shall be taken into account at the subsequent examination.

6. Successful candidates who obtain more than 50% of the aggregate marks in Compulsory Englishand Main Subjects (Theory Papers/Practicals) shall be awarded the B.Sc. (Hons) in Home Sciencedegree. Of such candidates those who obtain 60% of the aggregate marks or more shall be placed inthe First Division; and the rest in the Second Division.

7. Candidates who pass the Examination but do not qualify for the Honors Degree shall be awarded theB.Sc. (Pass) in Home Science degree.Provided that if a candidate wishes to improve her performance she may be allowed by the Dean ofthe Faculty concerned to repeat the Examination in one or more main subjects (TheoryPapers/Practicals) of B.Sc. in Home Science Part-III only in order to have her marks revised upwardin accordance with Clause 14 to Chapter XVII of the Ordinances (Academic).

8. A candidate who obtain at least 30% marks in each of at least eight of the main subjects (TheoryPaper/Practicals) including Compulsory English and at least one of the remaining Compulsorysubjects of Part-I shall be promoted to Part-II; and a candidate who obtains at least 30% marks ineach of atleast eight of the main subjects (Theory Papers and Practicals) including CompulsoryEnglish of Part-II shall be promoted to Part-III provided that she has cleared all the compulsory andmain subjects of Part-I. Candidates promoted to Part-II or Part-III in the manner aforesaid andappearing at Part-II or Part-III Examination may appear in those subjects (Theory Papers/Practicals),of the Part-I or Part-II Examination in which they have failed. Sessional marks obtained earlier inthe respective subjects at B.Sc. Part-I or Part-II as regular candidate shall be carried over.Provided further that if a regular candidate fails to pass in the minimum number of the subjects(Theory Papers/Practicals) as prescribed in the first paragraph of this Clause, though she has fulfilledthe necessary attendance requirements, shall cease to be a regular student. She may however appearas an ex-student only in the subjects (Theory Papers/Practicals) in which she has failed, at the nextsubsequent annual examination and subject to permission by the Dean of the Faculty concerned.Should a candidate who has thus ceased to be a regular student, pass the minimum number ofsubjects for promotion to Part-II or Part-III, as the case may be, she shall register herself afresh as aregular student and for appearing at the examination of the next higher parts.Provided further that a regular candidate who fails to fulfil the minimum attendance requirements orwho having fulfilled the minimum attendance requirements, fails to pass in the subjects (TheoryPapers/Practicals) required for promotion to the next higher part, applies for re-registration as aregular student shall have to fulfil the attendance requirement afresh for all the subjects of the Part inwhich she is registered/enrolled and notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 5(b), she shall againperform sessional work and practicals (any marks obtained in the preceding year being disregarded)and shall have to appear in all the subjects (Theory Paper/Practicals) at the next examination of thatPart. However, no candidate shall be permitted to continue as a regular student for more than twoconsecutive years in any one Part of the B.Sc. in Home Science degree programme.

99

Provided further that in case a candidate, fails to obtain the degree within five years of hisadmission, she shall cease to be a regular student. She may however, be permitted to appear at thetwo immediately following annual as well as supplementary examinations as an ex-student, but onlyif she has undergone a regular course of study in part-III for one year and has fulfilled the attendancerequirements.

9. There shall be only one supplementary examination following the annual examination of Part-III,which shall be open to those candidates who were eligible to appear at, but have failed to pass theB.Sc. in Home Science Part-III Examination. The supplementary examination shall consist of mainsubjects (Theory Papers only) of B.Sc. in Home Science Part-III and shall ordinarily be held notlater than three months following the annual part-III examination.

10. A candidate pursuing a regular course of study after promotion to Part-II or Part-III, cannotsimultaneously receive instruction or undertake sessional work in any subject (TheoryPaper/Practical) of the lower Part (i.e. Part-I or Part-II, as the case may be).

AnnexureB.Sc. (Hons.)/B.Sc. (Pass) in Home Science

(Revised)Part I:(A) Compulsory Subjects Sessional Univ. Exam Total

marks marks marksi. Compulsory English I 10 40 50ii. Urdu or Hindi or any __ 50 50**

other Modern Indian Languageor Indian History & Culture(for foreign students only)

iii. Muslim Theology (Sunni/Shia) __ 50 50**or Ethics or Indian NationalMovement

(B) Main Subjects (Theory Papers and Practicals):i. Applied Physics 10 25 35ii. Applied Chemistry 10 25 35iii. Applied Biology 10 25 35iv. Hygiene & Physiology 10 40 50v. Economics 10 40 50vi. Sociology 10 40 50vii. Psychology 10 40 50viii. Introduction to Home Science 20 80 100ix. Practical (Applied Physics) __ 15 15*x. Practical (Applied Chemistry) __ 15 15*xi. Practical (Applied Biology) __ 15 15*xii. Practical (Home Science) ____ 50 50*

TOTAL: 550Note: * Inclusive of Sessional Marks to be prescribed by the Department of Home ScienceNote: **A candidate must pass in all the prescribed subjects as per Clause (5) in these Ordinances

(Academic) but Division shall be awarded on the basis of aggregate marks obtained in CompulsoryEnglish and all Main Subjects (Theory Papers and Practicals) of Part-I, II & III of the B.Sc. in HomeScience degree programme.

OM NO XM/SPA/FN-75/11-278 dated 27/28.3.2006.

100

Part II(A) Compulsory Subjects Sessional Univ. Exam Total

marks marks marksi. Compuslory English II 10 40 50

(B) Main Subjects (Theory Papers and Practicals):i. Human Development 15 60 75ii. Extension and Communication 15 60 75iii. Textile & Clothing 15 60 75iv. Essentials of Human Nutrition 20 80 100v. Essential of Resource Mangement 20 80 100vi. Nutritionl Biochemistry 20 80 100vii. Residenial Space Designing 20 80 100viii. Human Development (Practical) __ 25 25*ix. Extension Communication (Practical) __ 25 25*x. Textile and Clothing (Practical) __ 25 25*xi. Pratical (Essential of Human Nutrition) __ 50 50*xii. Practical (Resource Management) __ 50 50*xiii. Practical (Nutrition Biochemistry) __ 50 50*xiv Practical (Residenial Space Designing) __ 50 50*

TOTAL: 650

Note: A student will take either iv, vi, xi and xiii, OR v, vii, xii and xiv.Part III(B) Main Subjects (Theory Papers and Practicals)

Sessional Univ. Exam Totalmarks marks marks

i. Child Welfare in India 15 60 75ii. Interior Decoration 20 80 100iii. Work in Home 20 80 100iv. Family Finance and Consumer Education 20 80 100v. Food Science 20 80 100vi. Nutrition for the family 20 80 100vii. Community Nutrition 20 80 100viii. Practical (Child Welfare in India) __ 25 25*ix. Practical (Food Science) __ 50 50*x. Practical (Nutrition for the Family) __ 50 50*xi. Practical (Community Nutrition) __ 50 50*xii. Practical (Family Finance and Consumer Education) 50 50*xiii. Practical (Work in Home) __ 50 50*xiv. Practical (Interior Decoration) __ 50 50*xv. Project __ 50 50*

TOTAL: 600

Total Marks (Part I) : 50 (English) and 500 (Main Subjects)Total Marks (Part II) : 50 (English) and 600 (Main Subjects)Total Marks (Part III) : 600 (Main Subjects)

Aggregate of Marks: 1800 (For Awarding Division)

Note: *Inclusive of sessional marks to be prescribed by the Department of Home Sciences.

101

CHAPTER XXI(D)

B.A. (HONS.)/B.A. (PASS)(Under Distance Education)


1. No candidate shall be eligible for the B.A (Hons.) degree unless he/she has passed not less thanthree years previously the Senior Secondary School Certificate (10+2) Examination of thisUniversity or an examination recognized by the University as its equivalent. However, there is noage bar for admission to B.A. (Hons.) degree programme.

2. (i) The examination for B.A. (Hons.) degree shall be open to candidates who have undergone a courseof study as prescribed by the Centre for Distance Education, of Aligarh Muslim University.

(ii) The B.A. (Hons.) Examination shall be held in three parts, namely Part I, Part II and Part III. Nocandidate shall be eligible to appear at the Part I examination without one academic year havingelapsed after having passed his/her Senior Secondary School Certificate examination of thisUniversity or its equivalent; to appear at the part II examination, without having completed at leastone academic year after having appeared in Part I examination and fulfilling the requirements asprescribed by the Centre for Distance Education and to appear at Part III examination, withouthaving completed at least one academic year after appearing in Part II examination and fulfilling therequirements as prescribed by the Centre for Distance Education of Aligarh Muslim University.

3. In order to be eligible for the award of B.A. (Hons.) degree, a candidate shall be have to pass in theexamination in compulsory subjects and optional (Main and subsidiary) subjects).

(a) Compulsory Subjects: (200 Marks)1. English (E) (100 Marks)2. Urdu or Hindi or any other Modern Indian

Language or Indian History and Culture (L)(last mentioned subject is for foreign students) (50 Marks)

3. Muslim Theology (Sunni or Shia) or Ethics orIndian National Movement (Th/Et/INM) (50 Marks)

Provided that:

(i) Candidates who have taken English as the Main Subject may be allowed by the Chairman ofthe Department of English to take a Modern European Language in place of CompulsoryEnglish.

(ii) In the Category(2) of the compulsory subjects above, a candidate shall not be allowed to takethe same language as he/she has studied at an advanced level at the Secondary/SeniorSecondary School Certificate Examination.

(b) Optional Subjects1. Main Subject (M) (800 Marks)2. Two Subsidiary Subjects (S1 and S2) (600 Marks)

Each subsidiary subject shall carry 300 marks inclusive of practical wherever prescribed.The distribution of papers in Compulsory and Optional Subjects (including the viva-voce)shall be as given in the Annexure.

O.M. No. XM/SPA/ II-196 dated 24/30.10.2005.

102

4. The following may be taken as Main or Subsidiary Subjects for the B.A. (Hons.) degree programme.1. Arabic2. Communicative English3. Economics4. Education5. English Literature6. Fine Arts7. French (subsidiary only)8. Geography9. German (subsidiary only)10. Hindi11. History12. Home Science (for women candidates only)13. Islamic studies14. Language Teaching & Translation (subsidiary only)15. Linguistics16. Library Science (subsidiary only)17. Mathematics18. Malayalam (subsidiary only)19. Persian20. Philosophy21. Political Science22. Psychology23. Russian (subsidiary only)24. Sanskrit25. Sociology26. Statistics27. Tamil28. Tourism (subsidiary only)29. Telugu30. Urdu31. West Asian Studies

5. The Centre for Distance Education will send well-prepared study material to all candidates by postin 2/3 instalments. This instructional material will cover all the optional (main and subsidiary) andcompulsory subjects offered by the candidate.

6. Within two months of the announcement of results of B.A. Part-I, a candidate may be allowed by theDirector Centre for Distance Education to change his/her main subject, but only if the new mainsubject is one of his/her subsidiary subjects as previously chosen; and upon the change beingallowed, his/her previous main subject would become a subsidiary subject.

7. The subjects and marks allotted to each subject inclusive of sessional work (prescribed by theCentre) and/or practical examination and/or viva-voce examination shall be in accordance with thoseprescribed for regular students.

8. Practicals will be held at designated institutions for which schedule will be provided by the StudyCentre. Attendance at practicals is compulsory. Candidates (wherever applicable), shall not be givenpermission to appear at the examination in a subject for which practical examination is alsoprescribed unless the Director is satisfied that they have done Practical Work satisfactorily at asuitable place prescribed by the Centre.

103

9. For permission to appear at the examination, every candidate shall fill in the prescribed examinationform and submit the same alongwith the required documents and the prescribed fees to the Director,Centre for Distance Education by the specified date.

10. A candidate whose examination form is found in order and has been accepted shall be issued a HallTicket. Admission to Examination Centre shall be allowed only to a candidate who presents the HallTickets, issued to the candidate.

11. The study material for the course/subject and question papers for the examination shall be set andanswered in Urdu/English/Hindi languages subject to the following conditions:(a) The study material and the question papers for examination in English/Hindi/Urdu language

course/subject shall be set and answered in the respective languages.(b) Candidates appearing at an examination in a language other than those mentioned in

clause(a) above, may be asked to answer a part of question papers in the language concerned.

12. (a) To pass the examination, a candidate must obtain at least 30% of the marks in the individualtheory (written) paper/course/subject (inclusive of sessional work & practical, if any,prescribed by the Centre and 36% of the marks in the aggregate of all theory (written) papers,practicals and viva-voce (inclusive of sessional marks) of B.A. degree programme.

(b) A candidate who fails to obtain 36% of aggregate marks for passing B.A. examination mayappear in subsequent examination in one or more theory (written) papers and/or practicalexamination;

Provided that the marks awarded earlier to such candidates for sessional work shall be taken intoaccount at subsequent examination.

(c) A candidate shall be entitled to grace marks(GM) for passing and discretionary marks (DM) forimprovement of Division as per University rules approved by A.C. in this behalf.

(d) A candidate who has passed in one or more of the courses but fails in that examination as awhole shall not be required to pass in those courses again at a subsequent examination;

Provided that the marks awarded to such a candidate for sessional work prescribed by the Centreshall be taken into account at the subsequent examination;

Provided further that, such candidates shall be required to clear all the courses/subjects includingViva-Voce examination of B.A. (Hons.) degree programme within eight academic sessions from thedate of their admission (with a minimum duration of three years from the date of their admission).

13. Successful candidates who obtain more than 50% of the aggregate of the marks in compulsoryEnglish and the Optional subjects and at least 50% in the main subjects shall be awarded B.A.(Hons.) degree. Of such candidates those who obtain 60% of the marks or more shall be placed inthe first division; and the others in the second division. A candidate who obtain 75% or marks in asubject shall be declared to have obtained distinction in that subject. For the purpose of awardingDivision, the aggregate marks obtained by the candidates in Compulsory English (100 marks), MainSubject (800 marks) and two Subsidiary Subjects (600 marks) shall be counted.

14. Candidates who pass the examination but not qualify for the Honors degree shall be awarded B.A.(Pass) degree.

104

Provided that if a candidate wishes to improve his/her performance, he/she may be allowed by theDirector, Centre for Distance Education to repeat the examination in one or more subjects in order tohave his/her marks revised upward, provided that:-

(i) the candidate has passed the B.A. Examination within eight years from the date of his/heradmission.

(ii) the permission will be granted only once on the condition that the candidate is not pursuingor undergoing any higher course in the meanwhile; and

(iii) if the candidate fails to improve his/her performance in a subject or course or a paper, themarks awarded earlier in the subject or course or paper will stand.

15. Candidates who are not satisfied with the evaluation of their answer scripts of the Universityexamination of theory (written) papers only, may apply to the Director of Distance Education Centrefor re-evaluation in accordance with the rules laid down by the University in this behalf.

ANNEXURE

Part I Part II Part III

Subject Paper Marks Subject Paper Marks Subject Paper Marks

E 1 50 E 1 50L 1 50Th/Et/INM 1 50M 2+P 150 M 2+P 150 Comprehensive

Viva-Voce 50M 2+p 150

S1 2+P 150 S1 2+P 150 M 2+P 150S2 5+P 150 S2 2+P 150 M 2+P 150

Total 600 500 500

(i) For subjects in which there is no practical, the marks allotted to each theory (written) paper shall be75 each (inclusive of sessionals).

(ii) For subjects in which practical work is prescribed, the marks allotted to theory (written) papers andpractical examination shall be 60, 60 and 30 (inclusive of sessionals) respectively.

105

*CHAPTER –XXIIB.Com. (Hons.)

1. No candidate shall be eligible for the B.Com. (Hons.) Degree unless he has passed not less thanthree years previously the Senior Secondary School Certificate (Commerce) Examination of thisUniversity or an examination recognized by the University as its equivalent and has undergone aregular course of study in the University for not less than three years.

2. (i) The Examination for the B.Com. (Hons.) Degree shall be open to :(a) candidates who have undergone a regular course of study in the University or in a

College maintained by the University.

(b) private and teacher candidates and ex-students as defined in Chapter – XVII.

(ii) The B.Com. (Hons.) Examination shall be held in three parts, namely Part I, Part II and partIII and subject to the provision of Clause 10 of this Chapter, no candidate shall be eligible toappear at the Part I Examination without one academic year having elapsed after his passingthe Senior Secondary School Certificate Examination of this University or its equivalent; toappear at the Part II Examination without having completed one academic year after fulfillingthe prescribed requirements of the Part I Examination and to appear at the Part IIIExamination, without having completed one academic year after passing the Part IIExamination.

3. In order to be eligible for the award of B.Com. (Hons.) Degree, a candidate shall have to pass in theExaminations in Compulsory Subjects and Commerce Subjects.**(a) Compulsory Subjects: 200 marks

1. English 100 marks

2. Urdu or Hindi or any other Modern 50 marks†

Indian Language or Indian History andCulture (last mentioned subject for ForeignStudents).

3. Muslim Theology (Sunni or Shia) or 50 marks†

Ethics or Indian National Movement.

**4. Foundation Courses (Deleted)†Not to be counted for the award of Division

Provided that in the category (2) of the Compulsory Subjects above, a candidate shall not beallowed to take the same language as he has studied at an advanced level at theSecondary/Senior Secondary School Certificate Examination.

(b) Commerce Subjects 1550 marksThe distribution of papers in Compulsory and Commerce Subjects shall be as given in theAnnexure.

*E.C. Res. No. 25(9) dt. 30.8.86 and 27/28.9.86.

**A.C. dated 8/9.5.2001.

106

4. The Commerce Subjects and the Compulsory Subjects shall be taken by a regular or privatecandidate in accordance with those prescribed by the Board of Studies of the Department ofCommerce and the Faculty of Commerce.

5. The subjects and marks allotted to each subject including sessional work and/viva voce examination,shall be prescribed by the Academic Council on the recommendation of the Board of Studies of theDepartment of Commerce and the Faculty of Commerce.

6. To pass the Examination, a candidate must obtain at least 30% of the marks in the individual papers(inclusive of sessional work) and 36% of the marks in the aggregate of all the papers, sessional workand viva-voce at all the three parts of the B.Com. Examination combined.

A candidate who has passed in individual Papers/Practicals but failed to obtain 36% of marks inaggregate for passing the Examination, may appear as an ex-student in subsequent Examination inone or more Papers/Practicals so as to be eligible for the award of Degree.


7. A candidate who fails to obtain 30% of the marks in individual papers (inclusive of sessional work)may appear subsequently only at the Examination prescribed for the paper concerned.Provided that the marks awarded to such a candidate for sessional during his regular course of studyshall be taken into account at the subsequent Examination.Provided further that private candidates, as defined in Chapter XVII, shall be exempted fromsessional work, and the marks obtained by such candidates in the written papers shall be raisedproportionately to such a figure as shall bear the same ratio to the original marks as is borne by themaximum marks of the written paper together with those of sessional work to the maximum marksof the written paper only.

Provided further that Private candidate shall be required to undertake 90 days Computer Training(45 days each in two academic sessions) related to his/her degree programme in lieu of lab. coursesto be prescribed for regular students, at the Department or Computer Centre/Institute recognised bythe Faculty of Commerce University. Private candidates shall submit a certificate issued by theDepartment or Computer Centre/Institute after successful completion of Computer Trainings, as anessential requirement for the award of B.Com. degree.

8. Successful candidates who obtain more than 50% of the aggregate of the marks in CompulsoryEnglish and Commerce Subjects shall be awarded the B.Com. (Honours) Degree. Of suchcandidates those who obtain 60% of the marks or more shall be placed in the First Division, and theothers in the Second Division.

9. Candidates who pass the Examination but do not qualify for the Honours Degree shall be awardedthe B.Com.(Pass) Degree.

Provided that if a candidate wishes to improve his performance, he may be allowed by the Dean ofthe Faculty of Commerce to repeat the Examination in one or more papers of B.Com. Part-III onlyin order to have his marks revised upward in accordance with Clause 14 of Chapter XVII of theseOrdinances.


O.M. No. XM/SPA/FN75/II-433 dated 09/13.11.2006.

107

10. A candidate who obtains at least 30% marks in each of at least three-fourths of the papers of theCommerce Subjects (inclusive of sessionals) and at least two-third of the papers of the CompulsorySubjects in Part-I shall be promoted to Part-II; and a candidate studying in Part-II who obtains atleast 30% marks in each of at least three-fourths of the papers of the Commerce Subjects (inclusiveof sessionals) and at least two-third of the papers of the Compulsory Subjects of that Part shall bepromoted to Part-III. Candidates promoted to Part-II in the manner aforesaid and appearing atPart-II Examination shall appear in those papers of the Part-I Examination in which they have failed.Sessional marks obtained in the respective papers at the B.Com Part-I shall be carried over.

Provided that unless a candidate promoted to Part-II passes the Part-I Examination (inclusive of theCompulsory Subjects), he shall not be eligible for promotion to Part-III For the purpose of thisproviso, a candidate would be deemed to have passed if he obtains at least 30% of the marks in eachof the papers (inclusive sessionals).

Provided further that if a candidate, who is a regular student fails to pass in the minimum number ofthe papers as prescribed in the first paragraph of this Clause, though he has fulfilled the necessaryattendance requirements, he shall cease to be a regular student. He may appear as an ex-student onlyin the paper in which he has failed, at the next Annual Examination and subject to permission by theAcademic Council, at any further subsequent Annual Examination. Should a candidate who has thusceased to be a regular student, passes the minimum number of papers for promotion to part-II orPart-III, as the case may be, he shall register himself as a regular student for appearing at theExamination of the next higher part.

Provided further that a candidate (a) who fails to fulfil the minimum attendance requirements or(b) who having fulfilled the minimum attendance requirements, fails to pass in the papers requiredfor promotion to the next higher Part, applied for re-registration as a regular student, shall have tofulfil the attendance requirements a new for all papers of the Part in which he is studying andnotwithstanding the provisions of Clause 7, he shall again perform sessional work (any marksobtained in the preceding year being disregarded) and shall have to appear in all the papers at thenext Examination of that Part (all marks obtained at the preceding examinations being disregarded).But no candidate shall be permitted to continue as a regular student for more than two years in anyone Part of the B.Com. (Hons.) Course.Provided further that in case, a candidate fails to obtain the Degree within five years of hisadmission, he shall cease to be a regular student. He may be permitted to appear at the twoimmediately following Annual (including Supplementary) Examinations as ex-student, but only ifhe has undergone a regular course of study in Part- III for one year.If a private candidate fails to pass the Examination of any Part within three years of his becomingeligible to appear at it, his candidature shall cease and he can appear at a subsequent Examination ofthat Part only under the permission of the Academic Council but the total duration of his candidaturefor the whole Course shall not exceed seven years from his date of registration.

11. There shall be only one Supplementary Examination following the Annual Part III Examination,which shall be open to those B.Com. students who were eligible to appear at but have failed to passthe B.Com. Part III Examination. The Supplementary Examination shall consist of B.Com Part IIIpapers only and shall ordinarily be held not more than three months following the Annual Part IIIExamination.

12. A candidate pursuing a regular course of study promoted to Part II or Part III, cannot simultaneouslyreceive instruction or undertake sessional work in any paper of the lower part (i.e . Part I or Part II,as the case may be).

108

ANNEXURE

A. COMPULSORY SUBJECTS:

Part-I Part-IISubject Paper Marks Subject Paper Marks

E 1 50 E 1 50L 1 50 -- -- --

Th/Et/INM 1 50 -- -- --Total: 150 50

Abbreviations:

E = EnglishEt = EthicsF = Foundation CoursesINM = Indian National MovementL =Language (Urdu/Hindi/any other Modern Indian Language)Th = Theology.

B. COMMERCE SUBJECTS:

Part-I Part-II Part-IIIPapers Marks Papers Marks Papers Marks

4 400 5 500 6Comprehensive

Viva-voce

600

50

Grand Total (Part I + Part II + Part III) = 1550Grand Total (Part I+Part II+Part III including 100 marks for Compulsory English) for awardingdivision = 1650.

1. Each Commerce Subject shall carry 80 marks for Examination and 20 marks for sessionalwork, totaling 100.

2. In Part III, in addition to the above, there shall be a Comprehensive Viva-voce carrying 50marks.

*TRANSITORY ORDINANCES(Effective from session 1985-86)

**(deleted)

* On the basis of AC dated 8/9.5.2001.**


109

*CHAPTER – XXIII(M.A., M.Sc. & M.Com.)

1. †No candidate shall be eligible for the Master’s Degree unless he has obtained not less than twoyears previously the B.A./B.Sc./B.Com. (Hons) or (Pass) Degree of three years’ duration (under the10+2+3 system) or passed the D.B.A./D.S.W. Examination of this University or an examinationrecognized by the University as its equivalent and has undergone a regular course of study in theUniversity for not less than two years.

Provided that candidates who have obtained the B.A./B.Sc./B.Com. Degree either under the 10+1+3or 10+2+2 system of education shall be required to undergo a Pre-Master’s Course (Bridge Course)of one year duration, as regular candidates, in the concerned subject for being eligible for admissionto the M.A./M.Sc./M.Com. Course.

Provided further that :

(a) candidates who have already passed the M.Ed. Examination not less than one year previouslyand have undergone a regular course of study in this University for not less than one year mayalso be considered eligible for the Degree of Master of Arts in Education.

(b) private candidates as defined in Chapter XVII shall not be required to undergo a regularcourse of study. However, the candidates possessing a Bachelor’s Degree under the 10+1+3or 10+2+2 system of education shall be required to pass the examination for the Pre-Master’sCourse (Bridge course) in the concerned subject as Private Candidates before being permittedto appear in the M.A./M.Sc./M.Com. (Previous) Examination.

(c) candidates who have passed the Adib-e-Kamil Examination of Jamia Urdu, Aligarh or anyother Oriental Examination recognized as its equivalent by the University and B.A.Examination in English only from this University or an examination recognized by theUniversity as its equivalent may appear at the Pre-Master’s Course (Bridge Course)Examination in the subject of the Oriental Examination in which the candidates may havepassed, or in English either as regular students or as private candidates, as defined in Chapter–XVII.

Provided that candidates passing the Pre-Master’s Course (Bridge Course) Examination mayappear at the corresponding M.A. Examination either as a regular student or as a privatecandidate, as the case may be, as provided in Chapter XVII of these Ordinances.

(d) the M.Com. Examination shall be open only to candidates who have passed the B.Com.(Hons.), B.Com. (Pass), D.B.A. or D.S.W. Examination of this University or an examinationrecognized by the University as its equivalent.

2. The examination for the M.A., M.Sc. and M.Com. Degree shall consists of two parts, namely,Previous and Final, each of which shall be held annually and shall be open to :-

(a) candidates who have undergone a regular course of study for the Previous or FinalExamination, as the case may be, for one academic year in the University;

(b) private candidates or ex-students, as defined in Chapter XVII.

*E.C. Res. No.24(23) dt. 18/19/20.2.1984.

†O.M. No.XM/AC-IV/1416 dt. 24.4.1989.

110

Provided that, subject to the provisions of Clause 8 of this Chapter, no candidate shall be eligible toappear at the Final Examination without one academic year having elapsed after his passing thePrevious Examination or promotion to the Final Year class, as the case may be.*

3. (i) In order to be eligible for the award of the M.A./M.Sc./M.Com. Degree, a candidate shallhave to pass in the Examination in each paper/practical (inclusive of sessional work) and alsoin the viva-voce examination, wherever prescribed, to be held along with the Final YearExamination.

Provided that the Academic Council may prescribe viva-voce and/or practical examination in asubject in addition to the prescribed papers.

(ii) (a) Candidates may offer one of the following subjects for the Master’s Degree:-

A. For M.A.:1. Arabic2. Economics3. Education4. English Literature5. Hindi6. History7. Islamic Studies8. Linguistics9. Persian10. Philosophy11. Psychology12. Political Science13. Sanskrit14. Sociology15. Urdu16. Geography17. Mathematics18. Statistics19. Public Administration20. West Asian Studies

*21. Malayalam**22. English Language Teaching (ELT)**23. Human Rights**24. Bengali**25. Tamil**26. Telugu

B. For M.Sc. :1. Biochemistry2. Botany3. Chemistry4. Geography

*O.M. No.XM/AC-IV/1416 dated 24.4.1989.**


111*5. Applied Geology6. Mathematics7. Physics8. Psychology9. Statistics10. Zoology†11. Operation Research‡12. Biotechnology13. Agriculture

14. Wild life Science§15. Home Science**16. Industrial Chemistry

C. For M.Com: 1. Commerce

Provided that a candidate may be permitted to take a number of papers in one or moreallied subjects in accordance with the decisions of the Academic Council on therecommendation of the Department and the Faculty concerned.

‡‡Provided further that the candidates offering Statistics or Operation Research, havingthe same eligibility criteria for admission and the same set of courses, may be permittedafter successful completion of M.Sc. (Previous) to change over from Statistics toOperation Research and vice-versa subject to the condition that such change over will notbe for more than 20% of the total students of both the subjects promoted to M.Sc. (Final).

(ii)(b) The papers shall be taken by a regular or private candidate with the approval of theDepartment concerned.

Provided that in addition to viva-voce and/or practical examination, wherever prescribedthere shall be at least 8 papers, but not exceeding 10,carrying 100 marks each, as may beprescribed by the Academic Council from time to time.

Provided further that papers may be prescribed carrying 50 marks each, subject to themaximum marks carried by such papers not exceeding 25% of the total of marks carriedby all the papers of the Previous and Final Examinations.

(ii)(c) Notwithstanding any of the above provisions, there shall be in the Faculty of Science 8 to12 papers and practicals and/or project and/or field work and/or seminar and/ordissertation and/or viva-voce carrying 1000 to 1600 marks to be spread over two years(Previous and Final).

Provided that the total marks allotted to practicals etc., shall not exceed one third of theaggregate of marks. Provided further that there may be a laboratory course for M.Sc.Examination carrying a maximum of 150 marks, wherever prescribed.

*E.C. dated 21.2.98.

†E.C. Res. No. 24(48) dt. 18/19/20 Feb. 1984.

‡E.C. Res. No. 15(8) dt. 26.10.85.

§E.C. dated 27.2.99.

**E.C. dated 9.3.2000.

‡‡E.C. dated 30.11.95/16-17.12.95/6.4.96.

112

4. The allocation of marks for each paper shall be as follows:

Written Examination Sessional Work75 marks (for M.Sc. 80 marks) 25 marks (for M.Sc. 20 marks)38 marks (for M.Sc. 40 marks) 12 marks (for M.Sc. 10 marks)

5. The course, the number of papers and the marks allotted to each paper, including sessional workand/or practical examination and/or viva-voce examination and/or seminars and/or projects and/ordissertation shall be prescribed by the Academic Council on the recommendation of the Board ofStudies of the Department and the Faculty concerned.

6. To pass the examination, a candidate must obtain:

(i) 30% of the marks in each practical examination, where prescribed (inclusive of sessionalwork):

(ii) 30% (for M.Com. 36%) of the marks in viva-voce examination, seminars/projects/dissertation.

(iii) 30% (for M.Com. 36% of the marks in each paper (inclusive of sessional work); and

(iv) 36% (for M.Com. 40% of the aggregate marks of the Previous and Final Examinations takentogether.

EXPLANATION:

Sessional work in each paper shall be based on tutorial assignments and/or class tests, unlessotherwise provided for by the Academic Council or the Faculty concerned.

Provided that:-(a) private candidates, as defined in clauses 3 and 4 of Chapter XVII and ex-students as defined

in Clause 5(c) of Chapter XVII shall be exempted from sessional work and they shall berequired to obtain at least 30% (for M.Com. 36%) of the marks allotted to each paper. Themarks received by such candidates shall be raised to such a figure as shall bear the same ratioto the original marks of the written paper together with those of sessional work to themaximum marks of the written paper only.

(b) a candidate who fails to obtain the required percentage of marks in the aggregate for passingthe Master’s Examination, may appear as an ex-student in subsequent Examination in one ormore papers and practical only.

Provided that the marks awarded to such candidate for sessional work during his regular courses ofstudy shall be taken into account at the subsequent Examination.

Provided further that, subject to provisions of Clause 8, a regular candidate who fails to obtain therequired minimum marks in any paper/practical at the Previous and Final Examination may appearin that paper/practical only at any subsequent Examination.

(c) A candidate shall be deemed to have passed the Previous Examination for purposes of Clauses2 and 8 of this Chapter, if he has passed in all individual papers and practicals comprising thatExamination as required under this Clause.

113

7. A candidate who obtains 60 per cent of the aggregate marks or more, shall be placed in the FirstDivision. One who obtains less than 60 per cent, but not less than 48 per cent of the marks, shall beplaced in the Second Division; one who obtains less than 48 per cent, but not less than 36 per cent(for M.Com. 40 per cent) of the marks shall be placed in the Third Division.Provided that if a candidate wishes to improve his performance, he may be allowed by the Dean ofthe Faculty concerned to repeat the Examination in one or more papers after passing the completeExamination in accordance with Clause 14 of Chapter XVII of these Ordinances.Provided further that the Division shall be awarded to such candidates for the M.A. Degree inEducation, who have already passed the M.Ed. Examination, on the basis of the aggregate of marksobtained by them at the M.Ed. and the M.A. in Education Examination.

8. A candidate who passes in at least 50 per cent of the papers and practicals (if prescribed) takentogether at the Previous Examination, shall be eligible for promotion to the Final Class, or in thecase of private candidates, shall be eligible to appear at the Final Examination of the following year.

Provided that no candidate shall be allowed to stay for more than two academic years of regularstudy for either the Previous or the Final Examination. If he fails to pass 50 per cent of the papersand practicals of the Previous Examination within the said period of two years, he shall, if regularcandidate, cease to be a regular student. However, he may appear as an ex-student in the paper orpractical in which he has failed, at the next Annual Examination; but for appearing at such a paper orpractical more than two years after the Examination in which he was first due to appear, he shallrequire permission by the Academic Council. Should a candidate who has ceased to be a regularstudent upon failing to pass the Previous Examination within the said period of two years, passesthat Examination subsequently, he shall register himself as a regular student for appearing at theFinal Examination. He shall similarly cease to be a regular student if he fails to pass the Master’sExamination within two years of his joining the Final Year Class.

In no case shall a candidate be permitted to spend more than four years as a regular student for thecompletion of the requirements for the Degree; after four years of his admission, he may bepermitted to appear as an ex-student only.

A private candidate who fails to pass the Master’s examination within four years of becomingeligible for it, can appear at a subsequent Examination only by permission of the Academic Councilor subject to rules for the purpose framed by it.

EXPLANATION: In cases where the total number of papers and practicals of the Previous Examination happens to bean odd number, the total number of papers and practicals that the candidate has to pass in or thepurpose only for promotion to the Final class or eligibility to appear at the Final Examination of thefollowing year, shall be deemed to be 50 per cent of the number next lower to the said total.

9. (a) A candidate pursuing a regular course of study, promoted to the Final Class cannot receiveinstruction or undertake sessional work in any paper or practical of the Previous Class.

(c) A regular candidate who is eligible to be promoted to the Final Class, but has not passed inall the papers and practicals of the Previous Class may be permitted on his own application tocontinue in the Previous Class, for the purpose of receiving instruction and undertakingsessional work in the paper in which he has failed, however, subject to the restrictionsimposed on his continuance in that class by Clause 8 of this Chapter. He shall, in this case,not be eligible to receive instruction in, undertake sessional work, or appear at theExamination of any paper or practical of the Final Examination.

114

Transitory Ordinances to Chapter XXIII(effective from Academic Session, 1988-89)

**(deleted)


115

CHAPTER – XXIII(A)*

M.Sc. (Agriculture) Plant Protection, M.Sc. (Agriculture) Agricultural Micro biology, Master ofAgricultural Economics and Business Management and M.Tech. in Agricultural Processes and FoodEngineering.

(Semester System)

1. No candidate shall be eligible for the Master’s Degree unless he has obtained not less than two yearspreviously the B.A./B.Sc./B.Com. (Hons), B.Sc. (Agr.) Degree of this University or an Examinationrecognized by the University as its equivalent and has undergone a regular course of study in theUniversity for not less than two years (four Semesters).

**2. The Examination for M.Sc. (Agriculture) Plant Protection, M.Sc. (Agriculture) AgriculturalMicrobiology, Master of Agricultural Economics and Business Management and M.Tech. inAgricultural Process and Food Engineering Courses shall be open to :

(a) candidates who have undergone a regular course of study in the University or in anInstitution maintained by or admitted to the privileges of the University.

(b) ex-students as defined in Chapter XVII of the Ordinances (Academic).

3. In order to be eligible for the award of the Master’s Degree, a candidate shall have to pass inSessional Work and Semester Examination so as to accumulate 64 credits.

Provided that the Academic Council may prescribe Viva-Voce Examination in a subject in additionto the credits mentioned above and where such an examination is provided, a candidate shall have toobtain at least 40% of the marks allotted to the Examination.

**4. The Courses (the number of credits) and marks to each course including Seasonal Work and/orPractical Examination and/or Viva-Voce Examination and/or Seminars and/or Projects and/orDissertations and/or Training shall be prescribed by the Academic Council on the recommendationof the Board of Studies of the Departments of the Faculty of Agricultural Sciences.

5. (a) The pattern of examination shall be continuous evaluation consisting of Sessional Tests andSemester Examination at the end of each Semester. The Courses shall carry 4, 3, or 2 credits.The weightage on each credit of course shall be of 25 marks, out of these total (maximummarks) the weightage on sessional and semester examination shall be as follows:

4 credit course MM 100, Sessionals 30, Examination 70.



In laboratory course 30% of the marks shall be prescribed for Sessional Work and 70% for thePractical Examination at the end of the semester. The written examination shall comprise of onepaper of two hours duration in each course except for Practical Examination for which the durationof the Examination may be four hours. There is a provision of an Educational Tour.

*E.C. dated 30.11.95/16-17.12.95/6.4.96.


116

(b) To pass in a course and obtain the credits assigned to it, a candidate must obtain at least 40%of the marks in theory papers as well as in the sessional work and at least 40% of theaggregate marks in Sessional Work and Written and/or Practical and/or Viva-VoceExaminations and/or Seminars and/or Projects and/or Dissertations.

(c) A candidate, who fails to obtain 40% of the aggregate marks but has passed in sessional workmay appear subsequently only at the Semester Examination for that course as an ex-studentto obtain the credits for it.

Provided that the marks awarded to such a candidate for sessional work during the regularcourse of study shall be taken into account at the subsequent Examination. In case, acandidate could not obtain 40% marks in the sessionals, he/she shall have to re-appear in thesessionals as well as written examination.

6. Candidates who accumulate the requisite number of credits mentioned in Clause 3 above or moreand who obtain 60% of the aggregate marks or more shall be placed in the First Division; those whoobtain less than 60% but not less than 50% shall be placed in the Second Division. Those whoobtain less than 50% but not less than 40% shall be placed in the Third Division.

Provided that if a regular candidate for the M.Sc. (Agriculture) Plant Protection, or M.Sc.(Agriculture) Microbiology or Master of Agricultural Economics and Business Management orM.Tech. in Agricultural Processes and Food Technology Examination is placed in the ThirdDivision, he may appear at the Semester Examination concerned in all or some of the courses, atwhich he has already appeared in order to have his marks revised upwards, not later than one yearafter the declaration of the result, in accordance with Clause 14 Chapter XVII of the Ordinances(Academic).

**7. If a candidate fails to accumulate the requisite credits after having studied as a regular candidate forfour semesters, he may be allowed by the Dean Faculty of Agricultural Sciences on therecommendations of the Chairman of the Department concerned, to study for not more than fouradditional semesters immediately following.

**8. A candidate who fails to accumulate the requisite credits within eight semesters after his admission,shall not be allowed to take further courses for the Degree without the permission of the AcademicCouncil on the recommendations of the Chairman of the Department concerned and the DeanFaculty of Agricultural Sciences


117

*CHAPTER – XXIII(B)M.Sc. IN BIOTECHNOLOGY (SEMESTER SYSTEM)

1. No candidate shall be eligible for the Master’s Degree in Biotechnology unless he has obtained notless than two years previously Bachelor’s Degree of this University under the 10+2+3 pattern ofeducation in Biological Sciences, Physical Sciences, Agriculture, Veterinary Science, and/or aBachelor’s Degree in Engineering and Technology (B.Tech.) or Medicine (M.B.B.S.) with at least55% marks or an examination recognized by the University as its equivalent and has undergone aregular course of study in this University for not less than two years (four Semesters).

2. The Examination for the M.Sc. in Biotechnology course shall be open to:

(a) candidates who have undergone a regular course of study in the University;

(b) ex-students as defined in the Chapter-XVII of the Ordinances (Academic).

3. In order to be eligible for the award of M.Sc. in Biotechnology Degree, a candidate shall have topass in sessional work and semester examinations so as to accumulate at least 68 credits. Providedthat the Academic Council may prescribe viva-voce examination in a subject in addition to thecredits mentioned above and where such a viva-voce examination is provided, a candidate shall haveto obtain at least 50% of the marks allotted to the examination.

4. The courses, the number of credits and marks allotted to each course, including Sessional Workand/or Practical Examination and/or Viva-Voce Examination and/or Seminar and/or Project and/orDissertation and/or Training shall be prescribed by the Academic Council on the recommendation ofthe Board of Studies of the Interdisciplinary Biotechnology Unit.

5. (a) The pattern of examination shall be continuous evaluation consisting of sessional tests andsemester examination at the end of each semester. The courses shall carry 8,4,3 or 2 credits.The weightage of each credit of course shall be 25 marks, out of the total (maximum) marks,the weightage of the sessional and semester examination shall be as follows:

4 credit course MM 100, Sessional 30, Examination 703 credit course MM 75, Sessional 25, Examination 502 credit course MM 50, Sessional 15, Examination 358 credit course MM 200, Sessional 60, Examination 140

In the laboratory course, 30% of the marks shall be prescribed for sessional work and 70% for thepractical examination at the end of the semester. The written examination shall comprise of onepaper of two hours duration in each course except for practical examination for which the durationof the examination may be four hours. There is a provision of an Educational Tour.

(b) To pass in a course and obtain the credit assigned to it, a candidate must obtain at least 45%of the marks in theory papers and the sessional work taken separately and at least 50% of theaggregate marks in the Written Examination and the Sessional Work, Practical Examinationand/or Viva-Voce Examination and/or Seminar and/or Project and/or Dissertation, combined.

*AC: 8/9.5.2001.

118

(c) A candidate who fails to obtain 50% of the aggregate marks but has passed in the sessionalwork may appear subsequently only at the Semester Examination for that course as an ex-student, in order to obtain the credit for it.

Provided that the marks awarded to such a candidate for sessional work during the regularcourse of study shall be taken into account at the subsequent Examiatnion. In case, acandidate could not obtain 45% marks in sessionals, he/she shall have to appear both in thesessional as well as written examination.

6. A candidate who fails to accumulate the requisite number of credits within eight semesters after hisadmission, shall not be allowed to take further courses for the Degree without the permission of theAcademic Council on the recommendations of the Coordinator, Interdisciplinary BiotechnologyUnit.

7. A candidate may be promoted from I Year M.Sc. to II Year M.Sc. if he/she fails in not more than18 credits of the I and II Semester courses.

8. A candidate not promoted to the higher class after having undergone a regulars course of study maybe permitted to appear at the subsequent semester’s examination as an ex-student if otherwiseeligible.

9. A candidate who accumulates the requisite number credits mentioned in Clause 3 above or more andwho obtains at least 60% of the aggregate marks, shall be placed in the First Division; those whoobtain less than 60% but not less than 50% marks shall be placed in the Second Division.

Provided that a regular candidate for the M.Sc. in Biotechnology Examination may appearsubsequently at the Semester Examination concerned in all or some the courses, in which he hasalready appeared in order to have his marks revised upwards, not later than one year after thedeclaration of the result, in accordance with Clause 14 of Chapter XVII of the Ordinances(Academic).

10. If a candidate fails to accumulate the requisite number of credits after having studied as a regularstudent for four semesters, he may be allowed by the Coordinator, Interdisciplinary BiotechnologyUnit to study for not more than four additional semesters immediately following the regularsemesters.

119

*CHAPTER – XXIII(C)MASTER OF PHYSCIAL EDUCATION (M.P.E.)

1. No candidate shall be eligible for the Master’s Degree in Physical Education unless he has obtainednot less than two years previously the B.A. (Hons) Physical Health & Sports Education/Bachelor ofPhysical Education (B.P.E.) Degree of three years duration (under the 10+2+3 system) or passed anexamination recognized by the University as its equivalent and has undergone a regular course ofstudy in the University for not less than two years.

2. The Examination for M.P.E. Degree shall consist of two parts, namely Previous and Final, each ofwhich shall be held annually and shall be open to candidates who have undergone a regular courseof study for the Previous and Final Examinations, as the case may be, for one academic year in theUniversity.

Provided that subject to the Provisions of Clause 8 of this Chapter, no candidate shall be eligible toappear at the Final Examination without one academic year having elapsed after his passing thePrevious Examination or Promotion to the Final Year class, as the case may be.

3. (i) In order to be eligible for the award of the M.P.E. Degree, a candidate shall have to pass inthe Examination in each paper/practical (inclusive of sessional work) and also in the Viva-Voce Examination, wherever to be held along with the Final Year Examinations.

Provided that the Academic Council may prescribe Viva-Voce and/or Practical Examination in asubject in addition to the prescribed papers.

(ii)(a) Candidates shall offer the following subjects for M.P.E. Degree:

(1) Research Method and Statistics(2) Kina-thropometry(3) Scientific Principles of Training(4) Test, Measurement and Evaluation in Physical Education(5) Exercise and Sports Physiology(6) Sports Medicine(7) Psychology of Physical Education and Sports(8) Biomechanics

(b) Any one major game/sport for specialization as prescribed by the Board of Studies of theDepartment of Physical Health & Sports Education and the Faculty concerned andapproved by the Academic Council from time to time.

(c) Option will be available to those students who secure 55% marks in the M.P.E. PreviousExamination to offer dissertation carrying 50% marks or to offer one additional paper inlieu of dissertation as prescribed by the Board of Studies of the Department and Facultyconcerned.

4. The allocation of marks for each paper shall be as follows:Written Examination (including Practical) - 75 marksSessional Work - 25 marks

*E.C. Dated 7.2.2001 & 13.3.2001.

120

5. The course, the number of papers and the marks allotted to each paper, including Sessional Workand/or Practical Examination and/or Viva-Voce Examination and/or Dissertation shall be prescribedby the Board of Studies of the Department and the Faculty concerned and approved by theAcademic Council.

6. To pass the Examination, a candidate must obtain:

(i) 35% of the marks in each paper (inclusive of the sessional work)

(ii) 40% of the marks in each practical examination (inclusive of sessional work)

(iii) 35% of the marks in dissertation/additional paper and via-voce examination and

(iv) (Deleted)

EXPLANATION:

Sessional work in each paper shall be based on tutorial assignment and/or class tests, unlessotherwise provided for by the Academic Council or the Faculty concerned.

Provided that:

(a) No private candidate as defined in Clause 3 & 4 of Chapter – XVII of the Ordinances(Academic) shall be allowed to appear in the M.P.E. Examination.

(b) The medium of Examination/Instruction will be in English only.

(c) A candidate who fails to obtain the required percentage of marks in the aggregate for passingthe M.P.E. Examination, may appear as an ex-student in subsequent Examination in one ormore papers and practical only in which he has failed to obtain 40% marks.

Provided that the marks awarded to such candidate for sessional work during his regularcourse of study shall be taken into account at the subsequent Examination.

(d) A candidate shall be deemed to have passed the Previous Examination for purposes of Clause2 & 3 of this Chapter, if he has passed in all individual papers and practical comprising thatExamination as required under this Clause.

7. A candidate who obtains 60% of the aggregate marks or more shall be placed in the First Division,one who obtains less than 60% but not less than 48% of the marks, shall be placed in the SecondDivision and one who obtains less than 48% but not less than 40% of the marks shall be placed inthe Third Division.

Provided that if a candidate wishes to improve his performance he may be allowed by the Dean ofthe Faculty concerned to repeat the Previous and Final Examination in one or more papers afterpassing the complete Examination in accordance with Clause-14 of Chapter-XVII of theseOrdinances.

O.M. LD No (C) / 1395 dated 28.12.2002.

121

8. A candidate who passes in at least 50% of the papers and practicals prescribed taken together at thePrevious Examination, shall be eligible for promotion to the Final class.

Provided that no candidate shall be allowed to stay for more than two academic years of regularstudy for either the Previous or the Final Examination, if he fails to pass 50% of the papers andparacticals of the Previous Examination within the said period of two years, he shall cease to be aregular student. However, he may appear as an ex-student in the papers or practical in which he hasfailed, at the next Annual Examination but for appearing at such a paper or practical more than twoyears after, the Examination in which he was first-due to appear, he shall require permission by theAcademic Council. Should a candidate who has ceased to be a regular student upon failing to passthe Previous Examination within the said period of two years, passes, that Examinationsubsequently, he shall register himself as a regular student for appearing at the Final Examination.He shall similarly cease to be regular student if he fails to pass the M.P.E. Examination within twoyears of his joining the Final Year class. In no case shall a candidate be permitted to spend morethan four years as a regular student for the completion of the requirements for the Degree. After fouryears of his admission, he may be permitted to appear as an ex-student only.

EXPLANATION:

In cases where the total number of papers and practicals of the Previous Examinationhappens to be an odd number the total number of paper and practicals that the candidate has to passin for the purpose only of promotion to the Final class or eligibility to appear at the FinalExamination of the following year, shall be deemed to be 50% of the number next lower to the saidtotal.

9. (a) A candidate pursuing a regular course of study promoted to the Final Class cannot receiveinstruction or under-take sessional work in any paper or practical of the Previous class.

(b) A regular candidate who is eligible to be promoted to the Final class, but he has not passed inall the papers and practicals of the Previous class may be permitted on his own application, tocontinue in the Previous class, for the purpose of receiving instruction and undertakingsessional work in the paper in which he has failed, subject, however, to the restrictionsimposed on his continuance in that class by Clause 8 of this Chapter. He shall, in this case,not be eligible to receive instruction, undertake sessional work, or appear at the Examinationof any paper or practical of the Final Examination.

122

CHAPTER – XXIII(D)MASTER OF FINE ARTS (M.F.A.)

1. No candidate shall be eligible for the Master’s Degree in Fine Arts unless he/she has obtained notless than two years previously B.F.A. (four years course) Degree of this University or anExamination recognized by the University as its equivalent and has undergone a regular course ofstudy in the University for not less than two years.

Candidates who have obtained the B.A. (Hons) in Fine Arts Degree under 10+2+3 system ofeducation may be considered eligible for admission to M.F.A. course provided that they haveundergone a Pre-Master’s Course (Bridge Course) of one year’s duration or one year Diploma inApplied Arts as regular candidates.

Selection for admission to M.F.A. Course will be based on Merit determined through admission testin the subjects as prescribed by the Board of Studies.

2. The examination for the M.F.A. Degree shall consist of two parts, namely, Previous and Final, eachof which shall be held annually and shall be open to candidates who have undergone a regularcourse of study for the Previous or Final Examination, as the case may be, for one academic year inthe University.

3. (i) In order to be eligible for the award of the M.F.A. Degree, a candidate shall have to pass inthe Examination in each paper/practical (inclusive of sessional work) and also in theDissertation & Viva Voce Examination, to be held along with the Final Year Examination.

(ii) Candidates may offer one of the following courses for the Master’s Degree in Fine Arts(M.F.A.)

(A) Painting(B) Sculpture(C) Graphics(D) Applied Arts


(i) 40% of the marks in each Theory paper /practical examination (inclusive of sessional work) /Viva-Voce/Sessional/ Project/ Dissertation.

(ii) 50% of the aggregate marks of the Previous and Final Examinations taken together.(iii) M.F.A. (Final) students are required to exhibit their class work of Final Year at the time of

Practical Examination on the basis of which sessional marks will be awarded.

**5. (a) A candidate who fails to obtain the required percentage of marks in the aggregate for passingthe Master’s Examination, may appear as an ex-student in subsequent Examination in one ormore papers and practical only in which he/she has failed to obtain 50% marks.Provided that the marks awarded to such candidate for sessional work during his/her regularcourses of study shall be taken into account at the subsequent Examination.Provided further that, subject to provisions of Clause 3, a regular candidate who fails toobtain the required minimum marks in any paper/practical at the Previous and FinalExaminations may appear in that Paper/Practical only at any subsequent Examination.

EC dated 31.7.2000.


123

(b) A candidate shall be deemed to have passed the previous examination for purpose of clauses2 and 8 of this chapter, if he/she has passed in all individual papers and practicals comprisingthat examination as required under this clause.

6. A candidate who obtains 60 per cent of the aggregate marks or more shall be placed in FirstDivision. One who obtain less than 60 per cent but not less than 50 per cent of the marks shall beplaced in the Second Division; one who obtains less than 50 percent, but not less than 40 per cent ofthe marks shall be placed in the Third Division. A candidate, who obtain 75% or more marks in asubject, shall be declared to have obtained distinction in that subject. The candidate who securedhighest marks in M.F.A will be placed in First position in order to merit;

7. A candidate who passes in at least 50 per cent of the papers and practicals (if prescribed) takentogether at the Previous Examination, shall be eligible for promotion to the Final class.Provided that no candidate shall be allowed to stay for more than two academic years of regularstudy for either the Previous or the Final Examination If he fails to pass 50 per cent of the papersand paracticals of the Previous Examination within the said period of two years, he/she shall ifregular candidate, cease to be a regular student. However, he/she may appear as an ex-student in thepaper or practical in which he/she has failed, at the next Annual Examination; but for appearing atsuch a paper or practical more than two years after, the Examination in which he/she was first-due toappear, he/she shall require permission by the Academic Council. Should a candidate who hasceased to be a regular student upon failing to pass the Previous Examination within the said periodof two years, passes, that Examination subsequently, he/she shall in the status of regular student forappearing at the Final Examination. He/she shall similarly cease to be regular student if he fails topass the Master’s examination within two years of his joining the Final Year class.In no case shall a candidate be permitted to spend more than four years as a regular student for thecompletion of the requirements for the degree; after four years of his admission, he/she may bepermitted by the Dean of the Faculty on the recommendations of the Chairman of the Department toappear as an ex-student only.

EXPLANATION:In cases where the total number of papers and practicals of the Previous Examination

happens to be an odd number the total number of paper and practicals that the candidate has to passin for the purpose only of promotion to the Final class or eligibility to appear at the FinalExamination of the following year, shall be deemed to be 50 per cent of the number next lower tothe said total.

8. (a) A candidate pursuing a regular course of study, promoted to the Final Class cannot receiveinstruction or under-take sessional work in any paper or practical of the Previous class.

(b) A regular candidate who has not passed in 50% of Theory papers and practicals of thePrevious class may be permitted by the Dean on the recommendation of the Chairman onhis/her his own application, to continue in the Previous class, for the purpose of receivinginstruction and undertaking sessional work in the paper in which he/she has failed, subject,however, to the restrictions imposed on his/her continuance in that class by Clause 8 of thisChapter. He/she shall, in this case, not be eligible to receive instruction in, undertakesessional work, or appear at the examination of any paper or practical of the FinalExamination.

9. The course, the number of papers and the marks allotted to each theory paper, including sessionalwork, practical examination, Dissertation and Viva-Voce examination shall be those as prescribedby the Board of Studies and approved by the Faculty.

124

CHAPTER- XXIII (E)M.A./M.SC. IN MATHEMATICS (SEMESTER SYSTEM)

(for students admitted in session 2002 – 2003 only)

1. No candidate shall be eligible for the Master’s degree in Mathematics unless he/she has obtained notless than two years previously the B.A./B.Sc. (Hons.) or (Pass) degree of this University or anexamination recognised by the University as its equivalent and has undergone a regular course ofstudy as per Chapter XVII of the Ordinances (Academic) in the University for not less than/twoyears/four semesters.

Provided that private candidates as defined in Chapter – XVII of the Ordinances (Academic)shall not be required to undergo a regular course of study.

2. The examination for the M.A./M.Sc. course in Mathematics shall be open to:

(a) candidates who have undergone a regular course of study in the University or in a collegemaintained by or admitted to the privileges of the University.

(b) private candidates or ex-students as defined in Chapter – XVII of the Ordinances (Academic)

3. (i) In order to be eligible for the award of the Master’s degree in Mathematics a candidate shallhave to pass in sessional work and End Semester Examinations so as to accumulate 96 creditsand the viva-voce examination.

(ii) Provided that a candidate may be required to take a number of courses in the subject inaccordance with the decisions of the Academic Council on the recommendations of theDepartment of Mathematics and the Faculty of Science.

(iii) The courses shall be taken by a regular or private candidate with the approval of the Advisorappointed by the Department of Mathematics and in accordance with the decisions of theDepartment.

4. The courses, the number of credits and the marks allotted to each course, including sessional workand/or viva-voce examination and/or seminars and/or projects and/or dissertations shall beprescribed by the Academic Council on the recommendation of the Board of Studies of theDepartment of Mathematics and the Faculty of Science.

5. (a) To pass each of the Theory/Laboratory/Project/Seminar\Viva-voce courses and to accumulatecredits assigned to it, a candidate must obtain at least 40% of the total marks in sessionalwork and End Semester Examination, taken together alongwith at least 35% in End SemesterExamination in Theory/Laboratory/Project courses.

Provided that a private candidate shall be exempted from sessional work. The marks obtained bysuch candidate in each End Semester Examination of the course shall be proportionately raised tothe maximum marks allotted to that course.

(Office Memo LD. No. (C) / 1292 dated 20.11.2002).

(OM NO XM/PA/Ord F 35(i)/1625 dated 12.1.2004.

125

(b) A candidate, who fails to obtain 40% of the marks in a theory paper but has passed in thesessional work may appear subsequently only at the End Semester Examination for thatcourse as an ex-student to obtain the credits for it.

Provided that the marks awarded to such a candidate for sessional work during the regularcourse of study shall be taken into account at the subsequent examination. There shall be noimprovement of sessional marks of any course. In case a candidate could not obtain 40%marks in the sessionals, he/she shall have to re-appear in the sessionals as well asExamination.

Provided further that for promotion to the Second Year of Master’s degree in Mathematics, acandidate will have to earn a minimum of 25 credits in the First Year (Ist and IIndSemesters).

Provided further that the name of a student studying for Master’s degree in Mathematics maybe removed by the Dean, Faculty of Science at his discretion, if the student fails toaccumulate at least 15 credits in two semesters during an academic session.

6. Candidate who pass the viva-voce examination and accumulation 96 credits obtaining 60% of themarks or more in the aggregate of I, II, III and IV Semesters taken together shall be placed in theFirst Division; those who obtain less than 60% but not less than 50% shall be placed in the SecondDivision and those who obtain less than 50% marks but not less than 40% shall be placed in theThird Division.

Provided that if a regular candidate is placed in the Third Division, he/she may appear at the EndSemester Examinations concerned in all or some of the courses, at which he/she has alreadyappeared in order to have his/her marks revised upwards, not later than one year after the declarationof the result, in accordance with Clause – 14 of Chapter – XVII of the Ordinances (Academic).

7. If a candidate fails to accumulate the requisite credits after having studied as a regular candidate forfour semesters, he/she may be allowed by the Dean, Faculty of Science, on the recommendation ofthe Chairman, Department of Mathematics, to study for not more than four additional semestersimmediately following.

Provided further that in no case shall a candidate be permitted to take more than eight semesters as aregular student for the completion of the requirements of the degree. In case, he/she fails to obtainthe degree within eight semesters after his/her admission, he/she may be allowed to appear as an ex-student by the Academic council on the recommendation of the Chairman, Department ofMathematics and the Dean, Faculty of Science.

126

Annexture to Chapter XXIII (E)

List of Semester Courses in M.A./M.Sc. Mathematics(For the students admitted in the session 2003-2004 only)

M.A./M.Sc. (Mathematics):I Semester

Code Nos. Title Credit M.M.

5MM-401(a) Abstract Algebra 5 125(25+100)5MM-402(a) Real Analysis I 5 125(25+100)5MM-403(a) Topology I 5 125(25+100)5MM-404(a) Complex Analysis 5 125(25+100)5MM-405(a) Differential Geometry 5 125(25+100)

II Semester5MM-401(b) Advanced Abstract Algebra 5 125(25+100)5MM-402(b) Real Analysis II 5 125(25+100)5MM-403(b) Topology II 5 125(25+100)5MM-404(b) Advanced Complex Analysis 5 125(25+100)5MM-405(b) Differential Equations 5 125(25+100)Viva-Voce

III Semester5MM-501(a) Functional Analysis 5 125(25+100)5MM-502(a) Partial Differential Equations 5 125(25+100)5MM-503(a) Ring Theory 5 125(25+100)OPTIONALS (Any two of the following)4MM-504(a) Algebraic Structures 4 100(20+80)4MM-505(a) Theory of Liner Operators 4 100(20+80)4MM-506(a) Sequence Spaces 4 100(20+80)4MM-507(a) Theory of Semi-groups 4 100(20+80)4MM-508(a) Integral Equations & Boundary Value Problems 4 100(20+80)4MM-509(a) Space Dynamics 4 100(20+80)4MM-510(a) Lie theory and Special functions 4 100(20+80)

IV Semester5MM-501(b) Integration Theory 5 125(25+100)5MM-502(b) Mechanics 5 125(25+100)5MM-503(b) Homological Algebra and Module Theory 5 125(25+100)OPTIONALS (Any two of the following)4MM-504(b) Category Theory 4 100(20+80)4MM-505(b) Non-linear Optimization in Banach Spaces 4 100(20+80)4MM-506(b) Approximation Theory 4 100(20+80)4MM-507(b) Infinite Abelian Groups 4 100(20+80)4MM-508(b) Differential Manifolds 4 100(20+80)4MM-509(b) Computer Applications 4 100(20+80)4MM-510(b) Non-linear Programming 4 100(20+80)4MM-511(b) Advanced Functional Analysis 4 100(20+80)

Viva Voce Examination 4 100

96 Credits + Viva-Voce Examination of 100 marks

127

CHAPTER-XXIII(F)FOR

M.A./M.Sc. (UNDER SEMESTER SYSTEM)(Effective from the session 2003-2004)

1. The degree of M.A./M.Sc. shall be awarded to a candidate who has passed B.A./B.Sc.(Hons.) or(Pass) examination of this University or an examination recognized by the university as itsequivalent and has undergone a regular course of study for not less than two academic yearscomprising of four semesters and has fulfilled all requirements including attendance of the first,second, third and fourth semesters.

Private candidates as defined in Chapter XVII(A) of the Ordinances (Academic) may appear atthe M.A./M.Sc. in Mathematics, Statistics, Operations Research and Geography examinations only.

The candidates may offer one of the following subjects for the Master’s degree:

A. For M.A.

(i) Geography(ii) Mathematics(iii) Statistics(iv) Operations Research

B. For M.Sc.

(i) Applied Geology(ii) Chemistry(iii) Geography(iv) Industrial Chemistry(v) Mathematics(vi) Physics(vii) Statistics(viii) Operations Research(ix) Biochemistry(x) Botany(xi) Home Science(xii) Wildlife Sciences(xiii) Zoology

2. (a) A candidate shall be required to take a number of courses in a Department in accordance withthe decisions of the Academic Council on the recommendation of the Board of Studies of theconcerned Department of Studies and the Faculty. The courses shall carry specified numberof credits.

(b) In order to be eligible for the award of the Master’s Degree, a candidate shall have to pass insemester examinations so as to acquire 96 credits distributed in four semesters of 24 creditseach.


128

3. (a) The courses, the credits and marks allotted to each course including the sessional work and/orlaboratory/ practical examination and/or project and/or seminar and/or viva-voce shall be asprescribed by the Academic Council on the recommendations of the Board of Studies of theconcerned Department of study and the Faculty;

Provided that in addition to seminar and/or project and/or viva-voce and/or practical examination,wherever prescribed, there shall be at least 15 theory courses, but not exceeding 21 courses, carrying4 credits (100 marks) and/or 2 credits (50 marks) each as may be prescribed by the AcademicCouncil. The total credits allotted to laboratory course (practical)/project /seminar/viva voce shallrange from a minimum of 12 credits to a maximum of 36 credits;

Provided further that courses may be prescribed carrying 2 credits (50 marks) each, subject to themaximum credit (marks) carried by such theory papers not exceeding 25% of 96 credits (2400marks), the total credits (marks) of all the four semester examinations taken together;

(b) Laboratory courses (practical)/ project work/ seminar may carry, wherever necessary, highercredits and proportionately higher marks, as approved by the Academic Council on therecommendation of the concerned Board of Studies and the Faculty.

4. The M.Sc. examination in a course shall comprise of End Semester Examination in Theory/Practical course and sessional work and/or practicals and/or projects and/or seminar and/or viva-voce as prescribed by the Academic Council on the recommendation of the concerned Board ofStudies and the Faculty.

5. (a) There shall be continuous evaluation consisting of sessional work spread over the semester,followed by End Semester Examinations at the end of each semester.

(b) The allocation of marks for each theory and laboratory course and /or Dissertation /Projectshall be as follows:

Sessional Work End Semester Examination 30% marks 70% marks

(c) Sessional work in each course shall be based on tutorial assignments and/or class tests or asspecified by the Board of Studies.

(d) The duration of examination of all courses shall be as decided by the Board of Studies of theconcerned Department and the Faculty.

(e) The examination shall be open to candidates who have under gone a regular course of studyin this University and have put in at least 75% attendance in all the theory, laboratory andother courses taken together in each semester. The examination shall also be open to theprivate candidates as defined in Chapter-XVII(A) of the Ordinances (Academic).

6. (a) To pass each of the theory/laboratory/project/seminar/viva-voce courses and to accumulatecredits assigned to it, a candidate must obtain at least 40% of the total marks in sessional andEnd Semester Examination, taken together along with at least 35% in End SemesterExamination in theory/ laboratory/ project courses.


129

(b) A candidate who fails to obtain the minimum required marks to pass in a course may beallowed to appear only at the subsequent End Semester Examination prescribed for thatcourse. In no case, supplementary or special examination shall be held. The marks awarded atthe subsequent examination and the sessional marks obtained earlier as a regular student shallbe taken into account. The marks of the courses in which the candidate has already passedshall be carried forward.

(c) For ex-students, as defined in Chapter-XVII(A) of the Ordinances (Academic), permitted toappear in a subsequent End Semester Examination, marks awarded in the sessional/ practicalwork/ project during their regular course of study shall be carried forward.

7. (a) A candidate who fails to put in at least 75% attendance in the I semester shall not be allowedto pursue the studies in II semester. Such candidate may apply to the Dean of the Faculty forre - registration in the I semester in the next academic session. A candidate who fails to put inat least 75% attendance in the II semester shall not be promoted to III semester. Suchcandidate may apply to the Dean of the Faculty for re-registration in the II semester in thenext academic session.

(b) A candidate who puts in 75% attendance in the I and II semesters separately but fails toacquire 24 credits in the I and II semester examinations taken together shall not be promotedto the III semester. He/she shall cease to be a regular student.

However, he/she may appear as an ex - student only in End Semester Examination of the course(s)in which he/she has failed, at the next semester examinations and subject to permission by theAcademic Council at any further subsequent examinations. A candidate who thus having ceased tobe a regular student, acquires the minimum number of credits for promotion to III semester, shall re-register himself/herself as a regular student for appearing at the examination of III semester.

Provided that a regular candidate who having fulfilled the minimum attendance requirement, fails tosecure the required number of credits for promotion to the III semester, may apply for re-registrationas a regular student in the I or/and II Semester. He/She shall have to fulfill the attendancerequirement afresh and shall again perform sessional work and practicals and shall appear in the EndSemester Examination of all the courses at the next examination of I and II semesters. Any marksobtained in the immediately preceding year and the attendance being disregarded. Similarly aregular candidate who having fulfilled the minimum attendance requirement, fails to secure therequired number of credits for obtaining the degree, may apply for re-registration as a regularstudent in III and/or IV semester. He/She shall have to fulfill the attendance requirement afresh andshall again perform sessional work and practicals/ project and shall appear in all End SemesterExamination of the courses at the next examination of III and/or IV Semester. Any marks obtainedin the immediately preceding year and the attendance being disregarded. But no candidate shall bepermitted to continue as a regular student for more than two times in any semester;

Provided further that in case, a candidate fails to accumulate required number of credits to obtain thedegree within 8 semesters from the date of his/her first admission, he/she shall cease to be a regularstudent. He/she may be permitted to appear at the next immediately following end semesterexaminations of I and II and/or of III and IV semester(s), as the case may be, as an ex-studentpermitted by the Academic Council only if he has undergone a regular course of study in III and IVsemesters and after having fulfilled attendance and other requirements of III/IV semesters;

Provided further that in no case a regular candidate shall be allowed to appear in the examinationbeyond 10 Semesters from the date of his/her first admission;

130However, a private candidate shall not be allowed to appear in the examination to complete thedegree requirements beyond 12 semesters from the date of his/her first admission.

(c) A candidate pursuing a regular course of study, promoted to III/ IV semester can not receiveinstruction or undertake sessional work in any course of the I/ II semester. Provided that acandidate while studying as a regular student of III/IV semester, may appear in the EndSemester Examination of the backlog courses of I/II semester as the case may be.

(d) A candidate who fails to obtain minimum required marks to pass in the courses at the I or/andIII semester examinations, or is unable to take that examination for reasons beyond his/hercontrol may be allowed to pursue the course of study for the II and /or IV semesterexamination as the case may be, approved by the Dean of the Faculty.

(e) No candidate shall be eligible for M.A./M.Sc. Degree in a subject unless he/she has passed inall courses for the I,II,III and IV semester examinations.

8. The division in which a successful candidate is to be placed shall be determined on the basis ofaggregate marks obtained by him/her in all the four Semester Examinations taken together.Candidates who obtain 60% of the aggregate marks or more shall be placed in the First Division,those who obtain less than 60% but not less than 50% of the aggregate marks shall be placed in theSecond Division and those who secure less than 50% but not less than 40% of the aggregate marksshall be placed in the third Division.

9. If any regular candidate passes I, II, III and IV Semester Examinations and wishes to improvehis/her performance, he/she may appear in not more than 25% of the written papers (Theory) at theend semester examinations concerned not later than one year after the declaration of his/her result onpassing the complete examination. There shall be no improvement in the sessional work/ laboratory/viva-voce/ project/ seminar marks. The marks awarded to him/her for the sessional work andpractical examination during his/her regular course of study shall be carried forward. Suchcandidates shall not be allowed hostel accommodation.

Provided that such permission shall be granted only once, and that the candidate shall not havejoined any other course of study in the meanwhile.

Provided further that if the candidate fails to improve his/her performance the marks sheet and/ordegree awarded to him/her earlier shall not be withdrawn.

O.M. No. XM/SPA/F.Ord.57/II-550 dated 05.04.2007

131

TRANSITORY ORDINANCES TO CHAPTER XXIII(F)

The last Examination for regular candidates in the Faculty of Science & Life Sciences as perChapter XXIII and Chapter XXIII(E) of Ordinances (Academic) for M.A./M.Sc. and M.A./M.Sc.(Mathematics) respective shall be held as under:

M.A./M.Sc. (Previous) _____ 2003M.A./M.Sc. (Final) _____ 2004

Not withstanding anything contained in these Ordinances, candidates who fail in the abovementioned Examinations and are appearing at the next corresponding Examination shall be governedby the following Ordinances.

(i) Candidates who are admitted to M.A./M.Sc. degree programme in the Session 2003-2004 or earlierunder Chapter XXIII/XXIII(E) of the Ordinances (Academic) but due to shortage of attendance orotherwise could not appear in M.A./M.Sc. (Previous) Examination may be permitted to pursue theirstudies afresh within prescribed time limit under Chapter XXIII(F) of the Ordinances (Academic);provided that such candidates give an undertaking to abide by the Ordinances, Regulations andRules prescribed for the purpose.

(ii) Candidates who are admitted to M.A./M.Sc. degree programme in the session 2002-2003 or earlierunder Chapter XXIII/XXIII(E) of the Ordinances (Academic) but due to shortage of attendance orotherwise, could not appear at M.A./M.Sc. (Final) Examination, may be allowed to pursue theirstudies in M.A./M.Sc. (Final) under Chapter XXIII(F) of the Ordinances (Academic) as regularstudents. They shall be governed by the Ordinances under Chapter XXIII(F) effective from thesession 2003-2004. For such candidates, the result and division etc. shall be based on theperformance of M.A./M.Sc. (Previous) under old scheme of teaching and examination(Chapter XXIII/XXIII(E) as the case may be, (i.e. Course Structure) and the performance ofM.A./M.Sc. (III & IV Semester) under the Chapter XXIII(F) of the Ordinances (Academic).For such candidates there shall be no further continuation/re-admission in III Semester M.A./M.Sc.degree course as regular candidate after the expiry of four academic sessions from the date ofadmission to the M.A./M.Sc. degree course. However, the candidate may be permitted by AcademicCouncil, on the recommendations of the Chairman of the Department and the Dean of the Facultyconcerned to appear as an ex-student in the unlearned courses after the expiry of four academicsessions.

(iii) There shall be no equivalent course/subject under Chapter XXIII(F) of the Ordinances (Academic)in lieu of the course/subject of old scheme of teaching and examination schedule under ChapterXXIII/XXIII(E) in the Faculties of Science and Life Sciences.A candidate who has failed in the course(s) / subject(s) under the old scheme of Annual Systemunder Chapter XXIII/XXIII(E) shall be required to clear his/her unlearned course(s)/subject(s) of oldscheme of teaching examination. For such candidates, the sessional marks obtained earlier as regularcandidates shall be taken into account at the subsequent examinations.

(iv) Private candidates who were enrolled and have been allowed to appear in M.A. & M.Sc. (Previous)Examination, 2003-2004 or earlier under Chapter XXIII of the Ordinances (Academic) but havebeen eligible for appearing at M.A. & M.Sc. (Final) Examination, may be allowed to enrol as privatecandidates afresh under Chapter XXIII(F) for M.A. & M.Sc. (Semester System); provided that such

OM. No. XM/SPA/F.Ord.57/II-139 dated 08.7.2005.

OM. No. XM/SPA/FNo. 75/II-278 dated 27/28.3.2006.

132

candidates shall abide by the Ordinances (Academic), Regulations and Rules under semester systemfor the purpose.

(v) Private candidates who were enrolled in the session 2003-2004 or earlier under Chapter XXIII of theOrdinances (Academic) but could not appear at M.A. & M.Sc. (Final) Examination, may be allowedto appear in M.A. & M.Sc. (Final) Examination under Chapter XXIII(F) (Semester System). Forsuch candidates, the result and division etc. shall be based on the performance of M.A. & M.Sc.(Previous) under Old Scheme of Teaching and Examination (Annual System) and the performanceof M.A. & M.Sc. (III and IV Semesters) under New Scheme of Teaching and Examination(Semester System), However, private candidates may be permitted by Academic Council to appearin the uncleared courses after the expiry of four academic years.


133

CHAPTER-XXIII(G)

Master of Commerce (M.Com.)(Semester System)

(Effective from the session 2004-2005)(Master of Commerce (M.Com.)

(Finance and Accounting/International Business) (Semester System)

(Amendments effective from the session 2005-2006)

1. The degree of M.Com. in Finance and Accounting/International Business shall be awarded to acandidate who has passed B.Com. (Hons./Pass)/DBA examination of this University or anexamination recognized by the University as its equivalent and has undergone a regular course ofstudy for not less than two academic years, comprising of four semesters and has fulfilled allrequirements including those of attendance of the first, second, third and fourth semesters.*Private candidates may appear at M.Com. (Finance and Accounting/International Business)examinations; provided they fulfil the eligibility conditions laid down in Chapter XVII(A) (Revised)of Ordinances (Academic).

2. (a) A candidate shall be required to take 24 courses of four credits each in M.Com. in a manner thathe/she shall pursue 6 courses in each semester, of which four shall be compulsory and two optional.In addition, there shall be viva-voce examination at the end of each semester of one credit each.

(b) The courses, their credits and marks allotted to each course including the sessional work, project andviva-voce shall be as prescribed by the Academic Council on the recommendations of the Board ofStudies and the Faculty of Commerce from time to time.

3. In order to be qualified for the award of M.Com. Degree, a candidate shall have to pass in all thefour semester examinations so as to accumulate 100 credits distributed over four semesters of 24credits each plus one credit each for viva-voce examinations at the end of the semester.

4. The M.Com. examination in a course shall comprise of (a) End Semester Examination and (b)Sessional Work in each theory course and/or Laboratory course and/or project/dissertation and/orviva-voce examination as prescribed by the Academic Council on the recommendations of the Boardof Studies and the Faculty of Commerce from time to time.

5. (a) There shall be continuous evaluation consisting of sessional work spread over the semester,followed by the End Semester Examinations.

(b) The allocation of marks for each theory and laboratory course and/or Dissertation/Project shall be asfollows:

Sessional Work : 30%End Semester Examination : 70%

The viva-voce examinations at the end of each Semester shall consist of 25 marks each (ie one crediteach).

(c) Sessional work in each course shall be based on two class tests, or as specified by the Board ofStudies of the Department and Faculty of Commerce.

(d) The duration of End Semester Examination of each theory course shall be of two hours(e) The examination shall be open to candidates who have undergone a regular course of study in this

University and have put in at least 75% of attendance in all theory and other courses taken togetherin each semester.


O.M. No. XM/SPA/FN-57(XII)/II-444 dated 28.11.2006.

134

6. (a) To pass each course or project/dissertation or viva-voce examination and to accumulate creditsassigned to it, a candidate must obtain at least 45% of the total marks in sessional work and EndSemester Examination, taken together.Provided that a private candidate shall be exempted from sessional work. The marks obtained byprivate candidate in End Semester Examination of each course/subject shall be proportionatelyraised to the maximum marks allotted to the course/subject.

(b) A candidate, who fails to obtain the minimum required marks to pass a course, may be allowed toappear only at the subsequent End Semester Examination prescribed for that course. In no case, anysupplementary or special examination shall be held. The marks awarded at the subsequentexamination and the sessional marks obtained earlier in the course as a regular student shall be takeninto account. The marks of the courses in which the candidate has already passed shall be carriedforward.

(c) For ex-students, as defined in Chapter-XVII (A) (Semester System) of the Ordinances (Academic)permitted to appear in a subsequent End Semester Examination, marks awarded in sessional work oftheory courses and/or project/dissertation/ viva-voce during their regular course of study shall becarried forward.

§(d)Private candidates as define in Chapter XVII(A) (Revised) of the Ordinances (Academic) shall berequired to undertake 90 days Computer Training (45 days each in two semesters) related to his/herdegree programme in lieu of lab. courses to be prescribed for regular students at theDepartment/Computer Centre/Institute after successful completion of Computer Trainings as anessential requirement for the award of M.Com. degree.

7. (a) A candidate who fails to put in at least 75% of attendance in the first semester shall not be allowedto pursue his/her studies in second semester. Such candidate may apply to the Dean, Faculty ofCommerce for re-registration in the first semester in the next academic session. A candidate whofails to put in at least 75% of attendance in the second semester shall not be promoted to the thirdsemester. Such candidate may apply to the Dean Faculty of Commerce for re-registration in thesecond semester in the next academic session.Similarly, a regular student who fails to put in at least 75% attendance in the III/IV Semester, mayapply to the Dean of the Faculty of Commerce for re-registration in the III/IV Semester in the nextacademic session within the maximum permissible period.

(b) A candidate who puts in at least 75% of attendance in the first and second semesters separately butfails to accumulate/acquire 24 credits in the first and second semester examinations taken togethershall not be promoted to the third semester. He/she shall cease to be a regular student;Provided that the performance of the candidate in Viva-Voce examination at the end of I and IISemesters shall not be taken into consideration for his/her promotion to III Semester as per thisclause.

(c) A candidate who fails to accumulate at least 24 credits in the I & II semester examination puttogether may appear as an Ex-student only in End Semester Examination of the course(s) in whichhe/she has failed, at the next subsequent semester examination and subject to permission by theDean, Faculty of Commerce. An ex-student who thus having ceased to be a regular student,accumulate/acquires the minimum number of credits for promotion to third semester, shall re-register himself/herself as a regular student for third semester;Provided that a regular student who having fulfilled the minimum attendance requirement, fails tosecure the required number of credits for promotion to the third semester, may apply for re-registration as a regular student in the first and/or second semester. He/she shall have to fulfil theattendance requirement of first and/or second semester afresh and shall again perform sessionalwork and practicals and shall appear in the End Semester Examination of all the courses at the next

OM No. XM/SPA/ FN-57(XII)/II-444 dated 28.11.2006.

§OM No. XM/SPA/ FN-75/II-433 dated 9/13.11.2006.

135

examination of first and/or second semester. Similarly a regular candidate who having fulfilled theminimum attendance requirements of third and/or fourth semester, fails to accumulate the requirednumber of credits for obtaining the degree may also apply for re-registration as a regular student inthird and/or fourth semester. He/she shall also have to fulfil the attendance requirement afresh andshall again perform sessional work and practicals/project/dissertation and viva-voce and shall appearin the End Semester Examination of all the courses of third and/or fourth semester, any marksobtained in the immediately preceding semester(s) and the attendance shall be disregarded. Nocandidate shall be permitted to continue as a regular student for more than two consecutive years inany semester;Provided further that in case a candidate fails to accumulate required number of credits to obtain thedegree within 8 semesters from the date of his/her first admission, he/she shall cease to be a regularstudent. He/she may be permitted by the Academic Council to appear at the immediately followingEnd Semester Examinations of first and/or second and/or third and/or fourth semester(s), as the casemay be, as an ex-student only if he/she has undergone a regular course of study in third and fourthsemesters and has fulfilled attendance and other requirements of third and fourth semesters;Provided further that in no case a regular candidate shall be allowed to appear in the examinationbeyond 10 semesters from the date of his/her first admission.However, a private candidate shall not be allowed to appear in the examination to complete thedegree requirements beyond 12 semesters from the date of his/her first admission

(d) A candidate pursuing a regular course of study promoted to third/fourth semester can not receiveinstruction or undertake sessional work in any course of the first/second semester. However, acandidate while studying as a regular student of third/fourth semester, may appear in the EndSemester Examination of the backlog courses of first/second semester, as the case may be.

(e) A candidate who fails to obtain minimum required marks to pass the courses at the first and/or thirdsemester examinations, or is unable to take that examination for reasons beyond his/her control, maybe allowed to pursue the course of study for the second and/or fourth semester examination as thecase may be, subject to the permission by the Dean of the Faculty of Commerce.

(f) No candidate shall be eligible for M.Com. degree unless he/she has passed in all courses of the first,second, third and fourth semester examinations.

8. The division in which a successful candidate is to be placed shall be determined on the basis ofaggregate marks obtained by him/her in all the four semester examinations taken together.Candidates who obtain 60% of the aggregate marks or more shall be placed in the First Division,those who obtain less than 60% but not less than 50% of the total marks shall be placed in theSecond Division and those who secure less than 50% of the aggregate marks shall be placed in theThird Division.

9. If any regular candidate who passes first, second, third and fourth semester examinations but wishesto improve his/her performance, may re-appear at the End Semester Examination in not more than25% theory courses, not later than one year after the declaration of his/her result of passing thecomplete course. There shall be no improvement in the sessional work/viva-voce/project/dissertation marks. The marks awarded to him/her for the sessional work/viva voce/project/dissertation during his/her regular course of study shall be taken into consideration. Such candidatesshall not be provided hostel accommodation,Provided that such permission for improvement shall be granted only once, and subject to thecondition that the candidate is not pursuing or undergoing any other course of study in themeanwhile;Provided further that if the candidate fails to improve his/her performance, the marks sheet and/ordegree awarded to him/her earlier shall not be withdrawn.


136

TRANSITORY ORDINANCES TO CHAPTER XXIII(G)(for M.Com.)

Amendment for M.Com. (Finance and Accounting/International Business)

The last examination for regular candidates in the Faculty of Commerce as per Chapter XXIII ofOrdinances (Academic) for M.Com. shall be held as under:

M.Com. (Previous) _____ 2004M.Com. (Final) _____ 2005

Notwithstanding anything contained in these Ordinances, candidates who fail in the abovementioned examinations and are appearing at the next corresponding examination shall be governed by thefollowing Ordinances.

(i) Candidates who are admitted to M.Com. degree programme in the Session 2003-2004 or earlierunder Chapter XXIII of the Ordinances (Academic) but due to shortage of attendance or otherwisecould not appear in M. Com. (Previous) Examination may be permitted to pursue M.Com. degreeprogramme afresh within the prescribed time limit under new Chapter XXIII(G) of the Ordinances(Academic) provided that such candidates give an undertaking to abide by the Ordinances,Regulations and Rules prescribed for the purpose.There shall be no further continuation/re-admission to I semester M.Com. degree course as regularcandidate.

(ii) Candidates who are admitted to M.Com. degree programme in the session 2003-2004 or earlierunder Chapter XXIII of the Ordinances (Academic) but due to shortage of attendance or otherwise,could not appear at M.Com. (Final) Examination, may be allowed to pursue their studies in M.Com.(Final) under Chapter XXIII(G) of the Ordinances (Academic) as regular students. They shall begoverned by the Ordinances (Academic) under Chapter XXIII(G) effective from the session 2004-2005. For such candidates, the result and division etc. shall be based on the performance of M.Com.(Previous) under old scheme of teaching and examination (Chapter XXIII) and the performance ofM.Com. (III & IV Semesters) under the Chapter XXIII(G) of the Ordinances (Academic).For such candidates there shall be no further continuation/re-admission in III Semester M.Com.degree programme as regular candidate after the expiry of four academic sessions from the date ofadmission to the M.Com. degree programme. However, a candidate may be permitted by AcademicCouncil, on the recommendations of the Chairman of the Department and the Dean, Faculty ofCommerce to appear as an ex-student in the uncleared courses after the expiry of four academicyears.

(iii) There shall be no equivalent course/subject under Chapter XXIII(G) of the Ordinances (Academic)in lieu of the course/subject of old scheme of teaching and examination schedule under ChapterXXIII.A candidate who has failed in the course(s) / subject(s) under the old scheme of Annual Systemunder Chapter XXIII shall be required to clear his/her uncleared course(s)/subject(s) of old schemeof teaching examination. For such candidates, the sessional marks obtained earlier as regularcandidates shall be taken into account at the subsequent examinations. The marks of the courses inwhich the candidate has already passed shall be carried forward.

(iv) Private candidates who were enrolled and have been allowed to appear in M.Com. (Previous)Examination, 2003-2004 or earlier under Chapter XXIII of the Ordinances (Academic) but have

OM.No. XM/SPA/FN-57(XII)/II-444 dated 28.11.2006.


137

been eligible for appearing at M.Com. (Final) Examination, may be allowed to enrol as privatecandidates afresh under Chapter XXIII(G) for M.Com. (Semester System); provided that suchcandidates shall abide by the Ordinances (Academic), Regulations and Rules under semester systemfor the purpose.

(v) Private candidates who were enrolled in the session 2003-2004 or earlier under Chapter XXIII of theOrdinances (Academic) but could not appear at M.Com. (Final) Examination, may be allowed toappear in M.Com. (Final) Examination under Chapter XXIII(G) (Semester System). For suchcandidates, the result and division etc. shall be based on the performance of M.Com. (Previous)under Old Scheme of Teaching and Examination (Annual System) and the performance of M.Com.(III and IV Semesters) under New Scheme of Teaching and Examination (Semester System).However, private candidates may be permitted by Academic Council to appear in the unclearedcourses after the expiry of four academic years.

(vi) Candidates admitted in the session 2004 – 2005 or earlier shall be awarded M.Com. degree withoutspecialization if all the requirements for the award of degree have been fulfilled.


OM. No. XM/SPA/FN-57(XII)/II-444 dated 28.11.2006.

138

CHAPTER-XXIII(H)

FORM.A. (UNDER SEMESTER SYSTEM)(in the Faculty of Arts / Social Sciences)(Effective from the Session 2004-2005)

1. The degree of M.A. shall be awarded to a candidate who has passed B.A./B.Sc./B.Com. (Hons.) orPass examination of this University or an examination recognized by the University as its equivalentand has undergone a regular course of study for not less than two academic years comprising of foursemesters and has fulfilled all requirements including attendance of the first, second, third and fourthsemesters;Provided that it shall be open to the University to prescribe that in order to be eligible for admissionto a course of study leading to the M.A. degree in the Faculty of Arts/Social Sciences in a particularsubject, the candidate should have obtained the Bachelor’s degree with a particular subject as themain subject and/or with a particular set of subjects or to deem or not to deem candidates with theBachelor’s degree in a field or a particular set of subjects to be eligible for admission to the M.A.degree course in a particular subject or several or all subjects in the concerned Faculty.Private candidates as defined in Chapter XVII(A) of the Ordinances (Academic) may appear at theM.A examination, provided they fulfil the eligibility conditions prescribed for admission to regularcandidates with the conditions laid down in Chapter XVII(A) of Ordinances (Academic)

The candidates may offer one of the following subjects for the Master’s degree:A. M.A. (From the Faculty of Social Sciences):

(i) Economics(ii) Education(iii) History(iv) Human Rights (Not for private candidates)(v) Islamic Studies(vi) Political Science(vii) Psychology(viii) Public Administration(ix) Sociology(x) West Asian Studies

B. M.A. (From the Faculty of Arts):(i) Arabic(ii) English Literature(iii) English Language Teaching (ELT) (Not for private candidates)(iv) Hindi(v) Linguistics(vi) Persian(vii) Philosophy(viii) Sanskrit(ix) Urdu(x) Modern Indian Languages (Bengali, Malyalam, Telugu and Tamil)

2. (a) A candidate shall be required to take a number of courses (ordinarily five in each semester) ina Department in accordance with the decisions of the Academic Council on therecommendations of the Board of Studies of the concerned Department and the Faculty. Thecourses shall carry specified number of credits and marks.

O.M. No. XM/PS/FN 63/II-77 dated 6.4.2005.

139

(b) In order to be eligible for the award of the M.A. degree, a candidate shall have to pass insemester examinations so as to acquire/accumulate 80 credits distributed in four semesters of20 credits each alongwith 2 credits each for viva-voce examinations at the end of II and IVsemesters (ie to accumulate a total of 84 credits for the award of M.A. degree), in the manneras specified in Clause (6) below;Provided that in the subjects of Education and Psychology, there shall be practical courses oftwo or four credits each as specified by the Board of Studies concerned and the Faculty ofSocial Science. Private candidates shall have to undertake practicals in the manner prescribedin Chapter XVII(A).

(c) If a candidate wishes to accumulate additional credits by regular study in the course(s) apartfrom the prescribed courses in the same Department or in any other Department in theconcerned Faculty or in any other Faculty, he/she may be permitted with the consent of theDepartment and the Faculty concerned.

3. (a) The M.A. examination in a course shall comprise of End Semester Examination in Theory/Practical course and sessional work and/or practical work and/or project/dissertation and/orseminar and/or viva-voce examinations as prescribed by the Academic Council on therecommendations of the concerned Board of Studies and the Faculty.

(b) There shall be continuous evaluation consisting of sessional work spread over the semester,followed by End Semester Examinations at the end of each semester.

4. (a) The allocation of marks in various components of evaluation for each course shall be asfollows:

Sessional Work : 25% marksEnd Semester Examination : 75% marks

(b) Sessional work in each course shall be based on tutorial assignments/seminar/groupdiscussion/essay writing/ class tests/practical work (if any) or as specified by the concernedBoard of Studies of Department.

(c) The duration of examination of all courses shall be as decided by the Board of Studies of theconcerned Department and the Faculty.

(d) The syllabus of various courses shall specify major topics to be taught during a semester.Ordinarily, the topics to be distributed among three/four distinct units shall be such that thecandidate shall have to answer three/four questions, one question from each unit. The Facultyon the recommendation of the Board of Studies of the Department may specify a differentpattern for setting a question paper of a Theory course.

5. The examination shall be open to candidates who have under gone a regular course of study in thisUniversity and have put in at least 75% attendance in all the theory, laboratory and other coursestaken together in each semester. The examination shall also be open to the private candidates asdefined in Chapter-XVII(A) of the Ordinances (Academic);

Provided that the minimum attendance requirement of 75% shall also have to be fulfilled by thecandidate for each additional course separately, so that he/she can appear in the End SemesterExamination and perform sessional work/practicals (wherever prescribed) in the concernedadditional course.

140

6. (a) To pass each of the theory/laboratory/project/seminar/viva-voce courses and to accumulatecredits assigned to it, a candidate must obtain at least 36% of the total marks in sessionalwork and End Semester Examination, taken together;


(b) A candidate, who fails to obtain the minimum required marks to pass in a course, may beallowed to appear only at the subsequent End Semester Examination prescribed for thatcourse. The marks awarded at the subsequent examination and the sessional marks obtainedearlier as a regular student shall be taken into account. The marks of the courses in which thecandidate has already passed shall be carried forward.

(c) For ex-students, as defined in Chapter-XVII(A) of the Ordinances (Academic), permitted toappear in a subsequent End Semester Examination, marks awarded in the sessionals/ practicalwork/ project/dissertation during their regular course of study shall be carried forward.

(d) In no case, supplementary or special examination shall be held.

7. (a) A candidate who fails to put in at least 75% attendance in the I semester shall not be allowedto pursue the studies in II semester. Such candidate may apply to the Dean of the Faculty forre - registration in the I semester in the next academic session. A candidate who fails to put inat least 75% attendance in the II semester shall not be promoted to III semester. Suchcandidate may apply to the Dean of the concerned Faculty for re-registration in the IIsemester in the next academic session.

A regular student who fails to put in at least 75% attendance in the III/IV semester, may apply to theDean of the concerned Faculty for re-registration in the III/IV semester in the next academic sessionwithin the maximum permissible period of four academic sessions from the date of his/heradmission.

(b) A candidate who puts in 75% attendance in the I and II semesters separately but fails toacquire 20 credits in the I and II semester examinations taken together shall not be promotedto the III semester. He/she shall cease to be a regular student;

Provided that the performance of candidate in viva-voce examination at the end of II semesterexamination shall not be taken into consideration for his/her promotion to III semester.However, he/she may appear as an ex - student only in End Semester Examination of the course(s)in which he/she has failed, at the next semester examination. An ex-student who thus having ceasedto be a regular student, acquires the minimum number of credits for promotion to III semester, shallre-register himself/herself as a regular student for appearing at the examination of III semester;

Provided that a regular candidate who having fulfilled the minimum attendance requirement, fails tosecure the required number of credits for promotion to the III semester, may apply for re-registrationas a regular student in the I or/and II Semester(s). He/she shall have to fulfil the attendancerequirement afresh and shall again perform sessional work and practicals and shall appear in the EndSemester Examination of all the courses at the next examination of I and II semesters, any marksobtained in the immediately preceding year and the attendance being disregarded. Similarly, aregular candidate who having fulfilled the minimum attendance requirement, fails to secure therequired number of credits for obtaining the degree, may also apply for re-registration as a regularstudent in III and/or IV semester. He/she shall have to fulfil the attendance requirement afresh and

141

shall again perform sessional work and practicals/ project and shall appear in all End SemesterExamination of the courses at the next examination of III and/or IV Semester, any marks obtained inthe immediately preceding year and the attendance being disregarded. But no candidate shall bepermitted to continue as a regular student for more than two times in any semester;Provided further that in case a candidate fails to accumulate required number of credits to obtain thedegree within 8 semesters from the date of his/her first admission, he/she shall cease to be a regularstudent. He/she may be permitted to appear at the next immediately following End SemesterExaminations of I and/or II and/or of III and/or IV semester courses, as the case may be, as an ex-student permitted by the Academic Council only if he has undergone a regular course of study in IIIand IV semesters and after having fulfilled attendance and other requirements of III and IVsemesters;Provided further that in no case a regular candidate shall be allowed to appear in the examinationbeyond 10 semesters from the date of his/her first admission.However, a private candidate shall not be allowed to appear in the examination to complete thedegree requirements beyond 12 semesters from the date of his/her first admission

(c) A candidate pursuing a regular course of study promoted to III/ IV semester can not receiveinstruction or undertake sessional work in any course of the I/ II semester;

Provided that a candidate while studying as a regular student of III/IV semester, may appear in theEnd Semester Examination of the backlog courses of I/II semester as the case may be.

(d) A candidate who fails to obtain minimum required marks to pass in the courses at the I or/andIII semester examinations, or is unable to take that examination for reasons beyond his/hercontrol may be allowed to pursue the course of study for the II and /or IV semesterexamination as the case may be.

(e) No candidate shall be eligible for M.A. degree in a subject unless he/she has passed in allcourses for the I,II,III and IV semester examinations.

8. The division in which a successful candidate is to be placed shall be determined on the basis ofaggregate marks obtained by him/her in all the four semester examinations taken together.Candidates who obtain 60% of the aggregate marks or more shall be placed in the First Division,those who obtain less than 60% but not less than 50% of the aggregate marks shall be placed in theSecond Division and those who secure less than 50% of the aggregate marks shall be placed in theThird Division;Provided that the accumulated credits of additional course(s) by the candidate shall not be countedtowards Division.

9. If any regular candidate passes I, II, III and IV semester examinations and wishes to improve his/herperformance, he/she may appear at the End Semester Examination of not more than 25% of theTheory Courses at the End Semester Examinations concerned not later than one year after thedeclaration of his/her result on passing the complete examination. There shall be no improvement inthe sessional work/ practicals/ viva-voce/ project/dissertation/ seminar. The marks awarded tohim/her for the sessional work and practical examination during his/her regular course of study shallbe carried forward. Such candidates shall not be allowed hostel accommodation;Provided that such permission shall be granted only once, and that the candidate is not perusing anyother course of study in the meanwhile;Provided further that if the candidate fails to improve his/her performance, the marks sheet and/ordegree awarded to him/her earlier shall not be withdrawn.


142

TRANSITORY ORDINANCES TO CHAPTER XXIII(H)(for M.A. in the Faculty of Arts/Social Sciences)

The last examination for regular candidates in the Faculty of Arts/Social Sciences as per ChapterXXIII of Ordinances (Academic) for M.A. shall be held as under:M.A. (Previous) _____ 2004M.A. (Final) _____ 2005Notwithstanding anything contained in these Ordinances, candidates who fail in the abovementioned examinations and are appearing at the next corresponding examination shall be governedby the following Ordinances.

(i) Candidates who are admitted to M.A. degree programme in the Session 2003-2004 or earlier underChapter XXIII of the Ordinances (Academic) but due to shortage of attendance or otherwise couldnot appear in M.A. (Previous) Examination, may be permitted to pursue M.A. degree programmeafresh within the prescribed time limit under new Chapter XXIII(H) of the Ordinances (Academic)provided that such candidates give an undertaking to abide by the Ordinances, Regulations andRules prescribed for the purpose.There shall be no further continuation/re-admission to I semester M.A. degree course as regularcandidate.

(ii) Candidates who are admitted to M.A. degree programme in the session 2003-2004 or earlier underChapter XXIII of the Ordinances (Academic) but due to shortage of attendance or otherwise, couldnot appear at M.A. (Final) Examination, may be allowed to pursue their studies in M.A. (Final)under Chapter XXIII(H) of the Ordinances (Academic) as regular students. They shall be governedby the Ordinances (Academic) under Chapter XXIII(H) effective from the session 2004-2005. Forsuch candidates, the result and division etc. shall be based on the performance of M.A. (Previous)under old scheme of teaching and examination (Chapter XXIII) and the performance of M.A. (III &IV Semesters) under the Chapter XXIII(H) of the Ordinances (Academic).For such candidates there shall be no further continuation/re-admission in III Semester M.A. degreeprogramme as regular candidate after the expiry of four academic sessions from the date ofadmission to the M.A. degree programme. However, a candidate may be permitted by AcademicCouncil, on the recommendations of the Chairman of the Department and the Dean of the concernedFaculty to appear as an ex-student in the uncleared courses after the expiry of four academic years.

(iii) There shall be no equivalent course/subject under Chapter XXIII(H) of the Ordinances (Academic)in lieu of the course/subject of old scheme of teaching and examination schedule under ChapterXXIII.A candidate who has failed in the course(s) / subject(s) under the old scheme of Annual Systemunder Chapter XXIII shall be required to clear his/her uncleared course(s)/subject(s) of old schemeof teaching examination. For such candidates, the sessional marks obtained earlier as regularcandidates shall be taken into account at the subsequent examinations. The marks of the courses inwhich the candidate has already passed shall be carried forward.

(iv) Private candidates who were enrolled and have been allowed to appear in M.A. (Previous)Examination, 2003-2004 or earlier under Chapter XXIII of the Ordinances (Academic) but havebeen eligible for appearing at M.A. (Final) Examination, may be allowed to enrol as privatecandidates afresh under Chapter XXIII(H) for M.A. (Semester System); provided that suchcandidates shall abide by the Ordinances (Academic), Regulations and Rules under semester systemfor the purpose.


143 (v) Private candidates who were enrolled in the session 2003-2004 or earlier under Chapter XXIII of the

Ordinances (Academic) but could not appear at M.A. (Final) Examination, may be allowed to appearin M.A. (Final) Examination under Chapter XXIII(H) (Semester System). For such candidates, theresult and division etc. shall be based on the performance of M.A. (Previous) under Old Scheme ofTeaching and Examination (Annual System) and the performance of M.A. (III and IV Semesters)under New Scheme of Teaching and Examination (Semester System), However, private candidatesmay be permitted by Academic Council to appear in the uncleared courses after the expiry of fouracademic years.


144

CHAPTER-XXIII(J)

FORMaster of Fine Arts (M.F.A) (UNDER SEMESTER SYSTEM)

(in the Faculty of Arts)(Effective from the Session 2004-2005)

1. The degree of Master of Fine Arts shall be awarded to a candidate who has passed BFA (Four YearCourse) examination of this University or has passed B.A. (Hons.) in Fine Arts provided he/she hassuccessfully completed either 1-year Pre-M.F.A. (Bridge course) or 1-year Diploma in Applied Artsor an examination recognized by the University as its equivalent and has undergone a regular courseof study for not less than two academic years comprising of four semesters and has fulfilled allrequirements including attendance of the first, second, third and fourth semesters.

2.(a) A candidate shall be required to take a five theory and practical courses during each semester inaccordance with the decisions of the Academic Council on the recommendations of the Board ofStudies of Department of Fine Arts and the Faculty of Arts. The courses shall carry four credits of100 marks or two credits of 50 marks each.

(b) In order to be eligible for the award of the MFA degree, a candidate shall have to pass in semesterexaminations so as to acquire/accumulate 80 credits distributed in four semesters of 20 credits eachalongwith 2 credits each for dissertation and viva-voce examinations at the end of IV semester (ie toaccumulate a total of 84 credits for the award of M.F.A. degree), in the manner as specified inClause (6) below;

3.(a) The courses, the credits and marks allotted to each course shall be as prescribed by the AcademicCouncil on the recommendations of the Board of Studies of the Department of Fine Arts and theFaculty of Arts.

(b) Each course shall comprise of End Semester Examination and sessional work and/or practicalsand/or project/dissertation and/or viva-voce examinations as prescribed by the Academic Council onthe recommendations of the Board of Studies of the Department of Fine Arts and the Faculty ofArts.

4.(a) There shall be continuous evaluation in each course consisting of sessional work and/or practicalwork spread over the entire semester, followed by End Semester Examinations at the end of eachsemester.

(b) The allocation of marks in various components of evaluation for each theory /practicalcourse/dissertation /project etc. shall be as follows:

Sessional Work : 25%End Semester Examination : 75%

(c) Sessional work in each course shall be as specified by the Board of Studies of the Department ofFine Arts and the Faculty of Arts.

5. The examination shall be open to candidates who have undergone a regular course of study in thisUniversity and have put in at least 75% attendance in all the theory, practical and other coursestaken together in each semester.


145

6.(a) To pass each of the theory/practical/project/dissertation/viva-voce courses and to accumulate creditsassigned to it, a candidate must obtain at least 40% of the total marks in sessional work and EndSemester Examination, taken together and 50% of the aggregate marks of all the four semesters.

A candidate who has cleared all the courses of all the four semesters but fails to obtain requiredpercentage of the aggregates marks of all the four semesters for the award of Master’s degree in FineArts, shall appear as an ex-student at the subsequent examinations in the End Semester Examinationcomponent of one or more theory and/or practical courses. The sessional marks awarded earlierduring his/her regular course of study shall be carried forward.

(b) A candidate who fails to obtain the minimum required marks to pass in a course may be allowed toappear only at the subsequent End Semester Examination prescribed for that course. In no case,supplementary or special examination shall be held. The marks awarded at the subsequentexamination and the sessional marks obtained earlier as a regular student shall be taken into account.The marks of the courses in which the candidate has already passed shall be carried forward.

(c) For ex-students, as defined in Chapter-XVII(A) of the Ordinances (Academic), permitted to appearin a subsequent End Semester Examination, sessional marks awarded in various courses during theirregular course of study shall be carried forward.

7.(a) A candidate who fails to put in at least 75% attendance in the I semester shall not be allowed topursue the studies in II semester. Such candidate may apply to the Dean of the Faculty for re -registration in the I semester in the next academic session. A candidate who fails to put in at least75% attendance in the II semester shall not be promoted to III semester. Such candidate may applyto the Dean of the concerned Faculty for re-registration in the II semester in the next academicsession.

A regular student who fails to put in at least 75% attendance in the III/IV semester, may apply to theDean of the concerned Faculty for re-registration in the III/IV semester in the next academic sessionwithin the maximum permissible period of four academic sessions.

(b) A candidate who puts in 75% attendance in the I and II semesters separately but fails to acquire 20credits in the I and II semester examinations taken together shall not be promoted to the III semester.He/she shall cease to be a regular student;

Provided that the performance of candidate in viva-voce examination at the end of II semesterexamination shall not be taken into consideration for his/her promotion to III semester.

However, he/she may appear as an ex - student only in End Semester Examination of the course(s)in which he/she has failed, at the next semester examinations. An ex-student who thus having ceasedto be a regular student, acquires the minimum number of credits for promotion to III semester, shallre-register himself/herself as a regular student for appearing at the examination of III semester;

Provided that a regular candidate who having fulfilled the minimum attendance requirement, fails tosecure the required number of credits for promotion to the III semester, may apply for re-registrationas a regular student in the I or/and II Semester(s). He/she shall have to fulfil the attendancerequirement afresh and shall again perform sessional work and practicals and shall appear in the EndSemester Examination of all the courses at the next examination of I and/or II semester. Any marksobtained in the immediately preceding year and the attendance shall be disregarded. Similarly aregular candidate who having fulfilled the minimum attendance requirement, fails to secure therequired number of credits for obtaining the degree, may also apply for re-registration as a regular

146

student in III and/or IV semester. He/she shall have to fulfil the attendance requirement afresh andshall again perform sessional work and practicals/project and shall appear in all End SemesterExamination of the courses at the next examination of III and/or IV Semester, any marks obtained inthe immediately preceding year and the attendance shall be disregarded. But no candidate shall bepermitted to continue as a regular student for more than two consecutive years in any semester;

Provided further that in case a candidate fails to accumulate required number of credits to obtain thedegree within 8 semesters from the date of his/her first admission, he/she shall cease to be a regularstudent. He/she may be permitted to appear at the immediately following End SemesterExaminations of I and/or II and/or of III and/or IV semester courses, as the case may be, as an ex-student if he/she has undergone a regular course of study in III and IV semesters and after havingfulfilled attendance and other requirements of III and IV semesters;

Provided further that in no case a candidate shall be allowed to appear in the examination beyond 10semesters from the date of his/her first admission.

(c) A candidate pursuing a regular course of study and promoted to III/ IV semester can not receiveinstruction or undertake sessional work in any course of the I/ II semester;Provided that a candidate while studying as a regular student of III/IV semester, may appear in theEnd Semester Examination of the backlog courses of I/II semester as the case may be.

(d) A candidate who fails to obtain minimum required marks to pass in the courses at the I or/and IIIsemester examinations, or is unable to take that examination for reasons beyond his/her control maybe allowed to pursue the course of study for the II and /or IV semester examination as the case maybe.

8. The division in which a successful candidate is to be placed shall be determined on the basis ofaggregate marks obtained by him/her in all the four semester examinations taken together.Candidates who obtain 60% of the aggregate marks or more shall be placed in the First Division andthose who obtain less than 60% but not less than 50% of the aggregate marks shall be placed in theSecond Division.

9. If any regular candidate passes I, II, III and IV semester examinations and wishes to improve his/herperformance, he/she may appear at the End Semester Examination in not more than 25% of theTheory & Practical courses not later than one year after the declaration of his/her result on passingthe complete examination. There shall be no improvement in the sessional work/viva-voce/project/dissertation/seminar. The marks awarded to him/her for the sessional work during his/herregular course of study shall be carried forward. Such candidates shall not be allowed hostelaccommodation;

Provided that such permission shall be granted only once, and that the candidate is not pursuing orundergoing any other course of study in the meanwhile;

Provided further that if the candidate fails to improve his/her performance, the marks sheet and/ordegree awarded to him/her earlier shall not be withdrawn.

147

TRANSITORY ORDINANCES TO CHAPTER XXIII(J)(for MFA in the Faculty of Arts)

1. Candidates who have obtained BA (Hons.) in Fine Arts degree and those who have passed B.A.(Hons.) with Fine Arts as a subsidiary subject and one year Diploma in Applied Arts may beconsidered for admission to MFA degree programme for the session 2004 – 2005.

2. The last Examination for regular candidates in the Faculty of Arts as per Chapter XXIII(D) ofOrdinances (Academic) for MFA shall be held as under:

MFA (Previous) _____ 2004MFA (Final) _____ 2005

Not withstanding anything contained in these Ordinances, candidates who fail in the abovementioned Examinations and are appearing at the next corresponding Examination shall be governedby the following Ordinances.

(i) Candidates who are admitted to MFA degree programme in the Session 2003-2004 or earlier underChapter XXIII(D) of the Ordinances (Academic) but due to shortage of attendance or otherwisecould not appear in MFA (Previous) Examination may be permitted to pursue their studies afreshwithin prescribed time limit under new Chapter XXIII(J) of the Ordinances (Academic); providedthat such candidates given an undertaking to abide by the Ordinances, Regulations and Rulesprescribed for the purpose. There shall be no further continuation/re-admission to I Semester MFAdegree course as regular candidate.

(ii) Candidates who are admitted to MFA degree programme in the session 2003-2004 or earlier underChapter XXIII(D) of the Ordinances (Academic) but due to shortage of attendance or otherwise,could not appear at MFA (Final) Examination, may be allowed to pursue their studies in MFA(Final) under Chapter XXIII(J) of the Ordinances (Academic) as regular students. They shall begoverned by the Ordinances (Academic) under Chapter XXIII(J) effective from the session 2004-2005. For such candidates, the result and division etc. shall be based on the performance of MFA(Previous) under old scheme of teaching and examination (Chapter XXIII(D)) and the performanceof MFA (III & IV Semesters) under the Chapter XXIII(J) of the Ordinances (Academic). For suchcandidates there shall be no further continuation/re-admission in III Semester MFA degreeprogramme as regular candidate after the expiry of four academic sessions from the date ofadmission to the MFA degree programme. However, the candidate may be permitted by AcademicCouncil, on the recommendations of the Chairman of the Department of Fine Arts and the Dean ofthe Faculty of Arts to appear as an ex-student in the uncleared courses after the expiry of fouracademic years.

(iii) There shall be no equivalent course/subject under Chapter XXIII(J) of the Ordinances (Academic) inlieu of the course/subject of old scheme of teaching and examination schedule under ChapterXXIII(D). A candidate who has failed in the course(s) / subject(s) under the old scheme of AnnualSystem under Chapter XXIII(D) shall be required to clear his/her uncleared course(s)/subject(s) ofold scheme of teaching examination. For such candidates, the sessional marks obtained earlier asregular candidates shall be taken into account at the subsequent examinations. The marks of thecourses in which the candidate has already passed shall be carried forward.

148

CHAPTER-XXIII(K)

Master of Physical Education (MPE)in the Faculty of Social Science

(Under Semester System)(Effective from the Session 2004-2005)

1.(a) The degree of Master of Physical Education (MPE) shall be awarded to a candidate who has passedB.A./B.Sc.(Hons.) in Physical Health and Sports/Bachlor of Physical Education (BPE) degree of thisUniversity or an examination recognised by the University as its equivalent with not less 50% marksin aggregate and has undergone a regular course of study for not less than two academic yearscomprising of four semesters and has fulfilled all requirements including attendance of the first,second, third and fourth semesters.

(b) Candidates seeking admission to MPE course will be selected on merit based on the DepartmentalAptitude and, Physical Fitness Test and aggregate marks at the qualifying examination.

2.(a) A candidate shall be required to take a number of courses (five courses in each semester) inaccordance with the decision of the Academic Council on the recommendations of the Board ofStudies of the Department of Physical Health and Sports Education and the Faculty of SocialScience. The courses shall carry specified number of credits and marks.

(b) In order to be qualified for the award of degree of Master of Physical Education, a candidate shallhave to pass in all the four semester examinations so as to accumulate 80 credits distributed in foursemesters of 20 credits each alongwith four credits for viva-voce examinations in the manner asspecified in Clause (6) below.

3. The MPE examination in a course shall comprise of End Semester Examination and sessional workand/or practical work and/or project/dissertation and/or viva-voce examinations as prescribed by theAcademic Council on the recommendations of the Board of Studies of Department of PhysicalHealth and Sports Education and the Faculty of Social Science.

4.(a) There shall be continuous evaluation consisting of sessional work spread over the semester,followed by End Semester Examinations at the end of each semester.

(b) The allocation of marks in various components of evaluation for each course shall be as follows:Sessional Work : 25% marksEnd Semester Examination : 75% marks

(c) Sessional work in each course shall be based on tutorial assignments/seminar/group discussion/essay writing/ class tests/practical work (if any) or as specified by the concerned Board of Studies,of the Department of Physical Health and Sports Education.

5. The examination shall be open to candidates who have under gone a regular course of study in thisUniversity and have put in at least 75% attendance in all the theory, practial and other courses takentogether in each semester.

6.(a) To pass each of the theory/practical/project/dissertation/viva-voce courses and to accumulate creditsassigned to it, a candidate must obtain at least 40% of the total marks in sessional work and EndSemester Examination, taken together;


149

(b) A candidate who fails to obtain the minimum required marks to pass in a course may be allowed toappear only at the subsequent End Semester Examination prescribed for that course. The marksawarded at the subsequent examination and the sessional marks obtained earlier as a regular studentshall be taken into account. The marks of the courses in which the candidate has already passedshall be carried forward.

(c) For ex-students, as defined in Chapter-XVII(A) of the Ordinances (Academic), permitted to appearin a subsequent End Semester Examination, marks awarded in the sessionals/ practical work/project/dissertation during their regular course of study shall be carried forward.


7.(a) A candidate who fails to put in at least 75% attendance in the I semester shall not be allowed topursue the studies in II semester. Such candidate may apply to the Dean of the Faculty for re -registration in the I semester in the next academic session. A candidate who fails to put in at least75% attendance in the II semester shall not be promoted to III semester. Such candidate may applyto the Dean of the Faculty for re-registration in the II semester in the next academic session.

A regular student who fails to put in at least 75% attendance in the III/IV semester, may apply to theDean of the Faculty for re-registration in the III/IV semester in the next academic session within themaximum permissible period of four academic sessions from the date of his/her admission.



However, he/she may appear as an ex - student only in End Semester Examination of the course(s)in which he/she has failed, at the next semester examinations. A candidate who thus having ceasedto be a regular student, acquires the minimum number of credits for promotion to III semester, shallre-register himself/herself as a regular student for appearing at the examination of III semester;

Provided that a regular candidate who having fulfilled the minimum attendance requirement, fails tosecure the required number of credits for promotion to the III semester, may apply for re-registrationas a regular student in the I or/and II semester(s). He/she shall have to fulfil the attendancerequirement afresh and shall again perform sessional work and practicals and shall appear in the EndSemester Examination of all the courses at the next examination of I and II semesters. Any marksobtained in the immediately preceding year and the attendance shall be disregarded. Similarly aregular candidate who having fulfilled the minimum attendance requirement, fails to secure therequired number of credits for obtaining the degree, may also apply for re-registration as a regularstudent in III and/or IV semester. He/she shall have to fulfil the attendance requirement afresh andshall again perform sessional work and practicals/ project etc and shall appear in all End SemesterExamination of the courses at the next examination of III and/or IV Semester. Any marks obtainedin the immediately preceding year and the attendance shall be disregarded. But no candidate shall bepermitted to continue as a regular student for more than two consecutive years in any semester;

Provided further that in case, a candidate fails to accumulate required number of credits to obtain thedegree within 8 semesters from the date of his/her first admission, he/she shall cease to be a regularstudent. He/she may be permitted to appear at the immediately following End Semester

150

Examinations of I and/or II and/or of III and/or IV semester courses, as the case may be, as an ex-student permitted by the Academic Council only if he/she has undergone a regular course of study inIII and/or IV semesters and after having fulfilled attendance and other requirements of III and IVsemesters;

Provided further that in no case a candidate shall be allowed to appear in the examination beyond 10semesters from the date of his/her first admission;


(d) A candidate who fails to obtain minimum required marks to pass the courses at the I or/and IIIsemester examinations, or is unable to take that examination for reasons beyond his/her control maybe allowed to pursue the course of study for the II and /or IV semester examination as the case maybe.

(e) No candidate shall be eligible for MPE degree unless he/she has passed all courses for the I,II,III andIV semester examinations.

8. The division in which a successful candidate is to be placed shall be determined on the basis ofaggregate marks obtained by him/her in all the four semester examinations taken together.Candidates who obtain 60% of the aggregate marks or more shall be placed in the First Division,those who obtain less than 60% but not less than 50% of the aggregate marks shall be placed in theSecond Division and those who secure less than 50% of the aggregate marks shall be placed in theThird Division;

9. If any regular candidate passes I, II, III and IV semester examinations and wishes to improve his/herperformance, he/she may appear at the End Semester Examination of not more than 25% of theTheory Courses not later than one year after the declaration of his/her result on passing the completeexamination. There shall be no improvement in the sessional work/ practicals/ viva-voce/project/dissertation/ seminar. The marks awarded to him/her for the sessional work and practicalexamination during his/her regular course of study shall be carried forward. Such candidates shallnot be allowed hostel accommodation;



151

TRANSITORY ORDINANCES TO CHAPTER XXIII(K)

(for MPE in the Faculty of Social Sciences)

The last examination for regular candidates in the Faculty of Social Sciences as per ChapterXXIII-C of Ordinances (Academic) for MPE shall be held as under:

MPE (Previous) _____ 2004MPE (Final) _____ 2005

Notwithstanding anything contained in these Ordinances, candidates who fail in the abovementioned Examinations and are appearing at the next corresponding Examination shall be governed bythe following Ordinances.

(i) Candidates who are admitted to MPE degree programme in the Session 2003-2004 or earlier underChapter XXIII-C of the Ordinances (Academic) but due to shortage of attendance or otherwise couldnot appear in MPE (Previous) Examination, may be permitted to pursue their studies afresh withinprescribed time limit under new Chapter XXIII(K) of the Ordinances (Academic); provided thatsuch candidates give an undertaking to abide by the Ordinances, Regulations and Rules prescribedfor the purpose.There shall be no further continuation/re-admission to I semester MPE degree course as regularcandidate.

(ii) Candidates who are admitted to MPE degree programme in the session 2003-2004 or earlier underChapter XXIII-C of the Ordinances (Academic) but due to shortage of attendance or otherwise,could not appear at MPE (Final) Examination, may be allowed to pursue their studies in MPE(Final) under Chapter XXIII(K) of the Ordinances (Academic) as regular students. They shall begoverned by the Ordinances (Academic) under Chapter XXIII(K)) effective from the session 2004-2005. For such candidates, the result and division etc. shall be based on the performance of MPE(Previous) under old scheme of teaching and examination (Chapter XXIII-C) and the performanceof MPE (III & IV Semesters) under the Chapter XXIII(K) of the Ordinances (Academic).

For such candidates there shall be no further continuation/re-admission in III Semester MPE degreeprogramme as regular candidate after the expiry of four academic sessions from the date ofadmission to the MPE degree programme. However, a candidate may be permitted by AcademicCouncil, on the recommendations of the Chairman of the Department and the Dean of the concernedFaculty to appear as an ex-student in the uncleared courses after the expiry of four academic years.

(iii) There shall be no equivalent course/subject under Chapter XXIII(K) of the Ordinances (Academic)in lieu of the course/subject of old scheme of teaching and examination schedule under ChapterXXIII-C.A candidate who has failed in the course(s) / subject(s) under the old scheme of Annual Systemunder Chapter XXIII-C shall be required to clear his/her uncleared course(s)/subject(s) of oldscheme of teaching examination. For such candidates, the sessional marks obtained earlier as regularcandidates shall be taken into account at the subsequent examinations. The marks of the courses inwhich the candidate has already passed shall be carried forward.


152

CHAPTER XXIII(L)

(a) M.Sc. (Agriculture) in Plant Protection/Microbiologyand

(b) M.Tech. in Agricultural Process & Food Engineering(c) Master of Agricultural Economics and Business Management

(Semester System)(Effective from the Session 2005-2006)

1. The degree of M.Sc. (Agriculture) in Plant Protection/Microbiology shall be awarded to a candidatewho has passed B.Sc. (Agriculture)/B.Sc. (Microbiology)/B.Sc. (Biochemistry)/ B.Sc. (LifeSciences) Examination of this University or an Examination recognised by the University as itsequivalent with Zoology, Botany & Chemistry of equal value or with Zoology/Botany/Chemistry asmain/major subject and the other two as subsidiary subjects;

ORThe degree of M.Tech. in Agriculture Process & Food Engineering shall be awarded to a candidatewho has passed B.Tech. degree in Agriculture/Chemical/Mechanical/Food/Dairy Engineering orM.Sc. in Physics/Chemistry/Industrial Chemistry alongwith B.Sc. degree Examination with Physics,Chemistry & Mathematics/Industrial Chemistry of this University or an Examination recognised bythe University as its equivalent.

ORThe degree of Master in Agricultural Economics and Business Management (MAEBM) shall beawarded to a candidate who has passed Bachelor’s degree in any discipline of this University or anExamination recognised by the University at its equivalent.

andhas undergone a regular course of study for not less than two academic years comprising of foursemesters and has fulfilled all the requirements including attendance of the first, second, third andfourth semesters;

2. The Examination for M.Sc. (Agriculture) in Plant Protection/Microbiology, Master of AgriculturalEconomics and Business Management and M.Tech. in Agricultural Process & Food Engineeringshall be open to:(a) candidates who have undergone a regular course of study in the University.(b) ex-students as defined in Chapter XVII(A) (Revised) of the Ordinances (Academic).

3. (a) A candidate shall be required to take a number of courses in accordance with the decisions ofthe Academic Council based on the recommendations of the Board of Studies of theconcerned Department and the Faculty of Agricultural Sciences. The courses shall carryspecified number of credits.

(b) In order to be eligible for the award of the Master’s Degree, a candidate shall have to pass inthe semester examinations so as to acquire/accumulate atleast 64 or more credits (decided bythe Board of Studies of the concerned Department/Faculty of the Agricultural Sciences andapproved by the Academic Council) distributed in four semesters. There may be a provisionof Educational Tour of 2 credits based on report and internal assessment.

(c) A semester shall normally be of 90 working days, and 1 period of teaching instruction perweek for 1 credit of theory course and 2 periods per week for 1 credit practical/ laboratorycourse/project/dissertation.

OM No. XM/SPA/II-368 dated 22/24.7.2006.

153

4. The credits and marks allotted to each theory course/practical course / project/dissertation/ seminarand viva-voce shall be as prescribed by the Academic Council on the recommendations of the Boardof Studies of the concerned Department and the Faculty of Agricultural Sciences.

5. (a) In each semester, there shall be continuous evaluation consisting of sessional work spreadover the semester, followed by the End Semester Examinations at the end of each semester.

(b) The allocation of marks for each theory course/practical course/project/dissertation shall be asfollows:-

Sessional Work End Semester ExaminationTheory Course 30% marks 70% marksPractical Course/ 30% or 50%* marks 70% or 50%* marksProject/Dissertation/Seminar* (for Engineering based courses)

(c) Sessional work in each course shall be based on tutorial assignments and/or class test, and/orlaboratory or project/dissertation report etc. or as specified by the Board of Studies of therespective Department and the Faculty of Agricultural Sciences.

(d) Students shall undertake educational tour as a part of a course and/or submit seminar andproject reports once during the entire tenure of the course of study or degree programme onthe recommendation of the Board of Studies of the concerned Department.

6. (a) The duration of examination in all courses shall be as decided by the concerned Board ofStudies of the Department and the Faculty of Agricultural Sciences.

(b) Attendance in a course will be counted from the first day of the semester or a date announcedby the Dean on the recommendations of Chairman of the respective Department.

(c) The admission of a student in Master’s degree programme may be removed by the Dean ofthe Faculty, if he/she fails to report to classes continuously for 30 days without valid reasons.Such students may get re-admitted in the next academic session after the payment ofprescribed re-admission and other fees, if allowed by the Dean of the Faculty.

7. (a) The examination shall be open to candidates who have undergone a regular course of study inthis University and have put in at least 75% attendance in all theory/ practical and othercourses taken together in each semester.

(b) To pass each of the theory courses/practical courses/project/dissertation/seminar/viva-voceand to accumulate/acquire credits assigned to it, a candidate must obtain at least 40% of themaximum marks in End Semester Examination and atleast 40% of the total marks of thesessionals and End Semester Examination of each course separately.

(c) A candidate who fails to obtain the minimum required marks to pass in a course may beallowed to appear only at the subsequent End Semester Examination prescribed for thatcourse. In no case, supplementary or special examination shall be held. The marks awarded atthe subsequent End Semester Examination and the sessional marks obtained earlier as aregular student shall be taken into account. The marks of the courses in which the candidatehas already passed shall be carried forward.

154

(d) For ex-students, as defined in Chapter XVII(A) (Revised) of the Ordinances (Academic),permitted to appear in subsequent End Semester Examination, marks awarded earlier insessionals/practical work/project/dissertation/viva-voce during their regular course of studyshall be carried forward.

8. (a) A candidate who fails to put in atleast 75% attendance in the I semester shall not be allowedto pursue the studies in II semester. Such candidate may apply to the Dean of the Faculty forre-registration in the I semester in the next academic session. A candidate who fails to put inatleast 75% attendance in the II semester shall not be promoted to III semester. Suchcandidate may apply to the Dean of the Faculty for re-registration in the II semester in thenext academic session.

(b) A candidate who puts in 75% attendance in the I and II semesters separately but fails toacquire/accumulate 50% of the prescribed credits in the I and II semester examinations takentogether shall not be promoted to the III semester. He/she shall cease to be a regular student.

However, he/she may appear as an ex-student only in End Semester Examination of thecourse(s) in which he/she has failed, at the next corresponding semester examinations andsubject to permission by the Dean of Faculty of Agricultural Sciences at any furthersubsequent examinations. A candidate who thus having ceased to be a regular student,acquires the minimum number of credits for promotion to III semester, shall re-registerhimself/herself as a regular student for appearing at the III semester examination.

Provided that a regular candidate who having fulfilled the minimum attendance requirement,fails to secure the required number of credits for promotion to the III semester, may apply forre-registration as a regular student in the I and/or II semester. He/she have to fulfil theattendance requirement afresh and shall again perform sessional work and practicals and shallappear in the End Semester Examination of all the courses at the next examination of I and IIsemesters. Any marks obtained in the immediately preceding year and the attendance shall bedisregarded. Similarly a regular candidate who having fulfilled the minimum attendancerequirements, fails to secure the required number of credits for obtaining the degree, mayapply for re-registration as a regular student in III and/or IV semester. He/she shall have tofulfil the attendance requirement afresh and shall again perform sessional work and practicals/project etc. and shall appear in all End Semester Examination of the courses at the nextexamination of III and/or IV semester. Any marks obtained in the immediately preceding yearand the attendance shall be disregarded. But no candidate shall be permitted to continue as aregular student for more than two times in any semester;

Provided further that in case, a candidate fails to accumulate required number of credits toobtain the degree within 8 semesters from the date of his/her admission, he/she shall cease tobe a regular student. He/she may be permitted to appear at the immediately following endsemester examinations of I and II and/or III and IV semester(s), as the case may be, as an ex-student permitted by the Academic Council, only if he has undergone a regular course ofstudy in III and IV semesters and after having fulfilled the attendance and other requirementsof III/IV semesters;

Provided further that in no case, a candidate shall be allowed to appear in the examinationbeyond 10 semesters from the date of his/her admission;

155

(c) A candidate pursuing a regular course of study, promoted to III/IV semester can not receiveinstruction or undertake sessional work in any course of the I/II semester. Provided that acandidate while studying as a regular student of III/IV semester, may appear in the EndSemester Examination of the backlog courses of I/II semester as the case may be.

(d) A candidate who fails to obtain minimum required marks to pass the courses at the I or/and IIIsemester examinations, or is unable to take that examination for reasons beyond his/hercontrol may be allowed to pursue the course of study for the II and/or IV semesterexamination as the case may be, approved by the Dean of the Faculty.

(e) A candidate who fails to secure 75% credits of I, II and III End Semester Examinationtogether shall not be allowed to submit project/dissertation. In case, such a candidateaccumulates/acquire all backlog credits by the IV semester (within prescribed academic year),he/she may be allowed to submit the project/dissertation. She/he shall get the degree of theprescribed academic year provided viva-voce examination of the project/dissertation is heldby 31 March of next year. However, such candidates shall not be considered for meritposition/medal.

9. (a) No candidate shall be eligible for Masters Degree in a subject unless she/he has passed allcourses in the I, II, III and IV Semester Examinations.

(b) The division in which a successful candidate is to be placed shall be determined on the basisof aggregate marks obtained by him/her in all the four semester examinations taken together.Candidates who secure 60% of the aggregate marks or more of four semesters in M.Sc.(Agriculture) shall be placed in the First Division, those who secure less than 60% but not lessthan 50% of the aggregate marks shall be placed in the Second Division. However, in case ofM. Tech. (Agricultural Process and Food Engineering), the candidates who secure 65% of theaggregates marks or more in all the four semesters examinations taken together shall beplaced in First Division and those who secure less than 65% but not less than 50% of theaggregate marks shall be placed in the Second Division.A candidate who secures 75% or more aggregate marks in all the four semesters takentogether shall be placed in First Division with Honours.

(c) If a candidate fails to obtain 50% marks in aggregate in all the four semester examinationstaken together for the award of degree, he/she may appear for improvement in the nextsubsequent End Semester Examinations only in one or more courses as an ex-student;

Provided that the marks obtained earlier by the candidate for sessional work of theory orpractical courses/project/dissertation/seminar/viva-voce examination shall be taken intoaccount at the subsequent End Semester Examinations.

(d) A candidate who has accumulated/acquired all credits of I, II, III, and IV semesters in firstattempt as a regular student within the prescribed duration of four semesters from the date ofadmission shall be entitled for merit position/medal.

(e) A candidate may be issued a Specialization Certificate on the basis of projectwork/dissertation and/or special papers by the competent authority (Dean/Controller ofExaminations) on the recommendations of the Chairman of the concerned Department.

156

10. A candidate may improve his/her marks if he/she passes I, II, III and IV semester examinations butsecures less than 60% marks in aggregate in M.Sc. (Agriculture) or 65% in M. Tech., he/she may re-appear as ex-student at the semester examinations concerned not later than one year after thedeclaration of his/her result of passing the course. There shall be no improvement of marks in thesessional work of theory and practical courses/viva-voce/project/dissertation/seminar. The marksawarded to him/her for the sessional work in a course/viva-voce during his/her regular course ofstudy shall be taken into consideration.

The permission for improvement shall be granted only once, and subject to the condition that thecandidate is not persuing or undergoing any other course of study in the meanwhile. If the candidatefails to improve his/her performance, the marks sheet and/or degree awarded to him/her earlier shallnot be withdrawn.

157

TRANSITORY ORDINANCES TO CHAPTER XXIII(L)(for M.Sc. (Agriculture)/M.Tech. (Agricultural Process and Food Engineering) in the

Faculty of Agricultural Sciences)

The last examination for regular candidates in the Faculty of Agricultural Sciences as per ChapterXXIII(A) of Ordinances (Academic) for M.Sc. (Agriculture)/M.Tech. (Agricultural Process & Food Engg.)shall be held as under:

M.Sc. (Agriculture)/M.Tech. (Agricultural Process and Food Engg.) (Previous) – 2005M.Sc. (Agriculture)/M.Tech. (Agricultural Process and Food Engg.) (Final) – 2006Notwithstanding anything contained in these Ordinances, candidates who fail in the above

mentioned examinations and are appearing at the next corresponding examination shall be governed by thefollowing Ordinances.

(i) Candidates who are admitted to M.Sc. (Agriculture)/M.Tech. (Agricultural Process & Food Engg.)degree programme in the Session 2004-2005 or earlier under Chapter XXIII(A) of the Ordinances(Academic) but due to shortage of attendance or otherwise could not appear in M.Sc.(Agriculture)/M.Tech. (Agricultural Process & Food Engg.) (I and/or II Semester) Examination,may be permitted to pursue their studies afresh within the prescribed time limit under new ChapterXXIII(AA) of the Ordinances (Academic); provided that such candidates give an undertaking toabide by the Ordinances, Regulations and Rules prescribed for the purpose.There shall be no further continuation/re-admission to I semester M.Sc. (Agriculture)/ M.Tech.(Agricultural Process & Food Engg.) degree course as regular candidate.

(ii) Candidates who are admitted to M.Sc. (Agriculture)/M.Tech. (Agricultural Process & Food Engg.)degree programme in the session 2004-2005 or earlier under Chapter XXIII(A) of the Ordinances(Academic) but due to shortage of attendance or otherwise, could not appear at III and/or IVsemester Examination of M.Sc. (Agriculture)/M.Tech. (Agricultural Process & Food Engg.), may beallowed to pursue their studies in M.Sc. (Agriculture)/M.Tech. (Agricultural Process & Food Engg.)under Chapter XXIII(AA) of the Ordinances (Academic) as regular students. They shall be governedby the Ordinances (Academic) under Chapter XXIII(AA) effective from the session 2005-2006. Forsuch candidates, the result and division etc. shall be based on the performance of M.Sc.(Agriculture)/M.Tech. (Agricultural Process & Food Engg.) (I and II semester examination) underChapter XXIII(A) and the performance of M.Sc. (Agriculture)/M.Tech. (Agricultural Process &Food Engg.) (III & IV semesters examination) under the Chapter XXIII(AA) of the Ordinances(Academic).For such candidates there shall be no further continuation/re-admission in III Semester M.Sc.(Agriculture)/M.Tech. (Agricultural Process & Food Engg.) degree programme as regular candidateafter the expiry of four academic sessions from the date of admission to the M.Sc.(Agriculture)/M.Tech. (Agricultural Process & Food Engg.) degree programme. However, aneligible candidate may be permitted by Academic Council, on the recommendations of the Chairmanof the Department and the Dean of the Faculty to appear as an ex-student in the uncleared coursesafter the expiry of four academic years.

(iii) There shall be no equivalent course/subject under Chapter XXIII(AA) of the Ordinances (Academic)in lieu of the course/subject under Chapter XXIII(A).A candidate who has failed in the course(s) / subject(s) under Chapter XXIII(A) shall be required toclear his/her uncleared course(s)/subject(s) of old scheme of teaching and examination. For suchcandidates, the sessional marks obtained earlier as regular candidates shall be taken into account atthe subsequent examinations. The marks of the courses in which the candidate has already passedshall be carried forward.

158

*CHAPTER – XXIVMASTER OF PHILOSOPHY (M.Phil.)

1. A candidate will be eligible for admission to a course of study leading to the Degree of Master ofPhilosophy (M.Phil.), if he has passed the Master’s Degree Examination (M.A., M.Sc. M.Com.,M.Ed., M.Th., LL.M.) from this University or an equivalent examination recognized by thisUniversity, with not less than 50 per cent marks or equivalent grades, in a subject relevant to hisfield of research, subject to any further requirements for eligibility laid down by the Board ofStudies concerned from time to time.

2. Admission to the M.Phil, course shall be made not more than twice a year. The procedure foradmission to the course of study leading to the Degree of M.Phil and the appointment ofSupervisor/Co-supervisor shall be the same as prescribed in Clauses 2 and 3 of Chapter XXV ofthese Ordinances for admission to the course leading to the Ph.D. Degree.

3. (a) In order to be eligible for the award of the Degree of Master of Philosophy, a candidate shallhave to obtain 50 per cent of the maximum marks in (1) each of the prescribed papersseparately (2) the dissertation and (3) the viva-voce examination.

(b) The break-up of the total maximum marks shall be as follows:-Paper I (including sessional work and practicals, if any) 100Paper II (including sessional work and practicals, if any) 100Dissertation 200Viva-Voce Examination 100

†Provided that the candidates, who had been assigned only one paper carrying 200 marks (instead oftwo papers carrying 100 marks each, as per the existing Ordinances) by the Committee forAdvanced Studies and Research before 27.4.1985, may be permitted to take the Examination as perthe then existing Ordinances.

†Provided further that the dissertation will be evaluated by each of the Examiners, as provided forunder Clause 5, out of the maximum marks of 200 and the average of the marks awarded by the twoexaminers shall be taken as the final award.

4. The courses for the papers for the M.Phil Examination assigned to each candidate shall berecommended by the Board of Studies concerned and approved by the Committee for AdvancedStudies and Research. The courses may include (a) Postgraduate Courses, or, wherever deemednecessary by the Board of Studies concerned, Undergraduate, Diploma or Certificate Courses; or (b)Courses especially designed by the said Board of Studies for M.Phil candidates, which may partlyor entirely comprise reading assignments. Provided that the half courses or half papers, if any, shallcount as equivalent to half M.Phil. papers only.

5. The Examiners for the M.Phil. papers, dissertation and viva-voce shall be appointed in the samemanner as prescribed in Clause 3 of Chapter XV of these Ordinances.

Provided that where, in accordance with Clause 4, the courses for written papers are those ofPostgraduate, Undergraduate, Diploma or Certificate Examination, the Examiners may ordinarily bethe same as those appointed for such courses in the said Examinations.

*E.C.Res. No. 5 (para 95 of Part ‘C’ of Appendix-III dt. 16.10.85.

†E.C. Res. No. 4(Para 47 Appendix – C dated 21/22.2.87 and 27.3.1987.

159

Provided further that of the Examiners of each candidate in courses especially designed for M.Philcandidates, half shall be ordinarily those not in the employment of this University.

Further provided that there shall be two Examiners for the dissertation, including the viva-voce, ofwhom at least one shall be a person not in the employment of the University; and that the Supervisor(and, failing him, the Co-supervisor, if any) shall ordinarily be one of the two Examiners; but in casethe Supervisor/Co-supervisor is not available, another Examiner may be appointed.

6. A candidate shall be eligible for submitting his dissertation for the M.Phil Degree after he haspursued a full-time regular course of study for at least one year from the date of his admission, andhis regular attendance and residence in Aligarh (or at a recognized Lab./Institution while workingunder a Co-supervisor), and satisfactory conduct are duly certified by the Department and theProvost of the Hall concerned, subject to the rules laid down by the Academic Council in thisregard.

Provided that a candidate shall be eligible to appear at the written examination after he hasundergone a regular course of study for a period of ten months from the date of completion of hisadmission.

*Provided further that a candidate, who has been assigned Postgraduate/Undergraduate courses orCertificate/Diploma courses under Clause 4 of Chapter XXIV of the Ordinances (Academic) shall beeligible to appear at the written examination after he has undergone a regular course of study for onehundred eighty (180) days from the date of completion of his admission.

*Provided further that the eligibility for appearing at the written examination or submission ofdissertation of those candidates, who join the course immediately after their names have beenrecommended for admission by the Board of Studies of the Department concerned, shall be countedfrom the date of the meeting of the Board of Studies of the Department. This will, however, besubject to the approval of the Committee for Advanced Studies and Research on therecommendation of the Chairman of the Department concerned.

7. Subject to provisions of Clause 6, the dissertation for the M.Phil Degree shall be submitted, uponapproval by the Supervisor, through the Chairman of the Department concerned.

Provided that a candidate shall not be allowed to submit his dissertation until he has passed hiswritten papers/practicals as laid down in Clause 3.

Provided further that a candidate who does not submit his dissertation within a period of two and ahalf years (†three and a half years in the case of blind candidates) from the date of his admissionshall cease to be a regular student of the University.

8. The Viva-voce Examination shall be held after the Examiners have sent the marks on thedissertation and the candidate has obtained the requisite pass marks thereon as prescribed inClause 3. The Viva-voce shall be held at Aligarh; but in very special circumstances, the Viva-voceExamination may be held at any other place in the country with the permission of theVice-Chancellor. The Viva-voce Examination shall be open to all members and research scholars ofthe Department concerned, but questions shall be put only by the Examiner.

*E.C. Res. No. 4 (Para 47 of Appendix –C) dated 21/22.2.1987 and 27.3.1987.

†E.C. Res. No. 63 (Appendix) dated 21/22.2.1987 and 27.3.1987.

160

9. A candidate who ceases to be a regular student under the second proviso to Clause 7, may bepermitted by the Committee for Advanced Studies and Research to submit his dissertation (dulyapproved by his Supervisor) as an ex-student within 18 months of the date he ceases to be a regularstudent. The procedure of submission of the dissertation shall otherwise be the same as laid down inClause 7.

10. Subject to these Ordinances, the Academic Council may frame Regulations governing the course ofresearch leading to the M.Mhil. Degree including the conduct of Examination.

161

CHAPTER – XXVDOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY (Ph.D.)

(deleted)

EC dated 26.10.1985.


162

CHAPTER – XXV(A)DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY (Ph.D.)

1. A candidate will be eligible for admission to a course of study leading to the Degree of Doctor ofPhilosophy (Ph.D.), if he has passed the Master’s Degree Examination (M.A., M.Sc., M.Com.etc.) from this University or an equivalent examination recognized by this University with notless than 55% marks or equivalent grades in a subject relevant to his proposed field of research,provided that he also had obtained not less than 50% marks at his Bachelor’s DegreeExamination, subject to any furthers requirements for eligibility that may be laid down by theBoard of Studies concerned from time to time.

Provided further that in the Faculties of Engineering & Technology, Medicine, and UnaniMedicine, candidates who have obtained the Master’s Degree of this University or a Degreefrom any other University recognized by this University to be its equivalent, may be eligible foradmission to the course in the same or related discipline leading to the Ph.D. Degree in theFaculties aforesaid. But in such cases the admission shall be provisional and shall not beconfirmed unless the candidate has passed a written and/or practical test including a viva-voceexamination, if deemed necessary, conducted by the Board of Studies concerned.

2 Admission to the Ph.D. course shall be made once a year. Applications for permission to enterupon a course of study for the Degree of Ph.D. alongwith a well assigned synopsis or proposedplan of work shall be made to the Chairman of the Department, who shall forward it to the Deanof the Faulty alognwith the recommendations of the Board of Studies.

3. The application shall be thereafter placed before the Committee for Advanced Studies andResearch of the Faculty concerned which shall satisfy itself, among other things, of thesuitability of the proposed subject of research by the candidate and may modify the proposedsubject.

If the Committee is satisfied, it shall, subject to confirmation by the Faculty and the AcademicCouncil, grant the application and appoint, on the recommendation of the Board of Studiesconcerned, a member of the teaching staff of the University or a distinguished scholar in theservice of the University to guide and supervise the work of the candidate.

Provided that a Co-Supervisor may also be appointed if the Board of Studied recommends thatthis is necessary. The Co-Supervisor may not necessarily be a person in the service of theUniversity, but, if from outside the University, he may be appointed only from amongst scholarsassociated with a University Department/approved National Laboratories or an AcademicInstitution of high repute.

4. When a candidate has been provisionally admitted to the course leading to the Ph.D. degree, heshall be required to be in residence at Aligarh with regular attendance (according to regulationsframed by the Academic Council) and pursue research as full time course for a minimum periodof two years from the date of his provisional admission to the Ph.D. course. But in no case shalla candidate be permitted to continue as regular student beyond five years (seven years in the caseof blind candidate) from the date of his provisional admission.

EC dated 5.7.1997.

163

Provided that the admission may be cancelled by the CASR upon the re-commendations of theBoard of Studeies concerned on account of lack of regular attendance or unsatisfactory work.

5. Notwithstanding anything contained in Clause (4), a candidate may be permitted by the CASR toreside outside Aligarh for the purpose of collecting material for his thesis for a period notexceeding one year in two installments with a gap of at least two months in between during thecourse of his study for the Ph.D. Degree. Provided further that the Board of Studies and/orCASR may permit a candidate to reside outside Aligarh for more than one year.

6. A candidate, after the confirmation of his admission, shall be eligible to submit his Ph.D. Thesisafter he has obtained and submitted (a) a certificate from the Supervisor and Co-Supervisor,wherever appointed, and the Chairman of the Department concerned, stating that he has engagedin full-time study for the required period as prescribed in these Ordinances, and that he has put inregular attendance in accordance with these Ordinances and the Regulations laid down by theAcademic Council, and (b) a certificate form the Provost that he has been in residence for therequired period as prescribed in these Ordinances and that his conduct has been satisfactory.

Provided that a candidate, who under the foregoing provisions ceases to be a regular studentafter the confirmation of his admission shall be eligible to submit his thesis as an ex-student, buthe shall be required also to obtain and submit the certificate aforesaid. In case, however, thecandidate wishes to submit the thesis in more than five years after his provisional admission as aregular student, permission by the Academic Council shall be necessary.

7. Notwithstanding anything contained in the preceding Clauses, a teacher of this University whoholds a Master’s Degree in the relevant subject and has been in continuous service as aUniversity teacher for at least three years may apply to the CASR through the Board of Studiesfor permissions to submit a thesis for the award of the Ph.D. Degree on a specific topic, and theCASR may accord such permission after considering the opinion of the Board of Studiesconcerned.

Unless otherwise specified by the Committee for Advanced Studies & Research concerned, ateacher, who is so permitted to supplicate for the Ph.D. Degree, shall not be assigned to aSupervisor and shall be eligible to submit his thesis, a year after his application has beenapproved by the Committee for Advanced Studies and Research.

Provided that if a teacher so permitted to supplicate for the Ph.D. degree is assigned a Supervisorby the Committee for Advanced Studies and Research upon the recommendations of the Boardof Studies concerned, the teacher shall be eligible to submit his thesis, after a period of not lessthan two years has lapsed after the approval of his application by the Committee for AdvancedStudies & Research.

8. A candidate for the Ph.D. Degree shall submit four copies of his thesis, accompanied by theprescribed fees. The thesis shall be in the English Language, except for theses submitted in theFaculty of Theology and the Department of Arabic, Hindi, Modern Indian Languages, Persian,Sanskrit and Urdu, where the Language in which the thesis is to be written shall be specified bythe Committee for Advanced Studies and Research concerned. He shall also submit a briefabstract of his thesis and indicate in a prefatory note what part of the thesis he claims as original,what sources he has used, and in what respect his investigation appears to him to advance thestudy of what branch of knowledge. Any original papers published by the candidate and/or theDissertation submitted by him for the M.Phil. or Master’s Degree in the concerned disciplinemay be submitted as subsidiary or supporting material in favour of the candidature.

164

Provided that any relevant material from the M.Phil. dissertation may be incorporated in thePh.D. thesis, but this should be appropriately in the prefatory note.Provided further that the Committee for Advanced Studies and Research may, in special cases,permit a candidate to submit less than four copies of his thesis.

Provided further that no thesis other than a thesis submitted under Clause (8), where theCommittee for Advanced Studies and Research has not specified any Supervisor, shall submitfor the award of the Ph.D. Degree unless it is accompanied by a written certificate from theSupervisor and the Co-Supervisor, if any.

9. Every thesis for the Ph.D. Degree shall be examined by three examiners, of whom at least twoshall be external being persons of high academic repute, not in the service of this University. TheSupervisor (and, failing him, the Co-Supervisor) shall be one of the examiners, but if neither theSupervisor nor the Co-Supervisor, if any, is available, another person may be appointedexaminer. Examiners other than the Supervisor/Co-Supervisor shall be appointed in accordancewith Clause (3) of Chapter XV of these Ordinances. The Committee for Advanced Studies andResearch of each Faculty may, however, lay down norms and procedure for therecommendations regarding the panel of examiners to conduct the Viva-Voce Examination.

Notwithstanding anything contained in the preceding Clause, in the case of candidates assignedto Co-Supervisor in the Faculty of Science, the thesis shall be examined by the Supervisor, theCo-Supervisor and the two persons of high academic repute not in the service of the University.

10. The Viva-Voce Examination shall be conducted by at least two examiners of the candidates,namely the Supervisor (and failing him, the Co-Supervisor) and at least one external examiner ofthe thesis. In case, none of the external examiners of the thesis is able to conduct the Viva-VoceExamination, at least one another person not in the service of the University shall be appointedin his place in the manner prescribed by Clause (3) of Chapter – XV of these Ordinances.

Provided that in case the Supervisor (or failing him, the Co-Supervisor) is not available, the twoexternal examiners of thesis may be appointed to conduct the Viva-Voce Examination.However, should none of the External Examiners who has examined the thesis is available, twoother examiners may be appointed in the manner prescribed under Clause (9) of theseOrdinances.

Provided further that in the Faculty of Science, the Viva Voce Examination shall be conductedby the Supervisor, the Co-Supervisor, if any, and one external examiner.

Provided further that in the case of teachers permitted to supplicate for the Degree under Clause(7), there shall be three external examiners for purpose of examining the thesis and two of themfor holding the Viva-Voce Examination.

11. The reports of the examiners on the thesis shall be referred to the Dean of the Faculty concernedwho, if the examiners unanimously recommend the award of the degree, shall advise theController of Examinations to hold the Viva-Voce Examination of the candidate.

Provided that the Academic Council/Vice-Chancellor may, in a special case, on therecommendations of the Committee for Advanced Studies and Research, allow the Viva-VoceExamination of a candidate for the Doctorate of Philosophy to be held at a place in India otherthan Aligarh to be specified by the Academic Council/Vice-Chancellor. The Viva-Voce

165

Examination shall be open to all members and Research Scholars of the Department concernedbut question shall be put only by the examiners.

12. After the Viva-Voce Examination, all the reports shall be placed before the CASR and, if theCASR is satisfied that the reports of examiners are unanimous and definite, it may recommendto the Academic Council through the Faculty concerned, that the candidate be awarded the Ph.D.Degree.

13. If the reports show a divergence of opinion between the examiners, the Committee for AdvancedStudies and Research may direct that the report be exchanged between them and the examinersbe requested to submit a joint report, if possible. The Committee may, at its discretion and shall,if the reports are conflicting even after the exchange of views, refer the thesis to anotherExaminer.

In case, the Committee considers the final report to be favourable to the candidate, it shall askthe Controller of Examinations to hold the Viva-Voce Examination. Where the thesis is sent toanother examiner in accordance with this Clause, the previous external examiners shall bedeemed to have ceased to be examiners for the purpose of conducting the Viva-VoceExamination and new examiners shall be appointed to conduct the Viva-Voce Examination inaccordance with the provisions of Clause (10).

14. The CASR may, after consideration of the recommendation of the Examiners of the thesis or/andViva-Voce, at its discretion allow further time to the candidate to re-submit thesis after revisionin the light of the suggestions of the examiners, or reject his candidature for the Ph.D. Degreealtogether.

15. The Examiners of the Ph.D. thesis shall be required to recommend specifically whether thethesis is suitable for the award of the Ph.D. Degree, and in case, the examiners so specify,whether the thesis is suitable for publication in its existing form, or needs revision before it canbe published and the CASR while recommending the award of the Ph.D. Degree, may furtherrecommend (a) that the candidate be permitted to publish the thesis, or (b) that the candidate berequired to seek permission for publishing the thesis after he has satisfied the Committee that hehas put in a proper form for publication, in the light of the reports of the Examiners.

16. Subject to these Ordinances, the Academic Council may frame Regulations governing the courseof research leading to the Ph.D. Degree including the conduct of examination.

17. Notwithstanding anything contained in the preceding Clauses, a teacher of any School of thisUniversity admitted to the Ph.D. course in accordance with these Ordinances shall be exemptedfrom requirement of residence with regular attendance for two years as prescribed in Clause (4)above, and shall take atleast one year’s leave due to his credit for the purpose.

18. All candidates, other than teacher candidates allowed to supplicate for the Ph.D. Degree underClause 7 shall be deemed to be students for purposes of discipline and conduct of examinations.

19. Notwithstanding anything contained in the preceding Clause, a candidate admitted to Ph.D.course concurrently with his admission to M.Phil Course or admitted to Ph.D. Course only priorto academic session 1994-95 shall be governed by the Ordinances which were in force at thetime of his admission.

166

Provided that a candidate admitted to the Ph.D. Course during the academic session 1994-95 andthereafter until the date of commencement of these Ordinances shall be deemed to have beenadmitted in accordance with these Ordinances and in such a cases all the above provisions shallapply to him.

167

CHAPTER XXV(B)Executive Doctorate in Business Administration (DBA)

(Refer Chapter-CII for Ph.D. (Business Administration on pages 460-462)

1. A Doctorate of Business Administration (DBA) Committee shall be constituted for the purposeof administration of the DBA programme in the manner specified below:

(a) The Chairman of the Committee shall be the Dean of the Faculty of Management Studies& Research of Aligarh Muslim University (AMU).

(b) The Co-Chairman of the Committee shall be the Director of Centre for ManagementAssociation, All India Management Association (AIMA) or any other person from theAIMA nominated by the Director-General of the AIMA.

(c) There shall be three members of the Committee out of whom one shall be nominated bythe Vice-Chancellor of AMU from among the Professors in the Department of BusinessAdministration; one member shall be nominated by the Director-General of the AIMAand, one member shall be an external expert recommended by the Board of Studies inBusiness Administration of Aligarh Muslim University and nominated by the Vice-Chancellor. The appointment of the external examiner shall be done with the concurrenceof the AIMA.

The modalities related to conduct, quorum etc. of the DBA Committee meeting shall be asspecified for the Committee of Advanced Studies & Research of AMU.

2. A candidate will be eligible for admission to a course of study leading to the degree of Doctoratein Business Administration (DBA) if:

(a) he has passed the Master’s degree examination in Management or allied subjects fromcommerce, humanities, sciences, etc. from this University or an equivalent examinationrecognised by this University or a PGDBM/PGDBA of at least two years duration from aninstitution approved by the AICTE with not less than 55 per cent marks or equivalent gradein a subject relevant to his proposed field of research provided that he also had obtained notless than 50 per cent marks at his Bachelor’s degree examination subject to any furtherrequirements for eligibility that may be laid down by the DBA Committee from time totime.

OR(b) he has a professional qualification such as Engineering and Technology, Law, Chartered

Accountancy, Cost Accountancy, or any other equivalent professional qualification,equivalent to a Master’s degree, with at least 55 per cent marks or equivalent grade.

AND(d) he should be working full-time during the entire duration of the DBA programme either as

an executive in industry having a minimum experience of five years or as an academic in amanagement institution recognised by the All India Council for Technical Educationhaving a minimum experience of three years.

3. The admission shall be announced and applications received by the All India ManagementAssociation (AIMA) ordinarily in January and July. Admission to the DBA course shall be madethrough a written test to be conducted by the AIMA followed by a personal interview to be

OM.No. (C)/1426 dated 22.11.1999 from the office of the Registrar (Council Section).

168

conducted by the DBA Committee. The mode of conduct and the venue of the written test andinterview shall be decided mutually by the AMU and the AIMA.

4. Candidates found suitable thus will be admitted to the foundation programme consisting ofcourse work for a period of two semesters, as per AIMA’s policy, passing the required numberof courses as a pre-requisite for registration for the DBA programme. The curriculum and syllabiwill be as specified by the DBA Committee from time to time. The courses will be offered bythe AIMA through the distance education mode.

5. Candidates may be exempted from one or more courses, subject to an upper limit of 50 per centof the total number of courses to be done, if they have already undergone a similar course duringany of their preceding educational programme. The decision for exemption shall be taken by theAIMA’s Credit Transfer Committee on a case-to-case basis. Each case for exemption shall bereferred to the Dean of the Faculty of Management Studies & Research, Aligarh MuslimUniversity who shall, after reviewing the case, accord his concurrence.

6. On completion of each semester, the candidate shall appear in an examination, consisting oftheory papers, to be conducted by the AIMA. Only those candidates shall be permitted to appearin the examination who have completed the assignments, etc. for the particular courses to thesatisfaction of the AIMA.

7. The candidates shall be required to obtain at least a C grade in each course separately and securean overall B grade on a 4-point scale in the course work after the end of two semesters failingwhich they will have to repeat the courses at the next examination.

8. On successful completion of the above courses after two semesters the candidate shall submit, inthe prescribed format, his detailed research proposal. The candidate shall then be required topresent the proposal to the DBA Committee who shall evaluate the proposal on the basis of thepresentation done in the Seminar organized for this purpose. If necessary, on therecommendation of the DBA Committee, the proposal may have to be modified/changed forresubmission for final approval. On the recommendation of the DBA Committee, the candidateshall be registered for the DBA programme.

9. The DBA Committee shall normally meet four times a year in such a manner that two meetingseach are held for the purposes of approval and admission process. The DBA Committee shallordinarily meet in the months of January and July for approval of the DBA research proposals. Itshall ordinarily meet twice within four weeks of the declaration of the foundation programmeexamination dates to process the DBA research proposals.

10. Each DBA candidate shall be guided by a committee consisting of two thesis advisers. One ofthe advisers shall be a senior faculty member from the Department of Business Administration,AMU who shall be the internal adviser and the second will be proposed by the candidate whoshall be the external adviser. The candidate shall obtain the concurrence of the proposed externaladviser in the prescribed format. The external adviser would be a senior level academician ormanager in the industry. The names of the advisers shall be approved by the DBA Committee.

11. The candidate shall pursue his research work with the guidance of the thesis advisers and put inregular effort and give adequate time for the research work to be carried on satisfactorily. Heshall be required to submit a six monthly evaluation report to the DBA Committee in theprescribed format signed by both the advisers. The DBA Committee shall review theperformance of the candidate and provide comments and suggestions. These suggestions shall be

169

binding on the candidate and their adherence shall be reported at the next six-monthlyevaluation.

12. The candidate shall be eligible to submit his thesis after a minimum period of two years and amaximum period of four years after registration for the DBA programme i.e. after completion ofthe foundation programme.However, the Chairman, DBA Committee on formal request by the candidate may allow anadditional six months grace period.

13. On completion of the research work, the candidate shall be required to present and defend histhesis in a pre-submission seminar to be arranged at the AMU. The seminar shall be organisedbased on the recommendation of the advisers in the prescribed format. The seminar shall be opento the faculty members and research scholars at the Faculty of Management Studies & Researchand they may ask questions and seek clarifications on the presentation. On successfulpresentation as verified by the Chairman, Department of Business Administration and the Dean,Faculty of Management Studies & Research, AMU, the thesis will be submitted.

14. The candidate shall submit five copies of the thesis to the AMU alongwith the certificate fromthe advisors. The thesis shall be in the English Language. He should also submit a brief abstractof his thesis and indicate in a prefatory note what part of the thesis he claims as original, whatsources he has used, and in what respect his investigation appears to him to advance the study ofthat branch of knowledge. Any original papers published by the candidate may be submitted assubsidiary or supporting material in favour of the candidature.

15. The thesis submitted by the candidate shall be examined by three external examiners, appointedby the Vice-Chancellor on the basis of the recommendations of the Committee for AdvancedStudies & Research in Management of the AMU.

16. Each examiner shall write an evaluation report and make specific recommendation whether:(a) the thesis should be accepted for the award of DBA degree subject to a successful

defence at the viva-voce examination; or(b) the thesis should be resubmitted after modifications suggested by the examiner; or(c) the thesis should be rejected.

17. The evaluation reports by the examiners shall be reviewed by the Dean, Faculty of ManagementStudies & Research who shall recommend the conduct of the viva- voce examination. TheChairman, Department of Business Administration shall then arrange for the conduct of the vivavoce examination.

18. The viva-voce examination of the candidate shall be conducted by a panel consisting of theinternal adviser and at least one of the three examiners appointed for evaluation of the thesis.The viva-voce shall be conducted in a manner similar to that for the Ph.D. degree of AMU.

19. On successful defence of the thesis at the viva-voce examination, the candidate shall be awardedthe DBA degree by the AMU.

20. In case of a situation arising where there is no specific guideline provided by the above rules,then recourse shall be taken to the procedure provided for the Academic Ordinances related tothe Ph.D. degree of the AMU.

OM No. XM/RP/933/Inter dated 13.4.2005.

170

CHAPTER – XXVID.Lit., D.Sc., LL.D. or D.Th.

1. Candidates for the Degree of D.Lit., D.Sc., LL.D. or D.Th. shall have taken, not less than fiveyears previously the Ph.D. Degree of this University.Provided that teachers in this University, who have taken the Ph.D. Degree of any otherrecognized University at least five years previously, may also be admitted as candidates for theDegree.

2. A candidate for the Degree shall submit four copies of his published and unpublished work insupport of his candidature.Provided that the Chairman of the Department shall certify that a major portion of the worksubmitted is an original contribution made by the candidate. The candidate shall clearly indicateunder the following heads his original contribution in the field of his specialization.(i) papers published independently(ii) papers in which he is a senior author(iii) papers in which he is a junior author.Provided further that certified typed copies of the published work may be submitted if printedcopies are not available.Provided further that in special cases, a candidate may be permitted by the Committee forAdvanced Studies and Research to submit less than four copies.

3. A candidate shall indicate what portion of work submitted by him was previously considered forthe Ph.D. Degree.

4. Work submitted by a candidate in support of his candidature for the Degree shall be examinedby three experts in the subject, at least two of whom shall be persons not engaged in teaching inthe University. Such Examiners shall be appointed in the manner prescribed by Clause 3,Chapter XV of these Ordinances.

5. The Examiners shall state definitely in their report whether, in their opinion, the work constitutesvaluable and substantial contribution to knowledge and whether the Degree be awarded or not .

6. If the Examiners agree that the Degree should be awarded, the Committee for Advanced Studiesand Research shall recommend accordingly. If the reports show divergence of opinion betweenthe Examiners, the Committee for Advanced Studies and Research may direct that the reports beexchanged between them and that the Examiners be requested to submit a joint report if possible.The Committee may, at its discretion, and shall, if the reports are conflicting even after theexchange of views, refer that thesis to another External Examiner. In case, the Committeeconsiders the final report to be favourable to the candidate, it shall recommend that the Degreebe awarded to the candidate.

7. If the Committee for Advanced Studies and Research after a full consideration of the report ofthe Examiners, decides not to recommend the award of the Degree, it may allow the candidate toapply again after not less than five years.

8. The Degree of D.Lit., D.Sc., LL.D, or D.Th. may be conferred, Honouris Causa upondistinguished persons in recognition of their outstanding contribution to knowledge or theirmeritorious services in the cause of education, in accordance with Statute 31 (1) and (2).


171

CHAPTER – XXVIIBACHELOR OF THEOLOGY

1. The Examination for the Degree of Bachelor of Theology shall consist of two parts:-(a) Previous Examination, and

(b) Final Examination.

2. The Previous Examination shall be open to:-(a) candidates who have undergone a regular course of study for one academic year in the

University;

(b) teachers and women candidates or ex-students as defined in Chapter XVII, Clauses3,4,and 5.

3. No candidate shall be admitted to the Previous Examination for the Degree of Bachelor ofTheology unless he has passed at least one year previously the B.A. or B.Sc. (Pass or Honours)Examinations or the B.A. (in English Only) Examination or the B.U.M.S. Examination of theUniversity or an equivalent examination recognized by the University.

4. The Final Examination shall be open to:-(a) candidates who have undergone a regular course of study for one academic year in the

University.

(b) Ex-students as defined in Chapter XVII, Clause 5.

5. No candidate shall be admitted to the Final Examination for the Degree of Bachelor of Theologyunless he has passed, at least one year previously the B.Th. Previous Examination of thisUniversity.

A candidate who passes in at least 50% of the papers at the Previous Year Examination, shall beeligible for promotion to the Final Year Class.

No candidate shall be allowed to stay for more than two academic years for either the Previousor Final Examination. However, he may appear as an ex-student in the papers and/or viva-voceexamination in which he has failed at the preceding Examination provided that he is allowed byAcademic Council on the recommendations of the Dean of the Faculty concerned.

6. Candidates who have undergone a regular course of study for the Degree of the Bachelor ofTheology but have not obtained the Degree of Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science may bepermitted to appear at the Previous and the Final Examinations. If successful in theExaminations, such candidates shall receive a Diploma in Theology.

7. Subjects for the Examination shall be prescribed by the Academic Council from time to time.

*8. The examination shall comprise written papers as well as sessionals and Viva voce examination.


* E.C. dated 19.7.99.

172**9. For each paper the maximum marks shall be 100 out of which 25 marks shall be assigned for

sessional work. The Viva-voce examination shall be of 100 marks.

10. To pass the Previous or the Final Examination, a candidate must obtain at least 30 per cent of themarks in each paper and the viva voce examination and at least 36 per cent in the aggregate.A candidate who has passed in individual papers / viva-voce examination but failed to obtain36% of marks in aggregate for passing the Examination may appear as an ex-student insubsequent Examination in one or more papers/viva-voce examination, so as to be eligible forthe award of Degree.

11. Candidates who obtain 60 per cent of the marks or more in the aggregate of both the Previousand the Final Examinations shall be placed in the First Division; those who obtain less than 60per cent but not less than 48 per cent in the Second Division; and those who obtain less than 48per cent but not than 36 per cent in, the Third Division.


173

CHAPTER – XXVIII*MASTER OF THEOLOGY


1. No candidate shall be eligible for the award of the Master of Theology (M.Th.) Degree unless hehas obtained not less than two years previously the B.Th. Degree of this University or passed anexamination recognized by the University as its equivalent and has undergone a regular courseof study in the University for not less than two academic years.

Provided that private candidates, as defined in Chapter XVII of these Ordinances, shall not berequired to undergo a regular course of study.

2. The examination for the M.Th. Degree shall consist of two parts, namely, Previous and Final,each of which shall be held annually and shall be open to:

(a) candidates who have undergone a regular course of study for the Previous and FinalExamination, as the case may be, for one academic year in the University.

(b) private candidates or ex-students as defined in Chapter XVII of these Ordinances.

Provided that, subject to provisions of Clause 6 of this chapter, no candidate shall be eligible toappear at the Final Examination without one academic year having elapsed after his passing thePrevious Examination or promotion to the Final Year class, as the case may be.

3. The number of written papers and the marks allotted to each of the papers and the viva-voceexamination in the Previous and Final Examination as the case may be, shall be prescribed bythe Academic Council on the recommendation of the Board of Studies and the Faculty ofTheology.

Provided that the candidates who are Farighul Tahsil from a Dars-i-Nizami Madarsa and areadmitted to the M.Th. course shall be required to appear in an additional paper of English (ifprescribed) of the B.A. Part I standard along with the M.Th. (Previous) Examination. They willbe required to obtain at least 30% marks in the English paper but the marks so obtained shall notbe added to the aggregate.

4. To pass the Examination, a candidate must obtain:-

†(i) at least 30% of the marks in each paper (including sessional work)/viva-voce;(ii) at least 36% of the aggregate marks of the Previous and Final Examinations taken

together.

Provided that :-

(a) a candidate who fails to obtain the required percentage of marks in the aggregate forpassing the Mster’s Examination may appear as an ex-student in subsequent examinationin one or more papers only in which he has failed to obtain 36% marks.

*E.C. Res. No. 63 (Appendix) dated 21/22.2.1987 and 27.3.1987.

†E.C. dated 19.7.99.

174

(b) a regular candidate, who fails to obtain the required minimum marks in any paper/viva-voce at the Previous or Final Examination, may appear in that paper/viva-voce only atany subsequent examination.

(c) a candidate, who passes in at least 50% of the papers at the Previous Examination, shallbe eligible for promotion to the Final Year class or in the case of private candidates, toappear at the Final Examination, the following year.

(d) a candidate shall be deemed to have passed the Previous Examination if he has passed inall individual papers comprising that Examination.

(iii) The allocation of marks in each paper shall be as follows:

Written Examination : 75 marks

Sessional Work : 25 marks.

Viva-Voce Examination: 100 marks.

5. A candidate who obtains 60% of the aggregate marks or more shall be placed in the FirstDivision. One who obtains less than 60% but not less than 48% of the marks, shall be placed inthe Second Division; and one who obtains less than 48% but not less than 36% of the marks,shall be placed in the Third Division.

6. No candidate shall be allowed to stay for more than two academic years of regular study foreither the Previous or Final Examination. If he fails to pass the 50% of the papers and viva-voceexamination, taken together, of the Previous Examination within the said period of two years, heshall cease to be a regular student. However, he may appear as an ex-student in the paper orviva-voce in which he has failed, at the next Annual Examination; but for appearing at such apaper or viva-voce more than two years after the examination in which he was first due toappear, he shall require the permission of the Academic Council. Should a candidate who hasceased to be a regular student upon failing to pass the Previous Examination within the saidperiod of two years, passes the Examination subsequently, he shall revert to the status of regularstudent for appearing at the Final Examination. He shall similarly cease to be regular student, ifhe fails to pass the M.Th. Examination within two years of his joining the Final Year class.

Provided that in no case shall a candidate be permitted to spend more than four years as a regularstudent for completion of the requirements of the Degree. After four years of his admission, hemay be permitted to appear as an ex-student only.

Provided further that a private candidate who fails to pass the M.Th. Examination within fouryears of becoming eligible for it, can appear at a subsequent examination only with thepermission of the Academic Council, subject to rules framed by it in this respect.

7. A candidate pursuing a regular course of study and promoted to the Final Year class cannotreceive instruction in any paper of the Previous class.

EC dated 19.7.1999.


175

CHAPTER – XXIX*Bachelor of Law (LL.B)

(Two years Course)(Abolished)

*E.C. Res. No. 17(2)(4) dated 7/8.2.1978.

176

CHAPTER – XXIXBachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Law

B.A., LL.B. (HONS)(5 years Integrated Course)(Under Semester System)

1. ELIGIBILITY:

No candidate shall be eligible for the Degree of B.A. LL.B. (Hons) unless he:

(a) has passed, not less than five years previously the Senior Secondary School Examination(10+2) or an equivalent examination thereto; and

(b) has undergone a regular course of study in the University for a period of five academic years.

2. ADMISSION TEST AND ELIGIBILITY:

(i) No candidate for admission to the B.A. LL.B. (Hons) Degree course shall be admitted unlesshe:

(a) has secured in the aggregate not less than 50% of the total marks in all the coresubjects of the qualifying examination and English language put together; and

(b) is not more than 22 years of age on July 1 of the year of admission.

(ii) Admission to the B.A.LL.B.(Hons) First Year, shall be made on the basis of an All India Testto be conducted each year in the manner prescribed by the University.

3. DURATION OF COURSE AND SEMESTER SYSTEM:

(a) The duration of the B.A. LL.B. (Hons) Degree Course shall be five academic years;

(b) Each academic year shall be divided into two Semesters;

(c) The duration of each Semester shall be of 100 working days.

4. EXAMINATION:

(a) The examination for the Degree of B.A. LL.B. (Hons) shall comprise ten SemesterExaminations and in each Semester a candidate shall be examined in the courses of studyprescribed by the Academic Council on the recommendations of the Board of Studies of theDepartment of Law and the Faculty of Law.

(b) The Examinations for the Degree of B.A. LL.B. (Hons) shall be open to candidates whohave undergone a regular course of study and have put in at least 75% of attendance in eachsemester.

EC dated 5.7.97.


177

(c) Each Semester Examination shall comprise Mid-term and End-term written papers and Viva-Voce Examination and/or Sessional/Practical Work as may be prescribed by the AcademicCouncil on the recommendation of the Board of Studies of the Department of Law, and theFaculty of Law.

(d) The evaluation of the Semester Examination shall be internal and continuous and wouldordinarily be conducted by the teacher(s) who have taught the course in accordance with thescheme of evaluation prescribed by the Academic Council on the recommendation of theBoard of Studies of the Department of Law and the Faculty of Law.

(e) (i) The Course and the Credits or marks allotted to written papers, Viva-VoceExamination and Sessional/Practical Work for each Semester shall be prescribed bythe Academic Council on the recommendation of the Board of Studies of theDepartment of Law and the Faculty of Law.

(ii) In case of ex-students, permitted to appear in a subsequent examination, credits/marksawarded to them for the sessional work/practical work during their regular course ofstudy shall be carried forward to the subsequent examination taken by them.

*(f) To pass each Semester Examination, a candidate must obtain at least:

(i) 40% of the marks in each written paper,(ii) 40% of the marks in the viva voce examination;(iii) 50% of the marks in the Sessional and Project Work;(iv) 50% of the marks in aggregate.

*(g) A candidate shall be entitled to DM and GM as per University rules approved by theAcademic Council.

**(h) A candidate who has secured at least 50% marks, in the sessional work but has failed to passin the written paper or papers and/or the viva-voce examination for a course at the first, third,fifth , seventh and ninth semester examinations, or is unable to take that examination forreasons approved by the Dean, Faculty of Law, may be allowed by the Dean to pursue thecourses of study for the second, fourth, sixth, eight and tenth semester examinations as thecase may be.

5. PROMOTIONS:

No candidate shall be promoted to the Third Semester, Fifth Semester, Seventh Semester or NinthSemester unless he has passed in all courses of the proceeding Semester Examinations.

6. RE-ADMISSION:

A candidate who has failed at a Semester Examination or has failed to appear at a SemesterExamination may seek continuation in the semester at which he has failed but only once.Application for continuation shall be made to the Dean within one month of the declaration ofresults. The Dean may refuse continuation if in his opinion the continuance of the candidate doesnot have adequate justification.

*EC dated 27.2.1999.


178

7. REPEAT EXAMINATION:

(a) A repeat examination may be organized by the Dean on a written request made by theunsuccessful students after the declaration of the result of II, IV, VI, VIII and X Semester andwithin 15 days from the commencement of the new session.

(b) The repeat examination shall be open only to the candidates who have secured at least 50%marks in half of the papers of both semesters in a year.

(c) The repeat examination shall be limited to the written papers and viva voce examination.

(d) The marks obtained earlier in the assignment shall be carried forward while determining themarks/grade at the repeat examinations.

Provided that in case of Clinical course and Seminar, the repeat examinations shall be limited towritten reports and oral presentation only and the marks/grade obtained for the daily work shall becarried forward while determining the marks/grade in the course.Provided further that in the case of Clinical and Seminar courses where modified scheme may beannounced, the scope of repeat examination to be taken by the failed students shall be announced bythe Dean and the repeat examination shall be completed within the immediately following II, IV, VI,VIII and X Semester Examinations.

(e) The number of times a candidate can repeat the examination shall be only once.

*8. IMPROVEMENT:

A candidate obtaining 50 per cent or more marks in written paper in any course other than Seminaror Clinical, may, if he so desires to appear in the Main Semester Examination in written papers inthat course with the prior permission of the Dean obtained in written at least 15 days before thescheduled Examination. Such opportunity for improvement shall only be availed of once in twopapers of the semester at the immediately following Main Semester Examination in the course.

9. EX-STUDENTS:

(a) A candidate who has failed in a course at Semester Examination shall take the SemesterExamination only in the courses/viva-voce in which he has failed to pass, and themarks/grade of the course/viva-voce in which he has already passed shall be carried forwardto the Examination taken by him.

(b) Notwithstanding anything contained in these Ordinances, an ex-student as defined in ChapterXVII shall be eligible to appear at the regular Semester Examination immediately followingthe Semester Examinations in which he has failed to pass or to appear.

Provided a candidate not promoted under Clause 5 at a Semester Examination shall be eligible toappear as an ex-student in the subsequent Semester Examinations.

(c) An ex-student who has passed the required Semester Examination, may seek admission to thenext semester, only prior to the mid-term written tests.

*Academic Council dated 19.9.1998/EC dated 27.2.1999.

179**10. DIVISION:

The Division in which a successful candidate is to be placed shall be determined on the basis of theaggregate of marks/grades obtained by him in all the ten Semester Examinations. Candidates whoobtain 65% of the marks or more shall be placed in the First Division, those who obtain less than65% but not less than 50% of the marks, shall be placed in the Second Division. Candidates whoobtain 75% of the marks or more in a course shall be declared to have obtained distinction in thatcourse.

11. TOTAL PERMISSIBLE DURATION OF STUDIES:

No candidate shall be admitted as a candidate for a Semester Examination after the lapse of a periodof eight years after his first admission to the B.A. LL.B. (Hons) Degree course.

** O.M. No. XM/SPA/F.Ord.57/II-139 dated 08.7.2005.

180

CHAPTER – XXXBachelor of Law (LL.B)

(Three Years Course)**(deleted)


181

*CHAPTER XXXIMASTER OF LAWS (LL.M.)

1. No candidate shall be eligible for the Degree of Master of Laws (LL.M.) unless he has passed, notless than two years previously the examination of the Degree of Bachelor of Laws of this Universityor an examination recognized by this University as its equivalent and has undergone a regular courseof study in the University for a period of two academic years.

Provided that ex-students as defined in Chapter XVII of the Academic Ordinances shall not berequired to undergo a regular course of study.

Provided that a candidate with a two years (four semesters) LL.B. Degree shall not be eligible to beadmitted to LL.M. course.

2. The Examination for the Degree of Master of Laws shall be open to:-

(a) candidates who have undergone a regular course of study in the University.

(b) ex-students, as defined in Chapter XVII, Clause 3,4, and 5.

3. The Examination for the Degree of Master of Laws (LL.M.) shall comprise two AnnualExaminations. A candidate shall be examined at the end of each year in the course of studyprescribed for the year. Each such examination shall be known as an Annual Examination.

4. Each Annual Examination shall comprise written papers and/or sessional work and/or viva voceexamination and/or dissertation as may be prescribed by the Academic Council on therecommendations of the Department of Law and the Faculty of Law.

5. The medium of instruction and examination shall be English language.

6. The courses and the marks allotted to written papers and/or sessional work and/or viva voceexamination and/or dissertation for each academic year shall be prescribed by the Academic Councilon the recommendations of the Department of Law and the Faculty of Law.

7. In case of ex-students, as defined in Chapter XVII, Clause 5, marks awarded to them for sessionalwork during their regular course of study shall be taken into account at the subsequent examination.

8. To pass the Annual Examination, a candidate must obtain at least:-(i) 40 per cent of the marks in each written paper;(ii) 40 per cent of the marks in the viva-voce examination, if prescribed.(iii) 50 per cent of the marks in the sessional work, if prescribed. (iv) 50 per cent of the marks in the aggregate.**(iv) 50 per cent of the marks in Dissertation.

Provided that a candidate, who fails to secure the minimum marks required for sessional work in anacademic year, shall not be permitted to appear at the Annual Examination until he has againattended a regular course of study for that academic year.

*E.C. Res. No. 2 (para 16 of Appendix 1(b) dated 16.3.1985.


182

9. No candidate shall be promoted to the LL.M. (Final) unless he has obtained 50 per cent marks in atleast half of written papers of the LL.M. (Previous) Examination.

10. A candidate who fails at an Annual Examination or fails to appear at an Annual Examination forreasons approved by the Dean of the Faculty of Law, may appear subsequently at the AnnualExamination concerned as an ex-student.

Provided that:-

(i) candidates who fails at an Annual Examination shall take the subsequent examination only inthe paper/papers/viva-voce/dissertation, in which they have failed to pass, and the marks ofthe paper/papers/viva/voce/dissertation, in which they have already passed shall be taken intoaccount at the subsequent examination.

(ii) candidates who have failed in the aggregate, shall be required to appear only in such writtenpaper/papers/viva-voce in which they have obtained less than 50 per cent marks and themarks of the paper/papers/viva-voce in which they have already secured 50 per cent marks ormore and the marks of the dissertation in which they have passed shall be taken into accountat the subsequent examination.

11. No candidate shall be eligible for the Degree of Master of Laws unless he has passed in the LL.M.(Previous and Final) Examinations.

12. The Division in which successful candidates are to be placed shall be determined on the basis of theaggregate of marks obtained by them in the LL..M. (Previous and Final) Examinations. Candidateswho obtain 65 per cent of the marks or more shall be placed in the First Division, those who obtainless than 65 per cent but not less than 50 per cent of the marks shall be placed in the SecondDivision. Candidates, who obtain 75 per cent of the marks or more in a paper, shall be declared tohave obtained distinction in that paper.

13. No student shall be admitted as a candidate for an Annual Examination after the lapse of five yearsafter his first admission to the LL.M. Degree Course.

**14. Transitory Provisions:- (deleted)


183

CHAPTER XXXI – AMaster of Laws (LL.M.)(Under Semester System)

(Effective from the session 1997 – 98)

1. No candidate shall be eligible for the degree of Master of Laws (LL.M.) unless he has passed, theExamination for the degree of Bachelor of Law (3 – year course) / B.A. LL.B. (5 – year course) ofthis University or an examination recognized by this University as its equivalent, and has undergonea regular course of study in the University for a period of two academic years comprising of foursemesters.

2. No candidate shall be admitted to LL.M. degree course unless he has secured not less than 55% ofaggregate marks in qualifying examination. The admission to the Course shall be open to candidatesthrough Competitive Entrance Test conducted by the University in accordance with the rules andprocedure prescribed for the purpose by the Academic Council from time to time.

3. The duration of LL.M. Degree course shall be of two academic years comprising of four semesters.The duration of each semester shall be of 100 working days

4. (a) The examination for the degree of LL.M. shall comprise of four semesters and in eachsemester, a candidate shall be examined in the courses prescribed by the Academic Council.

(b) The examinations for the degree of LL.M. shall be open to candidates who have undergone aregular course of study and have put in at least 75% of attendance in each semester.

(c) Each Semester Examination shall comprise of End Semester Written Examination, SessionalWork, Viva-voce Examination as well as Dissertation (at the end of final semester) asprescribed by the Academic Council.

(d) The medium of instructions and examination shall be English Language.

(e) The evaluation of the Semester Examination shall be Internal/External as prescribed by theAcademic Council.

(f) (i) The course structure and the marks allotted to written papers, viva-voce examinationand sessional work for each semester shall be prescribed by the Academic Council on therecommendations of the Board of Studies of the Department of Law and the Faculty of Law.

(ii) In case of ex-students, permitted to appear in a subsequent examination, marks obtainedby the candidates for the sessional work during their regular course of study shall be carriedforward to the subsequent examination.

(g) To pass each Semester Examination, a candidate must obtain at least–(i) 50% of the marks in the sessional work;(ii) 40% of the marks in each written paper;(iii) 50% of the marks in the viva-voce examination;(iv) 50% of the marks in dissertation and;(v) 50% of the marks in the aggregate



184

(h) Candidates who fail to obtain at least 50% marks in aggregate of I, II, III and IV (Final)Semester Examinations shall be required to appear only in such written paper(s) / viva-voceexamination in which they have obtained less than 50% marks. The marks of the writtenpapers(s) / viva-voce examination etc in which they have already secured 50% or more marksand the marks of the dissertation in which they have passed shall be taken into account in thesubsequent examination;

Provided that a candidate who fails to secure the minimum marks required in sessional work in asemester shall not be permitted to appear at the Semester Examination until he has again attendedthe regular course of study for that semester.

5. (a) No candidate shall be promoted to Second Semester of LL.M course unless he has obtained50% marks in at least half of the written papers of LL.M. First Semester Examination.

(b) No candidate shall be promoted to Third Semester of LL.M. unless he has obtained 50%marks in at least half of the written papers of LL.M. First Semester and Second SemesterExaminations separately.

(c) No candidate shall be promoted to Fourth Semester of LL.M. unless he has obtained 50%marks in at least half of the written papers of L.L.M First Semester, Second Semester andThird Semester Examinations separately.

6. A candidate who has been detained due to shortage of attendance or fail to secure the minimummarks required in the sessional work during a semester, may seek continuation in the next session inthe semester in which he has been detained. Application for continuation shall be submitted to theDean, within 15 days from the date of commencement of the semester. The candidate may beallowed to continue his/her studies by the Dean Faculty of Law.

7. (a) A candidate who fails at a Semester Examination shall be allowed to appear at examinationas an ex-student only in the written paper(s)/viva-voce examination/dissertation, in which hehas failed. The marks of the written paper(s)/viva-voce examination/dissertation etc in whichhe has already passed shall be taken into account at the subsequent examination.

(b) No candidate shall be eligible for the Degree of Master of Laws unless he has passed all thefour Semester Examinations.

8. A candidate who has secured less than 55% marks and wishes to improve his/her performance, mayappear in the Semester Examination in written papers(s) with the permission of the Dean Faculty ofLaw at least 15 days before the scheduled examination, as per Clause (14) of Chapter XVII of theOrdinances (Academic) in this behalf.

9. The division in which successful candidates are to be placed shall be determined in the followingmanner on the basis of the aggregate marks obtained by them in all the four Semester Examinations.

(a) Candidates who obtain 65% of the aggregate marks or more shall be placed in the FirstDivision.

(b) Candidates who obtain less than 65% but not less than 50% of the aggregate marks shall beplaced in the Second Division.

185

(c) Candidates who obtain 75% of the marks or more in a written paper shall be declared to haveobtained distinction in that written paper.

10. (a) Every candidate shall be assigned his/her topic for dissertation in consultation with thesupervisor concerned within 15 days of the assignment of specialised group in III semester.

(b) No candidate shall be allowed to take IV semester examination unless he/she has submittedhis/her dissertation at least one week prior to the commencement of such examination.

(c) Notwithstanding any thing contained in these Ordinances, if a candidate fails to complete therequirements of degree within four academic years from the date of his/her admission, he/sheshall not be allowed to pursue his/her studies in LL.M. degree programme. However, if acandidate fails to complete the requirements of degree within four academic years, thuspermitted, the Academic Council on the recommendations of the Faculty, may further permithim/her to complete the remaining requirements of the degree within one more additionalacademic year.

*11. Deleted


186

CHAPTER XXXIIBachelor of Education (B.Ed)

1. The Examination for the Degree of Bachelor of Education shall be open to :-

(a) candidates who have undergone a regular course of study in the University for one academicyear.

(b) ex-students, as defined in chapter XVII, in accordance with the provisions of Clauses 9 and10 below.

2. No candidate shall be permitted to appear at the Examination unless he has passed, at least one yearpreviously, the B.A., B.Sc. or B.Com. (Hons) or Pass Examination of this University or anexamination recognized by the University.

3. The Examination shall comprise Written Papers in Theory, Practical of Teaching and SessionalWork. The number of papers and the marks allotted to them shall be prescribed by the AcademicCouncil on the recommendations of the Department of Education and the Faculty of SocialSciences.

4. Every candidate shall be required to have pursued a course of Practical Training and shall further, inthe presence of at least two external and two internal examiners appointed for the purpose, givesatisfactory evidence of his ability to teach and manage classes.

5. To qualify for the Degree of Bachelor of Education, a candidate must obtain at least:

(a) 33 per cent of the marks in sessional and 33 per cent of the marks at the Final Examination ineach theory paper separately.

(b) 40 per cent of the total marks in sessional and Final Examination taken together in each theorypaper separately.

(c) 33 per cent of the marks in sessional work in Practical Teaching and 33 per cent at the FinalPractical Examination separately.

(d) 40 per cent of the total marks in sessional and Final Practical Examination taken together inboth the teaching subjects.

6. Successful candidates shall be placed in the various divisions in Theory and in Practical separately.

Candidates who obtain not less than 60 per cent of the marks in the aggregate shall be placed in theFirst Division, those who obtain less than 60 per cent but not less than 50 per cent of the marks inthe Second Division, and those who obtain less than 50 per cent but not less than 40 per cent, in theThird Division.Candidates who obtain 75 per cent of the marks or above in any theory paper or in any of the subjectin the practical examination shall be declared to have gained distinction in that part of theexamination.

7. In case of candidates appearing at the B.Ed. Examination as ex-students, the marks obtained by themfor sessional work in the course/courses concerned during their regular course of study shall betaken into account.

187

8. (a) No candidate shall be allowed to appear at the B.Ed. Practical Examination unless he hasdelivered 45 lessons, has obtained at least 33 per cent of the marks in the sessional work inpracticals and is certified in this regard by the Chairman of the Department of Education aseligible to appear at the Final Examination.

(b) No candidate shall be allowed to appear at the B.Ed. Final Examination in a Theory Paperunless he has obtained at least 33 per cent of the marks in the sessional work in that TheoryPaper.

(c) A candidate who obtains less than 33 per cent of the marks in sessional work in more than twopapers shall be declared ineligible to appear at the Final Theory Examination.

9. Candidates who pass the practical examination but fail in the written examination in not more thantwo papers may appear at a subsequent examination of that course/those courses provided they getthemselves enrolled as ex-students.

10 Candidates who fail in the Final Examination in Practice Teaching may get only one chance toappear again in the examination in the immediately following session provided that they getthemselves enrolled as ex-students and teach at least 20 lessons under the supervision of theDepartment of Education in this University during that session.

11. Candidates who pass the practical examination but fail in more than two theory papers shall have torejoin the University and take the whole examination in theory only as regular candidates.

12. Candidate who fail both in Practical and Theory shall have to rejoin the University and take thewhole examination in Theory as well as in practical as regular candidates.

13. The candidates who secure a Third Division in the Final Examination in Practice Teaching may getonly one chance to appear again in the examination in order to improve their division in theimmediately following session provided that they get themselves enrolled as ex-students and teachat least 20 lessons under the supervision of the Department of Education of this University duringthe session.

14. Candidates who desire to specialize in the teaching of a school subject or in any other area ofEducation shall be required to do sessional work and/or practical work as prescribed by theAcademic Council on the recommendations of the Department of Education and the Faculty ofSocial Sciences and shall be required to obtain not less than 50 per cent of the marks prescribed forsuch sessional and/or practical work.

Provided that no candidate shall be deemed to have specialized in a school teaching subject unless:

(i) he has obtained at least 50 per cent of the marks prescribed for the paper on that subject at theTheory examination, and

(ii) one of the lessons delivered by him at the Final Practical Examination in the subjectconcerned and he has obtained at least 50 per cent marks in the Practical Examination of thesubject.

15. A candidate who fails only in the special subject offered by him may be permitted to appear in thatsubject only in a subsequent year provided that he:-

188

(a) produces satisfactory evidence that he has been teaching in a recognized school for at leastthree months preceding the date of examination, and

(b) enrolls himself as an ex-student.

16. A candidate who has already obtained the Degree of Bachelor of Education of this University, mayoffer himself for examination in special subject after attending a further course for at least threemonths during the session immediately preceding the Examination provided that he gets himselfenrolled as ex-student.

17. A candidate pursuing a regular course of study for the B.Ed. Examination shall, in no case, bepermitted to pursue a course of study for any other Examination simultaneously.

18. If a candidate holds an employment at the time of admission to the B.Ed. course or acceptsemployment after admission he/she shall have to satisfy the Chairman of the Department ofEducation that he/she has been on leave from work for the duration of the course before beingallowed to appear at the Examination.

19. For B.Ed. Examination, there shall be seven papers as follows:-(i) Education and the National Context 100 marks

(ii) Educational Psychology and Statistics 100 marks

(iii) Problems of Indian Education 50 marks

(iv) Curriculum and Evaluation 50 marks

(v) Optional (one of the following) 50 marks(a) Educational Administration and Supervision

(b) Guidance & Counseling

(c) Special Education

(d) Education Technology and Computer Education

(vi) Content-cum-Method (1st Subject) 100 marks

(vii) Content-cum-Method (2nd Subject) 100 marks

20. *Under the supervision of the Department, each candidate shall deliver two criticism lessons andmaintain a record of at least 20 lessons observed by him which shall be taken into considerationwhile sessional work and criticism lessons are evaluated.

21. *The distribution of marks in Theory and in Practice Teaching shall be as follows:-(a) Theory: 550 marks

(i) Written Examination 414 marks(ii) Sessional Work in Theory 136 marks

*E.C. Resolution No. 60 dated 19/20,1,1991.

189

(b) Practicals (to be assessed internally by the Department of Educationexcept item no. i(b): *400 marks

(i) Practical Teaching

(a) Practice Teaching (45 lessons) *150 marks

(b) Final Examination 150 marks

(c) Two criticism lessons, one in each teaching subject(25 marks each) 50 marks

(ii) Work Experience 50 marks

*E.C. dated 27.2.1999.

190

*CHAPTER – XXXIIIMaster of Education (M.Ed.)

1. The Examination for the Degree of Master of Education shall be open to:-

(a) candidates who have undergone a regular course of study in this University for one academicyear; and

(b) ex-students as defined in Clause 5 of Chapter XVII, in accordance with the provisions ofClause 9 and 10 below.

2. No candidate shall be eligible for the M.Ed. Degree unless he has passed not less than one yearpreviously, the B.Ed. Examination of this University or an examination recognized by the Universityas its equivalent.

3. (a) The examination shall comprise 5 papers including sessional work of 100 marks each,research project carrying 100 marks and viva voce examination carrying 100 marks as maybe prescribed by the Academic Council on the recommendation of the Board of Studies ofthe Department of Education and the Faculty of Social Sciences.

(b) The Board of Studies may, however, prescribe not more than 50% of the total number ofpapers carrying 50 marks each.

(c) The allocation of marks for each paper shall be as follows:-

Written examination Sessional Work 75 marks 25 marks

OR

38 marks 12 marks

4. To pass the M.Ed. Examination, a candidate must obtain:-

(a) 33% of the marks in each paper;

(b) 40% of the marks in the aggregate of all papers in the written examination;

(c) 33% of the marks in sessional work;

(d) 40% of the marks in the Research Project Dissertation and

(e) 40% of the marks in viva-voce examination.

A candidate who has passed in individual papers but failed to obtain 40% of marks in aggregate forpassing the Examination may appear as an ex-student in subsequent Examination in one or morepapers so as to be eligible for the award of Degree.

*E.C.Res.No. 6(68) dated 20.12.1980 and 21/22.2.1981.


191

5. A candidate who fails to obtain 40% of the marks in the Research Project, may be permitted by theBoard of Studies of the Department of Education to re-submit his dissertation after due revision aftera period of not less than six months and within two years of the declaration of the result providedthat he keeps his name on the rolls of the University, as an ex-student.

6. Candidates who obtain 60% of the aggregate marks or more shall be placed in the First Division;those who obtain less than 60% but not less than 50% of the marks shall be placed in the SecondDivision. Those who obtain less than 50% but not less than 40% of the marks shall be placed in theThird Division.

Candidate who obtain 75% or more marks in a theory paper or in any of the subject of the PracticalExamination shall be decleared to have gained Distinction in that paper or part of the Examination.

Provided that if a candidate wishes to improve his/her performance, he/she may be allowed by theDean of Faculty concerned to repeat the Examination in one or more papers in order to have his/hermarks revised upwards in accordance with Clause 14 of Chapter XVII of these Ordinances.

7. A candidate pursuing a regular course of study for the M.Ed. Examination shall in no case bepermitted to pursue a course of study or Research for any other examination simultaneously.

8. If a candidate holds an employment at the time of admission to M.Ed. course or accepts employmentafter admission, he/she shall have to satisfy the Chairman of the Department of Education thathe/she has been on leave from work for the duration of the course before being allowed to appear atthe Examination.


192

Chapter XXXIII(A)

Master of Education (M.Ed.)(2 – Semester Programme)


1. The degree of M.Ed. shall be awarded to a candidate who has passed B.Ed. examination of thisUniversity with at least 50% marks in aggregate of theory courses of B.Ed. or an examinationrecognised by the University as its equivalent and has undergone a regular course of study for notless than one academic year comprising of two semesters and has fulfilled all requirements includingattendance of first and second semesters.

2. In order to be eligible for the award of the degree of Master of Education (M.Ed.), a candidate shallhave to pass in semester examinations each comprising of five courses of four credits each so as toaccumulate 40 credits distributed in two semesters of 20 credits per semester alongwith theviva-voce examination of 2 credits each at the end of I and II semesters and a researchproject/dissertation of 4 credits to be completed during the entire period spread over both semesters(ie to accumulate a total of 48 credits for the award of M.Ed. degree) in the manner as specified inClause (6) below.

3. The courses, the credits and the marks allotted to each course shall be as prescribed by the AcademicCouncil on the recommendations of the Board of Studies of the Department of Education and theFaculty of Social Sciences.

4.(a) There shall be continuous evaluation in each course consisting of sessional work spread over thesemester followed by End Semester Examination at the end of each semester.

(b) The allocation of marks in various components of evaluation for each course/research project/dissertation shall be as follows (1 credits means 25 marks):

Sessional work : 25% marksEnd Semester Examination : 75% marks

5. The semester examinations shall be open to candidates who have undergone a regular course ofstudy in this University and have put in at least 75% attendance in all courses taken together in eachsemester.

6.(a) To pass each course/research project/dissertation/viva-voce and to accumulate credits to it, acandidate must obtain at least 36% of the total marks in sessional work & End SemesterExamination , taken together.

(b) A candidate who fails to obtain the minimum marks to pass in a course may be allowed to appearonly at the subsequent End Semester Examination prescribed for that course. The marks awarded atthe subsequent examination and the sessional marks obtained earlier as a regular candidate, shall betaken into account. The marks in the courses in which the candidate has already passed shall becarried forward.

(c) For ex-student, as defined in Chapter XVII(A) of the Ordinances (Academic), permitted to appear ina subsequent End Semester Examination, the marks obtained earlier in sessional work/researchproject/dissertation/viva-voce shall be carried forward.


193


7. A candidate who fails to fulfil attendance requirements in I and/or II Semester(s) may be allowed forre-registration in I and/or II Semester in the next session within a maximum permissible period oftwo academic sessions from the date of his/her admission.

However, a candidate who has fulfilled attendance requirements of I and II semesters, may bepermitted to appear at the next immediately following End Semester Examinations as an ex-studentto complete the remaining requirements for the award of M.Ed. degree;

Provided that in no case, a candidate shall be permitted further to appear in the examination andhis/her name shall be removed from the University.

8. The division in which a successful candidate is to be placed shall be determined on the basis ofaggregate marks obtained by him/her in first and second semesters taken together. Candidates whoobtain 60% of the aggregate marks or more shall be placed in the First Division; those who obtainless than 60% but not less than 50% of the aggregate marks shall be placed in the Second Divisionand those who obtain less than 50% of the aggregate marks shall be placed in Third Division.

9. If a candidate passes I and II semester examinations and wishes to improve his/her performance,he/she may appear in not more than 25% of the written papers of theory courses at the End SemesterExaminations, not later than one academic session after the declaration of his/her result on passingthe complete examination. There shall be no improvement in the sessional work/dissertation/ viva-voce examination. The marks awarded to him/her for the sessional work/dissertation/ viva-voceexamination during his/her regular course of study shall be carried forward. Such candidates shallnot be allowed hostel accommodation;

Provided that such permission shall be granted only once, and the candidate is not pursuing orundergoing any other course of study in the meanwhile;


10. Ex-students as defined in Clause 5 of Chapter XVIII(A) of Ordinances (Academic) who are eligibleto appear at the M.Ed. examination under Annual System, shall be allowed to complete the degreerequirements till 2005 examination.

194

CHAPTER XXXIVBachelor of Science in Engineering (Civil, Electrical, Mechanical and Chemical)**

**(deleted)

**TRANSITORY ORDINANCES**(Deleted)

*CHAPTER XXXIV-ABachelor of Science in Engineering (Chemical, Civil, Electrical and Mechanical)

(Effective from the exams. of 1981-82)**(deleted)

*TRANSITORY ORDINANCES TO CHAPTER XXXIV – A**(deleted)

(Effective from the session 1981-82)

CHAPTER XXXIV- BBachelor of Science in Engineering (Chemical, Civil, Electrical, Electronics and

Mechanical)(FOUR YEARS DEGREE COURSE EFFECTIVE FROM 1984-85)

**(deleted)

*CHAPTER XXXIV – CBachelor of Science in Engineering

(Chemical/Civil/Electrical/Electronics/Mechanical)Four years degree course effective from Academic Session 1985-86)

**(deleted)

TRANSITORY ORDINANCES TO CHAPTER XXXIV – C**(deleted)

** O.M. No. XM/SPA/F.Ord.57/II-139 dated 08.7.2005.

195

CHAPTER XXXIV (D)

BACHELOR SCIENCE IN ENGINEERING / BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY(CIVIL/ELECTRICAL/MECHANICAL/COMPUTER/CHEMICAL/PETRO-

CHEMICAL/ELECTRONICS) EXAMINATION(Four - Year Degree Course)

(Effective form the Session 1994-95)and

Bachelor of Engineering (Civil/Electrical/Mechanical) Examination(Four-Year Degree Course)

(Effective from the Session 1993-94)

1. The Degree of B.Sc in Engg. /Bachelor of Technology (Civil /Electrical/Mechanical/ Computers/Chemical/Petro-Chemical/Elec/tronics)/ Bachelor of Engineering (Civil/Electrical/Mechanical) shallbe awarded to candidates who have undergone at this University, a regular course of study for fourAcademic Years in the relevant branch of study after having passed the Senior Secondary SchoolCertificate (10+2) Examination of this University or an Examination recognized by the University asits equivalent (for B.Sc. in Engg./Bachelor of Technology Course)/ Diploma in Engineering(Civil/Electrical/Mechanical) Examination of this University or an Examination recognized by theUniversity as its equivalent (For Bachelor of Engineering-Evening Course) and have passed First,Second¸ Third and Final Year Examinations of the Courses prescribed for the said Degree.

2. The First Year Examination for the Degree of B.Sc. in Engg. / Bachelor of Technology (Civil/Electrical/ Mechanical/ Computer/ Electronics/ Chemical/Petro-Chemical)/ Bachelor of Engineering(Civil/Electrical/Mechanical) shall be open to candidates who have undergone a regular course ofstudy for one Academic Year at the University and also satisfy the requirements as per ChapterXVII of the Academic Ordinances.

3. The Second Year Examination of the Degree of B.Sc. in Engg. / Bachelor of Technology (Civil/Electrical/Mechanical/Computer/Electronics/Chemical/Petro-Chemical) /Bachelor of Enggineering(Civil/Electrical/Mechanical) shall be open to candidates who have undergone a regular course ofstudy for one Academic Year at the University and also satisfy the requirements as per ChapterXVII of the Academic Ordinances after having passed the First Year B.Sc.in.Engg. /Bachelor ofTechnology/Bachelor of Engineering Examination.

4. The Third Year Examination for the Degree of B.Sc. in Engg./Bachelor of Technology (Civil/Electrical/Mechanical/Computer/Electronics/Chemical/Petro-Chemical)/Bachelor of Engineering(Civil/Electrical/Mechanical) shall be open to candidates who have undergone a regular course ofstudy for one Academic Year at the University and also satisfy the requirements as per ChapterXVII of the Academic Ordinances after have passed the Second Year B.Sc. in Engg./Bachelor ofTechnology /Bachelor of Engineering Examination in the corresponding Branch.

5. The Final Year Examination for the Degree of B.Sc. in Engg. /Bachelor of Technology (Civil/Electrical/Mechanical/Computer/Electronics/Chemical/Petro-Chemical) / Bachelor of Engineering(Civil/Electrical/Mechanical) shall be open to candidates who have undergone a regular courses ofstudy for one Academic Year at the University and also satisfy the requirements as per Chapter

Chapter XXXIV (C) & XXX(V) (C) are clubbed together as Chapter XXXIV (D) for B.Sc. Engg. & BE as per OM No XM/AC IV /

2759 dated 7.2.95. Old nomenclature “B.Sc. in Engg.” is changed to new nomenclature “Bachelor of Technology” in appropriate branch of Engg.w.e.f. 1999 Examination vide Office Memo No (C) 840 & 841 dated 4.06.1999.

196

XVII of the Academic Ordinances after having passed the Third Year B.Sc. in Engg. /Bachelor ofTechnology/Bachelor of Engineering Examination in the corresponding Branch.

6. Each Examination shall comprise sessional work, written papers, practical and /or viva-voceExaminations of various courses prescribed by the Faculty on the recommendations of the Board ofStudies concerned. The credits and relative weightages of Sessional and University Examinationcomponents of each course shall be prescribed by the Faculty.

7. (i) The absolute marks obtained by a candidate in various courses shall be converted into five –letter grades on 10 – point scale as given below:-

Grade Letters Grade Points SignificanceA 10 OutstandingB 08 Very GoodC 06 GoodD 04 SatisfactoryE 02 UnsatisfactoryI 0 Incomplete (Absent in

Univ. Exam. Component)

(ii) The grades shall be awarded as per procedure laid down in the Regulations to AcademicOrdinances prescribed in this behalf by the University from time to time.

8. (i) The grades in each course shall be awarded on the basis of the total marks obtained by acandidate in the Sessional Work and University Examination.

(ii) To pass each of the Examinations mentioned in clauses 2 to 5 above, a candidate must obtainatleast grade ‘D’ in each Theory Course and atleast grade ‘C’ in each Practical/ProjectCourse.

9. (i) The Session Performance Index (SPI) is the weighted average of the grade points anddescribe the performance of the candidate in the courses of a particular Academic Year. Ifthe grade points of the letter grades awarded to a candidate in various courses are denoted byG1, G2, G3, etc. and their credits by C1, C2, C3 etc. respectively, the SPI is computed asfollows:

SPI = (C1G1 + C2 G2 + C3G3 + …) / (C1 + C2 + C3 + ……)

(ii) The Cumulative Performance Index (CPI) describes the overall performance of a candidateupto and including the latest Academic Session. It shall be computed in the manner similarto SPI.

(iii) The division in which successful candidates are to be placed at the end of the Final YearB.Sc. in. Engg. / B. Tech./Bachelor of Engineering. Examination shall be based onCumulative Performance Index (CPI) as indicated below:

First Division with Honours : CPI = > 8.5First Division : 8.5 > CPI = > 6.5Second Division : CPI < 6.5

(iv) Provided that for candidates who have been admitted directly on transfer basis fromEngineering Institutions, recognized by the University in second Year B.Sc. in

OM No. XM/AC III (SO)/1042 dated 16.11.1996.

197

Engg./Bachelor of Technology(Four Year Degree Courses), the Division shall be determinedon the basis of Cumulative Performance Index(CPI) obtained in B.Sc. in. Engg./ Bachelor ofTechnology Examinations passed at this University.

10. (i) A Supplementary Examination shall be held after the Annual Examination. A regularcandidate who obtains grade (E/I) in not more than 50% of Courses at the AnnualExamination may be permitted to appear at the immediately following SupplementaryExamination.

Such condition shall not apply to regular candidates failing at the Final Year AnnualExamination.

However, a candidate of I/II/III Year B.Sc. in Engg/B.Tech./Bachelor of Engineering who couldnot appear at his Annual Examination as a regular candidate due to illness or severe accident, mayapply to the Dean for permission to appear at the subsequent Supplementary Examination providedthat he has secured at least 50% of the total marks in sessional components of the courses (Theory& Practical).

**The application along with the Medical Certificate of the Medical Officer of the UniversityHospital/Superintendent of J.N. Medical College Hospital/Chief Medical Officer of the District mustbe submitted by the candidate to the Dean’s Office within two weeks from the date of thecommencement of Annual Examination.

**Further, if a regular candidate who has fallen ill or met with severe accident during his AnnualExamination, may be permitted to appear at his subsequent Supplementary Examination of Theory&/or Practical courses provided that he has cleared at least 50% of the Courses (Theory &/orPractical) in which he has already appeared at the Annual Examination.

(ii) A candidate who obtains Grade (E/I) in a Practical/ Project course or in any other course asspecified in the Regulations to Academic Ordinance may be permitted to repeat the course(Sessional Work as well as University Examination components) in accordance with theRegulations to the Academic Ordinances in this behalf.

(iii) A regular candidate may be permitted to improve his grades(s) of Theory Courses(s) onlyonce at the following Supplementary Examination.

§“Provided that after passing Final Year B.Sc. in Engg./ B.Tech./Bachelor of Engineering inSupplementary Examination, a candidate may improve his grade(s) of Theory Course(s) only onceto improve his Division at the immediately following Main Examination, provided he/she has notperused higher studies in the mean time.

§The candidate will submit the Final Year Grade Sheet/ Degree issued earlier alongwith his/herExamination Form & deposit requisite fee in the Office of the Controller of Examination.”

(iv) Such candidates mentioned above in (i), (ii) & (iii) shall not be awarded beyond grade ‘B’ atany subsequent examination after their Annual Examination as regular candidates.

OM No XM/DC-III/Ord./103 dated 24.1.1998.

§OM No XM/DC-III/Ord./1553 dated 10.11.1997.

198

11. (i) A candidate may be promoted from First Year B.Sc. in Engg./Bachelor ofTechnology/Bachelor of Engineering to II Year B.Sc. in Engg. /Bachelor of Technology/Bachelor of Engineering, if he fails in not more than three courses.

(ii) A candidate may be promoted from II Year. B.Sc. in Engg. /Bachelor of Technology/Bachelor of Engineering to III Year B.Sc. in Engg. /Bachelor of Technology/Bachelor ofEngineering. or from III Year B.Sc. in Engg. /Bachelor of Technology/Bachelor ofEngineering to Final Year. B.Sc. in Engg. /Bachelor of Technology/Bachelor of Engineeringif he fails in not more than three courses of current class and has cleared all the courses of thepreceding class.

12. (i) A candidate not promoted to the next higher class after having undergone a regular course ofstudy, may be permitted to appear at the subsequent University Examination as an ex-student(Chapter XVII of the Academic Ordinances), if otherwise eligible.

However, in such cases, his previous sessional component marks of uncleared courses andgrades of cleared courses shall be taken into account at the time of preparing his result as anex-student.

(ii) In case, the result in certain courses or all courses of a candidate is cancelled due to unfairmeans, his University Examination marks and the grades in the said courses shall becancelled. However, his grades in backlog courses shall not be cancelled unless specified bythe Examination Committee.

13. A candidate detained due to shortage of attendance or long illness or who had failed in more than50% of his courses may be permitted to repeat the class as a regular student. In such cases, hissessional marks, University Examination marks and grades during the Academic Year shall betreated as cancelled. However, such candidates may be permitted to appear in UniversityExamination of backlog courses of lower class as an ex-student during the Academic Year ofdetention or illness, if otherwise eligible.

14. A candidate shall complete all the prescribed requirements for the award of Degree of B.Sc. inEngg./ Bachelor of Technology/Bachelor of Engineering in relevant branch within four AcademicYears after his admission. However, he may be permitted by the Dean to complete the requirementswithin next two additional Academic Years.

Provided that such candidates who are not promoted from First Year B.Sc. in Engg. /Bachelor ofTechnology/Bachelor of Engineering to Second Year B.Sc. in Engg. /Bachelor of Technology/Bachelor of Engineering within two Academic Years after their admission shall not be allowed torepeat the class and their admission shall be cancelled.

Provided further that such candidates who are not promoted from Second Year B.Sc. inEngg./Bachelor of Technology/Bachelor of Engineering to Third Year B.Sc. in Engg./Bachelor ofTechnology/Bachelor of Engineering within two Academic Years after their promotion from theFirst Year B.Sc. in Engg./Bachelor of Technology/Bachelor of Engineering shall not be allowed torepeat the class and their admission shall be cancelled.

However, if a candidate of Final Year B.Sc. in Engg. /Bachelor of Technology/Bachelor ofEngineering fails to complete the requirements of Degree in the relevant branch of study within sixAcademic Years after his admission, thus permitted, the Academic Council on the recommendationof the Faculty, may further permit him to complete the remaining requirements of the Degree within

199

one more additional Academic Year. If the candidate fails to complete the requirements of theDegree after the completion of seven years duration from the date of admission, his admission shallbe cancelled.

15. Attendance in all classes (lectures, tutorials, laboratories, practicals, workshop etc.) is compulsory. Ifthe attendance of any candidate at any stage is found unsatisfactory, his name will be removed fromthe rolls of class. In special cases, the attendance may be condoned in accordance with the rules andregulations of the University prescribed in this behalf from time to time.

16. A candidate who fails at the Annual Examination of First, Second or Third Year B.Sc. inEngineering/Bachelor of Technology/Bachelor of Engineering. and is not eligible to appear at thesubsequent Supplementary Examination, his name shall automatically be removed from the rolls ofthe class.

Provided that the candidate who fails at the Annual Examination of First, Second or Third YearB.Sc. in Engineering/Bachelor of Technology/Bachelor of Engineering. and is eligible to appear atthe subsequent Supplementary Examination, shall attend higher class provisionally. In case, thecandidate is not eligible for promotion to next higher class after the declaration of results ofSupplementary Examination, his name shall automatically be removed from the rolls of the classwith retrospective effect from the date he failed at the Annual Examination.

Provided further that the attendance of such candidates, who become eligible for promotion to nexthigher class after Supplementary Examination results, shall be counted from the date ofcommencement of classes.

TRANSITORY ORDINANCES TO CHAPTER XXXIV (D) OF ACADEMIC ORDINANCES

(Effective from the session 1994-95) for B.Sc. in Engineering Course and from the session 1993-94for Bachelor of Engineering Course)

The last examination as per chapter XXXIV(C)/ XXXV(C) of the Academic Ordinances (asamended upto 1993-94 for B.Sc. in Engineering & upto 1992-93 for Bachelor of Engineering) willbe held as under:

I B.Sc. in Engg. 1994/ I B.E 1993II –do-. 1995/ II B.E. 1994III -do- 1996/III B.E. 1995IV -do- 1997/IV B.E. 1996

Not-withstanding anything contained in these Ordinances, candidates who fail in the abovementioned Examination and want to appear at the next corresponding Examination shall begoverned by the following Ordinances: -

(a) The candidates who are admitted to I Year B.Sc. in Engg./ in the session 1993-94 or earlier orwho are admitted to I Year Bachelor of Engineering in the session 1992-93 or earlier and arejoining the classes under the New Ordinances, XXXIV (D) as regular students, shall begoverned by the Academic Ordinances effective from the session 1994-95, provided thatsuch candidates give an undertaking to abide by the Ordinances, Regulations & Rulesprescribed for the purpose.

(b) A promoted/ex-student is requirement to clear an equivalent course under the existingscheme of Teaching & Examination in lieu of backlog courses of old scheme of Teaching

200

and Examination as approved by the Faculty/Board of Studies concerned, if necessary. Thegrades in such cases shall be awarded as per new Academic Ordinances effective from thesession 1994-95(for B.Sc. in Engineering Courses) or from the session 1993-94 (for Bachelorof Engineering Courses).

(c) Candidates who are admitted to I Year B.Sc.in Engg. /Bachelor of Technology (Petro-Chemical) during the session1997-98, shall also be governed by chapter XXXIV (D) ofOrdinances (Academic) for B.Sc. in Engg. /Bachelor of Technology (Civil/ Electrical/Mechanical/ Computer/ Electronics/ Chemical/Petro-Chemical) in the Faculty of Engineering& Technology and shall abide by the Ordinances , Regulations & Rules Prescribed for thepurpose in the behalf from time to time.

(d) The Teaching & Examination schedule & related syllabi for II, III, & IV Year B.Sc. inEngg/B.Tech (Petro- Chemical Engineering) shall be same as for the Ist Year B.Sc. in Engg./Bachelor of Technology (Civil/ Electrical/ Mechanical/ Computer/ Electronics/ Chemical/Petro-Chemical.)

Further, the Teaching & Examination Schedule & related Syllabi for II, III, IV year B.Sc. in Engg. /B.Tech` (Petro-Chemical Engineering) shall be either as prescribed by Chapter XXXIV (D) ofOrdinances (Academic) with the provision that optional courses for Petro-chemical Engineering willbe introduced at appropriate level or new Ordinances (Academic) shall be framed and incorporatedon the recommendations of an Expert Committee to be nominated by the Vice-Chancellor. (O.M.No. LD (C) /528 dated 28-5-1998).

REGULATIONS TO CHAPTER XXXIV (D) OF ACADEMIC ORDINANCES FORBACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY/BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING

1. The relative weightages of Sessional Work and University Examination components of variouscategories of courses as mentioned in Teaching and Examination Schedule shall be as follows:

Category of courses Relative WeightagesSessional Univ. TotalWork Exam. Marks

(i) Theory Courses 25 Marks 100 Marks 125 Marks(ii) Drawing & Similar Courses,

ME102,211,CE202,CHE215,306 EME-211 & ECE-102 50 Marks 75 Marks 125 Marks

(iii) Practical Courses/ Project 75 Marks 50 Marks 125 Marks

The following grade ranges may ordinarily be used for the award of grades to the candidates in acourse: -

GRADE RANGES (PERCENTAGE OF TOTAL MARKS OBTAINED) GRADE

(i) For Theory Courses:75% and above A60% and above but less than 75% B45% and above but less than 60% C35% and above but less than 45% DLess than 35% E

201

(ii) For Practical/Project Courses:75% and above A60% and above but less than 75% B45% and above but less than 60% Cless than 45% E

Note: Fraction in marks obtained by a candidate in a course may be rounded off to the next wholenumber.

(iii) Normally, the distribution of various grades in a group of candidates shall be as followswhich can be used as a check: -

GRADE APPROXIMATE %AGE OF STUDENTS OBTAINING THE GRADE

For Theory Courses For Practical Courses/ProjectsA 10 to 25% 20 to 40%B 25 to 40% 30 to 50%C 25 to 40% 20 to 40%D 10 to 25% ------------E 0 to 10% 0 to 5%

In case of abnormal distribution of student population, the award of grades to the candidates may bemodified by the Result Moderation Committee as per the Regulations to the Moderation Committee(Clause (9), Chapter – XV of Academic Ordinances).

The grades to the candidates appearing at the Supplementary Examination may be awarded on thebasis of grade ranges used at the corresponding Annual Examination, subject to the conditionsspecified in Clause (10) of Academic Ordinances in this behalf. The better of the two grades atAnnual/Supplementary Examination, obtained by the candidate, shall be the final grade.

(vi) In case of any error in the submission of sessional marks by the Teacher Incharge/Examiner(s) of the Course, a committee consisting of the following members shalltake suitable remedial measures depending upon the merit of the case: -

1. Dean, Faculty of Engg. & Technology - Chairman2. Principal, Z.H. College of Engg. & Tech.3. Coordinator, B.E. Courses4. Chairman of the Department concerned5. One senior member of the Faculty not belonging to the concerned Department to

be nominated by the Dean.6. Chief Tabulator, Z.H. College of Engg. & Tech., - Convener

3. (i) There shall be continuous internal assessment of the performance of the candidate throughoutthe Academic Year based on sessional or class work in various courses, as prescribed in theTeaching and Examination Schedule.

(ii) The Final University Examination of Theory Courses shall be through written papers or theFinal University Examination of Practical Courses shall be through Practical and /or Viva-Voce Examination.

(iii) The University Examination in Project of Final Year shall be conducted by the External andInternal Examiners through Seminar and/or Viva-Voce Examination.

202

4. The Teacher Incharge of the Course may adopt any of the methods viz. written tests/quiz tests, classor home assignments, practicals, field work, report writing, regularity, seminar, viva-voce tests etc.for assessing the performance of the candidates in sessional or class work.

5. For sessional of each theory course, at least two tests shall be conducted. An additional test mayalso be conducted but the candidates’ higher marks in the best two shall be counted for the award ofsessional marks & grades.

6. The Teacher Incharge of each course shall be appointed by the Department concerned. He shallprepare the period wise lecture schedule of the course for distribution to the candidates at thebeginning of the session and the same shall be submitted to the Chairman of the Departmentconcerned for the purpose of moderation of the question papers. He shall standardize norms of theassessment/ evaluation for the course and ensure its implementation. He shall coordinate theteaching work and assessment/evaluation work in the course.

7. The Teacher-In charge/Examiner(s) of the course shall prepare the detailed Award Lists in duplicate(Sessional and University Examination Marks with Grades) and submit it along with evaluatedanswer scripts and remuneration bills to the Chief Scrutinizer of the Department concerned forcompulsory totaling and scrutiny of evaluated Answer Scripts and Grade Award Lists who in turnshall submit the scrutiny report along with the Grade Award Lists, Scrutinized Answer Scripts andverified Remuneration Bills to the Chairman of the Department concerned. The Chairman of theDepartment will forward the moderated grade award lists to the Chief Tabulator (Engg. College) forresult processing and Answer Scripts and remuneration bills to the Controller of Examinations afterre-evaluation work is completed.

8. There shall be no improvement of sessional work of Theory Courses. However, a candidate whohas been awarded grade E/I and has secured less than 40% of sessional marks in ME 102,211,CE202,CHE 21 5,306 EME-211 & ECE-102 or less than 60% of sessional marks in Practical Course/Project may be allowed by the Dean of the Faculty to repeat the course (i.e., to improve sessionalwork as well as University Examination components).

9. For the purpose of conversion of CPI (X) at Final Year B.Sc. in Engg. /Bachelor ofTechnology/Bachelor of Engineering Examination into Equivalent Percentage of Aggregate Marks(Y%), the following formula may be used: -

Y% = (20 X³ – 380 X² + 2725 X – 1690)/84.

10. The number of seats for each branch of study (Civil/Electrical/Mechanical/ Computer/ Chemical/Petro-Chemical/Electronics) for B.Sc. in Engg. /Bachelor of Technology or Civil/ Electrical/Mechanical/ for Bachelor of Engineering) shall be as approved by the University.

203

CHAPTER - XXXIV (E)

(Under Semester System based on Earned Credits & Grading Scheme of Evaluation )FOR

Bachelor of Technology in Chemical /Civil /Computer /Electrical/ Electronics/ Mechanical/Petro-Chemical Engineering

(Effective for the students admitted from the Session 2001 – 2002)

Introduction :

(1.1) Faculty of Engineering & Technology has adopted Semester System in place of conventionalAnnual System for the students admitted to B.Tech. Programmes from the academic session 2001-2002. Continuous internal assessment, grading system, credit based core and elective courses areessential links for the success of Semester System. It allows a student to qualify for his/her Degreeby accumulating a minimum number of specified credits depending upon the ability andconvenience of individual student within a specified frame work.

(1.2) These Ordinances ( Academic ) and related Regulations will be applicable to the students admittedto B.Tech. Programme during the session 2001-2002 and onwards ( under Semester System basedon Earned Credits and Grading Scheme of Evaluation ) offered by the Faculty of Engineering &Technology, Aligarh Muslim University, Aligarh. All existing rules, Regulations and Ordinances(Academic) related to B.Tech. Programme under Annual System and Grading Scheme of Evaluationare in fractious in the light of these Ordinance (Academic). (However, the existing Ordinances(Academic) under Chapter XXXIV(D) shall remain operative for Bachelor of Engineering(Evening) Degree Programme)

(1.3) As and when new B.Tech. Programme in other branches of Engineering are introduced, they willalso be governed by these Ordinances (Academic) and related Regulations.

(1.4) On the recommendations of the Faculty of Engineering & Technology and approved by variousauthorities of the University, any or all these Ordinances (Academic) and related Regulations maybe deleted or replaced by new ones at any time.

(1.5) The medium of instruction in B.Tech. Programme is English.

Admissions :

(2.1) The Degree of Bachelor of Technology (B.Tech.) in Chemical/ Civil/Computer/Electrical/Electronics/Mechanical/Petro-Chemical Engineering shall be awarded to the candidates who haveundergone at this University, a regular course of study for Four Academic Years consisting of EightSemesters in the relevant branch of Engineering after having passed the Senior Secondary SchoolCertificate (10+2) Examination of this University with English, Physics, Chemistry & Mathematicsor an Examination recognized by this University as its equivalent or have passed the Diploma inEngineering Examination of this University provided that the candidate has been selected foradmission to B.Tech. Programme in the relevant branch of Engineering through Entrance Test forAdmission.

EC dated 18.8.2001/29.12.2001.

204

(2.2) Admissions to B.Tech. Programme shall be made at First Semester level through an Entrance Testfor Admission conducted by this University. Detailed procedure and rules for admission to B.Tech.Programme shall be made available in the Guide to Admissions published by the University everyyear.

(2.3) Any candidate, not appearing at the Entrance Test for Admission shall not be considered foradmission to B.Tech. Programme.

However, few seats are reserved for admission to B.Tech. Programme for eligible rank/positionholders of Final Year Diploma in Engineering Examination of this University in the yearimmediately preceding without appearing in the Entrance Test for Admission. Detailed rules foradmission to rank/position holders at Diploma in Engineering of this University are given in theRegulations to Ordinances ( Academic) prescribed in this behalf by the University from time totime.

Few seats are also reserved for admission to B.Tech. Programme for Self Financing ForeignNationals/NRIs under IEF Scheme/Cultural Exchange Programme without appearing in the EntranceTest for Admission in accordance with the rules and procedures specified in Special InformationBulletin for Admissions to Foreign Nationals/NRIs published by this University every year.

(2.4) There shall be no direct admission at any level of B.Tech. Programme above First Semester leveleither on transfer basis from other Engineering Institution in India or abroad or on any other ground.

(2.5) The University/Dean, Faculty of Engg. & Technology or any other competent authority reserves theright to cancel the admission of any student at any stage during his/her Degree Programme ongrounds of unsatisfactory performance in studies or shortage of attendance in classes orindisciplined behaviour. (As per Ordinances of the University).

(2.6) Every student admitted to B.Tech. Programme should get himself/herself registered in all regularsemesters until the completion of the requirements of his/her Degree within permissible time limit.

If for any valid reasons, he/she is unable to register in a Semester, he/she must seek permission ofthe Dean, Faculty of Engineering & Technology. In the absence of such permission, he/she would bedeemed to have left the Degree Programme and his/her name shall be struck off from the roll of theFaculty/University. However, when a student has been permitted to withdraw from all coursesduring a semester, he/she continues to be on rolls of the Faculty/University.

3. Academic Calendar:

(3.1) Each Academic Year ( 52 weeks ) is divided into two Semesters viz. First ( Autumn ) Semester andSecond ( Spring ) Semester, each of which shall be of 20 weeks duration followed by 2 weeks ofWinter Break and 10 weeks of Summer Vacations ( which may be utilized for Industrial TrainingPeriod). The tentative break up of each Semester shall be as follows :

(i) First ( Autumn ) Semester :Teaching ( Phase I ) 8 WeeksMid-Semester Examination 1 WeekTeaching ( Phase II ) 7 WeeksPreparation Leave 1 WeekEnd Semester Univ. Exam 2 WeeksEvaluation & Result Processing Period 1 Week

205

(ii) Winter Break (to be utilized for College Week/Educational Tour ) 2 Weeks

(iii) Second ( Spring ) Semester:Teaching (Phase I) 8 WeeksMid-Semester Examination 1 WeekTeaching (Phase II) 7 WeeksPreparation Leave 1 WeekEnd-Semester Univ. Exam. 2 WeeksEvaluation & Result Processing Period 1 Week

(iv) Summer Vacations ( to be utilized for PracticalTraining after VI Semester) 10 Weeks

4. Teaching Schedule: (Refer to the Regulations)

(Weekly Work Schedule & Students Contact Hours/Week)

5. Change of Branch:

In special cases, a limited number of students may be allowed to change over from one branch ofstudy of B.Tech. Programme to another, depending on the availability of seats and their performancein the first two semesters. Detailed rules for change of branch are given in the Regulations to theOrdinances ( Academic) prescribed in this behalf.

6. Semester-Wise Course Structure/Teaching & Examination Schedule:

(6.1) Each Course ( Theory/Practical/Project) has certain number of credits (Cr.) assigned to it dependingupon its contact hours per week and their nature as specified below :

1 Lecture hour (L) in a week = 1 Credit1 Tutorial hour (T) in a week = 1 Credit1 Practical hour (P) in a week = 0.5 Credit

(6.2) Course Listing/Teaching & Examination Schedule (Semester-wise Course Structure) indicatingNature of the Course ( Theory/Practical), Course Category, Course Number & their Titles, ContactHours of Lectures/Tutorials/Practicals per week & assigned Credits shall be prescribed by theFaculty on the recommendations of the respective Board of Studies of the Department concerned(refer to Course Listing/Teaching & Examination Schedule / Semester-wise Course Structure forvarious Branches of Engineering)..

(6.3) A letter grade is awarded in each course for which a student is registered during a Semester. Onobtaining a pass grade A,B,C or D, the student is supposed to accumulate and earn the creditsassigned to the course which will be termed as Earned Credits (EC).

(6.4) The minimum number of earned credits required for the award of B.Tech. Degree in an appropriatebranch of Engineering is 220. This requirement may be changed by the University for any or all ofthe B.Tech. Degree Programmes at any time considered necessary by it.

The break up of credits for various categories of courses of B.Tech. Degree Programme shall be asfollows :

206

(i) Basic Sciences (BS) 30-36 creditsPhysics, Chemistry & Mathematics etc.

(ii) Engineering Sciences & Arts ( ESA ) 39-44 creditsGraphic Science, Manufacturing Processes & Practice,Mechanics, Strength of Materials, Basic Thermal Sciences,Material Science, Electrical Engineering & Electronics,Computer Programming, Numerical Analysis & Computing etc.

(iii) Humanities and Management ( HM ) 12-16 creditsLanguages, Humanities, Social Sciences and Management

(iv) Departmental Core ( DC ) 84-108 credits

(v) Departmental Electives(DE) 16-25 credits

(vi) Open Electives/Unspecified Courses (OE) 8-15 credits

(6.5) The Departmental Course Advisory Committee (DCAC):

It shall advise the students to register themselves for the above categories of courses keeping theirinterest and to progress at their own pace, subject to certain constraints of Earned Credits and SlotSystem specified in these Ordinances ( Academic ). This Advisory Committee will help the studentindividually in finalizing his/her study schedule during the semester.

(6.6) Of the total course work requirements, several courses are compulsory known as Core Coursesand the rest are Elective Courses. Students may choose elective courses from the list of ElectiveCourses specified by the Department concerned in accordance with their individual needs for his/herfuture career, every semester.

(6.7) In all, 59 credits of Common Course Work is required to be registered in the first two Semesters ofB.Tech. Programme as specified in Course Listing/Teaching & Examination Schedule (Semesterwise Course Structure).

(6.8) The remaining Course Work requirements may vary for one branch of Engineering to another to bedecided by the respective Board of Studies of the Departments.

7. Pre-Registration:

Pre-registration for the courses to be taken up by the students for third and subsequent semesters willbe done before the end of the previous semester for which the date will be announced by theFaculty/Departments. All students are required to complete pre-registration formalities inconsultation with their Departmental Course Advisory Committee and to submit the necessaryinformation about the courses to be taken up by them during the following semester. In case astudent does not complete his/her pre-registration formalities, he/she may not get the courses ofhis/her choice subsequently. Pre-registration helps the Department in finalising the courses to beoffered during the following semester, teaching load allocation and preparing the time-table etc.

207

8. Registration:

(8.1) Every student admitted to B.Tech. Degree Programme should register himself/herself in all regularsemesters till he/she completes all the requirements of his/her Degree . The registration in a coursemeans that the student’s name is on the roll list in a course for which he/she wants to study and earncredits. If for any valid reasons, he/she is unable to register in a semester, he/she must seek priorpermission of the Dean, Faculty of Engineering & Technology, without which, he/she would bedeemed to have left the B.Tech Degree Programme and his/her name may be struck off the rolls ofthe Faculty/University.

(8.2) Every student is expected to register for the normal credit loading as per Teaching & ExaminationSchedule in each regular semester. However, a student at his/her own option may depart from theprescribed credit loading, when feasible. Every student is required to get his/her registrationproperly completed at his/her own responsibility, failing which he/she shall not be allowed to attendany classes.

(8.3) A student who joins first semester of B.Tech. programme will automatically deemed to have beenregistered for all the courses of I & II Semesters of I Year B.Tech. Programme specified in theCommon Teaching & Examination Schedule (Semester-wise Course Structure). Registration cardsfor first two semesters will be issued by the Office of the Dean, Faculty of Engineering &Technology at the time of admission to B.Tech. Degree Programme. Registration of student forthird semester and onwards will be taken up by the Departments concerned on the dates announcedby the Faculty/Departments.

(8.4) The academic record of the student shall be maintained in the Dean’s Office by recording thecourses for which he/she registers in a semester and the grades obtained in these courses, along-with the eligibility requirements of minimum earned credits for continuation of his/her DegreeProgramme.

(8.5) It is mandatory for all students to present themselves on the scheduled day for registration. Beforethe commencement of classes, each student will be given a Course Registration Card which will bethe official record of courses registered by the student. Addition, deletion and withdrawl coursesshall also be marked on this card by the Office of the Dean, Faculty of Engineering & Technology.Ordinarily, no late registration is permissible. However, in extra ordinary genuine situations due toillness or emergent circumstances, if a student is unable to reach the Office of the Dean, Faculty ofEngineering & Technology on the scheduled date of registration, an authorized representative mayapproach the Dean Faculty of Engineering & Technology with necessary documents/proof forpermission for late registration.

(8.6) Each student is supposed to get himself/herself registered for the courses of his/her choice in theOffice of the Dean, Faculty of Engineering. & Technology and prepares his/her own study Schedulefor the semester on the advise by the Departmental Course Advisory Committee (DCAC) subject tocertain constraints of Earned Credit System, his/her past performance, work load, and availableslots in the Time-Table.

(8.7) Those students who do not fulfil all the requirements of first two semesters of the Programme buthave fulfilled the minimum Earned Credit requirements for continuation of registration willnormally be required to first register for the uncleared courses as far as possible. They may inaddition, register for other courses in accordance with the conditions specified below and inconsultation with Departmental Course Advisory Committee (DCDA).

208

(i) Only those students who have cleared all University and Hall dues of the previous semestersand have paid required advance payments of University and Hall charges for the currentsemester will be permitted for registration in the courses during current semester. (Orders to beissued by the University)

(ii) The courses for which registration is sought are being offered during the semester by theteaching department concerned.

(iii) The total number of credits registered during a semester at third or higher semester levels,should not be more than 40 which should include fresh courses, backlog courses and coursesfor improvement of grades, whether through attending classes afresh or through End-SemesterExamination alone.

(iv)Registration for Project Work may be done only after promotion to VII semester with theconcurrence of the Departmental Course Advisory Committee(DADC).

(8.8) A student has the option to add/delete/alter the courses from his/her course registration list within aweek of Registration.

(8.9) A student who is awarded grade E,F,I or W in any Elective Course may register for the same courseor any other Elective Course from the same group of Electives according to his liking in consultationwith the Departmental Course Advisory Committee(DADC).

(8.10) A student may repeat the course only once in which he/she has been awarded a pass grade duringprevious semesters.

(8.11) When the student re-registers for a course as stated above ( 8.9 & 8.10) and is awarded a regulargrade ( A,B,C,D or E ), the better of the two grades will be counted for computing SPI (SemesterPerformance Index)/CPI ( Cumulative Performance Index ) and / or Division.

9. Withdrawal from Course(s)/Semester(s)

A student who has been admitted to B.Tech. Degree Programme of this University may be permittedto temporarily withdraw for a maximum period of two semesters during his/her entire permissibletenure of fourteen consecutive semesters from the date of his/her admission. Such withdrawal maybe done either for one semester at a time or both semesters at one time. The request for withdrawalcan be made in two ways. (i) A student may apply to the Dean, Faculty of Engineering &Technology for the withdrawal from a semester(s) on the prescribed form before the commencementof the End Semester Examination of that semester specifying fully the reasons for withdrawal or (ii)When a student fails to earn the requisite Earned Credits for continuation of admission and his/hername is removed. In such cases, the student can apply on the prescribed form for withdrawal fromone or two semesters, as the case may be, before the commencement of next semester after nameremoval or within one week of the declaration of results, as the case may be.

The Dean may approve the request for withdrawal if he is satisfied with the reasons specified by thestudent. Any marks/credits earned and attendance during the withdrawal semester shall be cancelledand all courses registered in that semester shall be awarded grade W, and the student will have to re-register for the courses of the withdrawal semester at the first available opportunity. Further, no


O.M. NO. XM/AC/Reg./2042 dated 19.8.2004.

209

student will be allowed to withdraw from more than two semesters in any way during his/her entireduration of degree programme, and there shall be no relaxation in the maximum duration of fourteenconsecutive semesters from the date of his/her admission for completing the Degree Programme dueto semester withdrawal.

10. Registration of Courses in End Semester Examination mode:(10.1)Students are allowed to register courses in End-Semester Examination mode also, the explanation of

which is given in (10.5) below.

(10.2) A student may be allowed to register for one theory course of not more than 5 credits in End-Semester Examination mode if he/she is able to graduate by passing such a course, irrespective ofwhether the course is being offered in the current semester to regular students or not, provided thatthe student has fulfilled the attendance requirement earlier and has been awarded E or I grade in thatcourse. Such a course shall be known as a graduating course. The conditions given in (10.5) forEnd-Semester Examination mode shall apply.

(10.3) Since the need for a graduating course mentioned in (10.2) above can be known only after thedeclaration of result of the previous semester, the registration for a graduating course may be doneafter the declaration of result of the previous semester up to a date notified by the Dean, Faculty ofEngineering & Technology.

(10.4) The End-Semester Examination of all graduating courses shall be conducted simultaneously alongwith the End-Semester Examination of regular courses of the current semester examination.

(10.5) If a student is eligible to appear in the End Semester University Examination after fulfilling theattendance requirement but could not appear due to illness or otherwise or who has failed in a coursemay appear in the End Semester University Examination of that course in the subsequent semesteralongwith the regular students provided that he/she has been awarded incomplete or failed grade(I/E) earlier. In such cases, the student shall be awarded a regular grade up to a maximum of B-grade(i.e. E, D, C or B) on the basis of sessional marks obtained earlier as a regular student and marksobtained in the subsequent End Semester Examination taken together in the course concerned. Thegrade ranges for awarding grades shall be same as specified in the Ordinances (Academic). Nofurther improvement of grade will be allowed after accumulating earned credits. However, if thestudent aspires higher grades in a course after he/she has been awarded incomplete or fail grade (I/E)in the concerned course, he/she must get himself/herself registered for the course and fulfil all therequirements of the attendance and Course Work including Mid Semester Examination and EndSemester University Examination afresh in the subsequent semesters.

Further, a student may improve the grade in a course only once, at the immediately subsequent EndSemester Examination. In such cases also, he/she may be awarded a regular grade upto a maximumof ‘B’ grade on the basis of Sessional Marks (i.e. Course Work & Mid Semester Examination/Test)obtained earlier in the course concerned as a regular student and the marks obtained at theimmediately subsequent End Semester Examination taken together in the course concerned.

11. Attendance: ( In lieu of Clause (2) of Chapter XVII of the existing Ordinances )

Attendance in all classes ( Lectures, Tutorials and/or Practicals) of each course separately iscompulsory. If the attendance of any student at any stage is found unsatisfactory, he/she may not be

OM No. XM/SPA/FN-57(xiv)/II-534 dated 14.3.2007.

OM No. XM/SPA/FN-B.Tech./B.Arch/II-89 dated 26.4.2005.

210

permitted to appear in the End-Semester University Examination by the Teacher concerned. andhis/her registration in the course(s) will be cancelled. Such students will be awarded grade ‘F’ inthese Course(s) irrespective of their academic performance in Mid-Semester & End-SemesterExaminations. Detailed rules regarding attendance are given in the Regulations to the Ordinances(Academic) in this behalf.

12. Degree Requirements:

(12.1) B.Tech. Degree in an appropriate Branch of Engineering shall be awarded to a student if he/she hasaccumulated a minimum of 220 Earned Credits within a minimum of 8 semesters as specified in theB.Tech. Degree Programme subject to break up in various categories of courses mentioned therein.He/she must also pay all University and Hall dues as per rules. Moreover, there should be no caseof indiscipline pending against him/her.

(12.2) A student can register himself/herself for the courses upto a maximum of 240 credits during his/herentire B.Tech. Degree Programme. If a student earns more than a specified minimum total credits(220 +) for the Degree, the better grades satisfying the Degree requirements will be considered fordetermining the Cumulative Performance Index (CPI) & / or Division.

(12.3) A letter grade (as mentioned in Grade Awarding Procedure) shall be awarded in each course forwhich the student is registered during a semester.

(12.4) The Credits of the Courses in which a student has been awarded regular passing grade (A,B,C or D)only will be counted as Earned Credits (EC) by him/her.

13. Semester and Cumulative Performance Index ( SPI/CPI ):

(13.1) The performance of the student is measured by (i) Cumulative Performance Index (CPI) and(ii) the number of Earned Credits (EC).

(13.2) The Semester Performance Index (SPI) is the weighted average of the grade points of all coursesregistered during the semester and describes the performance of a student in all courses registeredduring a semester. If the grade points corresponding to the letter grades awarded to a student in allcourses registered during a semester are denoted by G1,G2,G3 etc. and their corresponding creditsby C1, C2, C3 etc., The SPI is computed as follows :

SPI = ( C1G1+C2G2 + C3G3+..)/(C1+C2+C3+…) or

SPI = (Grade Points x Course Credits)/ (Credits in all registered courses)

(13.3) The Cumulative Performance Index (CPI) describes the overall performance of a student in allpassed courses up to and including the latest semester since his/her admission to B.Tech. DegreeProgramme.

(13.4) When a student repeats a course, the better of the two grades awarded to the student in the courseshall be counted in computing SPI/CPI.Example: For computing SPI/CPI

211

I Semester / I Year B.Tech.

Course Course Grade Earned Points Remarks*Number Credits Awarded Credits Secured

EN101 4 B 4 32AP 101 3 C 3 18AC 101 3 B 3 24AM101 5 E 0 10(-)*EE 101 3 F 0 00ME101 4 C 4 24ME103 4 C 4 24AP191 1 A 1 10AC191 1 B 1 08ME191 1.5 B 1.5 12

Total 29.5 21.5 162/152

SPI = ( I Semester ) = 162/29.5 = 5.491 ; CPI = Not applicable ; EC = 21.5

II Semester / I Year B.Tech.

Course Course Grade Earned Points Remark*Number Credits Awarded Credits SecuredCO101 4 A 4 40AP102 3 B 3 24AC102 3 B 3 24AM102 5 D 5 20EL101 3 E 0 06(-)*ME102 4 F 0 00CE101 4 I 0 00AP192 1 B 1 08AC192 1 B 1 08ME192 1.5 C 1.5 09

Total : 29.5 18.5 139/133

*To be excluded from the calculation of CPI.SPI(IISemester) = 139/29.5=4.711; EC (II Semester)=18.5 ; EC (Cumulative)=21.5+18.5=40CPI=(152+133)/(21.5 + 18.5) = 7.125;

14. Termination of Registration:

(14.1) The Departmental Course Advisory Committee (DCAC) shall monitor the performance of thestudents in their studies. It must also recommend the termination of registration from the Faculty, ifthe student is unable to achieve the requisite academic criteria of minimum earned creditrequirements for the purpose of continuation as a student at the end of each academic year or evensemester.

212(14.2)A student who is unable to earn at least 30 credits at the end of second semester his/her admission

from B.Tech. Degree Programme shall be terminated.

(14.3) A student who earns less than 65 credits (with a minimum passing grade ‘D’ or above) at the end offirst four semesters, his/her admission from B.Tech. Degree Programme shall be terminated.

(14.4)The minimum Earned Credit (EC) requirements at the end of each year (even semester) forcontinuation of admission in the B.Tech. Degree Programme shall be as specified below:

Check Minimum Minimum MinimumPoint EC EC EC(No of requirements requirements requirementssemesters from with no with one with twothe date of semester semester semestersadmission) with drawal with drawal with drawal

before beforethe check the checkpoint point

2 semesters 30 15 0(1 Yrs.)4 semesters 65 47 30(2 Yrs.)6 semesters 100 82 65(3 Yrs.)8 semesters 130 115 100(4 Yrs.)10 semesters 160 145 130(5 Yrs.)12 semesters 190 175 160(6 Yrs.)14 semesters 220 220 220(7 Yrs.)

Note: No candidate shall be permitted to continue as a regular student for more than two consecutiveacademic sessions in any semester. However, he may appear as ex-student, if eligible.

(15) Moderation Committee for Question Papers: (In lieu of Clause (9) of Chapter XV of the existingAcademic Ordinances)

(15.1) Ordinarily, End Semester University Examination of Theory Courses (Core/Elective) of B.Tech.may be internally evaluated by the internal Examiner(s) to be appointed by the Board of Studies ofthe concerned Department.For End Semester University Examination of Practical Courses of B.Tech. there may be Internaland External Examiners to be appointed by the Board of Studies of the concerned Department.

End Semester University Examination of Project of B.Tech. may be through Seminar and Viva-voceTest to be conducted by a group of Internal and External Examiners to be appointed by the Board ofStudies of the concerned Department.


213

(15.2) There shall be a Teacher Incharge for each course. He/she along with other associatedTeachers/Examiners, appointed by the respective Board of Studies of the Department shall beresponsible for ( i ) conducting the course ( ii ) holding tests/examinations (iii) maintaining theperformance record of the students in various components of evaluation etc.

(153.) There shall be a Moderation Committee of the concerned Department consisting of the followingmembers to moderate the Question Papers of the End-Semester University Examination of B.TechDegree Programme in accordance with the Regulations in this behalf.(i) Chairman of the Department concerned …convener(ii) One Senior Teacher of the Department in each broad area of specialization,

Note: The Teacher Incharge of the Course or Paper Setter may be invited, if necessary, to clarify thenecessary details of the question paper.

(15.4) Result Moderation Committee:(In lieu of Clause (9) of Chapter XV of the existing Academic Ordinances)

There shall be a Result Moderation Committee of the concerned Department consisting of thefollowing members to moderate course-wise results of B.Tech. Degree Programme in accordancewith the Regulations in this behalf.(i) Chairman of the Department concerned -(Convener)(ii) One Senior Teacher of the Department in each broad area of specialization.

(iii) Teacher Incharge of the Course/Examiner concerned.

Note: The Result Moderation Committee shall be convened, ordinarily, within one week after the End-Semester University Examination of all theory courses have been held to moderate the course-wise results.

16. Evaluation of Students’ Performance:

(16.1) A regular grade ( A,B,C,D or E) is awarded to a student in a course for which he/she is registered.The grades in each course shall be awarded on the basis of overall performance in variouscomponents of evaluation ( i.e. combined marks in course work including Mid-SemesterExamination during the entire semester and End-Semester University Examination of aTheory/Practical/Project Course).

(16.2) The Credits assigned to the course for which the student is registered and is awarded a regularpassing grade ‘D’ or above in the Course is counted as Earned Credits (EC).

(16.3) The relative weightages of various components of evaluation for various types of courses asmentioned in the Teaching & Examination Schedule (Semester wise Course Structure) shall be asfollows:

(A) Theory Courses:i) -Course Work (HA, Quiz Tests etc.) 15%ii) -Mid-Semester Examination 25%iii) -End-Semester Univ. Exam. 60%

(B) Drawing/Design & Similar Courses(including Computers & Programming)i) -Drawing/Design Course Work /Practice Work 40%ii) -Mid-Semester Examination 20%iii) -End-Semester Univ. Exam. 40%

214

(C) Practical Courses:i) -Course Work related to Laboratory/Field Work/

Workshop Practice, Report Writing,Oral Tests etc. 60%

ii) -End-Semester Univ. Exam. 40%

(D) Project Course:*i) -Course Work, Report Writing etc.

(at seventh semester level) 30%ii) -Course Work, Report Writing etc.

(at eighth semester level) 40%iii) -End-Semester Univ. Exam. including Seminar 30%

*The Project Report is to be submitted by a regular student at seventh and eighth semesters level.Comprehensive End-Semester Oral Test is to be carried out by a group of External & InternalExaminers. Every student who presents his/her Project Work in a seminar is also expected to attendthe entire Seminar Session arranged by the Department. Due weightage will be given to the studentsfor participation in Seminar Session.

The evaluation of Project Work of a student who take more than eight semesters to complete theDegree requirements may be carried out along with the regular students of next batches at theirregular seventh and eighth semester level.

Normally, Project Work is spread over during seventh and eighth semesters. At the end of seventhsemester, an incomplete grade (I) is awarded in Project Work. At the end of eighth semester whenall aspects of Project Work are completed, a regular grade ( A,B,C,D, or E) will be awarded for bothsemesters and the grade (I) awarded at seventh semester level will stand cancelled.

(16.4) The combined marks obtained by a student in various components of evaluation ( Course Workincluding Mid-Semester Examination & End-Semester University Examination) of a course shall beconverted into regular letter grades (A,B,C,D,E) on 10-points scale along with other special lettergrades F,I and W as given below :

Regular Letter Grades Grade Point Significance

A 10 OutstandingB 8 Very GoodC 6 GoodD 4 Satisfactory (Min. Passing Grade)E 2 Unsatisfactory (Fail Grade)

Special Letter GradeI 0 Incomplete grade (absent in End

Semester Univ. Exam. or incomplete Project Work to becontinued to next semester)

F 0 Fail grade due to unsatisfactory Attendance &/or performance in a course

W 0 Withdrawal from a registered course

Note: To earn credits, a student must obtain grade A, B, C, or D in each registered course, required for theaward of Degree.

215

(16.5) The following grade ranges may ordinarily be used for the award of grades to the students in acourse.Grade Ranges Grade

(Percentage of combined marksin course work including Mid-Semesterand End Semester Examination)

75% and above A 60% and above but less than 75% B 45% and above but less than 60% C 35% and above but less than 45% D less than 35% E

Note: Fraction in marks obtained by a student in a course may be rounded off to the next whole number.

(16.6) Teacher Incharge of the Course/Examiners may set higher or lower grade ranges depending uponthe nature of the course, general performance of the students in the course and distribution ofstudents population etc. However, minimum passing grade `D` should never be awarded if a studentsecures below 35% combined marks in a course.

(16.7)To pass a course/improvement of grades by a margin of two or one marks may further be reviewedby awarding G.M. by the Teacher Incharge of the Course/Examiners/Result Moderation Committee.In case of an extra – ordinary abnormal situations, the Result Moderation Committee may takesuitable corrective measures and even recommend for re-evaluation of answer-scripts of all studentsin the course. In such abnormal cases, the Teachers Incharge of the Course/ Paper Setter/ Examineris required to place the evaluated answer scripts alongwith the brief solution and marking schemebefore the Result Moderation Committee for speedy re-evaluation of answer-scripts.

(16.8) The Grade Ranges used earlier for the course shall be used for awarding grades in re-evaluationcases. Special attention must be paid while re-evaluation is done in border line cases. The re-evaluated grades shall be final and binding on the examinee.The re-evaluation is permissible in a maximum of two Theory Courses in each Semester. There shallbe no re-evaluation of Practical/Project Course, Seminar or Course Work related to any course.

(16.9) Incomplete Grade (I): It is awarded to a student in a course, if he/she has done Course Work duringthe semester and has not been able to appear at the End Semester University Examination onmedical ground or due to extra-ordinary circumstances. Such students who have been awardedgrade(I) may apply for re-registration for the same course or its substitute (if permissible) in thesubsequent semesters. In case of incomplete Project Course at the end of seventh semester, the grade(I) is awarded and later on at eighth semester level, a regular grade may be awarded on completionof evaluation carried out in both the semesters.

(16.10) Detained Grade (F):

If a student has been registered for a course but has not attended it properly ( i.e. detained due toshortage in attendance), the Teacher-Incharge of the Course/Examiner will record grade ‘F’irrespective of his/her academic performance in course work &/or End-Semester UniversityExamination. In such cases, the student is required to re-register himself/herself in the course or itssubstitute, if possible, during the subsequent semesters to earn regular grades.

O.M. No. XM/SPA/F.Ord. 57/II-139 dated 08.7.2005.

216

(16.11)Withdrawal Grade (W):

It indicates that the student has opted to withdraw on medical ground or otherwise from theregistered course(s) after the approval by the Dean, Faculty of Engineering & Technology. In suchcases, grade ‘W’ will be awarded in the course(s).

(16.12) The candidates who have accumulated the required earned credits as per proviso of clause (12) ofthese ordinances, shall be termed as successful candidates.

The Division in which successful candidates are to be placed at the end of the Final yearB.Arch/B.Tech. Programme shall be based on Cumulative Performance Index (CPI) as indicatedbelow:

First division with Honours CPI = > 8.5First division 8.5>CPI = > 6.5Second division CPI < 6.5

For the purpose of conversion of CPI(x) into Equivalent Percentage of Aggregate (y%), thefollowing formula may be used:

y(%) = (20x3

- 380x2 + 2725x - 1690)/84

17. Scholarships & Medals: (For details, refer to Regulations to Ordinances ( Academic ) in this behalf.)


217

Transitory Ordinances to Chapter XXXIV(E) of Ordinances(Academic):

The last examination as per Chapter XXXIV(D) of Ordinances (Academic)(as amended up to 2000-2001 for B.Tech. Programme) will be held as under:

I Year B.Tech. 2001II Year B.Tech. 2002III Year B.Tech. 2003IV Year B.Tech. 2004

Notwithstanding anything contained in these Ordinances, students who fail in the above mentionedexaminations and want to appear at the next corresponding examination shall be governed by thefollowing Ordinances(Academic).

a) The candidates who are admitted to B.Tech. Degree Programme in the session 2000-2001 or earlier and are joining the classes under the Chapter XXXIV(E) of NewOrdinances(Academic) as regular students, shall be governed by the New Ordinances, effectivefrom the session 2001-2002 provided that such students give an undertaking to abide by theNew Ordinances, Regulations & Rules prescribed for the purpose.

The total Earned Credit Requirements during the entire Degree Programme for such students whowere admitted and studied few classes under Annual System, but due to shortage of attendance orotherwise were allowed to continue the remaining classes under Semester System, shall becomputed taking into account the prescribed credits (i.e. 60 of I year or 120 of II year or 180 of IIIyear) under Annual System and remaining prescribed credits of the Degree Programme to becovered under Semester System as regular student.

**The remaining year-wise Earned Credit Requirements for such students shall be same as for thestudents admitted under Semester System. However, there shall be no relaxation in maximumduration for completing the Degree Programme. It shall be the responsibility of the student tocomplete the Degree requirements at such a pace as to complete the programme within themaximum prescribed time limit of 14 semesters/7 years (for B.Tech) or 16 Semesters/8 years (forB.Arch.)

**The table as per anexure shall be used for computing Earned Credit Requirements for the studentswho were admitted and studied few classes under Annual System but due to shortage of attendanceor otherwise they were allowed to complete the remaining classes under the Semester System.

**Explanation:

If a student is admitted to B.Tech. (Mech.) Programme under Annual System and has studied I Yearand II Year as a regular student under Annual System, but fails to clear the requisite number ofcourses for promotion to next higher class and after a lapse of one academic year and after fulfillingthe condition for promotion, the student is allowed to continue his/her studies under SemesterSystem as per Transitory Ordinances.He will complete the remaining prescribed Earned Credit (E.C.) requirements of III Year and FinalYear B.Tech (Mech.) under Semester System (i.e. 28 credits for V Semester, 28 credits for VISemester, 25.5 credits for VII Semester and 23.5 credits for VIII Semester or a total of 105


218

credits). The minimum E.C. requirements for the award of Degree in this case shall be 120 credits ofAnnual System and 105 credits of Semester System i.e. a total of 225 credits (not 220 credits).

(b) There shall be no Equivalent Courses under Semester System in lieu of the Courses under AnnualSystem.

**A promoted/ex-student who has failed in old courses of Annual System shall be required to clearhis/her uncleared courses under Annual System. For such students, the sessional marks obtainedearlier as regular student shall be taken into account for the award of grades as per the old procedure(refer to Chapter XXXIV(D)/XCII of Academic Ordinances).

**However, if the sessional marks in an old course are not available with the Examiner/Tabulator/Chief Tabulator, the grades may be awarded on the basis of the marks obtained in theUniversity Examination only. In such cases, the marks obtained in University Examination may beenhanced proportionally to the total of maximum marks in the University Examination componentand sessionals together in the concerned course under Annual System. However, such students shallnot be awarded beyond grade ‘B’. In this exercise, a fraction should be rounded off to the nextwhole number.


219

Table for Total Earned Credit Requirements for the student who will complete the Degree Programmeunder combined Annual System and Semester System.

Credits already cleared underAnnual System

Credits to be accumulatedunder Semester System

Branch of Study

I YearCredits

II YearCredits

III YearCredits

II YearCredits

III YearCredits

IV YearCredits

TotalMinimumEarnedCreditRequirem-ents forthe awardof Degree

B.Tech. (Civil) 60+60+60+

-60+60+

--60+

56+--

58.5+58.5+-

494949

223.5227.5229

B.Tech.(Elect.) 60+60+60+

-60+60+

--60+

57+--

52+52+

-

525252

221224232

B.Tech.(Electronics) 60+60+60+

-60+60+

--60+

55+--

54+54+-

525252

221226232

B.Tech.(Chemical) 60+60+60+

-60+60+

--60+

55.5+--

56+56+-

51.551.551.5

223227.5231.7

B.Tech.(Petro-Chemical)

60+60+60+

-60+60+

--60+

58.5--

56+56+-

46.546.546.5

221222.5226.5

B.Tech(Mechanical) 60+60+60+

-60+60+

--60+

56+--

56+56+-

494949

221225229

B.Tech.(Computer) 60+60+60+

-60+60+

--60+

52+--

56+56+-

535353

221229233

B.Arch. 72 __ __ __72 72 __ __72 72 72 __72 72 72 72

________

63 64__ 64__ ____ __

676767__

39393939

305314322337

220

Regulations to Chapter XXXIV (E) of Ordinances (Academic forB.Tech. Degree Programme

1. Common Teaching & Examination ScheduleFirst two Semesters of B.Tech Degree Programme

(First Semester (Autumn)

Course Category/Course No. Course Title Periods Per Week Credits

(A) THEORY COURSES:HM/EN 101 English 3 1 - 4BS/AP 101 Applied Physics I 2 1 - 3BS/AC 101 Applied Chemistry I 2 1 - 3BS/AM 101 Applied Mathematics I 4 1 - 5ESA/EE 101 Basic Electrical Engineering 2 1 - 3ESA/ME101 Basic Thermal Sciences 3 1 - 4ESA/ME103 Engineering Mechanics 3 1 - 4

(A) PRACTICAL COURSES:BS/AP 191 Applied Physics Lab. I - - 2 1BS/AC 191 Applied Chemistry Lab. I - - 2 1ESA/ME191 Manufacturing Processes Lab. I - - 3 1.5

Total 19 7 7 29.5

Second Semester (Spring)(A) THEORY COURSES:ESA/CO101 Computers and Programming* 2 2 - 4BS/AP 102 Applied Physics II 2 1 - 3BS/AC 102 Applied Chemistry II 2 1 - 3BS/AM 102 Applied Mathematics II 4 1 - 5ESA/EL 101 Basic Electronics Engineering 2 1 - 3ESA/ME102 Engineering Graphics 1 3 - 4ESA/CE 101 Strength of Materials 3 1 - 4

(B) PRACTICAL COURSES:BS/AP 192 Applied Physics Lab II - - 2 1BS/AC 192 Applied Chemistry Lab II - - 2 1ESA/ME192 Manufacturing Processes Lab II - - 3 1.5

Total 16 10 7 29.5

*The Course CO101 (Computers and Programing) is to be taught by:(1) Computer E.D. (also Coordinating Department) (2) Electronics ED (3) ED(4) MED (5) Chemical ED & (16) AMD and (7) CED

221

2. ABBREVIATIONS & SYMBOLS:

(2.1) COURSE CATEGORY:Letter Symbols: Course Categories

BS Basic Sciences (AP – Physics, AC-Chemistry, AM-MathematicsESA Engineering Sciences and ArtsHM Languages, Humanities, Social Sciences and ManagementDC Departmental CoreDE Departmental ElectivesOE Open Category Electives/Unspecified

(2.2) Course Category Symbols used in Teaching & Examination Schedule(C) Core Courses(E) Elective Courses(Th) Theory Courses(Pr) Practical Courses

(2.3) Various Courses that follow will contain the following informations:

Course Category Course No. Course Title L T P Credits Remarks*

L – T – P - Lecture- Tutorial- Practical hours per weekCr. - Credits assigned as per the following weightages

1 Lecture hour/week = 1 Credit1 Tutorial hour/week = 1 Credit1 Practical hour/week = 0.5 Credit

Course No. (Refer to Course Numbering Scheme)*Remarks : Exam. Time for End Semester University Examination.

3. Attendance:

(3.1) Attendance in all classes (Lectures, Tutorials and/or Practicals) of each courseseparately is compulsory. If the attendance of any student at any stage in a course(s) isfound unsatisfactory, his/her registration in the course(s) will be cancelled.

(3.2) The Teachers Incharge of the Course or associated teacher will consolidate theattendance record of all the students registered in the course from the beginning of thesemester till the end of first phase of teaching (consisting of eight weeks duration) andthen up to the end of second phase of teaching from the beginning of the semester(consisting of fifteen weeks duration). He will notify the attendance records of thestudents in his/her course and the same will be sent to Dean, Faculty of Engg. & Tech.within 24 hours after the last working day of the semester.

(3.3) Students who have put in 70% or more physical attendance for actual classes held foreach course during the entire semester will be eligible to appear at the End SemesterUniversity Examination of the course.

(3.4) Students who have put in 60% or more but less than 70% physical attendance may beconsidered for condonation of shortage in attendance by the Condonation Committee.

(3.5) A student whose computed attendance in a course during the entire semester is less then60% or whose shortage in attendance has not been condoned, will be awarded fail grade‘F’ in the course irrespective of his/her academic performance in Mid-SemesterExamination &/or End-Semester University Examination etc.

(3.6) If a student is absent for 15 consecutive days from the commencement of First Semesterof First Year without valid reasons, his/her admission from the B.Tech. Programme shallbe cancelled.

222

4. Termination of Registration (Withdrawal from Semester(s):

(i) In case of withdrawal from a semester(s), the maximum duration in B.Tech. DegreeProgramme shall be same as seven academic years or fourteen semesters sinceadmission.

(ii) If a student has withdrawn for one or two semesters during his entire time schedule,the earned credits requirements would be reduced for each withdrawn semester andthe earned credit requirements for continuation of registration in B.Tech. DegreeProgramme for each remaining Semesters shall be increased proportionately.

(iii)

5. Teaching Incharge of the Course:

(5.1) All evaluation records should properly be maintained by the respective Teacher Inchargeof the Course/associated teachers so that scrutiny/checking/re-evaluation and any otherstatistical data analysis could be carried out if and when necessary.

(5.2) When a course is being taught by more than one teacher to various groups/sections/classes, the course instructions and evaluation work etc. should be on a commonstandard. They must mutually consult each other to lay out guide lines for instructionsand evaluation and to maintain uniformity in all aspects of academic matters.

(5.3) The Teacher Incharge of the Course and associated teachers should announce to everygroup/section/class, the necessary information in respect of (i) the conduct ofinstructional schedule (lecture-wise academic programme, text books & referenceliterature, home-assignments, tutorial sheets and instructional sheets for laboratory andfield work etc.) (ii) various components of evaluation, their frequency, duration,tentative schedule of home-work and tests and their relative weightages, (iii) details ofgrade awarding procedure etc. and (iv) conduct of make up tests because of illness orextra ordinary compelling situations. (Student must report to the Teacher Incharge of theCourse or associated teacher, immediately on return to the classes and request him formake up in quizzes, Mid-Semester Examination, laboratory work including oral testetc.) There shall be no make up in End Semester University Examination.

(5.4) The Teacher Incharge of the Course and associated teachers must ensure that theassignments, answer scripts of Mid-Semester Examination, laboratory reports anddrawing/design exercises etc. are returned to the students after correction/evaluation.

(5.5) Normally, every teacher who has been assigned a Theory Course by the Board ofStudies of the Department shall be the Examiner. However, in exceptional cases, anypart of the evaluation work (paper setting and/or evaluation of answer scripts of End-Semester University Examination) may be entrusted to some other teachers of theDepartment.

(5.6) The Teachers Incharge of the Course shall be Paper Setter as well as Examiner forevaluation of answer scripts. The remaining associated teachers shall be Co-Examinersfor evaluation of answer scripts of End Semester University Examination. He issupposed to prepare brief solution in case of numerical questions and salient points incase of descriptive questions and marking scheme of evaluation which may be used bythe associated Teachers/Examiners.

(5.7) The Teacher Incharge of the Course in consultation with the associated teachers shallprepare home-assignments, tutorial sheets, question papers for Mid-SemesterExamination and End-Semester University Examination.


223

(5.8) The Teacher Incharge of the Course and associated teachers are required to be present atthe Examination Centre on scheduled dates for conducting tests/examination of thecourse assigned to them. The Teacher Incharge/Paper Setter/Examiner may announceprinting or other minor errors/omissions in the question paper to the students in theExamination Halls, if necessary, which must be reported to the Dean, Faculty ofEngineering & Technology. However, he cannot change/add/delete any question or partthere of in the question paper.

(5.9) Examiners are advised to award marks against each question or part thereof inside theanswer scripts to facilitate proper marking and the same is to be recorded in the cageprovided on the cover page of the answer scripts.

(5.10) All the Examiners are advised not to proceed on leave/to avail vacations till theevaluation work is completed and the grade award lists and evaluated answer scripts aresubmitted for Scrutiny/Moderation of Result. In case of emergency or extra-ordinarycompelling situations, the examiner must obtain prior permission of the Chairman of theDepartment who will arrange for alternate arrangement for evaluation of answer scripts,if necessary.

(5.11) The Teacher Incharge of the Course and associated teachers who have been assigned acourse are responsible to notify the marks in various components of evaluation to all thestudents in the course before the commencement of End-Semester UniversityExamination. If a student finds any discrepancy, omission or error in the modifiedmarks, may approach the concerned teacher for ratification/correction. Necessarycorrection must be made before the marks/grades in the course are sent to the Chairmanof the Department for Scrutiny/course-wise Moderation of Result.

(5.12) In case of any error in the submission of marks in the course work by the TeacherIncharge of the Course/Examiner(s), a Committee consisting of the following membersshall take suitable remedial measures depending upon the merit of the case:

1. Dean, F/O Engg. & Tech. ............. Chairman2. Principal, ZH College of Engg. & Tech.3. Chairman of the Department concerned.4. One Senior member of the Faculty, not belonging to the concerned

Department to be nominated by the Dean5. Chief Tabulator, Z.H. College of Engineering and Technology

(5.13) There shall be compulsory re-totaling and scrutiny of evaluated answer scripts of theEnd Semester University Examination as per procedure laid down in Clause (8).

(5.14) If the student is not satisfied with the evaluation of the answer script of End-SemesterUniversity Examination, he/she may apply to the Controller of Examination for re-evaluation in accordance with the rules laid down by the University in this behalf.

(5.15) Procedure for Submission of Grade Award Lists:The Teacher Incharge of the Course/Examiner(s) shall prepare the detailed Grade AwardLists in Duplicate and will submit them along with evaluated answer scripts, andremuneration bills (question paper, attendance sheets are to be kept inside the bundle ofanswer script) to the Chief Scrutinizer/Scrutinizer of the Department for compulsory re-totalling and scrutiny of answer scripts. After scrutiny, the grade award lists are to besent to the Chairman of the Department concerned for course-wise Moderation of Resultwithin one week time after the the End-Semester University Examination of the Courseis held. The Chairman of the Department will ensure that this one week time limit isstrictly observed. The Chairman of the Department will forward the moderated gradeaward list in duplicate to the Chief Tabulator (Engineering College) for resultprocessing and remuneration bills to the Office of the Controller of Examination.

224

6. Examination Schedule:

(6.1) Mid-Semester Examination Schedule:Mid Semester Examination (written) of Theory Courses shall be conducted in a weektime allocated for this purpose. Since, no written Mid-Semester Examination are to beheld for Practical Courses, the Mid-Semester Examination of Theory Courses can beconducted during a week time, ordinarily one test a day. In no case, Mid-Semesterexamination should spill over to next week. The evaluated answer scripts of Mid-Semester Examination must be returned to the students within two weeks.

(6.2) End Semester Uni. Exam. Schedule:End Semester University Examination will be conducted in two weeks time allotted forthis purpose. One day gap between University Examination of two Theory Courses of asemester is permissible.

(6.3) End Semester University Examination of Practical Courses shall be after the UniversityExamination of Theory Courses have been held.

(6.4) The Scheme of Examination for B.Tech. Programme will be prepared at the Dean’slevel after consulting respective Chairmen of the Departments and shall be sent to theController of Examinations for notification.

7. Rules for the award of Scholarships/Medals:

(7.1) Various scholarships, stipends and other financial assistance are available to themeritorious & deserving students after admission in the University, subject to fulfillingthe conditions of the award, the details of which can be obtained from the Office of theDean Students Welfare.

(7.2) The University awards some merit scholarship and medals to B.Tech. students strictly inorder of merit in accordance to the following rules:

(i) Only those students who are admitted to B.Tech. Programme through EntranceTest for Admission will be eligible for the award of the merit scholarships.

(ii) The number of merit scholarships/medals and their value for eligible studentsshall be as determined by the University from time to time.

(iii) The merit scholarships shall be tenable for eleven months of each academic yearstarting from July every year regardless of the date of commencement of theacademic year provided that the student joins the B.Tech. classes, there is notdisciplinary action pending against him/her and has put in attendancerequirements satisfactorily during the past two semesters for which meritscholarship is awarded.

(iv) The Dean, Faculty of Engineering & Technology will send the list of meritscholarship holders of the Dean Students Welfare within a week after thedeclaration of results.

(v) The amount of merit scholarships will not be paid to the students, but it will beadjusted towards his/her University & Hall dues and the balance, if any, shall bepaid to the scholarship holder.

(vi) The merit criteria for the award of merit scholarships/medals shall be as follows:(a) For students admitted to I Year B.Tech. class in all branches of

Engineering, the order of merit shall be determined on the basis of theperformance at the Entrance Test for Admission.

225

(b) For students joining II Year B.Tech. class (in all branches of Engineering)after accumulating prescribed Earned Credits (EC) for the first twosemesters, the order of merit shall be determined on the basis of CPI at thefirst two semester Examinations in their first attempt.

(c) For students joining III Year B.Tech. class (in the relevant branch ofEngineering), after accumulating the prescribed Earned Credits for thefour semesters, the order of merit shall be determined on the basis of CPIat the first four semester Examinations in their first attempt.

(d) For students joining IV Year B.Tech. class (in the relevant branch ofEngineering), after accumulating the prescribed Earned Credits for thefirst six semesters, the order of merit shall be determined on the basis ofCPI at the first six semester Examinations in their first attempt.

(vii) In case of tie in a position/rank, the order of merit shall be determined on thebasis of the performance at the end of preceding two semesters Examinationstogether. In case, the performance in the preceding two semester Examinationsalso happens to be the same, the performance in the two semester Examinationsprevious to that will be considered, and so on, till the tie is broken.

(7.3) Medals/Prize:(i) A Gold Medal is awarded to a student who is adjudged to be the best (first in

order of merit) among the graduating students of all B.Tech. Programmes. In lieuof Gold Medal, the University may make the award in any other form, it considerappropriate.

(ii) A Medal is awarded to student who is adjudged to be the best (first in order tomerit) among the graduating students of B.Tech. in each branch of EngineeringProgramme.

(iii) One Chakoo Prize is awarded to a student who is adjudged to be the best inSurveying (Theory & Practical Courses of pre-final year level) among thegraduating students of B.Tech. (Civil Engineering) Programme.

8. Chief Scrutinizer & Scrutinizers for Compulsory Re-totalling and Scrutiny (underGrading System of Evaluation):

The compulsory Re-totalling & Scrutiny of all evaluated answer scripts of End SemesterUniversity Examination is being done in order to ensure that any omission ordiscrepancy in marks/grades is rectified well before the declaration of examinationresults. It is expected that the Examiners/Teacher Incharge of the Course will submit allthe evaluated answer scripts of End Semester University Examination, grade award listin duplicate, attendance sheet, question paper and remuneration bills to theScrutinizer/Chief Scrutinizer of the Department concerned within one week after theEnd Semester University Examination has been held.

The following guidelines/instructions are to be followed by the Scrutinizers/ChiefScrutinizers for Graduate Courses under Grading System of Evaluation.

(8.1) After receiving the answer-scripts and grade award list etc., the Scrutinizer will checkthat all the answers have been evaluated and marks have been awarded at the end ofeach question a part there of and the same have been recorded properly in the cageprovided on the cover page of each answer script.

(8.2) The Scrutinizer will also check the total marks written on the cover page of the answerscripts which must tally with the marks entered in the grade award lists of the course. He

226

is also advised to check (i) grand total of various components of evaluation in the gradeaward lists (ii) award of grades as per specified grade ranges and (iii) grace marks if any,in border line cases as per rules in this regard.

(8.3) If any answer has been left un-evaluated, the Scrutinizer will inform the concernedTeacher Incharge of the Course/Examiner through the Chairman of the concernedDepartment for evaluation and appending the signature wherever required.

(8.4) If the Scrutinizer finds any discrepancy/error in marks/grades recorded on the coverpage of the answer-scripts or grade award lists, he will correct them and put hissignature.

(8.5) After retotalling and scrutiny of answer-scripts of answer-scripts and grade award lists iscompleted, the Chief Scrutinizer will append his signature on each answer-scripts andgrade award lists and send the grade award lists in duplicate along with verifiedremuneration bills to the Chairman of the Department concerned for course-wiseModeration of Result who is turn will forwards the same to the Chief Tabulator(Engineering College) for result processing.

(8.6) The scrutinized answer scripts are to be kept in safe custody of Examiners/TeacherIncharge of the Course till re-evaluation work is completed or till 20 days after thedeclaration of result, whichever is later.

(8.7) The re-evaluated answer-scripts are to be sent separately and the remaining answer-scripts with a statement indicating number of answer scripts received, number of re-evaluated answer-scripts submitted to the Chairman of the Department and number ofremaining answer-scripts in the bundle should be sent to the Office of the Controller ofExamination by the Examiner(s)/Teacher Incharge of the Course.

(8.8) Chief Scrutinizer shall monitor the work of re-totalling and scrutiny. If there is any delayin submission of evaluate answer-scripts and grade award lists on the part ofExaminers/Teacher Incharge of the Course, he will immediately report his matter to theChairman of the Department.

9. Deleted


227

CHAPTER XXXVBachelor of Engineering in Electrical/Mechanical/

Civil Engineering(deleted)

TRANSITORY ORDINANCES**(Deleted)

TRANSITORY ORDINANCES TO CHAPTER XXXV (B.E. Courses) (To be effective from the session 1980-81)

**(deleted)

CHAPTER XXXV – ABachelor of Engineering in Civil/Electrical/Mechanical Engineering)

(Effective from the session 1982-83)**(deleted)

NOTE: CHAPTER XXXV – B (Not existing)

CHAPTER XXXV – CBACHELOR OF ENGINEERING (CIVIL/ELECTRICAL/MECHANICAL)

(Three and a half years part-time (Evening) Degree Course)(Effective from Academic Session 1985-86)

**(deleted)

TRANSITORY ORDINANCES TO CHAPTER XXXV – C**(deleted)


228

CHAPTER XXXV(D)

BACHELOR OF ENGINEERING (CIVIL/ELECTRICAL/MECHANICAL)Four - Year (Evening) Degree Course(Effective form the Session 1993-94)

1. The Degree of Bachelor of Engineering (Civil /Electrical/Mechanical) shall be awarded tocandidates who have undergone at this University, a regular course of study for four AcademicYears in the relevant branch of study after having passed the Diploma in Engineering(Civil/Electrical/Mechanical) Examination of this University or an Examination recognized by theUniversity as its equivalent and have passed First, Second¸ Third and Final Year Examinations ofthe courses prescribed for the said Degree.

2. The First Year Examination for the Degree of Bachelor of Engineering (Civil/Electrical/Mechanical)shall be open to candidates who have undergone a regular course of study for on Academic Year atthe University and also satisfy the requirements as per Chapter XVII of the Academic Ordinances.

3. The Second Year Examination of the Degree of Bachelor of Engineering (Civil/Electrical/Mechanical) shall be open to candidates who have undergone a regular course of study for oneAcademic Year at the University and also satisfy the requirements as per Chapter XVII of theAcademic Ordinances after having passed the First Year B.E. Examination in the correspondingBranch.

4. The Third Year Examination for the Degree of Bachelor of Engineering (Civil/ Electrical/Mechanical) shall be open to candidates who have undergone a regular course of study for oneAcademic Year at the University and also satisfy the requirements as per Chapter XVII of theAcademic Ordinances after have passed the Second Year Bachelor of Engineering Examination inthe corresponding Branch.

5. The Final Year Examination for the Degree of Bachelor of Engineering. (Civil/Electrical/Mechanical) shall be open to candidates who have undergone a regular courses of study for OneAcademic Year at the University and also satisfy the requirements as per Chapter XVII of theAcademic Ordinance after having passed the Third Year B.E. Examination in the correspondingBranch.

6. Each Examination shall comprise sessional work, written papers, practical and /or viva-voceExaminations of various courses prescribed by the Faculty on the recommendations of the Board ofStudies concerned. The credits and relative weightages of Sessional and University Examinationcomponents of each course shall be prescribed by the Faculty.

7. (i) The absolute marks obtained by a candidate in various courses shall be converted into five –letter grades on 10 – point scale as given below:-

Grade Letters Grade Points SignificanceA 10 OutstandingB 08 Very Good

Chapter XXXIV (C) & XXXIV(C) are clubbed together as Chapter XXXIV(D) for B.Sc. Engg. & B.E O.M. No. XM/AC IV/2759

dated 7.2.95.

Chapter XXXIV (C) & XXXV (C) for B.Sc. (Eng..) and B.E. Courses are clubbed together as Chapter XXXI (D) which is nowapplicable to B.E. (Evening) Degree Course only after the New Ordinances (Academic) for B.Tech. Degree Programme underSemester System have been approved separately by A.C. dated 8.5.2001. for the students admuitted in the session 2001-2002 andonward (Vide Chapter XXXIV (E) for B.Tech. Degree Prgramme).

229

C 06 GoodD 04 SatisfactoryE 02 UnsatisfactoryI 0 Incomplete

(Absent inUniv. Exam. Component)

(ii) The grades shall be awarded as per procedure laid down in the Regulations to AcademicOrdinances prescribed in this behalf by the University from time to time.

8. (i) The grades in each course shall be awarded on the basis of the total marks obtained by acandidate in the Sessional Work and University Examination.

(ii) To pass each of the Examinations mentioned in clauses 2 to 5 above, a candidate must obtainatleast grade ‘D’ in each Theory Course and atleast grade ‘C’ in each Practical/ProjectCourse.

9. (i) The Session Performance Index (SPI) is the weighted average of the grade points anddescribe the performance of the candidate in the courses of a particular Academic Year. Ifthe grade points of the letter grades awarded to a candidate in various courses are denoted byG1, G2, G3, etc. and their credits by C1, C2, C3 etc. respectively, the SPI is computed asfollows:

SPI = (C1G1 + C2 G2 + C3G3 + …) / (C1 + C2 + C3 + ……)

(ii) The Cumulative Performance Index (CPI) describes the overall performance of a candidateupto and including the latest Academic Session. It shall be computed in the manner similarto SPI.

(iii) The division in which successful candidates are to be placed at the end of the Final YearBachelor of Engineering. Examination shall be based on Cumulative Performance Index(CPI) as indicated below:First Division with Honours : CPI = > 8.5First Division : 8.5 > CPI = > 6.5Second Division : CPI < 6.5

10. (i) A Supplementary Examination shall be held after the Annual Examination. A regularcandidate who obtains grade (E/I) in not more than 50% of Courses at the AnnualExamination may be permitted to appear at the immediately following SupplementaryExamination.

Such condition shall not apply to regular candidates failing at the Final Year Annual Examination.

However, a candidate of I/II/III Year B.E. who could not appear at his Annual Examination as aregular candidate due to illness or severe accident, may apply to the Dean for permission to appearat the subsequent Supplementary Examination provided that he has secured at least 50% of the totalmarks in sessional components of the courses (Theory & Practical).

The application along with the Medical Certificate of the Medical Officer of the UniversityHospital/Superintendent of J.N. Medical College Hospital/Chief Medical Officer of the District must

OMXM/DC III/Ord/103 dated 24.1.98.

230

be submitted by the candidate to the Dean’s Office within two weeks from the date of thecommencement of Annual Examination.

Further, if a regular candidate who has fallen ill or met with severe accident during his AnnualExamination, may be permitted to appear at his subsequent Supplementary Examination of Theory&/or Practical courses provided that he has cleared at least 50% of the Courses (Theory &/orPractical) in which he has already appeared at the Annual Examination.

(ii) A candidate who obtains Grade (E/I) in a Practical/ Project course or in any other course asspecified in the Regulations to Academic Ordinance may be permitted to repeat the course(Sessional Work as well as University Examination components) in accordance with theRegulations to the Academic Ordinances in this behalf.

(iii) A regular candidate may be permitted to improve his grades(s) of Theory Courses(s) only oneat the following Supplementary Examination.

“Provided that after passing Final Year B.E. in Supplementary Examination, a candidate mayimprove his grade(s) of Theory Course(s) only once to improve his Division at the immediatelyfollowing Main Examination, provided he/she has not persued higher studies in the mean time.The candidate will submit the Final Year Grade Sheet/ Degree issued earlier alongwith his/herExamination Form & deposit requisite fee in the Office of the Controller of Examination.”

(iv) Such candidates mentioned above in (i), (ii) & (iii) shall not be awarded beyond grade ‘B’ atany subsequent examination after their Annual Examination as regular candidates.

11. (i) A candidate may be promoted from First Year B.E to II Year B.E. if he fails in not more thanthree courses.

(ii) A candidate may be promoted from II Year B.E. to III Year B.E. or from III Year B.E. toFinal Year B.E. if he fails in not more than three courses of current class and has cleared allthe courses of the preceding class.

12. (i) A candidate not promoted to the next higher class after having undergone a regular course ofstudy, may be permitted to appear at the subsequent University Examination as an ex-student(Chapter XVII of the Academic Ordinances), if otherwise eligible.

However, in such cases, his previous sessional component marks of uncleared courses and grades ofcleared courses shall be taken into account at the time of preparing his result as an ex-student.


13. A candidate detained due to shortage of attendance or long illness or who had failed in more than50% of his courses may be permitted to repeat the class as a regular student. In such cases, hissessional marks, University Examination marks and grades during the Academic Year shall betreated as canceled. However, such candidates may be permitted to appear in UniversityExamination of backlog courses of lower class as an ex-student during the Academic Year ofdetention or illness, if otherwise eligible.

OMXM/DC III/Ord/1533 dated 10.1197.

231

14. A candidate shall complete all the prescribed requirements for the award of Degree of B.E. inrelevant branch within four Academic Years after his admission. However, he may be permitted bythe Dean to complete the requirements within next two additional Academic Years.

Provided that such candidates who are not promoted from First Year B.E. to Second Year B.E.within two Academic Years after their admission shall not be allowed to repeat the class and theiradmission shall be cancelled.

Provided further that such candidates who are not promoted from Second Year B.E. to Third YearB.E. within two Academic Years after their promotion from the First Year B.E. shall not be allowedto repeat the class and their admission shall be cancelled.

However, if a candidate of Final Year B.E. fails to complete the requirements of Degree in therelevant branch of study within six Academic Years after his admission, thus permitted, theAcademic Council on the recommendation of the Faculty, may further permit him to complete theremaining requirements of the Degree within one more additional Academic Year. If the candidatefails to complete the requirements of the Degree after the completion of seven years duration fromthe date of admission, his admission shall be cancelled.

15. Attendance in all classes (lectures, tutorials, laboratories, practicals, workshop etc.) is compulsory. Ifthe attendance of any candidate at any stage is found unsatisfactory, his name will be removed fromthe rolls of class. In special cases, the attendance may be condoned in accordance with the rules andregulations of the University prescribed in this behalf from time to time.

16. A candidate who fails at the Annual Examination of First, Second or Third Year B.E. and is noteligible to appear at the subsequent Supplementary Examination, his name shall automatically beremoved from the rolls of the class.

Provided that the candidate who fails at the Annual Examination of First, Second or Third Year B.E.and is eligible to appear at the subsequent Supplementary Examination, shall attend higher classprovisionally. In case, the candidate is not eligible for promotion to next higher class after thedeclaration of results of Supplementary Examination, his name shall automatically be removed fromthe rolls of the class with retrospective effect from the date he failed at the Annual Examination.

Provided further that the attendance of such candidates, who become eligible for promotion to nexthigher class after Supplementary Examination results, shall be counted from the date ofcommencement of classes.

TRANSITORY ORDINANCES TO CHAPTER XXXV (D) OF ACADEMICORDINANCE

(Effective from the session 1993-94) for B.E. Courses

The last examination as per chapter XXXV(C) of the Academic Ordinances (as amended upto1992-93 for B.E.) will be held as under:

I B.E. 1993

II B.E. 1994

III B.E. 1995

IV B.E. 1996

232

Not-withstanding anything contained in these Ordinances, candidates who fail in the abovementioned Examination and want to appear at the next corresponding Examination shall begoverned by the following Ordinances: -

(a) The candidates who are admitted to I Year B.E. in the session 1992-93 or earlier and arejoining the classes under the New Ordinances, XXXV (D) as regular students, shall begoverned by the Academic Ordinances effective from the session 1994-95, provided thatsuch candidates give an undertaking to abide by the Ordinances, Regulations & Rulesprescribed for the purpose.

(b) A promoted/ex-student is requirement to clear an equivalent course under the existingscheme of Teaching & Examination in lieu of backlog courses of old scheme of Teachingand Examination as approved by the Faculty/Board of Studies concerned, if necessary. Thegrades in such cases shall be awarded as per new Academic Ordinances effective from thesession 1993-94.

REGULATIONS TO CHAPTER XXXV (D) OF ACADEMIC ORDINANCES FORBACHELOR OF ENGINEERING

1. The relative weightages of Sessional Work and University Examination components of variouscategories of courses as mentioned in Teaching and Examination Schedule shall be as follows:Category of courses Relative Weightages

Sessional Univ. TotalWork Exam. Marks

(i) Theory Courses 25 Marks 100 Marks 125 Marks(ii) Drawing & Similar Courses

EME-211 & ECE-102 50 Marks 75 Marks 125 Marks(iii) Practical Courses/ Project 75 Marks 50 Marks 125 Marks

The following grade ranges may ordinarily be used for the award of grades to the candidates in acourse: -

GRADE RANGES (PERCENTAGE OF TOTAL MARKS OBTAINED) GRADE(i) For Theory Courses:

75% and above A60% and above but less than 75% B45% and above but less than 60% C35% and above but less than 45% Dless than 35% E

(ii) For Practical/Project Courses:75% and above A60% and above but less than 75% B45% and above but less than 60% Cless than 45% E

Note: Fraction in marks obtained by a candidate in a course may be rounded off to the next wholenumber.

(iii) Normally, the distribution of various grades in a group of candidates shall be as follows whichcan be used as a check:-

233

GRADE APPROXIMATE %AGE OF STUDENTS OBTAINING THE GRADE

For Theory Courses For Practical Courses/ProjectsA 10 to 25% 20 to 40%B 25 to 40% 30 to 50%C 25 to 40% 20 to 40%D 10 to 25% ------------E 0 to 10% 0 to 5%

(iv) In case of abnormal distribution of student population, the award of grades to the candidatesmay be modified by the Result Moderation Committee as per the Regulations to theModeration Committee (Clause (9), Chapter – XV of Academic Ordinances).

(v) The grades to the candidates appearing at the Supplementary Examination may be awardedon the basis of grade ranges used at the corresponding Annual Examination, subject to theconditions specified in Clause (10) of Academic Ordinances in this behalf. The better of thetwo grades at Annual/Supplementary Examination, obtained by the candidate, shall be thefinal grade.

(vi) In case of any error in the submission of sessional marks by the TeacherIncharge/Examiner(s) of the Course, a committee consisting of the following members shalltake suitable remedial measures depending upon the merit of the case: -

1. Dean, Faculty of Engg. & Technology - Chairman2. Principal, Z.H. College of Engg. & Tech.3. Coordinator, B.E. Courses4. Chairman of the Department concerned5. One senior member of the Faculty not belonging to the concerned Department to be

nominated by the Dean.6. Chief Tabulator, Z.H. College of Engg. & Tech., - Convener

3. (i) There shall be continuous internal assessment of the performance of the candidate throughoutthe Academic Year based on sessional or class work in various courses, as prescribed in theTeaching and Examination Schedule.

(ii) The Final University Examination of Theory Courses shall be through written papers or theFinal University Examination of Practical Courses shall be through Practical and /or Viva-Voce Examination.

(iii) The University Examination in Project of Final Year shall be conducted by the External andInternal Examiners through Seminar and/or Viva-Voce Examination.

4. The Teacher Incharge of the Course may adopt any of the methods viz. written tests/quiz tests, classor home assignments, practicals, field work, report writing, regularity, seminar, viva-voce tests etc.for assessing the performance of the candidates in sessional or class work.

5. For sessional of each theory course, at least two tests shall be conducted. An additional test mayalso be conducted but the candidates’ higher marks in the best two shall be counted for the award ofsessional marks & grades.

234

6. The Teacher-Incharge of each course shall be appointed by the Department concerned. He shallprepare the period wise lecture schedule of the course for distribution to the candidates at thebeginning of the session and the same shall be submitted to the Chairman of the Departmentconcerned for the purpose of moderation of the question papers. He shall standardize norms of theassessment/ evaluation for the course and ensure its implementation. He shall coordinate theteaching work and assessment/evaluation work in the course.

7. The Teacher-Incharge/Examiner(s) of the course shall prepare the detailed Award Lists in duplicate(Sessional and University Examination Marks with Grades) and submit it along with evaluatedanswer scripts and remuneration bills to the Chief Scrutinizer of the Department concerned forcompulsory totalling and scrutiny of evaluated Answer Scripts and Grade Award Lists who in turnshall submit the scrutiny report alongwith the Grade Award Lists, Scrutinized Answer Scripts andverified Remuneration Bills to the Chairman of the Department concerned. The Chairman of theDepartment will forward the moderated grade award lists to the Chief Tabulator (Engg. College) forresult processing and Answer Scripts and remuneration bills to the Controller of Examinations afterre-evaluation work is completed.

8. There shall be no improvement of sessional work of Theory Courses. However, a candidate whohas been awarded grade E/I and has secured less than 40% of sessional marks in EME-211 & ECE-102 or less than 60% of sessional marks in Practical Course/ Project may be allowed by the Dean ofthe Faculty to repeat the course (i.e., to improve sessional work as well as University Examinationcomponents).

For the purpose of conversion of CPI (X) at Final Year B.E. Examination into EquivalentPercentage of Aggregate Marks (Y%), the following formula may be used: -

Y% = (20 X³ – 380 X² + 2725 X – 1690)/84

9. The number of seats for each branch of study (Civil/Electrical/ Mechanical) shall be as approved bythe University.

235

CHAPTER XXXVIMaster of Science in Civil, Electrical and Mechanical Engineering

**(deleted)

CHAPTER XXXVI-AMaster of Science in (Civil, Electrical, Electronics and Mechanical) Engineering

**(deleted)

CHAPTER XXXVI-BMaster of Science in Civil, Electrical and Mechanical Engineering

(Effective from the session 1983-84)**(deleted)

TRANSITORY ORDINANCES TO CHAPTER XXXVI-B(Effective from the session 1983-84)

(deleted)

Master of Science in Engineering (Petroleum Processing/Petro-Cheimicals)(E.C. dated 27.2.1999)

**(deleted)

O.M.No.XM/SPA/F.Ord.57/II-139 dated 8.7.2005.

236

CHAPTER XXXVI-(C)

Master of Technology in Chemical/Civil/Electrical/Electronics/Mechanical/Petroleum Processing & Petro-Chemical Engineering

1. The Degree of Master of Technology in Chemical/Civil/Electrical/Electronics/ Mechanical/Petroleum Processing & Petro-Chemical Engineering shall be awarded to a candidate who haspreviously passed the B.Tech. in Chemical/Civil/Electrical/Electronics/ Mechanical/ Petro-ChemicalEngineering Examinations of this University and has secured not less than 60% marks in theaggregate or its equivalent CPI/CGPA/NAG or an examination recognised by this University as itsequivalent and has subsequently undergone at this University, a regular course of study in therelevant branch for one and a half academic years comprising three semesters and has fulfilled allthe requirements prescribed for First, Second and Third Semester Examinations.

Provided that a teacher or practicing Engineer or Research Scientist may be admitted as a part-timecandidate to the regular course of study for Master of Technology Degree in the relevant branch ofstudy which shall extend over two academic years comprising four semesters for completing theCourse Work followed by Dissertation work which may extend to one academic year comprisingtwo semesters.

2. (a) Each or the First, Second and Third Semester Examinations shall comprise written papersand/or sessionals and/or practicals and/or projects and/or design work and/or seminar and/orviva-voce examinations and dissertation work as may be prescribed by the Academic Councilon the recommendation of the Faculty and the respective Board of Studies.

(b) The dissertation shall be supervised by the Member(s) of the teaching staff of the Universityas approved by the Board of Studies concerned.

Provided that a candidate may be allowed to work for the dissertation in other Departments,Universities Research Institutes and such other Organizations as may be recognized by the Facultyon the recommendation of the Board of Studies concerned. In such case, a Supervisor(s) may also beassociated from other Organizations in addition to the Member(s) of the University.

(c) The dissertation may be submitted only after a candidate fulfils all the requirements of Firstand Second Semester Examinations.

The minimum period required for submission of Dissertation shall be 17 months from the date ofadmission to full time regular student of 3 semester M.Tech. Programme and 30 months for part-time students of M.Tech. Programme.

(d) The Candidate shall submit three copies of his dissertation as per norms prescribed by theFaculty and the Board of Studies concerned. The dissertation shall be examined by a Boardof Examiners which shall consist of one External Examiner to be appointed by the Board ofStudies and Internal Examiner/Supervisor(s). The Chairman of the Department concerned orhis Nominee will act as Moderator.

3. (a) To pass in each of the Theory Courses, a candidate must obtain at least 45% of the totalmarks n Sessional Work and University Examination allotted to the course.

EC(598)-3/406 dated 17.4.1998.


237

(b) To pass in each of the Laboratory / Design / Project / Dissertation / Seminar Course, acandidate must obtain at least 60% of the total marks in Sessional Work and UniversityExamination allotted to the course.

(c) No candidate shall be eligible for the award of M.Tech. Degree in the relevant branch ofstudy unless he has passed in all the courses prescribed for First, Second and Third SemesterExaminations.

(d) A candidate who fails to obtain minimum passing marks in a course may be allowed toappear only at the subsequent University Examination. The Marks so awarded at thesubsequent University Examination and the Sessional marks obtained earlier as a regularcandidate, shall be counted for passing the course.

Provided if a candidate who fails to obtain minimum passing marks in a course(s) and wishes to passthe course(s), he may be allowed to register in the relevant semester and repeat the said course(s)after the permission of the Dean on the recommendation of the Chairman of the Departmentconcerned within the prescribed time limit as specified in these ordinances.

4. The candidates passing the prescribed courses and securing 75% or more of the grand total marks atFirst, Second and Third Semester Examinations for M. Tech. Degree in the relevant branch of astudy shall be declared to have passed the course in First Division with Honours.

The Candidates passing the prescribed courses and securing 65% or more but less than 75% of thegrand total marks at First, Second and Third Semester Examinations for M.Tech. Degree in therelevant branch of study shall be declared to have passed with First Division. All other candidatespassing the prescribed courses and securing less than 65% marks shall be declared to have passed inSecond Division.

5. A regular / part – time candidate shall ordinarily complete all the requirements of the M. Tech.Degree within one and a half academic years comprising three semesters / three academic yearscomprising six semesters respectively after his admission to the course of study. However, he maybe permitted to complete the requirements of the degree within the next two additional academicyears comprising four semesters by the Dean on the recommendation of the Chairman of theDepartment concerned.

Provided that if a candidate fails to complete the requirement of the Degree within two additionalacademic years, thus permitted, the Academic Council may for specific reasons and on therecommendations of the Faculty and Board of Studies concerned, further extend the duration tocomplete the requirements of the Degree.

6. A candidate who fails to pass at least one – third of the total prescribed courses at the end of theFirst Semester shall not be promoted to the Second Semester and at least two-third of the totalprescribed courses of the Second Semester shall not be promoted to Third Semester.However, such candidates who fails to fulfil the minimum requirements stated above, may bepermitted to appear at the subsequent University Examination as per Clause 3(d) of theseOrdinances.

7. A candidate having obtained Postgraduate Diploma of this University under earlier Ordinance andpossessing there–after at least one year’s teaching / research / professional experience may beallowed to work for M. Tech. Degree in the relevant branch of study and shall be awarded the sameafter he / she completes the dissertation work extending over a period of not less than six months.

238

The other conditions and requirements of completing the dissertation work shall be same asprescribed in these Ordinances.

*8. Provided further that the candidate(s) who fulfils all the requirements of the two semesters as perprovisions mentioned above in other clauses may be awarded Postgraduate Diploma in PetroleumProcessing & Petro – Chemical Engineering.

Provided further that in case such candidates complete(s) the requirements of the Third Semestersubsequently, the Diploma awarded will stand cancelled.

**9. (i) No Grace Marks (GM) may be awarded to a candidate for passing Theory or Lab. Course ofM. Tech. / P. G. Diploma in the Faculty of Engineering & Technology.

(ii) A maximum of two Discretionary Marks (DM) may be awarded to a candidate in aggregateonly for the improvement of Division at the Final Year M. Tech. / P.G. Diploma Examinationin the Faculty of Engineering & Technology. The DM so awarded may be indicated andadded to the aggregate of marks.

***10. (i) The regular students who are admitted to the M. Tech. Course during July/August of acalendar year and complete the requirements of the Degree within 1 ½ years (i.e. 03Semesters) but not exceeding 2 ½ years (05 Semesters) after their admissions shall beawarded Degree for the year immediately following the next calendar year. For example, aregular student who was admitted to the M. Tech. Course in July/August, 1991 andcompleted the course requirements between January, 1993 and December, 1993, shall beawarded the degree of 1993, provided he has completed the course requirement as a regularstudent during I and II Semesters during the year, 1991 – 92.

(ii) The First position at the M. Tech. Examination shall be awarded according to the followingcriteria :-

First Position among all Candidates

First position among all candidates shall be awarded to the candidate who secures highest marks.

First Position among all Regular Candidates

First position among all regular candidates shall be awarded to the candidate who secures highestmarks after completing the course during the prescribed period. Such a candidate shall also beawarded the “Gold Medal”.

Transitory Ordinances

Candidates admitted prior to the implementation of these Ordinance shall be governed by theOrdinances (Academic) under which such candidates were admitted.

*Academic Council dated 19.09.1998 / Executive Council dated 27.02.1999.

**Office Memo LD No. (C) / 1004 dated 20/22.08.1997.

***Office Memo No. XM/AC IV/61 dated 05.12.1995.

239

Chapter XXXVI(D)for

Master of Technology in Chemical/Civil/Computer Science and Engineering(Software Engineering) /Electrical/Electronics/Mechanical/Petroleum

Processing & Petrochemical Engineering(Four Semester Course)

(Effective from the academic session 2003 – 2004)

1. A candidate will be eligible for admission to a course of study leading to the degree of Master ofTechnology in Chemical/Civil/Computer Science and Engineering (Software Engineering) /Electrical/Electronics/ Mechanical/ Petroleum Processing & Petrochemical Engineering after havingacquired the Bachelor of Technology degree or its equivalent recognized by the University with notless than 60% marks in aggregate in Chemical/Civil/Electrical/Electronics/Mechanical/PetroleumProcessing & Petrochemicals Engineering or 65% of marks in aggregate in case of ComputerScience & Engineering or its equivalent CPI/CGPA/NAG subject to any further requirements foreligibility laid down by the University from time to time;

Provided that a teacher/practicing engineer/research scientist may also be admitted as a part-timecandidate to the regular course of study for Master of Technology degree in the relevant branch ofengineering, over and above the sanctioned intake.

The University, however, reserves the right to cancel the admission of any student at any stageduring his/her course on grounds of unsatisfactory performance in studies or shortage of attendancein classes or indisciplined behaviour as per the University rules/ordinances.

2. The degree of Master of Technology in Chemical/Civil/ Computer Science and Engineering /Electrical/Electronics/ Mechanical/ Petroleum Processing & Petrochemical Engineering shall beawarded to candidates who have undergone at the University a regular course of study in therelevant branch of study for two academic years comprising of four semesters and have fulfilled allthe requirements prescribed for the first, second, third and fourth semester examinations;Provided that for part-time candidates, the course of study shall extend over a period of fouracademic years comprising of eight semesters.

3. (a) The first, second, third and fourth semesters shall comprise Theory Courses, Practical/Laboratory/Design Courses, Seminars, Project and Dissertation as may be prescribed by theAcademic Council on the recommendations of the concerned Board of Studies and Faculty.

(b) The examination in each theory course shall consist of sessional work and UniversityExamination.The examination in each practical/laboratory course shall comprise ofpractical(s), practical reports and viva-voce examination. The examination in eachdesign/project course shall comprise of design/project report and viva voce examination. Theexamination in each seminar course shall comprise of a written report and presentation. Theevaluation in preliminary dissertation shall comprise of candidate’s presentation andSupervisor’s evaluation. The examination in dissertation course shall comprise ofsupervisor’s evaluation of the candidate’s work in respect of his regularity, performance,dissertation work report, and a seminar presentation and final viva-voce examination.

(c) Only those students who put in atleast 70% physical attendance for each course separatelyduring the semester will be eligible to appear at End-Semester University Examination.


240

(d) To pass each of the theory courses, a candidate must obtain at least 45% of the total marks inthe sessional work and the University examination taken together.

(e) To pass each of the practical/laboratory/design/project/seminar/dissertation courses, acandidate must obtain at least 60% of the total marks in the sessional work and the UniversityExamination taken together.

(f) A candidate who, having fulfilled the attendance requirements in a course, fails to obtain theminimum passing marks or who could not appear at the End Semester Examination due toillness or any other valid reason may be allowed to re-appear in the University Examinationonly at the subsequent End Semester University Examination alongwith the regular students.The marks awarded at the subsequent University Examination and the sessional marksobtained earlier as a regular candidate shall be counted for passing the course;

Provided that a candidate who fails to fulfil the requirements of a semester may be allowed by theDean of the Faculty on the recommendation of the Chairman of the Department concerned to re-register in the relevant semester for the uncleared courses within the prescribed time limit. In suchcases, the sessional marks awarded earlier shall stand cancelled.

(g) No student shall be promoted from First Year to Second Year of the course of study unlesshe/she clears 50% of the prescribed First Year courses. Any case arising out of theunavoidable circumstances, not covered above, may be considered by the Faculty on therecommendation of the concerned Board of Studies.

4. A regular candidate, after admission to the course of study, shall ordinarily complete all therequirements of the Master of Technology degree within two academic years comprising of foursemesters, and a part-time candidate shall ordinarily complete within four academic yearscomprising of eight semesters;

Provided that if a candidate fails to complete the requirements of the degree within the normalperiod for specific reasons, he/she may be permitted to complete the requirements of the degreewithin the next two additional academic years comprising of four semesters by the Dean of theFaculty on the recommendation of the Chairman of the Department concerned (applicable to regularand part-time candidates alike);

Provided further that if a candidate fails to complete the requirements of Degree within twoadditional academic years thus permitted, the Academic Council may, for specific reasons and onthe recommendations of the Faculty and Board of Studies concerned further extend the duration notexceeding one year to complete the requirements of the degree.

5. (a) Ordinarily, the Project and Dissertation of a candidate shall be supervised by one member ofthe teaching staff as approved by the concerned Board of Studies. However, anothermembers of the teaching staff of the University may also be associated as co-supervisor withthe approval of the concerned Board of Studies;

Provided that a candidate may be allowed to do for the dissertation work in other Department of thisUniversity or in any other recognized University/Research Institute/Organization as recommendedby the concerned Board of Studies. In such cases, combined supervision may be done associating asupervisor from the said Department/Research Institute/Organization alongwith the internalsupervisor.

241

(b) There shall be a Departmental. Post Graduate Committee (DPGC) with a convener consistingof teachers representing all major areas of Department as approved by the Board of Studies ofthe Department concerned. The dissertation report may be submitted for evaluation afterscreening by the supervisor(s) and the Departmental Post Graduate Committee (DPGC) andafter a candidate completes successfully all other requirements of the degree.

(c) The dissertation report shall be evaluated by a Board of Examiners which shall consist of oneExternal Examiner, not engaged in teaching in the University and the Supervisor(s) to beappointed by the concerned Board of Studies. One member of the Departmental PostgraduateCommittee assigned by the Chairman of the Department may also be present at the time ofviva voce Examination.

6. (a) The division in which a candidate is to be placed after passing all the prescribed courses forthe award of degree shall be determined on the basis of the aggregate marks obtained by thecandidate in all the four semester examinations.

(b) A candidate passing the prescribed courses and securing 75% of the aggregate marks or moreshall be declared to have passed the M.Tech Examination with First Division with Honours.

(c) A candidate passing the prescribed courses and securing 65% or more but less than 75% ofthe aggregate marks shall be declared to have passed the M.Tech Examination with FirstDivision.

(d) A candidate passing the prescribed courses and securing less than 65% of the marks inaggregate shall be declared to have passed the M.Tech Examination with Second Division.

(e) A candidate who secures highest marks in aggregate among all the regular candidates ofhis/her class after completing the course of study during the prescribed period, but before theend of Calendar Year, in the first attempt shall be awarded First Position and a UniversityMedal.

(f) Regular students who complete all the requirements of the M.Tech degree within prescribedtime limit but before the end of Calendar Year shall be awarded Degree for that CalendarYear.

Transitory Ordinances:

Candidates admitted prior to the implementation of these Ordinances shall be governed by theOrdinances (Academic) under which such candidates were admitted. However, the candidates, whoare admitted to M.Tech. Degree Programme in the session 2002-2003 or earlier, shall be allowed tocomplete the remaining requirements of the degree after joining the regular classes in equivalentcourses within permissible time limit. An old promoted/ex-student shall be required to clear eitheran equivalent course in lieu of his uncleared course(s) as approved by the Faculty on therecommendation of the Board of Studies of the Department concerned or to clear the old unclearedcourse as the case may be. For such candidates, the sessional marks obtained earlier as regularstudent shall be taken into account for passing the course(s).

242

*CHAPTER XXXVIIDiploma in Engineering (Civil, Electrical, Electronics and Mechanical) (Year-length Course)

**(deleted)

CHAPTER XXXVII-ADiploma in Engineering (Civil, Electrical, Electronics, Mechanical and Electrical Engg.

Instrumentation)**(deleted)


243

CHAPTER XXXVII (B)DIPLOMA IN ENGINEERING

(CIVIL/ELECTRICAL/ELECTRICAL(INSTRUMENTATION)/MECHANCIAL/ARCHITECTURE AND DRAFTING &

DESIGNING (MECH/CIVIL))(Wef the session 1996-97)

1. The Diploma in Engineering (Civil, Electrical, Electrical (Instrumentation), Mechanical,Architecture and Drafting & Designing (Mech. & Civil)) shall be awarded to candidates who haveundergone at the University a regular course of study for three academic years after having passedthe High School Examination of the University with English, Mathematics, Physics and Chemistryor an examination recognized by the University as its equivalent and have passed First, Seconds andFinal Examinations of the Course.

2. The First Examination for the Diploma in Engineering shall be open to candidates who haveundergone a regular course of study for one academic year at the University.

3. The Second Examination of the Diploma in Engineering shall be open to candidates who haveundergone a regular course of study for one academic year at the University after having passed theFirst Examination for the Diploma in Engineering in the corresponding branch.

4. The Final Examination for the Diploma in Engineering shall be open to candidates who haveundergone a regular course of study for one academic year at the University after having passed theSecond Examination for the Diploma in Engineering in the corresponding branch.

5. Each of the Examination shall be conducted partly by means of written papers and partly by meansof sessional work and practical and viva voce tests as may be prescribed by the Faculty on therecommendation of the Board of Studies concerned. A theory course consists of written paper andcorresponding theory sessional. A practical course consists of practical/sessional and correspondingpractical/viva voce examinations.

6. To pass each examination a candidate must obtain:

(i) At least 40 per cent marks in each theory course; and

(ii) At least 60 per cent marks in each practical course.

7. (i) The Division in which the successful candidates are to be placed at end of a FinalExamination shall be determined on the basis of combined result of First, Second and FinalExaminations with 50 per cent weightage of First, 75 per cent weightage of Second and 100per cent weightage of Final Examination marks.

(ii) Candidates who obtain 65 per cent of the marks or more shall be placed in the First Divisionand those who obtain less than 65 per cent in the Second Division.

(iii) Candidate who obtain 75 per cent marks or more shall be declared to have passed theExamination in First Division with Honours.

OM/AC-IV/PA/Ordinances/224 dated 6.2.1997.

244

8. (i) Notwithstanding anything contained in these Ordinances, Supplementary Examinations shallbe held after each of three Annual Examinations.

(ii) A candidate who has failed in not more than five theory courses and two practical courses atthe Annual Examination shall be eligible to appear at the immediately followingSupplementary Examination.

(iii) No candidate shall be allowed to improve his marks in Sessionals or University Examinationor a course after having passed it.

(iv) A candidate who has failed and secured less than 40% of the sessional marks in Engg.Drawing/Arch. Drawing/Drafting and Designing/Estimating and Costing courses or less than60% of sessional marks in a practical course may be allowed to repeat the Engg.Drawing/Arch. Drawing/Drafting & Designing/Estimating and Costing/Practical Courses(Sessionals as well as University Examination) during the subsequent session/sessions inregular classes.

(v) A candidate of I/II/III Year Diploma in Engineering who could not appear at his AnnualExamination as a regular candidate due to his illness or severe accident, may apply to theDean, Faculty of Engineering & Technology through Principal for permission to appear at thesubsequent Supplementary Examination, provided that he has secured not less than 50% ofthe total marks in sessional components of the course (Theory and Practical).

The application along with the Medical Certificate of the Medical Officer of the University HealthService/Superintendent of the J.N. Medical College Hospital/ Chief Medical Officer of the District,must be submitted by the candidate to the Principal’s Office within two weeks from the date ofcommencement of the Annual Examination.

9. A candidate, who has appeared at the First Examination shall be promoted to the Second YearDiploma in Engineering Class, provided that he has failed in not more than three courses.

10. A candidate, who has appeared at the Second Examination of Diploma in Engineering, shall bepromoted to the Third Year Diploma in Engineering in corresponding branch provided that he hasfailed in not more than three courses of Second Year Diploma in Engineering and has passed in allthe courses of First Year Diploma in Engineering.

11. A candidate shall complete all the prescribed requirements for the award of Diploma in Engineeringin relevant branch within three Academic Years after his admission. However, he may be permittedby the Dean to complete the requirements within next two additional Academic Years.

Provided that such candidates who are not promoted from First Year Diploma in Engg. to SecondYear Diploma in Engg. within two academic Years after their admission shall not be allowed torepeat the Class and their admission shall be cancelled.

However, if a candidate of Final Year Diploma in Engg. fails to complete the requirements ofDiploma in the relevant branch of study within five Academic Years after his admission, thuspermitted, the Academic Council on the recommendations of the Faculty, may further permit him tocomplete the remaining requirements of the Diploma within one more additional Academic Year. If


245

the candidate fails to complete the requirements of the Diploma after the completion of six yearsduration from the date of admission, his admission shall be cancelled.

12. A student may be allowed continuation in the same class (in cases other than detained) only whenhis Sessional component is less than 50% of the total marks in Sessional component of the Courses(Theory & Practical).


Students admitted upto the year 1999-2000 shall continue to be governed by the Ordinances(Academic) in force at the time of their admission.

246

CHAPTER XXXVII-C

Diploma in Engineering (Architecture, Civil, Computer, Design & Construction Technology, Design& Production Engg. Electronics, Electrical Instrumentation & Control and Mechanical)

(Applicable to the students from the academic session, 2002-2003)

1. The Diploma in Engineering (Architecture, Civil, Computer, Design & Construction Technology,Design & Production Engg. Electronics, Electrical, Instrumentation & Control, Mechanical) shall beawarded to candidates who have undergone at the University a regular course of study for threeacademic years after having passed the Secondary School Certificate Examination of this Universitywith 45% Marks in English, Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry or an Examination recognized bythe University as its equivalent with 45% Marks in English Mathematics and Science and havepassed First, Second and Final Examination of the Diploma course.

2. The First Examination for the Diploma in Engineering shall be open to candidates who haveundergone a regular course of study for one academic year at the University.

3. The Second Examination for the Diploma in Engineering shall be open to candidates who haveundergone a regular course of study for one academic year at the University after having passed theFirst Examination for the Diploma in Engineering in the corresponding branch.

4. The Final Examination for the Diploma in Engineering shall be open to candidates who haveundergone a regular course of study for one academic year at the University after having passed theSecond Examination for the Diploma in Engineering in the corresponding branch.

5. Each of the examination shall be conducted partly by means of written papers and partly by meansof sessional work and practical and viva-voce examination as may be prescribed by the Faculty onthe recommendation of the Board of Studies concerned. A theory course consists of written paperand corresponding theory sessional work. A practical course consists of practical/sessional work andcorresponding practical and/or viva-voce examination.

6. To pass each examination, a candidate must obtain.(i) at least 40% combined marks in sessional work and University Examination of each theory

course and also 25% marks in the University Theory Examination component.and

(ii) at least 60% combined marks in sessional work and University Examination of each practicalcourse and also 25% marks in the University Practical Examination component.

7. (i) The Division in which the successful candidates are to be placed at the end of finalexamination shall be determined on the basis of the cumulative marks of first, second andfinal examinations of Diploma in Engg. Course.

(ii) Candidates who obtain 65% of cumulative marks or more shall be placed in the FirstDivision and those who obtain less than 65% of cumulative marks shall be placed in theSecond Division.

(iii) Candidates who obtain 75% of cumulative marks or more shall be decleared to have passedthe Examination of Diploma in Engg. Course in First Division with Honours.


247

8. (i) Notwithstanding anything contained in these Ordinances, a Supplementary Examination shallbe held after each of the three Annual Examinations.

(ii) A candidate who has failed in not more than five theory courses and two practical courses atthe Annual Examination shall be eligible to appear at the immediately following subsequentsupplementary examination.

(iii) No candidate shall be allowed to improve his marks in sessional or University Examinationof a course after having passed it.

(iv) A candidate who has failed and secured less than 40% of sessional marks inDrawing/Architectural Drawing/Design/Quantity Survey & Valuation/ Estimating & Costingcourses (or any other practice based course) or less than 60% of sessional marks in a practicalcourse may be allowed to repeat the Drawing/Architectural Drawing/Design/Quantity Survey& Valuation/Estimating & Costing (or any other practice based course) and practical courses(i.e. to improve Sessional work as well as University Examination), during the subsequentsession/sessions in regular classes.

(v) A candidate of I, II, III year Diploma in Engineering who could not appear at his annualexamination as a regular candidate due to his illness or severe accident, may apply to theDean, Faculty of Engg. & Tech. through Principal University Polytechnic for permission toappear to the subsequent supplementary examination provided that he has secured not lessthan 50% of the total marks in sessional components of the courses (Theory & Practical). Theapplication along with the Medical Certificate of the Medical Officer of the UniversityHealth Service/Superintendent of the JN Medical College Hospital/Chief Medical Officer ofthe District must be submitted by the candidate in the Office of the Principal UniversityPolytechnic within two weeks from the date of commencement of the annual examination.

9. A candidate, who has appeared at the first examination of Diploma in Engineering, shall bepromoted to the Second Year Diploma in Engineering class, provided that he has failed in not morethan three courses of First Year Diploma in Engineering

10. A candidate, who has appeared at the second examination of Diploma in Engineering, shall bepromoted to the Third Year Diploma in Engineering, class in the corresponding branch, providedthat he has failed in not more than three courses of Second year Diploma in Engineering and haspassed in all the courses of First Year Diploma in Engineering.

11. A candidate shall complete all the prescribed requirements for the award of Diploma in Engineeringin relevant branch within three academic years after his admission. However, he may be permittedby the Dean to complete the requirements within next two additional Academic Years.

Provided that such candidates who are not promoted from First Year Diploma in Engineering toSecond Year Diploma in Engineering within two Academic Years after their admission shall not beallowed to repeat the class and their admission shall be cancelled.

Provided further that such candidates who are not promoted from Second Year Diploma inEngineering, to Final Year Diploma in Engineering within two Academic Year after their promotionfrom the First year Diploma in Engineering, shall not be allowed to repeat the class and theiradmission shall be cancelled.

248

However, if a candidate of Final Year Diploma in Engineering fails to complete the requirements ofDiploma in the relevant branch of study within five Academic Years after his admission, then theAcademic Council on the recommendation of the Faculty, may further permit him to complete theremaining requirements of the Diploma within one more additional Academic Year. If the candidatefails to complete the requirements of the Diploma after the completion of six years duration from thedate of admission, his admission shall be cancelled.

12. A student may be allowed continuation in the same class (in cases other than detained) only whenhis sessional component is less than 50% of the total marks in sessional component of the courses(Theory & Practical).

TRANSITORY ORDINANCES

1. Students admitted to Diploma in Engineering during the session 2002-2003 or later shall begoverned by amended Ordinances Academic effective from the session 2002-2003.

2. Student admitted during the session 2001-2002 or earlier shall be governed by the Ordinances(Academic) enforced at the time of their admission. However, any student admitted during thesession 2001-2002 or earlier and due to any reason is regular student in any class of Diploma inEngineering with those who were admitted during the session 2002-2003 or later shall also begoverned by amended Ordinances Academic effective from the session 2002-2003.

3. All teaching and examinations will be carried out under the revised Scheme of Teaching andExaminations from the Academic Session 2002-2003.

3.1 New Syllabi of the courses of revised Scheme of Teaching and Examination will be introduced inFirst Year Diploma in Engineering (all branches) from the session 2002-2003.

3.2 New Syllabi of the courses of revised Scheme of Technology and Examination will be introduced inSecond Year Diploma in Engineering (all branches) from the session 2003-2004.

3.3 New Syllabi of the courses of revised Scheme of Teaching and Examination will be introduced inFinal Year Diploma in Engineering (all branches) from the session 2004-2005.

4. Students eligible for continuation in First Year Diploma in Engineering (Civil, ElectricalMechanical) during the session 2002-2003 have to study the New Syllabi for the courses of revisedScheme of Teaching and Examination.

5. Students eligible for continuation in First Year Diploma in Engineering (Architectural Assistantship,Drafting & Designing (Civil), Drafting & Designing (Mech.) and Electrical (Instrumentation))during the session 2002-2003 shall be continued in First Year Diploma in Engineering (Architecture,Design & Construction Technology, Design & Production Engg. and Instrumentation & Control)respectively.

6. Students who fail in First Year Diploma in Engineering (Civil, Electrical & Mechanical) during thesession 2001-2002 under old Syllabi shall be eligible for continuation in Second Year Diploma inEngg. (Civil Electrical & Mechanical) respectively after passing their First Examination and have tostudy the new Syllabi of the courses of revised Scheme of Teaching and Examinations.

7. Students who fail in First Year Diploma in Engineering Architectural Assistantship, Drafting &Designing (Civil), Drafting & Designing (Mech.) and Electrical (Instrumentation)) during the

249

session 2001-2002, shall be eligible for continuation in Second Year Diploma in Engineering(Architecture, Design & Construction Technology, Design & Production Engineering andInstrumentation & Control) respectively after clearing their First Examination.

8. Students eligible for continuation in Second Year Diploma in Engineering (Civil, Electrical andMechanical) during the session 2003-2004, have to study the New Syllabi of the course of revisedScheme of Teaching and Examination.

9. Students eligible for continuation in Second Year Diploma in Engineering, (ArchitecturalAssistantship, Drafting & Designing (Civil), Drafting (Mech.) and Electrical (Instrumentation))during the session 2003-2004 shall be continued in Second Year Diploma in Engineering,(Architecture, Design & Construction Technology, Design & Production Engineering andInstrumentation & Control) respectively.

10. Students who fail in Second Year Diploma in Engineering (all branches) during the session 2002-2003 shall be eligible for continuation in Third Year Diploma in Engineering in respective branchafter clearing their Second Examination but have to study the similar courses with New Syllabi ofThird Year and Second Year Diploma in Engineering (all branches) under revised Scheme ofTeaching and Examination and they will be awarded the Diploma with Old title.

11. Students eligible for continuation in Third Year Diploma in Engg. (all branches) during the session2004-2005 have to study the similar courses with New Syllabi of Third Year and Second YearDiploma in Engineering (all branches) under revised Scheme of Teaching and Examination and theywill be awarded the Diploma with old title.

12. Setting of question papers with Old Syllabi shall be extended upto the session 2005-2006 for First,Second and Third Year Diploma in Engineering (all branches).

13. In any case, separate arrangement of teaching will not be made for First and Second Year Diplomain Engg. (all branches) under old Syllabi and Scheme of Teaching and Examination.

14. (i) The existing Clause 7(i), Chapter XXXVII (B) of the Ordinances (Academic) prior to thesession 2002-03 shall be applicable to declare the results of Final Year Diploma in Engg.(Civil/ Mechanical/Electrical/Instrumentation & Control/Architectural Assistantship/Design& Construction Technology/Design & Production Engg.) Examination, 2005 for the studentsadmitted in the session 2002-03.

(ii) The students admitted after 2002-03 may be awarded Diploma in Architectural Assistantshipin place of Diploma in Engg. (Architecture/Architectural Assistantship) as recommended bythe Board of Studies of the Architecture Section, University Polytechnic at its meeting heldon 22.7.2004.

(iii) The existing Chapter XXXVII (B) of the Ordinances (Academic) related to the Diploma inEngg. shall also be applicable for Diploma in Engg. (Computer/Electronics) stream started inthe University Polytechnic from the session 2002-03.

O.M. No. XM/SPA/II-116A dated 15/16.6.2005.

250

CHAPTER XXXVII–D

Diploma in Engineering (Civil/Civil-Construction Technology/Electrical/ Instrumentation& Control/ Mechanical/Mechanical-Refrigeration and Air Conditioning/ Mechanical–

Production Engineering/ Computer/Electronics/Plastic Technology/Leather & FootwearTechnology)/ Diploma in Architectural Assistantship/Diploma in Interior Design,

Examination

(Applicable to the students admitted from the academic session 2005-2006)

1. The Diploma in Engineering (Civil/Civil-Construction Technology/Electrical/ Instrumentation &Control/Mechanical/ Mechanical-Refrigeration & Air Conditioning/ Mechanical-ProductionEngineering/ Computer/ Electronics/ Plastic Technology/ Leather & FootwearTechnology)/Diploma in Architectural Assistantship/Diploma in Interior Design shall be awardedto the candidates who have undergone at the University a regular course of study for the threeacademic years after having passed the Secondary School Certificate Examination with English,Mathematics and Science or higher Examination of the University with English, Mathematics,Physics and Chemistry or an Examination recognized by the University as its equivalent and havepassed First, Second, and Final Year Examination of the Diploma Course.

2. The First Year Examination for the Diploma Courses shall be open to candidates who haveundergone a regular course of study for one Academic Year at the University and have put inatleast 75% attendance in all theory and practical courses taken together.

3. The Second Year Examination for the Diploma Courses shall be open to candidates who haveundergone a regular course of study for one Academic Year at the University after having passedthe First Year Examination for the Diploma Courses in the corresponding branch and have put inatleast 75% attendance in all theory and practical courses taken together.

4. The Final Year Examination for the Diploma Courses shall be open to candidates who haveundergone a regular course of study for one Academic Year at the University after having passedthe Second Year Examination for the Diploma Courses in the corresponding branch and have putin atleast 75% attendance in all theory and practical courses taken together.

5. Each of the Examination shall consist of theory courses and/or practical courses, and/or project asprescribed by the Faculty on the recommendation of the Board of Studies concerned. A theorycourse shall consist of University Examination (written paper) and corresponding theory sessionalwork. A practical/project course shall consist of practical/sessional work and correspondingpractical and/or viva-voce examination.

6. To pass each Examination, a candidate must obtain:

(i) at least 40% combined marks in sessional work and University Examination of each theorycourse and also 25% marks in the University Examination component.

and(ii) at least 60% combined marks in sessional work and University Examination of each practical

OM. NO. XM/SPA/FN.68/II-341dated 10.6.2006.

251

course or project and also 25% marks in the Viva-Voce/University Examination component.

7. (i) The Division in which a successful candidate is to be placed at the end of Final Examinationshall be determined on the basis of the cumulative marks of First, Second and Final YearExaminations of the Diploma Course.

(ii) Candidates who obtain 75% of cumulative marks or more shall be placed in First Divisionwith Honours.

(iii) Candidates who obtain 65% of cumulative marks or more but less than 75% of cumulativemarks shall be placed in the First Division and those who obtain less than 65% ofcumulative marks shall be placed in the Second Division.

8. (i) Notwithstanding any thing contained in these Ordinances (Academic), a supplementaryexamination shall be held only after Final Year Annual Examination. The SupplementaryExamination shall consist of Final Year Courses (Theory/Practical).

(ii) A candidate of Final Year of Diploma Course who has failed in not more than four coursesat Annual Examination shall be eligible to appear at the immediately followingSupplementary Examination.

(iii) A candidate of Final year of Diploma Course who has not appeared in Annual Examinationdue to any reason shall not be eligible to appear in the immediately followingSupplementary Examination.

(iv) A regular promoted student while studying in II or Final Year of Diploma Course mayappear at the next subsequent University Examination in uncleared backlog courses of I orII Year of Diploma Course, as the case maybe.

(v) A candidate after passing the Diploma Course can improve his/her performance at thesubsequent examination (Supplementary/ Annual) only once by appearing at theexamination in two theory courses of Final Year of Diploma Course provided that he/she isnot pursuing or undergoing any other course of study anywhere in the mean while. Suchcandidates shall not be provided hostel accommodation; provided that if the candidate failsto improve his/her performance, the marksheet and/or diploma certificate awarded tohim/her earlier shall not be withdrawn.

(vi) No candidate shall be allowed to improve his/her marks in sessional or UniversityExamination of a course after having passed it except in case of improvement ofperformance as mentioned in Clause 8(V). Any candidate who fails to fulfil the requirementof promotion as laid down in Clauses 9 and 10 shall cease to be a regular student. Suchcandidate may appear in uncleared courses as ex-student at the subsequent UniversityExamination, if eligible. The marks awarded at the subsequent University Examination andsessional marks obtained earlier as a regular student shall be taken into consideration forpassing the uncleared/backlog courses.

(vii) A candidate who has failed and secured less than 40% of sessional marks in practice basedtheory course(s) e.g. BCE-112, BCT-217 etc or less than 60% of sessional marks in apractical course(s)/project in any branch of Diploma Course may be allowed to repeat thattheory/practical course(s)/project (sessional work as well as University Examination),during the subsequent session(s) in regular classes, if eligible. In such cases, marks obtainedearlier in sessional work as well as University Examination shall be disregarded.

252

(viii) A candidate who passes all the courses prescribed for First, Second and Final YearExaminations of Diploma Course separately in first attempt as a regular candidate shall beawarded rank/position. A candidate who passes a course(s) with grace marks/discretionarymarks or passes in the Supplementary Examination/backlog course(s) at any stage duringhis entire Diploma Course shall not be awarded any rank/position. Further, any candidatesecuring Second Division shall be not considered for the award of rank/position.

9. A candidate, who has appeared at the First Year Examination of Diploma Course, shall be promotedto the Second Year of Diploma Course, provided that he has failed in not more than four(4) theoryand/or practical course(s) of First Year of Diploma Course.

10. A candidate, who has appeared at the Second Year Examination of Diploma Course, shall bepromoted to the Final Year of Diploma Course, provided that he has failed in not more than four(4)courses of Second Year of Diploma Course and has cleared all the courses of First Year ofDiploma Course.

11. A candidate shall complete all the prescribed requirements for the award of Diploma in relevantbranch of study within three academic years after his/her admission. However, he/she may bepermitted by the Dean Faculty of Engg. & Technology to complete the remaining requirementswithin next two additional academic years;Provided that such candidates who are not promoted from First Year of Diploma Course to SecondYear of Diploma Course within two academic years after their admission, shall not be allowed torepeat the class and their admission shall stand cancelled;Provided further that such candidates who are not promoted from Second Year of Diploma Courseto Final Year of Diploma Course within two academic years after their promotion from the FirstYear of Diploma Course shall not be allowed to repeat the class and their admission shall standcancelled.

However, if a candidate who has undergone a regular course of study in Final Year of DiplomaCourse and fulfils the attendance requirements, but fails to complete the requirements of DiplomaCourse in the relevant branch of study within five academic years after his admission, then theAcademic Council on the recommendations of the Faculty/Dean, may further permit him tocomplete the remaining requirements of the Diploma Course as an ex-student within one moreadditional academic year. If the candidate fails to complete the requirements of the DiplomaCourse within six years from the date of admission, his admission shall stand cancelled. In no case,the total duration shall exceed six years from the date of his/her admission.

12(i). A candidate of First/Second Year of Diploma Course who has not been promoted to Second/FinalYear of Diploma Course or a candidate of Final Year Diploma Course who has not been foundeligible for Supplementary Examination after Annual Examination may seek continuation/re-admission as a regular candidate in the same class in the immediately following academic sessionwithin a week of the commencement of the class. Such candidates shall fulfil the attendance andsessional requirements etc afresh. Any marks obtained earlier and attendance during precedingsession shall be disregarded.

(ii)A candidate of First/Second/Final Year Diploma Course who has not appeared in AnnualExamination due to shortage of attendance must seek continuation/re-admission as a regularcandidate in the same class in the immediately following academic session within a week of thecommencement of the class. Such candidates shall fulfil the attendance and sessional requirementsetc afresh. Any marks obtained earlier and attendance during the preceding session shall bedisregarded.

253

13. A maximum of five (5) Grace Marks (GM) each may be awarded in not more than two courses toenable a candidate to pass an examination. Moreover, a maximum of two (2) Discretionary Marks(DM) may be awarded to a candidate of Final Year of Diploma Course for improvement ofDivision provided that he/she has not been awarded any grace mark in Final Year Examination ofDiploma Course. The GM/DM so awarded may be added to aggregate of marks.


Students admitted to Diploma Course upto session 2004-2005 shall continue to be governed by theOrdinances (Academic) enforced at the time of their admission. However, any student admittedduring the session 2004-2005 or earlier and due to any reason becomes a regular-student in any classof Diploma Course with those who were admitted during the session 2005-2006 or later shall begoverned by amended Ordinances effective from the session 2005-2006.

254

CHAPTER – XXXVIIIDiploma in Catering and Food Technology, Architectural Assistantship Electronics Engineering,

Costume Design and Dress Making and Office Assistantship and Secretarial Practice (for women only)

(deleted)

.


255

CHAPTER XXXVIII – ADIPLOMA IN ENGINEERING (3-Years)

(Electronics/Electronics-TV Technology/Computer) /Diploma in Costume Design & Garment Technology/

Diploma in Office Assistantship & Secretarial Practice) (2- Years)

1. (i) The Diploma in Engineering [Electronics/Electronics (TV Technology/Computer] shall beawarded to candidates who have undergone at this University a regular course of study forthree academic years in the relevant branch after having passed the Secondary SchoolCertificate Examination of this University with English, Mathematics and Science or anexamination recognized by the University as its equivalent and have passed First, Second andFinal Examinations of the course.

(ii) Diploma in Costume Design and Garment Technology/Office Assistantship and SecretarialPractice shall be awarded to the candidates who have undergone at this University a regularcourse of study for two academic years after having passed the Secondary SchoolCertificate/High School Examination of this University with English as one of the subjects oran examination recognized by the University as its equivalent and have passed First and FinalExaminations of the course.

2. The First Examination for all Diploma courses shall be open to candidates who have undergone aregular course of study for one academic year at the University.

3. The Second Examination in case of Diploma in Engineering and Final Examination in case ofDiploma in Costume Design and Garment Technology/Office Assistantship and Secretarial Practiceshall be open to candidates who have undergone a regular course of study for one academic year atthe University after having passed the First Examination for the Diploma course in thecorresponding branch.

4. The Final Examination for the Diploma in Engineering shall be open to candidates who haveundergone a regular course of study for one academic year at the University after having passed theSecond Examination for Diploma in Engineering in the corresponding branch.

5. Each of the Examinations shall be conducted partly by means of written papers and partly by meansof sessional work and practical and viva-voce test as may be prescribed by the Faculty on therecommendations of the Board of Studies concerned. A theory course consists of written paper andcorresponding theory sessional. A practical course consists of practical/sessional and correspondingpractical/viva-voce Examination.

6. To pass each examination, a candidate must obtain:(i) At least 40 per cent marks in each theory course., and(ii) At least 60 per cent marks in each practical course.

7. (i) The Division in which the successful candidates are to be placed at the end of a FinalExamination shall be determined on the basis of the combined results of:

(a) First, Second and Final Examination with 50 per cent weightage of First, 75 per centweighatage of Second and 100 per cent weightage of Final Examination marks ofDiploma in Engineering courses

O.M. XM/AC-IV/PA/Ordinances/221 dated 6.2.97./EC: 5.7.97.

256

OR(b) First and Final Examinations with 50 per cent weightage of First and 100 per cent

weightage of Final Examination marks of Diploma in Costume Design and GarmentTechnology/Office Assistantship and Secretarial Practice.

(ii) Candidates who obtain 65% of the marks or more shall be placed in the First Division andthose who obtain less than 65%, in the Second Division.

(iii) Candidates who obtain 75 per cent marks or more shall be declared to have passed theExamination in First Division with Honors.

8. (i) Notwithstanding anything contained in these Ordinances, Supplementary Examinations shallbe held after each of the Annual Examinations.

(ii) A candidate who has failed in not more than 50 per cent each in theory courses and practicalcourses separately at the Annual Examination shall be eligible to appear at the immediatelyfollowing Supplementary Examination.

(iii) No candidate shall be allowed to improve her marks in sessional or University Examinationor a course after having passed it.

(iv) A candidate of Diploma course who could not appear at her Annual Examination as a regularcandidate due to her illness or severe accident, may apply to the Dean, Faculty ofEngineering & Technology through Principal for permission to appear at the subsequentSupplementary Examination. The application along with the Medical Certificate of theMedical Officer of the University Health Service/Superintendent of J.N. Medical CollegeHospital/Chief Medical Officer of the District, must be submitted by the candidate to thePrincipal’s Office within two weeks from the date of commencement of the AnnualExamination.

9. (i) A candidate who has appeared at the First Examination shall be promoted to the:

(a) Second Year Diploma in Engineering Class provided that she has failed in not morethan three courses; and

(b) Final Year Diploma in Costume Design and Garment Technology/OfficeAssistantship and Secretarial Practice provided that she has failed in not more thantwo courses.

(ii) A candidate who has failed and secured less than 60% of sessional marks in Engg. Drawingand practical courses may be allowed to repeat (sessional as well as university examination)during the subsequent session/sessions in regular classes.

10. A candidate who has appeared at the Second Examination of Diploma in Engineering shall bepromoted to the Third Year Diploma in Engineering in corresponding branch, provided that she hasfailed in not more than three courses of Second Year Diploma in Engineering and has passed in allcourses of First Year Diploma in Engineering.

11. A candidate shall complete all prescribed requirements for the award of:

(a) Diploma in Engineering in relevant branch within three Academic Years after her admission;and

257

(b) Diploma in Costume Design and Garment Technology/Office Assistantship and SecretarialPractice within two Academic years after her admission. However, she may be permitted bythe Dean to compete the requirements within next two additional Academic Years in both thecourses.

Provided that such candidates who are not promoted from First Year Diploma within two AcademicYears after their admission shall not be allowed to repeat the class and their admission shall becancelled.

Provided further that such candidates who are not promoted from Second Year Diploma inEngineering to Final Year Diploma in Engineering within two Academic Years after their promotionfrom the First Year Diplomas in Engineering shall not be allowed to repeat the class and theiradmission shall be cancelled.

However, if a candidate of Final Year Diploma fails to compete the requirements of Diploma inEngineering in the relevant branch within five Academic Years and Diploma in Costume Design andGarment Technology/Office Assistantship and Secretarial Practice within four Academic Year afterher admission, thus permitted, the Academic Council on the recommendation of the Faculty, mayfurther permit her to complete the remaining requirements of the Diploma within one moreadditional academic year. If the candidate fails to compete the requirements of the Diploma afterthe completion of six years duration for Diploma in Engineering and five years duration for Diplomain Costume Design and Garment Technology/Office Assistantship and Secretarial Practice from thedate of admission her admission, shall be cancelled.

12. A student may be allowed continuation in the same class only when her sessional component is lessthan 50% of the total marks in sessional component of all the courses (Theory and Practical) orwhen she has been detained due to shortage of attendance giving genuine reasons to the satisfactionof the Principal/Dean.

258

Chapter XXXVIII-B

(For Diploma Courses in Women’s Polytechnic)**Diploma in Engineering (Electronics/Information Technology/Computer) (3-years course)

Diploma in Costume Design & Garment Technology/Office Assistantshipand Secretarial Practice (2-years course)

Effective from the session 2002-2003

1. (i) The Diploma in Engineering (Electronics/ Information Technology/Computer) shall beawarded to candidates who have undergone at this University a regular course of study forthree academic years in the relevant branch after having passed the Secondary SchoolCertificate Examination of this University with English, Mathematics and Sciences or anExamination recognised by the University as its equivalent and have passed First, Second andFinal Examinations of the course.

(ii) Diploma in Costume Design & Garment Technology/Office Assistantship & SecretarialPractice shall be awarded to the candidates who have undergone at this University a regularcourse of study for two academic years in th relevant branch after having passed theSecondary School Certificate/High School Examination of this University with English asone of the subjects or an examination recognised by the University as its equivalent and havepassed First and Final Examinations of the course.

2. The First Examination for all Diploma courses shall be open to candidates who have undergone aregular course of study for one academic year at the University.

3. The Second Examination in case of Diploma in Engineering and Final Examination in case ofDiploma in Costume Design & Garment Technology/Officer Assistantship & Secretarial Practiceshall be open to candidates who have undergone a regular course of study for one academic year atthe University after having passed the First Examination for the Diploma Course in thecorresponding branch.

4. The Final Examination for the Diploma in Engineering shall be open to candidates who haveundergone a regular course of study for one academic year at the University after having passed theSecond Examination for Diploma in Engineering in the corresponding branch.

5. Each of the Examination shall be conducted partly by means of written papers and partly by meansof sessional work and practical and viva-voce examination as may be prescribed by the Faculty onthe recommendation of the Board of Studies concerned. A theory course consists of written paperand corresponding theory sessional. A practical course consists of practical/sessional andcorresponding practical/viva-voce examinations.

6. To pass each examination, a candidate must obtain(i) at least 40%marks in each theory course and 25% marks in University Examination.(ii) at least 60% marks in each practical course and 25% marks in University Examination.

7. (i) The Division in which the successful candidates are to be placed at the end of FinalExamination shall be determined on the basis of the combined results of:(a) First, Second and Final Examinations with equal weightage for First, Second and

Final Examination marks of Diploma in Engineering courses; and


259

(b) First and Final Examinations with equal weightage of First and Final Examinationmarks of Diploma in Costume Design & Garment Technology/Office Assistantship &Secretarial Practice.

(ii) Candidates who obtain 65% of the marks or more shall be placed in the First Division andthose who obtain less than 65% in the Second Division.

(iii) Candidates who obtain 75% marks or more shall be declared to have passed the Examinationin First Division with Honors.

8. (i) Notwithstanding anything contained in these Ordinances, Supplementary Examination shallbe held after each of the Annual Examination

(ii) A candidate who has failed in not more than 50% each in theory courses and practicalcourses separately at the Annual Examination shall be eligible to appear at the immediatelyfollowing Supplementary Examination.

(iii) No candidate shall be allowed to improve her marks in sessional or University Examinationof a course after having passed it.

(iv) A candidate of Diploma Course who could not appear at her Annual Examination as a regularcandidate due to her illness or severe accident, may apply to the Dean, Faculty ofEngineering & Technology through Principal for permission to appear at the subsequentSupplementary Examination.

The application alongwith the Medical Certificate of the Medical Officer of the University HealthService/Superintendent of J.N. Medical College Hospital/Chief Medical Officer of the District mustbe submitted by the candidate in the Principal’s Office within two weeks from the date ofcommencement of the Annual Examination.

9. (i) A candidate who has appeared at the First Examination shall be promoted to the:

(a) Second Year Diploma in Engineering provided that she has failed in not more thanthree courses

OR

(b) Final Year Diploma in Costume Design & Garment Technology/Office Assistantship& Secretarial Practice provided that she has failed in not more than two courses.

(ii) A candidate who has failed and secured less than 60% of sessional marks in Engg. Drawingand Practical Courses may be allowed to repeat (sessional as well as University examination)during the subsequent session/sessions in regular classes.

10. A candidate who has appeared at the Second Examination of Diploma in Engineering shall bepromoted to the Third Year Diploma in Engineering in corresponding branch, provided that she hasfailed in not more than three courses of Second Year Diploma in Engineering and has passed in allcourses of First Year Diploma in Engineering.

11. A candidate shall complete all prescribed requirements for the award of:(a) Diploma in Engineering in relevant branch within three academic years after her admission

and

260

(b) Diploma in Costume Design & Garment Technology/Office Assistantship & SecretarialPractical within two academic years after her admission.

However, she may be permitted by the Dean to complete the requirements within next twoadditional Academic Years in both the courses.Provided that such candidates who are not promoted from First Year Diploma within two Academicyears after their admission shall not be allowed to repeat the class and their admission shall becancelled.Provided further that such candidates who are not promoted from Second year Diploma inEngineering to Final Year Diploma in Engineering within two Academic Years after their promotionfrom the First year Diploma in Engineering shall not all allowed to repeat the class and theiradmission shall be cancelled.

However, if a candidate of Final Year Diploma fails to complete the requirements of Diploma inEngineering in the relevant branch within five Academic Years and Diploma in Costume Design &Garment Technology/Office Assistantship & Secretarial Practice within four Academic Years afterher admission, thus permitted, the Academic Council on the recommendation of the Faculty, mayfurther permit her to complete the remaining requirements of the Diploma within one moreadditional academic year. If the candidate fails to complete the requirements of the Diploma afterthe completion of six years duration for Diploma in Engineering and five years duration for Diplomain Costume Design & Garment Technology/Office Assistantship & Secretarial Practice from thedate of admission, her admission shall be cancelled.

12. A student may be allowed continuation in the same class only when her sessional component is lessthan 50% of the total marks in sessional component of all the courses (Theory and Practical) orwhen she has been detained due to shortage of attendance giving genuine reasons to the satisfactionof the Principal/Dean.

261

Chapter XXXVIII(C)(For Diploma Courses in Women’s Polytechnic)

Diploma in Engineering (Computer/Electronics/Information Technology)(3-year course)


1. The Diploma in Engineering (Computer/Electronics / Information Technology) shall be awarded tocandidates who have undergone at this University a regular course of study for three academic yearsin the relevant branch after having passed the Secondary School Certificate Examination of thisUniversity with English, Mathematics and Sciences or higher Examination of the University withEnglish, Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry or an Examination recognised by the University as itsequivalent and have passed First, Second and Final Examinations of the Diploma in Engineering.

2. The First Year Examination of Diploma in Engineering in relevant branch shall be open tocandidates who have undergone a regular course of study for one academic year at the Universityand put in at least 75% attendance in all theory and practical courses taken together.

3. The Second Year Examination of Diploma in Engineering shall be open to candidates who haveundergone a regular course of study for one academic year at the University after having passed theFirst Year Examination of the Diploma in Engineering in the corresponding branch and have put inat least 75% attendance in all theory and practical courses taken together.

4. The Final Year Examination of the Diploma in Engineering shall be open to candidates who haveundergone a regular course of study for one academic year at the University after having passed theSecond Year Examination of Diploma in Engineering in the corresponding branch and have put inatleast 75% attendance in all theory and practical courses taken together.

5. Each of the Examination shall consist of theory courses and/or practical courses, and/or project asprescribed by the Faculty on the recommendation of the Board of Studies concerned. A theorycourse shall consist of University Examination (written paper) and corresponding theory sessionalwork. A practical course/project shall consist of practical/sessional work and corresponding practicaland/or viva-voce examination.

6. To pass each Examination, a candidate must obtain:(i) at least 40% combined marks in sessional work and University Examination (written paper)

of each theory course and also 25% marks in the University Examination (written paper) and

(ii) at least 60% combined marks in sessional work and University Examination of each practicalcourse or project and also 25% marks in the University Examination/ Viva-VoceExamination.

7. (i) The Division in which a successful candidate is to be placed at the end of Final Examinationshall be determined on the basis of the cumulative marks of First, Second and Final YearExaminations of the Diploma in Engineering taken together.

(ii) A candidate who obtains 75% of cumulative marks or more shall be placed in First Divisionwith Honours.


262

(iii) A Candidate who obtains 65% of cumulative marks or more but less than 75% of cumulativemarks shall be placed in the First Division and those who obtain less than 65% of cumulativemarks shall be placed in the Second Division.

8. (i) Notwithstanding anything contained in these Ordinances (Academic), a SupplementaryExamination shall be held only after Final Year Annual Examination. The SupplementaryExamination shall consist of Final Year Courses (Theory/Practical) only.

(ii) A candidate of Final Year of Diploma in Engineering who has failed in not more than fourCourses at Annual Examination shall be eligible to appear at the immediately followingSupplementary Examination.

(iii) A candidate who has not appeared in Annual Examination due to any reason shall not beeligible to appear in the immediately following Supplementary Examination.

(iv) A regular promoted student while studying in II or Final Year of Diploma in Engineeringmay appear at the next subsequent University Examination in uncleared backlog courses of Ior II Year of Diploma in Engineering as the case maybe.

(v) A candidate after passing the Diploma in Engineering can improve her performance at thesubsequent examination (Supplementary/Annual) only once by appearing at the examinationin two theory courses of Final Year of Diploma in Engineering provided that she is notpursuing or undergoing any other course of study anywhere in the mean while. Suchcandidates shall not be provided hostel accommodation;Provided that if the candidate fails to improve her performance, the marksheet and/ordiploma certificate awarded to her earlier shall not be withdrawn.

(vi) No candidate shall be allowed to improve her marks in sessional or University Examinationof a course after having passed it except in case of improvement of performance asmentioned in Clause 8(v). Any candidate who fails to fulfil the requirement of promotion aslaid down in Clauses 9 and 10 shall cease to be a regular student. Such candidate may appearin uncleared courses as ex-student at the subsequent University Examination, if otherwiseeligible. The marks awarded at the subsequent University Examination and sessional marksobtained earlier as a regular student shall be taken into consideration for passing theuncleared/backlog courses.

(vii) A candidate who has failed and secured less than 60% of sessional marks in EngineeringDrawing or practical course(s) may be allowed to repeat the sessional as well as UniversityExamination during the subsequent sessions(s) in regular classes, if otherwise eligible. Insuch cases, marks obtained earlier in sessional work as well as University Examination shallbe disregarded.

(viii) A candidate who passes all the courses prescribed for First, Second and Final YearExaminations of Diploma in Engineering separately in first attempt as a regular candidateshall be awarded rank/position. A candidate who passes a course(s) with gracemarks/discretionary marks or passes in the Supplementary Examination/backlog course(s) atany stage during his entire Diploma in Engineering shall not be awarded any rank/position.Further, any candidate securing Second Division shall not be considered for the award ofrank/position.

263

9. A candidate, who has appeared at the First Year Examination of Diploma in Engineering, shall bepromoted to the Second Year of Diploma in Engineering, provided that she has failed in not morethan four(4) theory and/or practical course(s) of First Year of Diploma in Engineering.

10. A candidate, who has appeared at the Second Year Examination of Diploma in Engineering, shall bepromoted to the Final Year of Diploma in Engineering, provided that she has failed in not more thanfour(4) courses of Second Year of Diploma in Engineering and has cleared all the courses of FirstYear of Diploma in Engineering.

11. A candidate shall complete all the prescribed requirements for the award of Diploma in relevantbranch of study within three academic years after her admission. However, she may be permitted bythe Dean Faculty of Engineering & Technology to complete the remaining requirements within nexttwo additional academic years;

Provided that such candidates who are not promoted from First Year of Diploma in Engineering toSecond Year of Diploma in Engineering within two academic years after their admission, shall notbe allowed to repeat the class and their admission shall stand cancelled;

Provided further that such candidates who are not promoted from Second Year of Diploma inEngineering to Final Year of Diploma in Engineering within two academic years after theirpromotion from the First Year of Diploma in Engineering shall not be allowed to repeat the classand their admission shall stand cancelled.

However, if a candidate who has undergone a regular course of study in Final Year of Diploma inEngineering and fulfils the attendance requirements, but fails to complete the requirements ofDiploma in Engineering in the relevant branch of study within five academic years after heradmission, then the Academic Council on the recommendations of the Faculty/Dean, may furtherpermit her to complete the remaining requirements of the Diploma in Engineering as an ex-studentwithin one more additional academic year. If the candidate fails to complete the requirements of theDiploma in Engineering within six years from the date of her admission shall stand cancelled. In nocase, the total duration shall exceed six years from the date of her admission.

12(i). A candidate of First/Second Year of Diploma in Engineering who has not been promoted toSecond/Final Year of Diploma in Engineering or a candidate of Final Year Diploma in Engineeringwho has not been found eligible for Supplementary Examination after Annual Examination mayseek continuation/re-admission as a regular candidate in the same class in the immediately followingacademic session within a week of the commencement of the class. Such candidates shall fulfil theattendance and sessional requirements etc afresh. Any marks obtained earlier and attendance duringthe preceding session shall be disregarded.

(ii) A candidate of First/Second/Final Year Diploma in Engineering who has not appeared in AnnualExamination due to shortage of attendance must seek continuation/re-admission as a regularcandidate in the same class in the immediately following academic session within a week of thecommencement of the class. Such candidates shall fulfil the attendance and sessional requirementsetc afresh. Any marks obtained earlier and attendance during the preceding session shall bedisregarded.

13. A maximum of five (5) Grace Marks (GM) each may be awarded in not more than two courses toenable a candidate to pass an Examination. Moreover, a maximum of two (2) Discretionary Marks(DM) may be awarded to a candidate of Final Year of Diploma in Engineering for improvement of

264

Division provided that she has not been awarded any grace mark in Final Year Examination ofDiploma in Engineering. The GM/DM so awarded may be added to aggregate of marks.


Candidates admitted to Diploma in Engineering upto session 2004-2005 shall continue to begoverned by the Ordinances (Academic) enforced at the time of their admission. However, anycandidate admitted during the session 2004-2005 or earlier and due to any reason becomes a regular-student in any class of Diploma in Engineering with those who were admitted during the session2005-2006 or later shall be governed by the amended Ordinances effective from the session 2005-2006.

265

Chapter XXXVIII(D)(For Diploma Courses in Women’s Polytechnic)

Diploma in Costume Design & Garment Technology/Secretarial Practice (2-year course)


1. Diploma in Costume Design & Garment Technology/Secretarial Practice shall be awarded to thecandidates who have undergone at this University a regular course of study for two academic yearsin the relevant course of study after having passed the Secondary School Certificate Examination ofthis University with English as one of the subjects or an examination recognised by the University asits equivalent and have passed First and Final Examinations of the Diploma Course.

2. The First Year Examination of Diploma in Costume Design & Garment Technology/SecretarialPractice shall be open to candidates who have undergone a regular course of study for one academicyear at the University and put in at least 75% attendance in all theory and practical courses takentogether.

3. The Final Examination Year of Diploma in Costume Design & Garment Technology/SecretarialPractice shall be open to candidates who have undergone a regular course of study for one academicyear at the University after having passed the First Year Examination of the corresponding DiplomaCourse and have put in at least 75% attendance in all theory and practical courses taken together.

4. Each of the Examination shall consist of theory courses and/or practical courses, and/or project asprescribed by the Faculty on the recommendation of the Board of Studies concerned. A theorycourse shall consist of University Examination (written paper) and corresponding theory sessionalwork. A practical course/project shall consist of practical/sessional work and corresponding practicaland/or viva-voce examination.

5. To pass each Examination, a candidate must obtain:

(i) at least 40% combined marks in sessional work and University Examination (written paper)of each theory course and also 25% marks in the University Examination (written paper) and

(ii) at least 60% combined marks in sessional work and University Examination/Viva-Voce ofeach practical course or project and also 25% marks in the University Examination/ Viva-Voce Examination.

6. (i) The Division in which a successful candidate is to be placed at the end of Final Examinationshall be determined on the basis of the cumulative marks of First and Final YearExaminations of the Diploma Course taken together.

(ii) A Candidate who obtains 75% of cumulative marks or more shall be placed in First Divisionwith Honours.

(iii) A Candidate who obtains 65% of cumulative marks or more but less than 75% of cumulativemarks shall be placed in the First Division and those who obtain less than 65% of cumulativemarks shall be placed in the Second Division.


266

7. (i) Notwithstanding anything contained in these Ordinances (Academic), a SupplementaryExamination shall be held only after Final Year Annual Examination. The SupplementaryExamination shall consist of Final Year Courses (Theory/Practical) only.

(ii) A candidate of Final Year of Diploma Course who has failed in not more than four courses atAnnual Examination shall be eligible to appear at the immediately following SupplementaryExamination.

(iii) A candidate who has not appeared in Annual Examination due to any reason shall not beeligible to appear in the immediately following Supplementary Examination.

(iv) A regular promoted student while studying in Final Year of Diploma in Engineering mayappear at the next subsequent University Examination in uncleared backlog courses of I Yearof Diploma Course.

(v) A candidate after passing the Diploma Course can improve her performance at thesubsequent examination (Supplementary/Annual) only once by appearing at the examinationin two theory courses of Final Year of Diploma Course provided that she is not pursuing orundergoing any other course of study anywhere in the mean while. Such candidates shall notbe provided hostel accommodation;

Provided that if the candidate fails to improve her performance, the marksheet and/ordiploma certificate awarded to her earlier shall not be withdrawn.

(vi) No candidate shall be allowed to improve her marks in sessional or University Examinationof a course after having passed it except in case of improvement of performance asmentioned in Clause 7(v). Any candidate who fails to fulfil the requirement of promotion aslaid down in Clause 8 shall cease to be a regular student. Such candidate may appear inuncleared courses as ex-student at the subsequent University Examination, if otherwiseeligible. The marks awarded at the subsequent University Examination and sessional marksobtained earlier as a regular student shall be taken into consideration for passing theuncleared/backlog courses.

(vii) A candidate who has failed and secured less than 60% of sessional marks in practice basedtheory course or practical course(s) may be allowed to repeat the sessional as well asUniversity Examination during the subsequent sessions(s) in regular classes, if otherwiseeligible. In such cases, marks obtained earlier in sessional work as well as UniversityExamination shall be disregarded.

(viii) A candidate who passes all the courses prescribed for First and Final Year Examinations ofDiploma Course separately in first attempt as a regular candidate shall be awardedrank/position. A candidate who passes a course(s) with grace marks/discretionary marks orpasses in the Supplementary Examination/backlog course(s) at any stage during his entireduration of Diploma Course shall not be awarded any rank/position. Further, any candidatesecuring Second Division shall not be considered for the award of rank/position.

8. A candidate, who has appeared at the First Year Examination of Diploma Course shall be promotedto the Final Year of Diploma Course provided that she has failed in not more than four(4) theoryand/or practical course(s) of First Year of Diploma Course.

267

9. A candidate shall complete all the prescribed requirements for the award of Diploma Course withintwo academic years after her admission. However, she may be permitted by the Dean Faculty ofEngineering & Technology to complete the remaining requirements within next two additionalacademic years;

Provided that such candidates who are not promoted from First Year of Diploma Course to FinalYear of Diploma Course within two academic years after their admission, shall not be allowed torepeat the class and their admission shall stand cancelled;

However, if a candidate who has undergone a regular course of study in Final Year of DiplomaCourse and fulfils the attendance requirements, but fails to complete the requirements of DiplomaCourse within four academic years after her admission, then the Academic Council on therecommendations of the Faculty/Dean, may further permit her to complete the remainingrequirements of the Diploma Course as an ex-student within one more additional academic year. Ifthe candidate fails to complete the requirements of the Diploma Course within five years from thedate of her admission shall stand cancelled. In no case, the total duration shall exceed five yearsfrom the date of her admission.

10.(i) A candidate of First Year of Diploma Course who has not been promoted to Final Year of DiplomaCourse or a candidate of Final Year Diploma course who has not been found eligible forSupplementary Examination after Annual Examination may seek continuation/re-admission asregular candidate in the same class in the immediately following academic session within a week ofthe commencement of the class. Such candidates shall fulfil the attendance and sessionalrequirements etc afresh. Any marks obtained earlier and attendance during the preceding sessionshall be disregarded.

(ii) A candidate of First / Final Year Diploma Course who has not appeared in Annual Examination dueto shortage of attendance must seek continuation / re – admission as a regular candidate in the sameclass in the immediately following academic session within a week of the commencement of theclass. Such candidates shall fulfil the attendance and other requirements etc afresh. Any marksobtained earlier and attendance during the preceding session shall be disregarded.

11. A maximum of five (5) Grace Marks (GM) each may be awarded in not more than two courses toenable a candidate to pass an Examination. Moreover, a maximum of two (2) Discretionary Marks(DM) may be awarded to a candidate of Final Year of Diploma Course for improvement of Divisionprovided that she has not been awarded any grace mark in Final Year Examination of DiplomaCourse. The GM/DM so awarded may be added to aggregate of marks.


Candidates admitted to Diploma Course upto session 2004-2005 shall continue to be governed bythe Ordinances (Academic) enforced at the time of their admission. However, any candidateadmitted during the session 2004-2005 or earlier and due to any reason becomes a regular-student inFinal Year of Diploma Course with those who were admitted during the session 2005-2006 or latershall be governed by the New Ordinances effective from the session 2005-2006.

268

CHAPTER – XXXIXCertificate in Mechanical and Civil Draftsmanship

(deleted)

CHAPTER – XLB.U.M.S. (Bachelor of Unani Medicine & Surgery)

**(deleted)

Transitory Ordinance**(deleted)


269

CHAPTER – XLKamil-e-Tib-o-Jarahat (BUMS)

(Bachelor of Unani Medicine and Surgery)

1. The Degree of Kamil-e-Tib-o-Jarahat (Bachelor of Unani Medicine and Surgery) shall be awardedto the candidates who:-

(i) having previously passed the Pre-Tib Examination, have undergone a regular course of studyfor not less than five academic years at the Ajmal Khan Tibbiya College of the University;

(ii) have passed the I, II, III, IV and V Professional Examinations; and

(iii) have undergone the prescribed training in the form of Internship for a period of six months ata Hospital or Institution/Center approved for this purpose by the University. Provided thatsuch Internship should be completed within a year after the successful completion of theFinal Professional Examination.

2. A candidate shall be deemed to have undergone a regular course of one academic year of study foreach Professional Examination, namely, I, II, II, IV & V Professional Examinations, only if he hasfulfilled the attendance requirements in each subject, as prescribed in Chapter XVII of theseOrdinances.

3. The medium of instruction and examination shall be Urdu. The terminology used shall be standardmodern terminology with Arabic equivalent.

†4. No candidate shall be admitted to the course of study for the Pre-Tib. Examination unless he has:-

(i) passed the High School/Secondary School Certificate Examination or an equivalentexamination recognized by the University.

OR(ii) passed the Alim (Arabic) or Kamil (Persian) or Adib Kamil (Jamia Urdu, Aligarh)

Examination or is a “Farighul Tahsil” from a Dars-i-Nizami Madarsah.

(iii) been selected in accordance with the rules and regulations prescribed in this behalf byAcademic Council from time to time.

†5. (i) The Pre-Tib Examination shall be conducted in two parts (Part I and Part II); Part IExamination shall be open to the candidates who have undergone a regular course of studyfor one academic year and Part II Examination, to the candidates who have undergone aregular course of study for one academic year after passing the Pre-Tib Part I Examination.

Provided that no candidate shall be permitted to appear at the Pre-Tib Part I or Part II Examination,as the case may be, unless he has fulfilled the attendance requirements as prescribed in ChapterXVII of these Ordinances.

OR(ii) are deemed to be ex-students as defined in Chapter XVII of these Ordinances.

E.C. dated 18/19/20 Feb. 1984.

†E.C. Res. No. 4 (para 190 of part C of Appendix (C) dated 21/22.2.1987 and 27.3.1987.

270†6. The Pre-Tib Part I and Part II Examinations shall comprise such papers, sessionals, practical and

viva-voce examinations as may be prescribed by the Board of Studies, Faculty and the AcademicCouncil from time to time.

Provided that candidates who have passed the qualifying examination with Science (with Biology)and English shall be exempted from teaching as well as Examination in Science (with biology) andEnglish; similarly those who have passed an Oriental examination (Arabic), shall be exempted fromteaching and examination in Arabic and Mantiq-wa-Falsafa. Those who have not studied Science(with Biology) or Arabic will study and appear in all subjects prescribed for the Pre-TibExamination.

Provided further that candidates who have passed the qualifying examination (other than OrientalExamination) with English as one of the subjects in the same level, may be exempted from English,and those who have passed, in addition to the qualifying examination, any other recognizedexamination in the same level in Science with Biology and without English may be exempted fromScience.

7. The examination marks allotted to each written paper, practical, viva- voce and the combinedpractical and via-voce examination shall be prescribed by the Academic Council on therecommendations of the Board of Studies and the Faculty.

Provided that in subjects for which a practical or viva-voce or the combined practical and viva-voceExamination has been prescribed , 25% of the maximum marks shall be assigned to sessional workduring the academic year, 10% of the maximum marks to record book and 65% of the maximummarks for practical/viva-voce/the combined practical and viva-voce Examination.

*8. To pass the Pre-Tib Part I or Part II Examination, a candidate must obtain a minimum of 40% ofthe marks separately in (1) theory and (2) practical, sessional and record book in each of the subject.

Provided that no candidate shall be promoted to Part II of the Course unless he has passed in at leastfour of the prescribed subjects (inclusive of practicals/sessionals, viva-voce examination whereverprescribed. Provided further that no candidate shall be promoted to the First Professional courseunless he has passed in all the subjects prescribed for the Pre-Tib Part I and Part II Examinations.

9. The Pre-Tib Part-I and Part –II Examinations shall be conducted twice a year, an AnnualExamination and a Supplementary Examination.

FIRST PROFESSIONAL EXAMINATION

10. The First Professional Examination shall be open to the candidates who:-

(i) have passed at least one year previously the Pre-Tib Examination from this University andhave undergone a regular course of study for a period of one academic year for the FirstProfessional Examination.


† E.C. Res. No. 12(24) dated 26.10.1985. E.C. Res. No. 4(para 190, Part ‘C’ of Appendix ‘C’ dated 21/22.2.87 and 27.3.1987.

271

11. The First Professional Examination shall comprise written papers, practicals and viva-voiceexaminations in the following subjects:-

1. Umoore Tabiya2. Ilmul Advia (Kulliyat-e-Advia)3. Tashreeh Paper I4. *Munafeul Aza Paper I

12. The maximum marks allotted to each written paper, practical, viva-voce and the combined practicaland viva-voce examinations in each of the Professional Examinations, namely, I, II, III, IV, and VProfessional Examinations shall be prescribed by the Academic Council on the recommendations ofthe Board of Studies and the Faculty.

Provided that in a subject for which a practical or via-voce or the combined practical and viva-voceexamination has been prescribed 25% of the maximum marks shall be assigned to sessional workduring the academic year, 20% of the maximum marks to record book and 55% of the maximummarks to the practical or via-voce or the combined practical and viva-voce examinations.

SECOND PROFESSIONAL EXAMINATION

13. The Second Professional Examination shall be open to candidates who

(i) have passed at least one year previously the First Professional Examination and haveundergone a regular course of study for a period of one academic year for the SecondProfessional Examination.


14. The Second Professional Examination shall comprise written papers, practical and viva-voceexamination in the following subjects:

1. *Munafeul Aza Paper II2. *Tashreeh, Paper II3. Ilmul Advia (Mufridat)4. Hifzane Sehat.

THIRD PROFESSIONAL EXAMINATION

15. The Third Professional Examination shall be open to candidates who:-

(i) have passed at least one year previously the Second Professional Examination and haveundergone a regular course of study for a period of one academic year for the ThirdProfessional Examination.


16. The Third Professional Examination shall comprise the written papers, practical and viva-voceexamination in the following subjects:-1. Ilmul Advia (Murakkabat-wa-Saidla)

E.C. Res. No.4 (para 190, Part ‘C’ of Appendix ‘C’) dated 21/22.2.87 and 27.3.1987.

272

2. Saririyat (Usool-e-Tashkhis-0-Tajweez)3. Ilmul Amraz4. Tibbi Qanoon wa-Ilmul Samoon.

FOURTH PROFESSIONAL EXAMINATION

17. The Fourth Professional Examination shall be open to candidates who:-

(i) have passed at least one year previously the Third Professional Examination and haveundergone a regular course of study for a period of one academic year for the FourthProfessional Examination.

OR(ii) are deemed to be the ex-students as defined in Chapter XVII of these Ordinances.

18. The Fourth Professional Examination shall comprise written papers, practical and viva-voceexamination in the following subjects:

1. Ilmul Qabalat wa Mutlaqa Amraz2. Tarikhe Tib3. Amraz Niswan wa Atfal4. Moaliajt (Part I).

FIFTH PROFESSIONAL EXAMINATION

19. The Fifth Professional (Final) Examination shall be open to candidates who:-

(i) have passed at least one year previously the Fourth Professional Examination and haveundergone a regular course of study for a period of one academic year for the FifthProfessional Examination.


20. The Fifth Professional (Final) Examination shall comprise written papers, practical and viva-voceexamination in the following subjects:-

1. Jarahiyat2. Moalijat (Part –II)3. Amraz Ain, Anaf, Halaq etc.4. Matab.

21. (a) To pass each of the Professional Examination, a candidate must obtain a minimum of 50% ofthe marks in each written paper, sessional and record book, practical/viva voce or thecombined practical and viva-voce examination separately.

(b) Candidates obtaining 60% or more marks in the aggregate of all the ProfessionalExaminations (I, II, III, IV and V Professionals) shall be placed in the First Division, and theremaining candidates passing the Examination shall be placed in the Second Division.A candidate who secures not less than 75% of the marks in the aggregate of a subject shall bedeclared to have passed with distinction in that subject.

27322. Notwithstanding anything contained in these Ordinances, candidates who fail in not more than 50%

of the subjects prescribed for the I or III or IV Professional Examination, shall be promoted to the IIor IV or V Professional class, as the case may be. They shall be eligible to appear at theExamination in the subject(s) in which they have failed, along with the Examination of the nexthigher class (i.e. II, IV and Final Professional, as the case may be.)

Provided that no candidate shall be promoted to the Third Professional Course unless he has passedin all the subjects of the First and Second Professional Examinations.

23. Notwithstanding anything contained in these Ordinances, the First, Second, Third, Fourth and FifthProfessional Examinations shall be held twice a year. The examination fees and the rules ofSupplementary Examination shall be the same as those of Annual Examinations.

24. The successful students shall be awarded the Degree of Kamil-e-Tib-o-Jarahat (Bachelors of UnaniMedicine and Surgery) from 1983 onwards irrespective of their year of admission to the FirstProfessional Course.

E.C. Res. No. 4 (para 190, Part ‘C’ of Appendix ‘C’ dated 21/22.2.87 and 27.3.1987.

274

CHAPTER XL (A)KAMIL-E-TIB-O-JARAHAT (B.U.M.S.)

1. The Degree of Kamil-e-Tib-o-Jarahat (Bachelor of Unani Medicine and Surgery) shall be awardedto the candidates who:

(i) have previously passed the Senior Secondary School Certificate Examination of thisUniversity with Physics, Chemistry and Biology or an examination recognized as itsequivalent or the Pre-Tib Examination of this University, and have undergone a regularcourse of study for not less than four and a half years in the University, and

(ii) have passed the First, Second and Final Professional Examinations of this University andhave undergone the prescribed training in the form of rotatory Internship for a period of oneyear or for a period prescribed by the CCIM at A.K. Tibbiya College Hospital andInstitution/Heath Centre recognized for the purpose.

2. The medium of instruction and examination shall be Urdu. The terminology used shall be standardmodern terminology with Arabic equivalents.

PRE-TIB

3. No candidate shall be permitted to appear at the Pre-Tib Examination unless he has:

(i) passed at least one year previously the Senior Secondary School Certificate Examination ofthis University with Arabic or Persian as one of the optional subjects or an examinationrecognized as its equivalent.

ORPassed Arabic Examination from Board/Madarsa recognized by the CCIM/University for thispurpose.

(ii) has undergone a regular course of study for one academic year after being admitted to thecourse and has fulfilled the minimum attendance requirement as prescribed by the CCIMvide its amended regulation, 1999 i.e. 75% read together with the provisions under Clause(V) of Chapter XVII of these Ordinances.

(iii) The Pre-Tib Examination shall comprise the following subjects:

(1) Tabiyat(2) Keemia(3) Haiwaniyat(4) Habatiyat(5) English

4. The Pre-Tib Examination shall comprise such written papers, sessionals, practical, and viva-voceexaminations as may be prescribed by the Board of Studies and the Faculty of Unani Medicine fromtime to time.

The maximum marks allotted to each written paper, practical, viva-voce examination shall beprescribed by the Faculty of Unani Medicine on the recommendations of the Board of Studies.

E.C. dated 18.8.2001/29.12.2001.

275

Provided that in subjects for which a practical/viva-voce/record book has been prescribed, thedistribution of marks shall be as follows:

(a) Theory 100 marks | (40% min. passing marks)

(b) Practical 30 marks | (40% min.Sessional 15 marks | passingRecord Book 05 marks | marks)

Total: 50 marks

Total of (a) & (b): 150

5. There shall be a Supplementary Examination to be conducted within one month of the declaration ofthe result of Pre-Tib Annual Examination.

A candidate who has failed in one or more subject(s) shall be eligible to appear at theSupplementary Examination in the subject (s) not cleared by him.

(i) That if a candidate fails and could not appear at the Annual Examination will be allowed toappear at the Supplementary Examination on the recommendation of the Dean, Faculty ofUnani Medicine subject to the condition that he has filled in the examination form for theAnnual Examination and has submitted a Medical Certificate of a Registered MedicalPractitioner/Chief Medical Officer, University Health Service within 15 days of thecommencement of Annual Examination.

(ii) Provided that no candidate shall be allowed to appear at the Pre-Tib Examination after morethan two years (4 attempts of Annual/Supplementary) having been admitted to the Pre-TibCourse).

(iii) Provided further that the candidate who fails to clear the prescribed requirements to pass thePre-Tib Examination within two years (4 attempts) may be allowed to appear at theimmediately following Annual or Supplementary Examination by the Academic Council onthe recommendation of the Dean, Faculty of Unani Medicine. Thereafter his admission willbe treated as cancelled.

Provided further that candidate passing the Pre-Tib Examination be promoted to the Kamil-e-Tib-o-Jarahat (BUMS) First Professional Course.

FIRST PROFESSIONAL EXAMINATION

6. The First Professional Examination shall be open to candidates who have undergone a regularcourse of study for not less than eighteen months after having been admitted to the First ProfessionalCourse.

Provided that no candidate shall be permitted to appear at the First Professional Examination, morethan four times in a row, initially two attempts in Annual and Supplementary Examinations as aregular student and last two attempts in Annual & Supplementary Examinations as an ex-student.

(a) The First Professional Examination will be held at the end of teaching and training foreighteen months from the date of their admission and shall comprise the following subjects:

276

(i) Tashreeh

(ii) Munafeul Aza

(iii) Umoor-e-Tabiya

(iv) Kuliyat-e-Advia

(v) Advia-Mufridat

(vi) Tarikhe-Tib

(vii) Arabic

(viii) Mantiq, Falsafa-wa-Hayat

Note: (vii) & (viii) only for the students coming from Science Stream.

≠Provided that no candidate shall be promoted to the Second Professional Course unless he haspassed in at least 50% of the prescribed papers/subjects for the First Professional Examination.

(b) Provided that in subject/subjects for which Theory, Practical, Viva-Voce, Sessional andRecord Book has been prescribed, the distribution of marks shall be a follows:

I PROFESSIONAL

Subject Theory Practi-cal

Sessional RecordBook

Total

1.Tashreeh: Paper I Paper –II

5050

70 20 10 200

2. Manafeul Aza: Paper – I

Paper – II5050

70 20 10 200

3. Umoore Tabia 100 70 20 10 2004. Advia Mufridat 100 70 20 10 2005. Kulliyate-Advia 100 70 20 10 2006. Tarikhe-Tib. 100 - - - 1007.Mantiq, Falsafa- wa-Hayat

100 - - - 100

SECOND PROFESSIONAL EXAMINATION

≠7. The Second Professional Examination shall be open to candidates who have undergone a regularcourse of study for not less than eighteen months after having been promoted to II Professionalcourse.

8. (a) The second Professional Examination shall comprise the following subjects:

(i) Ilmul Advia – II (Murakkabat wa Saidla)

≠O.M. No. XM/SPA/FN-57(X)/II-475 dated 21.11.2006/30.12.2006.

277

(ii) Ilmul Samoom and Tibbe-Qanoon

(iii) Hifzane Sehat-wa-Samaji Tib

(iv) Ilmul Amraz-wa-Jaraseem

(v) Saririyat

≠Only those students who passed in all papers/subjects of I Professional Examination and havepassed in at least 50% of the prescribed papers/subjects of the II Professional Examination will beallowed to take on the III Professional Course.

(b) Provided that in subject/subjects for which Theory, Practical, Viva-Voce, Sessional, andRecord Book has been prescribed, the distribution of marks shall be as follows:

II PROFESSIONAL1. Murakkabat-wa-

Saidla100 70 20 10 200

2. Saririyat 100 70 20 10 2003. Tibbe-Qaunoom-

wa-IlmulSamoom

100 70 20 10 200

4. Hifzane Sehat-wa-Samaji Tib

100 70 20 10 200

5. Ilmul Amaraz waJaraseem:Paper – IPaper – II

5050

70 20 10 200

THIRD (FINAL) PROFESSIONAL EXAMINATION

≠9. The Final or III Professional Examination shall be open to candidates who have undergone a regularcourse of study for not less than eighteen months after having been promoted to Final orIII Professional course; Provided that the candidates who have passed in all the papers/subjects ofI Professional Examination.

10. (a) The Final Professional Examination shall be held in the following subjects:(i) Moalijat I & II(ii) Jarahat(iii) Tahaffuzi-wa-Samaji Tib(iv) Amraze Ain, Uzr, Anf., Halaq(v) Amraz-e-Niswan-wa-Atfal(vi) Ilmul Qabalat

The course of studies (written papers and the marks allotted to each paper, practicalexamination, sessional work, record book and Via-voce examination) shall be prescribed bythe Faculty of Unani Medicine on the recommendations of the Board of Studies concerned.


OM: LD No (C)/834 dated 21.7.2003.

278

(b) Provided that in the subject(s) for which a practical or a Viva-voce or a combined practicaland Viva-voce examination is prescribed, 20% of the marks shall be allotted for sessionalwork performed by the student during the academic session, 10% of the marks for the recordbook and 70% of the marks for the practical, viva-voce/practical and via-voce combinedexamination.

III PROFESSIONAL

1. Moalijat: Paper I Paper II

5050

70 20 10 200

2. Jarahiyat: Paper I Paper II

100100

70 20 10 300

3. Hifzane Sehat-wa-Samaji Tib 100 70 20 10 2004. Amraze Ain (Ophthalmology) 50 35 10 05 1005. Amraz-e-Uzn, Anf, -wa-Halaq 50 35 10 05 1006. Ilmul Qabalat 100 70 20 10 2007. Amraz-e-Niswan-wa-Atfal 100 70 20 10 200

11. Provided further that minimum pass marks in Arabic and Mantiq, Falsafa wa Haiyt ofI Professional Examination shall be 40% of the maximum marks.

12. To pass each of the Professional Examination, a candidate must obtain a minimum of 50% of themarks in each written paper, sessional and record book, practical/viva-voce or the combinedpractical and viva-voce examination.

13. Provided that in a subject having two or more papers, a candidate shall be declared to have passed ifhe secured at least 50% marks in both papers combined.

14. The candidate securing 60% or more marks in the aggregate of all Professional Examinationsexcluding marks in Arabic and Mantiq, Falsafa-wa-Haiyt (First, Second and Third (Final)Professional Examinations) shall be placed in the First Division and the candidates securing lessthan 60% but not less than 50% marks shall be placed in Second Division.

Provided that a candidate who passed an examination securing 75%or above in aggregate of asubject shall be declared to have passed that subject with distinction.

Provided further that the position of the candidate shall be decided on the basis of the total marksobtained in all the Professional Examinations (First, Second and Third (Final) ProfessionalExaminations) in first attempt and within the prescribed duration of the course, excluding the marksin Arabic, Mantiq, Falsafa- wa-Haiyat.

Notwithstanding anything contained in these Ordinances, Supplementary Examinations for the Firstand Second Professional shall be conducted not later than two months following the AnnualExamination and shall be open to the candidates who have failed in one or more subjects at theAnnual Examination.

Provided that such candidates shall not be required to appear again at a subsequent examination in asubject in which he/she has already passed.

OM : LD No (C)/834 dated 21.7.2003.


279

Notwithstanding anything contained in these Ordinances, the Final Professional Examination shallbe held twice in a year. A candidate who has failed in one or more subjects but has obtained not lessthan 30% of the marks in the aggregate of all the subjects prescribed for the Final ProfessionalExamination shall not be required to appear again at a subsequent examination of a subject in whichhe has already passed.

≠A candidate shall complete all the prescribed requirements for the award of Degree within anadditional academic session by the permission of the Dean of the Faculty. However, he may bepermitted to complete the requirements within one additional academic session with the permissionof Academic Council on the recommendations of the Dean, Faculty of Unani Medicine;

Provided that if a candidate fails to complete all the requirements for the award of Degree withinaforesaid period, his/her name shall be removed from the University rolls and he/she shall be givenno further chance to complete the BUMS Course.

These Ordinances shall come into force from the session 2001-2002.


Notwithstanding anything contained in these Ordinances, candidates admitted to the BUMS Courseshall be governed by the existing Ordinances.

The last Examination under the existing Ordinances shall be held as under:

(1) Pre-Tib. (batch 2000)(2) BUMS II Prof. (batch 1999)(3) BUMS II Prof. (batch 1998)(4) BUMS III Prof. (batch 1997)(5) BUMS III Prof. (batch 1996)


280

CHAPTER – XLI*M.D. (Ilmul Advia)

(deleted)


281

CHAPTER – XLI (A)Mahir-e-Tib (M.D.) (Kulliyat-wa-Ilmul

†Amraz/Moallijat/Ilmul Advia)

1. The Degree of Mahir-e-Tib.(M.D.) (Kulliyat-wa-Ilmul Amraz/Moalijat/Ilmul Advia) shall beawarded to candidates who have:-

(a) undergone a regular course of study for not less than three academic years at the Ajmal KhanTibbiya College of the University and have passed the Preliminary, Final Professional Part Iand Final Professional Part II Examinations of the University.

(b) submitted a Thesis comprising their own work conducted under the guidance of a recognizedteacher, not below the rank of a Reader appointed by the Academic Council, on therecommendation of the Board of Studies concerned, at least three months before thecommencement of the Final Professional Part II examination and has duly been approved bythe examiners appointed for the purpose.

2. No person shall be admitted to the course of study unless he has:

(a) passed the B.U.T.S./B.U.M.S../B.U.M.M.S./Kamil-e-Tib-o-Jarahat (B.U.M.S.) Examinationof this University or an examination recognized by the University as its equivalent with 60%marks in the subject concerned;

(b) experience of House Job/Internship for not less than six months.OR

Certified clinical experience of Unani Matab of at least two years after passing B.U.M.S. oran equivalent examination, to the satisfaction of the Chairman of the Department and theDean, Faculty of Unani Medicine.

Provided that for admission to M.D. (Moalijat), six months’ House Job in Moalijat shall be essential.

(c) been selected in accordance with the rules and procedure prescribed in this behalf by theAcademic Council from time to time.

Provided that a permanent teacher (whole time) of A.K. Tibbiya College, A.M.U., Aligarh having atleast three years teaching experience shall also be eligible for admission to M.D. (Kulliyat-wa-IlmulAmraz/Moalijat/Ilmul Advia). He shall be exempted from screening test. Not more than oneteacher will be admitted in each specialty in an academic year.

3. (A) The Preliminary Examination shall be open to candidates who have undergone a regularcourse of study for at least one academic year: Final Professional Part I Examination tocandidates who have undergone a regular course of study for at least one academic year afterpassing the Preliminary Examination; and Final Professional Part II Examination, tocandidates who:-

(a) have undergone a regular course of study for at least one academic year after passingthe Final Professional Part I Examination, and

E.C. Res. No. 4 (para 69 of Part-C of Appendix-C) dated 21/22.2.1987 & 27.3.1987.

†E.C. Res. No. 63 (para 8 of the Appendix) dated 21/22.2.87 & 27.3.1987.

282

(b) have submitted the Thesis comprising their own work and the same have duly beenapproved by the examiners appointed for the purpose in the manner prescribed inthese Ordinances.

Provided that no candidate shall be permitted to appear at the Final Professional Part IIExamination unless his Thesis has been approved by the examiners and he has passed in allpapers of the Preliminary as well as the Final Professional Part I Examination.

OR(B) ex-students as defined in Chapter XVII of these Ordinances.

4. The number of written papers and the marks allotted to each paper, practical examination, and/orsessional work and/or viva-voce examination for each subject shall be prescribed by the AcademicCouncil on the recommendations of the Board of Studies concerned and the Faculty of UnaniMedicine.

5. The subject of the Thesis shall be approved by the Board of Studies concerned, and if it is satisfiedthat the subject is suitable, shall, subject to confirmation by the Faculty of Unani Medicine, appointa member of the teaching staff, not below the rank of a Reader in the Department of specialtyconcerned, to guide and supervise the work.

Provided that if the Board of Studies considers it desirable, it may, in special case, associate anothereminent scholar/teacher of his own or an allied subject as Joint Supervisor/Co-supervisor of thecandidate.

6. A candidate shall submit five copies of his thesis duly certified by his Guide/Supervisor and theChairman of the Department concerned to the Dean of Faculty of Unani Medicine for forwardingthe same to the Controller of Examinations. The Thesis shall be examined by the Examinersappointed in the manner prescribed in Clause 1, Chapter XV of the Ordinances (Academic).

Provided that there shall be four examiners for the Thesis, two of whom shall be external and twointernal. Of the internal examiners, one shall be the Chairman of the Department concerned and theother the main guide of the candidate. In case the Chairman happens to be the main guide of thecandidate, the next senior most teacher in the Department, not below the rank of a Reader, shall bethe examiner for the Thesis in place of the Chairman. If the examiners unanimously recommendthat the Thesis be approved as it constituted a worth-while contribution to the subject oradvancement of knowledge, the Dean, Faculty of Unani Medicine may permit the candidate toappear at the Final Professional Part II Examination.

Provided further that in case of divergence of opinion among the examiners, the Committee forAdvanced Studies and Research concerned may either return the Thesis to the candidate for itsresubmission after revision in the light of deficiencies pointed out by the examiners or reject itoutright.

7. No candidate shall be permitted to change the subject of the Thesis without the prior permission ofthe Board of Studies concerned and the Faculty of Unani Medicine.

Provided that a candidate shall not be permitted to change the subject of the Thesis after the lapse ofone calendar year after the approval of the same by the Board of Studies concerned.

8. In order to pass the examinations prescribed for the Degree of Mahir-e-Tib. (M.D.) (UnaniSubjects), a candidate must obtain at least 50% of the marks in each written paper/practicalexamination/ sessional work and viva-voce examination separately.

283

9. The Preliminary, Final Professional Part I and Final Professional Part II Examinations shall be heldtwice a year, preferably in April/May and November/December.

10. A candidate who fails at the Final Professional Part II Examination after having undergone a regularcourse of study for three academic years after his admission to the course, may be permitted toappear at the examination as an ex-student as defined in Chapter XVII of the Ordinances(Academic), within the next two academic years.

Provided that the candidates who either fail to submit the Thesis or are not able to appear at/or passthe Final Professional Part II Examination within a period of five years from the dates of theiradmission, shall cease to be the regular students of the University.

11. Notwithstanding anything contained in these Ordinances, candidates who fail in not more than twosubjects at the Preliminary or the Final Professional Part I Examination shall be promoted to the nexthigher class.But no candidate shall be promoted to the Final Professional Part II Course until he has passed thefull Preliminary Examination.

284

CHAPTER XLI (B)MAHIR-E-TIB [MD / MS (UNANI)]

(With effect from 2001 – Batch)

1. The degree of Mahir-e-Tib (MD) shall be awarded to the candidates in llmul Advia/Kulliyat/Moalejat/ Hifzane Sehat wa Samaji Tib/Qabalat wa Amraze Niswan/Munafeul Aza and Mahir-e-Tib(MS) in Jarahat and Tashreeh and in other discipline(s) permitted by the CCIM from time to time,who have:

(a) undergone a regular course of study for not less than three academic years in the Departmentconcerned of the Faculty of Unani Medicine and have passed MD/MS I II and III yearexaminations of this University, and

(b) submitted a thesis comprising original work, which is duly approved within the prescribedtime.

2. The admission to Mahir-e-Tib (MD/MS-Unani) shall be open to candidates holding a degree ofKamil-e-Tib-O-Jaharat or Bachelor of Unani Medicine and Surgery (BUMS) or its equivalent withatleast 50% marks, from a recognised Institution included in the second schedule of I.M.C.C. Act1970 and enrolled in the State Register of I.S.M.

*3. (i) The admission to the courses shall be open to the candidates through the CombinedCompetitive Entrance Test consisting of only one paper, objective in nature, conducted bythe University in accordance with the rules and procedure prescribed for the purpose by theAcademic Council from time to time. There will be common counseling for choice of subjectafter determining the merit of the candidate in the Combined Competitive Entrance Test.

(ii) A candidate possessing P.G. degree in a subject of Unani system will not be considered foradmission in any other subject of Unani system.

(iii) A permanent teacher of this University shall be exempted from appearing at the competitiveentrance test, if he/she has three years teaching experience in the subject/course concerned,provided that he /she possesses prescribed qualifications. The admission to a teachercandidate shall be over and above the available seats in the Department.

4. ATTENDANCEEach student shall be required to put in atleast 75% attendance, both in theory and practicalseparately, in each subject/course.

5. MEDIUM OF INSTRUCTION AND EXAMINATIONMedium of instruction shall be Urdu substantiated with Arabic, Persian and English terminologywherever necessary. The terminology shall essentially be in Unani Tib.

6. DISTRIBUTION OF MARKS(i) Maximum marks for theory paper(s) in each subject/course shall be 100.

(ii) Maximum marks for practical and viva-voce/clinical examination in each subject/course shallbe 75 and for internal assessment/sessionals in each subject/course shall be 25.

O.M. No. XM/SPA/F53U/II-137 dated 08.7.2005.

OM No. XM/SPA/FN-75/II-278 dated 27/28.3.2006.

*

285

(iii) Viva-voce examination for thesis shall be held after the receipt of favourable report from theExaminers.

(iv) In order to pass the examination, the candidate must obtain atleast 50% of maximum marksin written paper(s), practical and viva-voce examination and internal assessment/sessionalsseparately;

Provided that if there are more than one section/ theory paper in a subject/course, the cumulativemarks obtained in all sections/theory papers shall be considered for passing.

7. TEACHING AND TRAININGThe teaching and training of Mahir-e-Tib (MD/MS) shall be held in the department concerned in thefollowing manner for three academic years.MD/MS - I year A regular course of study in each discipline in the department for one academic

year after the admission.MD/MS - II year A regular course of study in each discipline in the department for one academic

year after having passed all the subjects/courses of I year MD/MS examination.MD/MS - III year A regular course of study in each discipline in the department for one academic

year after having passed all subjects/courses of I year and II year MD/MSexaminations and approval of thesis.

8. (A)EXAMINATION AND ASSESSMENTI The examination and assessment of Mahir – e – Tib (MD/MS) shall be based on:

(a) Prescribed written papers.(b) Internal assessment/sessionals, practical and viva-voce/clinical examination in each

subject/course;Provided that a candidate shall be eligible to appear at the annual examination only when he/shefulfils conditions of requisite attendance and has secured at least 50% marks in internal assessmentwork of each subject/course.

II The examination shall be held twice a year with a gap of about 6 months.

(B)SECOND EXAMINATIONThe second examination shall be open to the candidates who –(i) have failed to clear one or more subjects/courses prescribed for annual examination,

(ii) are ex-students as defined in chapter XVII of Ordinances (Academic),

(iii) are otherwise eligible but could not appear at the annual examination due to reasons beyondtheir control;

Provided that in case of illness, they have submitted, within 15 days from the last examination, aMedical Certificate issued by CMO (AMU) or by a registered Medical Practitioner.

9. MAHIR –E – TIB (MD/MS) FINAL YEAR EXAMINATION(i) The MD/MS– III year (Final) examination will be held at the end of three academic years

after passing all the subjects/courses of MD/MS – I year and II year examinations;

Provided that if a candidate fails to clear all the subjects/courses prescribed for the final yearexamination in four consecutive chances, his/her admission to the course shall be deemed to havebeen as cancelled.

286

(ii) The MD/MS – III year (Final) examination will be open to the candidates who have,(a) cleared all the subjects/courses of MD/MS–I year and II year examinations,(b) fulfilled the conditions prescribed for attendance and internal assessment.(c) been ex-students as defined under chapter XVII of Ordinances (Academic),(d) submitted the thesis atleast three months before the date of MD/MS III year (Final)

examination.

(iii) The candidate who fails at the final year examination may be permitted to appear at the nextexamination conducted by the University as per the schedule prescribed in these Ordinances.

(iv) There shall be one examiner for theory and two examiners (one external and one internal) forpractical and viva-voce/clinical examination in each subject/course.

(v) There shall be no re-evaluation in any subject/course of MD/MS.

10. THESIS(i) The thesis shall be compulsory for all students and should embody their own work done

under the guidance of a supervisor appointed for the purpose.

(ii) The topic of thesis shall be approved by the Board of Studies of the department concerned.

(iii) The supervisor shall be a permanent teacher of the concerned department not below the rankof a Reader in the specialty concerned;

Provided that if the Board of Studies consider it desirable, it may, in a special case, associate anothereminent teacher, even, of an allied or cognate subject, as co-supervisor of the candidate.

(iv) No candidate shall be permitted to change the topic of his/her thesis without therecommendation of supervisor and prior approval of the Board of Studies of the department;

Provided that such change(s) will be permissible within one year from the date of the originalapproval of the topic.

(v) The candidate shall be required to submit the thesis atleast three months before the scheduleddate of MD/MS - Final year examination.

(vi) The candidate shall submit four copies of the thesis to the Chairman of the department whoshall forward the same to the Dean, Faculty of Unani Medicine for onward transmission tothe Controller of Examinations for evaluation by the examiners.

11. (i) Every thesis of MD/MS shall be examined/evaluated by four examiners, two of whom shallbe external examiners, not below the rank of Reader, who should not be in the service of theUniversity and two internal examiners (one of them shall be the supervisor and the other shallbe the Chairman of the department);

Provided that in case the Chairman happens to be the supervisor of the candidate, the co-supervisor,and if there is no co-supervisor, the senior most teacher other than the Chairman in the departmentshall be the examiner for the thesis in place of the Chairman.

(ii) If the reports of all the examiners are favourable, the Dean, F/O Unani Medicine shallrecommend for holding of the viva-voce examination.

287

(iii) For viva-voce examination of thesis, there shall be one external examiner (from among thetwo external examiners appointed for evaluation of the thesis) and one internal examiner (theSupervisor);

Provided that in case of divergent opinions of the examiners, the Committee for Advance Studiesand Research may either return the thesis of the candidate for resubmission after revision in the lightof the opinion/deficiencies pointed out by the examiners or reject it. In case of rejection, the thesisshall be submitted afresh.

(iv) The candidate may write his/her thesis in Urdu or English.

COURSES FOR MAHIR – E – TIB (MD/MS)1. KULLIYAT-E-TIB

I Year 1. Umoor-e-Tabia, Hayati Kemiya and Itlaqi Afalul Aza

2. Usoole Tahqeeq-wa-Jadid Tahqeeqi Izafat

II Year 1. Kulliyat-e-Umoor-e-Tabia I (Arkan, Mizaj, Akhlat wa Aza)

2. Kulliyat-e-Umoor-e-Tabia II (Quwa wa Afal)

III Year 1. Nabz-wa-Bol-o-Baraz

2. Itlaqi Kulliyat

3. Kulliyat-e-Usoole Elaj, Asbab-o-Alamat

2. TASHREEH

I Year 1. Development of Genetics and Developmental Anatomy

2. Ilmul Janeen

II Year 1. Asabi Tashreeh

III Year 2. Jadeed Tahqeeqi Izafat

3. MUNAFEULAZA

I Year 1. Umoore Tabia with Hayati Kemiya and Genetics

2. Buniyadi-wa-Umoomi Munafeul Aza

II Year 1. Munafeul Aza Nizam-e-Jismani

2. Jadeed Tahqeeqi Izafat and Application of Munafeul Aza

III Year 1. Itlaqi Munafeul Aza

288

4. ILMUL ADVIA

I Year 1. Umoomi Qavanin-e-Advia

2. Usoole-e-Tahqeeq-wa-Hayati Shumariyat (Research Methodology andBiostatics)

3. Ilm Wasf-ul-Aqaqir (Pharmacogonosy)

II Year 1. Advia Mufridat-Mai-Jadeed Izafat

2. Advia Murrakkabah-Mai-Jadid Izafat

3. Afalul-Advia (Pharmacology)

III Year 1. Tibbi Kemiya-wa-Meyaar Bandi (Medicinal Chemistry and

Standardization of Unani Drugs)

2. Saidla-wa-Taklees

5. QABALAT WA AMRAZE NISWAN

I Year 1. Hayati Kemiya-wa-Itlaqi Janinyat (Biochemistry, AppliedGenetics)

2. Usool-e-Tehqiq-wa-Hayati Shumariyat (Research Methodologyand Biostatistics)

3. Italqi Kulliyat, Tashreeh-wa-Munafeul Aza

II Year 1. Ilmul Qabalat

2. Amraz-e-Niswan

III Year 1. Jadid Tahqiqi Izafat

2. Amraz-e-Nau-Maulood

6. JARAHIYAT

I Year 1. Basis Sciences (Anatomy and Physiology and History of Jarahiyat;special reference to Fasd, Kae and Hajam at Bish Shurt)

2. Basis Principles of Management in Surgery (Jarahat) and Unani Drugsused in Surgical Practice.

II Year 1. Takhdeer-e-Umoomi wa Muqami (Anaesthesia-General andLocal)

2. Amaliyat-e-Jarahiyah (Operative Surgery)

289

3. Amraz-e-Ezam-o-Mafasil including Physiotherapy (Old andRecent Concepts).

III Year 1. Jarahat-e-Umoomi (General Surgery)

2. Jarahat-e-Khusosi (Systemic Surgery)

3. Recent Advances.

7. MOALEJAT

I Year 1. Itlaqi Hayati Kemiya, Janinyat-wa-Hayati Shumariyat(Applied Biochemistry, Genetics and Medical Biostatistics)

2. Regimental Therapy (Venesection, Cupping, Leeching etc.)

3. Usool-e-Tashkhis-wa-Tajweez-Mai-Jadeed Izafat (RecentAdvances).

II Year 1. Amraz-e-Nizam-e-Asab-wa-Ghudad-e-la-Qanatia.

2. Amraz-e-Tanaffus-wa-Dauran-e-Khoon.

III Year 1. Amraz-e-Hazm-Kabid-Baul-wa-Tanasul

2. Amraz-e-Jild-wa-Mafasil-wa-Hummiyat.

8. HIFZANE SEHAT TAHAFFUZI-O-SAMAJI TIB

I Year 1. Nazariya-wai-Tarikh-e-Hifzane Sehat (Concept and Historyof Hifzan-e-Sehat-wa-Samaji Tib)

2. Nazariya Sehat-wa-Maraz, Maholiyati Asrat-wa-SehatiTanzeemat (Concept of Health and Diseases, Effects ofEnvironment and Health Organisation)

3. Usool-e-Tahqeeq-wa-Hayati Shumariyat

II Year 1. Asbab-e-Sitta Zaroriya-Mai-Jadeed Izafat

2. Dalak, Riyazat, Hamman-wa-Yoga ki Ahmiyat

III Year 1. Amraz-e-Mutaddi-wa-Wabai-wa-Tahaffuzi Iqdamaat

2. Qaumi Sehat, Khandani Bahbood, Jinsi Ikhtilati Amraz(STD)-wa-Peshawarana Amraz (Industrial Hazards)

290

CHAPTER – XLIIBachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery (M.B.B.S.)

1. The Degree of M.B.B.S. (Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery) shall be awarded tocandidates who have undergone a regular course of study for not less than four and a half academicyears at the Jawahar Lal Nehru Medical College of the University and have passed the first, secondand final professional examinations of the University.

2. No person shall be admitted to the course of study unless he has:-

(a) passed the Senior Secondary School Certificate Examination of the University, or anexamination recognized by the University for the purpose as its equivalent in Physics, Chemistry,Biology and English; and

(b) been selected in accordance with the rules and procedure prescribed in this behalf by theAcademic Council from time to time.

3. Notwithstanding anything contained in these Ordinances, a person who passed the FirstProfessional Examination of any other University may also be admitted to the course of study, inaccordance with the rules framed by the Academic Council in this behalf. Such persons shall bedeemed to have passed the First Professional Examination of the University and is required to haveundergone a regular course of study for not less than three academic years, and to pass the Secondand Final Professional Examination of the University.

4. The First Professional Examination shall be open to candidates who have undergone a regularcourse of study for not less than eighteen months.

Provided that no candidate shall be permitted to appear at the First Professional Examination morethan thrice.

5. The Second Professional Examination shall be open to candidates who have undergone a regularcourse of study for not less than eighteen months after having passed the First ProfessionalExamination.

6. The Final Professional Examination Part I shall be open to candidates who have undergone a regularcourse of study for not less than two and a half academic years and Part II shall be open tocandidates who have undergone a regular course of study for not less than three academic years afterhaving passed the First Professional Examination.

7. The First Professional Examination shall comprise the following subjects:-(a) Anatomy;(b) Physiology and(c) Bio-Chemistry, Bio-Physics, and Preventive and Social Medicine.

8. The Second Professional Examination shall comprise the following subjects:(a) Pathology(b) Microbiology(c) Pharmacology(d) Forensic Medicine


291

9. The Final Professional Examination shall comprise the following subjects:

Part-I

Six months before the Final M.B.B.S. Part II Examination.

(a) Preventive and Social Medicine(b) Ophthalmology

Part-II

(a) Medicine including Paediatrics.(b) Surgery(c) Obstetrics and Gynaecology

10. The number of written papers and the mark allotted to each paper, practical examination, sessionalwork and/or viva-voce examination for each subject shall be prescribed by the Academic Council onthe recommendation of the Board of Studies concerned and the Faculty of Medicine.

11. Marks of sessional work shall be awarded according to rules framed in this behalf by the Faculty ofMedicine.

12. (a) To pass I and II Professional Examinations, a candidate must have obtained in suchexamination at least 50% of the marks in aggregate of theory, oral, practical, terminalexamination and day to day assessment in each of the subject separately.

(b) To pass final examination a candidate must have obtained at least 50% of the marks in thetotal aggregate, provided the candidate obtains 50% in the Clinical Examinations.

(c) A candidate who secures not less than 75% of the marks in the aggregate of a subject shall bedeclared to have passed with distinction in that subject.

13. A candidate who has passed the Final Professional Examination having obtained distinction in atleast five subjects in the Professional Examinations leading to the M.B.B.S. Degree shall be declaredto have passed the M.B.B.S. Examination with Honours.

Provided that no candidate shall be deemed to have passed the Examination with Honours unless:

(a) the subjects in which he has obtained distinction include:(i) Anatomy or Physiology;(ii) Pathology and Microbiology; and(iii) Medicine or Surgery; and

(b) he has passed each of the Professional Examination in the first attempt.

14. Notwithstanding anything contained in these ordinances, a Supplementary Examination shall be heldfor the First and Second Professional Examination not more than four months after the AnnualExamination. This examination shall be open to candidates who:

E.C. Res. No. 74 (81) dated 12/13/15 July, 1980.

292

(a) are unable to appear at the Annual Examination, or any part thereof, for reasons approved ofby the Committee of Examinations; or

(b) have failed in one or more subjects at the Annual Examination, but have obtained not lessthan 30% of the marks in the aggregate of all subjects prescribed for that examination.

Provided that such candidates shall not be required to appear again at a subsequent examination in asubject in which they have already passed.

15. Notwithstanding anything contained in these Ordinances, the Final Professional Examination shallbe held twice every year, in March/April and in July/August. A candidate who has failed in one ormore subjects but has obtained not less than 30% of the marks in the aggregate of all subjectsprescribed for the Final Professional Examination shall not be required to appear again, at asubsequent examination, in a subject in which he has already passed.

16. Notwithstanding anything contained in these Ordinances, candidates who fail at any of theProfessional Examinations may, if they so desire, reappear in the sessional tests in the subjectsconcerned to improve their performance prior to appearing at the subsequent examination with thepermission of the Chairman of the Department concerned.

Provided that a candidate may be permitted to improve his sessional performance only onceimmediately subsequent to the Annual Examination at which he has failed.

Provided further that the better of the two sessional awards obtained by the candidate shall be takenas the final sessional award.

E.C. Res. 20(12) dated 21/22.2.87 & 27.3.87.

293

CHAPTER XLII – A(Effective from 1997 batch)

*BACHELOR OF MEDICINE AND BACHELOR OF SURGERY (MBBS)

No candidate shall be admitted to the Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery (MBBS)Course of Jawaharlal Nehru Medical College of the University unless:-

i. He/she has completed the age of 17 years on or before thirty first day of December of theyear commencing the prescribed academic session of said course.

ii. H/she has passed the Senior Secondary School Certificate (10+2) Examination of theUniversity or its equivalent examination recognised by the University for the purpose withnot less than 50% marks in Physics, Chemistry and Biology subjects taken together and withnot less than 50% marks in English.

iii. He/she has been selected for admission to this said course on merit, on the basis of anentrance examination conducted by the University in accordance with the rules andprocedures prescribed for the purpose by the Academic Council, as amended from time totime.

2. The candidates admitted to the MBBS Course of the University shall be eligible for the award of thedegree of Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery after they have undergone a regular courseof study and training, in the subjects comprising the medical curriculum, for not less not four and ahalf academic years divided into three phases (nine semesters; each semester being of six monthsduration) as under, and have passed the First, Second and Third (Final) Professional Examinationsconducted by the University in the manner prescribed hereafter, followed by one year compulsoryrotatory internship in the manner prescribed by the Faculty from time to time.Phase I Training : Two Semesters (Semester I & II)Phase II Training : Three Semesters (Semester III, IV & V)Phase III Training : Part I : Two Semesters (Semester VI & VII)

Part II : Two Semesters (Semester VIII & IX)

3. Notwithstanding anything contained in these Ordinances, a candidate who has passed the FirstProfessional Examination of the MBBS Course from a Medical College of any other University maybe considered for admission, through migration, to the course of study, with the approval of MedicalCouncil of India, provided that he/she fulfills the following conditions and the rules and procedureprescribed by the Academic Council in this behalf.i. The migration is sought for on compassionate grounds, as specified for the purpose by the

Academic Council.

ii. The college from which migration is sought for is recognised by the medical council of India.

iii. The application for migration completed in all respect is submitted to the concernedauthorities within a period of one month of declaration of the result of the First ProfessionalExamination.

iv. The candidate submits an affidavit stating that he/she will pursue three semester of phase IIbefore appearing at the Second Professional Examination of MBBS at the JN MedicalCollege of the University, which should be certified by the Registrar of the University.


294

v. The migration from any other Medical College to the JN Medical College of the Universitycannot be claimed as a right by the candidate.

4. The First Professional Examination shall be held at the end of second semester in the followingsubjects and shall be open to candidates who have undergone a regular course of study and trainingfor two semesters during phase I.1. Anatomy2. Physiology, and3. Bio-chemistry

Provided that no candidate shall be permitted to appear at the First Professional Examination morethan four times and their four chances are completed too in three years from the date of enrolment.

5. The Second Professional Examination shall be held at the end of the fifth semester in the followingsubjects and shall be open to candidates who have undergone a regular course of study and trainingfor three semesters during phase II.1. Pathology,2. Microbiology3. Pharmacology and4. Forensic Medicine

Provided that passing First Professional Examination is Compulsory for entering into phase IItraining.

6. A candidate who fails in the Second Professional Examination shall not be allowed to appear in theThird (Final) Professional Part-I Examination unless he has passed all the subjects of SecondProfessional Examination.

7. The Third (Final) Professional Part I Examination shall be held at the end of the seventh semester inthe following subjects and shall be open to candidates who have undergone a regular course of studyand training for two semesters under phase III Part-I1. Ophthalmology2. Oto-rhyno-larynogology, and3. Community Medicine

8. The Third (Final) Professional, Part II Examination shall be held at the end of ninth semester in thefollowing subjects and shall be open to candidates who have undergone a regular course of studyand training for two semesters under phase III (Part II) and have passed the Third (Final)Professional, Part I Examination.1. Medicine2. Surgery3. Obstetrics and Gynaecology and4. Paediatrics

Provided that passing the Third (Final) Professional Part-I Examination is not compulsory forentering into VIII and IX semesters training.

9. There shall be one main examination for each professional examination and a supplementaryexamination to be held after two months but before six months from the date of the declaration ofthe result of the main examination.

Provided that the supplementary examination shall be open to candidates who:

295

(a) were unable to appear at the main professional examination or any part thereof for good andsufficient reasons to be determined by the Dean or

(b) have failed in one or more subjects at the main examination.

Provided further that such candidates shall not be required to appear at a subsequent examination ina subject in which they have already passed.

10. A candidate shall be eligible to appear at the respective professional examination (Main &Supplementary) only if he/she has;

(a) Put in 75% attendance in lectures inclusive of attendance in non-lecture teaching/training tobe specified by the Faculty.

(b) Secured 35% of the total marks fixed for internal assessment (sessionals) in a particularsubject in or to become eligible to appear in the professional examination in that subject.

Provided that the internal assessment shall have a weightage of 20% of the total marks in thatsubject and shall be done in the manner prescribed by the Faculty.

(c) If the candidate does not secure 50% sessional marks before appearing in themain/supplementary examinations, he/she will be allowed to improve the sessional marksbefore the subsequent examination.

Provided further that the sessional marks shall be awarded according to the rules framed in thisbehalf by the Faculty.

11. The marks alloted to each theory paper, practical, oral (viva-voce), internal assessment and clinicalexaminations etc. shall be as given in Table (1).

12. In order to pass First, Second and Third (Final) Professional Examinations, a candidate has to obtainatleast 50% of the total marks in Theory including oral (viva-voce) and 50% in Practicals/Clinicals.

13. A candidate who secures 75% marks or above in the aggregate of a subject shall be declared to havepassed that subject with distinction provided that he/she passed in all other subjects in the mainexamination in first attempt.

14. A candidate who has obtained distinction in atleast five subjects, one in each of the professionalexaminations shall be declared to have passed the MBBS Examination with Honours provided thatno candidate shall be deemed to have passed the examination with Honours unless he/she has passedeach of the professional examination in the first attempt.

OM NO XM/PA/1744 dated 28.5.2004 (As per MCI notification dated 16.10.2003).

296

Table (1) for Distribution of Marks

Examination, Subject Theory Papers Oral Practical/ Internal Assessment Total(I) (II) (Viva) Clinical (Theory) (Practicals) Marks

(I) First Professional Examination:

Anatomy 50 50 20 40 20 20 200Physical 50 50 20 40 20 20 200Biochemistry 50 50 20 40 20 20 200

(II) Second Professional Examination:

Pathology 40 40 15 25 15 15 150Microbiology 40 40 15 25 15 15 150Pharmacology 40 40 15 25 15 15 150Forensic Med. 40 - 10 30 10 10 100

(III) Third Professional (Part I) Examination:

Ophthalmology 40 - 10 30 10 10 100ENT 40 - 10 30 10 10 100Comm. Med. 60 60 10 30 20 20 200

Third Professional (Part II) Examination:Medicine 60 60 20 100 30 30 300Surgery 60 60 20 100 30 30 300Obstestrics & 40 40 30 30 30 20 200GynaecologyPaediatrics 40 - 10 30 10 10 100

Grand Total: 2450

297

CHAPTER – XLII-BDEGREE OF BACHELOR OF DENTAL SURGERY

(B.D.S.) COURSE

1. COURSE:

There shall be a course in Bachelor of Dental Surgery leading to the Degree of Bachelor of DentalSurgery (B.D.S.) at and by the Faculty of Medicine, A.M.U., Aligarh.

2. ELIBILITY CONDITIONS:

A candidate seeking admission to the course shall:

(a) have completed the age of 17 years on or before 31st December, of the year of the admission.

(b) Senior Secondary School Certificate/Pre-Medical Examination of this University or anequivalent examination with not less than 50% of the total marks in English, Physics,Chemistry and Biology subjects taken together.

OR

B.Sc. (Hons) of this University or an equivalent examination with Chemistry, Zoology and Botanywith not less than 50% marks in the aggregate of Science subjects and English taken togetherprovided the candidate has passed the examination in Physics of P.M.C. standard or an equivalentexamination.

The admission shall be based strictly on merit as determined by a competitive test.

3. DURATION:

(a) The duration of the course shall be four academic years.

(b) For candidate possessing M.B.B.S. Degree, the duration of the course shall be of twoacademic years.

(c) Candidate after passing the Final Professional Examination followed by the year paid rotatingInternship in the Dental College, shall be eligible for the award of Degree of Bachelor ofDental Surgery.

4. MIGRATION TRANSFER:

Notwithstanding anything contained in these Ordinances, a person who passed the First ProfessionalExamination of any other University, may also be admitted to the Course of study in accordancewith the rules framed by the academic Council in this behalf. Such person shall be deemed to havepassed the First Professional Examination of any University recognized by Dental Council of Indiaand Aligarh Muslim University, Aligarh as equivalent to and required to undergo a regular course ofstudy for not less than three academic years and to pass the Second, Third and Final ProfessionalExamination in the University.

EC : dated 9.3.2000.

298

5. CURRICULUM/SYLLABI:

As per recommendations of Dental Council of India.

6. ASSESSMENT PROFESSIONAL EXAMINATION:

A-(I) The First Professional Examination shall be open to candidates who have undergone a courseof study for not less than one academic year

(II) Provided that no candidate shall be permitted to avail more than three attempts at the FirstProfessional Examinations.

B-(I) General Human Anatomy & History Written

(II) General Human Physiology and Biochemistry Oral

(III) Materials used in Dentistry Practical

Marks shall be allotted to each subject as under:

Total Marks Sessionals(Internalassessment)

UniversityExam.

Written 100 25 75

Oral & Practical 100 25 75(50 Practicals &25 Oral)

There shall be one paper in each subject containing Part-I and Part-II in which one part should beexternal.

C- The following shall be the number of Lecture, Practical and Demonstration etc.:

Subject Lecture Practical, Demonstration, &Clinicals etc.

Total

General Human Anatomy

and Histology

70 130 200

General Human Physiology

and Biochemistry

50

25

40

30

145

Material used in Dentistry 35 30 65

D- (I) The Second Professional Examination shall be open to candidates who have successfullycompleted the I Professional Examination (B.D.S.) and thereafter undergone a course ofstudy for not less than one academic year.

(II) Provided that no candidate shall be permitted to avail more than three attempts at theII Professional Examination.

299

(III) Every candidate shall be examined in the following subjects:

(1) Pharmacology and Therapeutics – Written, Oral / Practical General & Dental

(2) Gen., Pathology and Microbiology –Written, Oral/ Practical includingImmunology

(3) Human Oral and Dental Anatomy -Written, Oral/Practical Physiology & Histology


Total Marks Sessionals(Internalassessment)

University Exam.

Written 100 25 75

Oral &Practical

100 25 75(50 Practical & 25Oral)

There shall be one paper in each subject containing Part-I and Part-II in which one part should beexternal.

(IV) The following shall be the number of Lecture, Practical and Demonstration etc.

Subject Lecture Practical,Demonstration &Clinicals etc

Total

1. Pharmacology &

Therapeutics (General &

Dental)

40 20 60

2. General Pathology and

Microbiology including

Immunology

45

30

60

60

195

3. Oral and Dental Anatomy

Physiology & Histology

40 90 130

E-(I) The Third Professional Examination shall be open to candidates who have successfullycompleted the II Professional Examination (B.D.S.) and thereafter undergone a course ofstudy for not less than one academic year.

(II) Provided that no candidate shall be permitted to avail more than three attempts at the IIIProfessional Examination.


(1) General Medicine – Written, Oral/Practical

300

(2) General Surgery – Written, Oral/Practical

(3) Oral Pathology & Microbiology – Written, Oral/Practical

(4) Preventive & Community Dentistry –Written,Oral/Practical


Total Marks Sessionals(Internal

assessment)

University Exam.

Written 100 25 75

Oral &Practical

100 25 75(50 Practicals & 25

Orals)

There shall be one paper in each subject containing Part-I and Part-II, in which one part should beexternal.

(IV) The following shall be the number of Lecture, Practical and Demonstration etc.

Subject Lecture Practical/Demonst-ration

AvailableClinicalHours

Total

1. Oral Pathology &

Microbiology

50 90 60 140

2. General Medicine 40 90 90 130

3. General Surgery 40 90 90 130

Preventive & Community

Dentistry

30 100 - 130

F-(I) The Final Professional Examination shall be open to candidates who have successfullycompleted the III Professional Examination (B.D.S.) and thereafter undergone a course ofstudy for not less than one academic year.

(II) Provided that a candidate shall be permitted to avail not more than four attempts at the FinalProfessional Examination.


(1) Prosthodontics including Crown & Bridge

(2) Conservative Dentistry and Endodentics

(3) Paedodentics

(4) Orthodontics

301

(5) Periodontics

(6) Oral Surgery L.A. & G.A.

(7) Oral Medicine (Oral & Diagnosis) and Radiology


Total Marks Sessionals(Internal

assessment)

UniversityExam.

Written 100 25 75

Oral &Practical

100 25 75(50 Practical &

25 orals)

There shall be one paper in each subject containing Part-I and Part-II, in which one part should beexternal.

Subject Lecture Practical/Demonstration

AvailableClinicalHours

Total

1. Prosthodontics including

Crown Bridge

100 900 540 1000

2. Conservative Dentistry &

Endodontics

70 600 300 670

3. Pedodontics 40 150 100 190

4. Periodontics 40 200 100 240

5. Orthodeontics 40 150 100 190

6. Oral Surgery L.A. & G.A. 60 220 160 280

7. Oral Medicine &

Roentgenology

40 90 90 130

Total number of theory, practical/demonstration & clinical hours are:

Hours of Lectures Practical/ Clinical Hours TotalDemonstration

890 3145 1600 4035

To pass a candidate must secure a minimum of 50% marks in the University Examination and 50%marks in the aggregate i.e. University Examination and Internal Assessment in each division viz.Theory and Practical and/or Clinical separately.

302

9. A candidate who has passed in all the subjects of the Professional Examination in the first attemptand have secured 75% or more marks shall be declared to have passed with distinction in theparticular subject/subjects.

10. A candidate who has failed or failed to appear in any of the next higher class and shall be permittedto appear in the subjects at the subsequent examinations on the payment of the same fee asprescribed for the concerned examination and if he/she passed in that subject he/she shall be deemedto have passed that examination.

11. Each candidate shall be required to attend not less than ¾ (i.e.75%)of the lectures delivered andpractical/demonstration/clinical held in each subject separately during each year of the course.

12. Notwithstanding anything contained in these Ordinances, a Supplementary Examination shall beheld for the First, Second, Third and Final Professional Examination not more than four monthsafter the Annual Examination. This Examination shall be open to candidates who:

(a) are unable to appear at the Annual Examination of any part thereof, for reasons approved ofby the Committee of Examination or

(b) have failed in one or more subjects at the Annual Examination but have obtained not lessthan 30% of the marks in the aggregate of all subjects prescribed for the Examination.Provided that such candidate shall not be required to appear again at the subsequentexamination in a subject in which they have already passed.


The Board of Studies of Department of Dental Surgery already constituted shall continue to performall such functions as are required to be taken by Board of Studies of various Departments to beestablished under the Department of Dental Surgery and this Transitory Clause will not be operativeas soon as new Departments under Dental College are established in accordance with the provisionof Statute 20(2)(c) which will remain under the Faculty of Medicine till the Faculty of DentalSciences is established separately.

303

CHAPTER – XLII– (C)Degree of Bachelor of Dental Surgery

(B.D.S) Course(Effective from the session 2006 – 2007)

1. There shall be a course of study in Dental Surgery leading to the degree of Bachelor of DentalSurgery (B.D.S) at and by Dr. Ziauddin Ahmad Dental College, Faculty of Medicine, AMU,Aligarh.

2. The candidates seeking admission to the BDS course of study must have passed Senior SecondarySchool Certificate Examination of this University, or an examination recognized by the Universityas its equivalent in the subjects of Physics, Chemistry, Biology and English and must have obtaineda minimum of 50% marks in aggregate taken together in Physics, Chemistry and Biology at thequalifying examination. Further, the candidate must have come in the merit list prepared as a resultof competitive entrance examination by securing not less than 50% marks in Physics, Chemistry andBiology taken together in the competitive examination. The candidate must have completed the ageof 17 years on or before 31st December of the year of the admission.The admission shall be based strictly on merit as determined by a competitive test conducted byUniversity and as per the admission policy approved by Academic Council from time to time,provided that the admission of candidates under NRI/Foreign student category shall be based on themerit in the qualifying examination and as per rules and procedure approved by Academic Councilfrom time to time.

3. Duration

(a) The duration of the course shall be four academic years.(b) For candidate possessing MBBS degree, the duration of the course shall be of two academic

years.(c) Candidates after passing the final professional examination followed by the year paid

compulsory rotatory internship in Dr. Ziauddin Ahmad Dental College shall be eligible for theaward of the degree of Bachelor of Dental Surgery.

4. Curriculum/Syllabi shall be as per recommendations of Dental Council of India and AcademicCouncil of the University.

5. Examination:

A.(i) The first professional examination shall be open to candidate who have undergone a course of studyfor not less than one academic year;Provided that no candidates shall be permitted to avail more than four attempts at the firstprofessional examination.

(ii) Every candidate shall be examined in the following subjects:-

(1) General Human Anatomy including Embryology and Histology.(2) General Human Physiology and Biochemistry.(3) Dental Materials used in Dentistry.

OM. NO. XM/SPA/FN-57/II-278 dated 27/28.3.2006.

304

B.(i) The second professional examination shall be open to candidates who have successfully completedthe first professional BDS examination and thereafter undergone a course of study for not less thanone academic year;Provided that no candidate shall be permitted to avail more than four attempts at the secondprofessional examination.

(ii) Every candidate shall be examined in the following subjects:-(1) General & Dental Pharmacology and Therapeutics(2) General Pathology and Microbiology including Immunology.(3) Human Oral Anatomy including Embryology and Histology.

C.(i) The third professional examination shall be open to candidates who have successfully completedsecond professional BDS examination and thereafter undergone a course of study for not less thanone academic year;Provided that no candidate shall be permitted to avail more than four attempts at the thirdprofessional examination.

(ii) Every candidate shall be examined in the following subjects:-(1) General Medicine(2) General Surgery(3) Oral Pathology and Microbiology(4) Preventive and Community Dentistry.

D.(i) The final professional examination shall be open to candidates who have successfully completed thethird professional BDS examination and thereafter undergone a course of study for not less than oneacademic year;Provided that no candidate shall be permitted to avail more than four attempts at the finalprofessional examination.

(ii) Every candidate shall be examined in the following subjects:-(1) Prosthodontics including Crown and Bridge.(2) Conservative Dentistry and Endodontics(3) Pedodontics(4) Orthodontics(5) Periodontics(6) Oral Surgery L.A. and G.A.(7) Oral Medicine (Oral Diagnosis) and Radiology.

6. Notwithstanding any thing contained in these Ordinances, if a candidate fails to complete therequirements of BDS degree programme (excluding one year paid rotatory intership) within eightacademic years from the date of his/her admission, he/she shall not be allowed to pursue his/herstudies in BDS degree programme.

7. To pass in a subject in each of the professional examination, a candidate must secure a minimum of50% marks in the University Examination as well as 50% in the aggregate ie UniversityExamination and Internal Assessment taken together and also in each Division viz. Theory andPractical and/or Clinical separately.

8. A candidate who has passed in all the subjects of the professional examination in the first attemptand has secured 75% or more marks shall be declared to have passed with distinction in thatparticular subject/subjects.

305

9. The number of lecture hours and practical/clinical hours are specified in Appendix.

10. A candidate shall be eligible to appear at the respective professional examination (main or/andsecond examination) only if he/she has put in 75% attendance in lectures and 75% inpractical/clinical in each subject separately in each year and completed the requirements oflaboratory exercises and clinical work of each department.

11. There shall be one main examination for each professional course and a second examination to beheld after two months from the date of declaration of result of the main examination and not laterthan six months, provided that the second examination shall be open to candidate who:

(a) were unable to appear at the main professional examination or any part thereof for good andsufficient reasons to be determined by the Committee of Examinations/Dean, Faculty of Medicine.

OR (b) have failed in one or more subjects at the main examination, provided that such candidates shall not

be required to appear at the subsequent examination in a subject in which they have already passed.

12. Distribution of Marks:

Each subject will have a maximum 200 marks as follows:Internal Assessment University Examination Total

Marks Marks MarksWritten 25 75 100Oral & Practical/Clinical 25 75 100

13. There shall be one paper in each subject, containing Part-I and Part-II in which one part shall be setand examined by an external examiner.

14. A candidate who fails in one subject in an examination, may be permitted to go to the next higherclass but shall not be eligible to appear in the next higher professional examination before he/sheclears the subject of the previous year professional examination.

15. Not more than 20 candidates shall be examined in one day in clinical or practical.

16. A candidate who has obtained distinction in at least 5 subjects, atleast one in each professionalexamination shall be declared to have passed the professional B.D.S. examination with honoursprovided that no candidate shall be deemed to have passed the professional B.D.S. examination withhonours unless he/she has passed each of the professional examination in the first attempt.

17. I, II and III positions will be mentioned in the results as well as in certificate of marks of thecandidates in each professional examination.

18. The highest marks obtained by a candidate in a subject will be mentioned in the result as well as incertificate of marks of the candidates in each professional examination.

19. Transitory Ordinances:The candidates admitted in 2005-2006 or earlier who are required to clear first/second/third/finalprofessional examinations shall be exempted from the provions, specified in the Clauses4(A)(i)/(B)(i)/(C)(i)/(D)(i) of the Ordinances (Academic).

306

Appendix

MINIMUM WORKING HOURS FOR EACH SUBJECT OF STUDY(BDS Course)

Total Practical/ClinicalHours

S.No. Subject LectureHours

PracticalHours

AvailableClinical Hours

Total Hours

1. General Human Anatomy 70 130 --- 2002. General Human Physiology

& Biochemistry5025

4030

--- ---145

3. Dental Materials 35 30 --- 654. General Pathology

& Microbiology4530

6060

--- ---195

5. General Dental Pharmacology 40 20 --- 606. Oral Anatomy, Histology & Physiology 40 90 --- 1307. General Medicine 40 90 (90) 1308. General Surgery 40 90 (90) 1309. Oral Pathology & Microbiology 50 90 14010. Orthodontics 40 150 (120) 19011. Periodontics 45 205 (150) 25012. Pedodontics 40 150 (100) 19013. Prosthodontics & Crown & Bridge 100 900 (540) 100014. Conservative Dentistry & Endodontics 70 600 (360) 67015. Oral Surgery, Local Anaesthesia &

General Anaesthesia60 220 (150) 280

16. Oral Medicine & Roentgenology 40 90 (90) 13017. Community Dentistry 30 100 1300

Total 890 3145 (1690) 4035

Note: The teaching of a subject may be spread over one ore more years (one or more classes of BDS)depending upon the local facilities, taking care that excessive load is not placed on candidatesduring any one year.

307

CHAPTER – XLIIIM.D./M.S.(deleted)


308

CHAPTER – XLIII (A)DOCTOR OF MEDICINE (MD)/MASTER OF SURGERY (MS)

1. No candidate shall be registered to undertake course of study and training for MD/MS unless hehas:-(a) passed MBBS Degree of this University or an examination recognized by the University as

its equivalent.

(b) satisfactorily completed internship for a period of one year and is registered with the StateMedical Council/Medical Council of India.

(c) been selected on the basis of merit of Post Graduate Competitive Admission Test.

2. (a) Study and training course is available for MD/MS in the subjects of:

MD: (i) Anaesthesiology(ii) Biochemistry(iii) Forensic Medicine,(iv) General Medicine,(v) Microbiology(vi) Pediatrics(vii) Pathology(viii) Pharmacology(ix) Physiology(x) Radio-Diagnosis(xi) Radio-Therapy(xii) Community Medicine(xiii) Obstetrics & Gynaecology(xiv) Tuberculosis and Respiratory Diseases.

MS: (i) Anatomy(ii) General Surgery(iii) Ophthalmology(iv) Orthopaedics Surgery(v) Oto Rhinolaryngology

(b) The minimum period of study and training for obtaining these Degrees shall be three calendaryears in the course after full registration with Medical Council. The candidates are requiredto attend 80% of the training period.

3. (a) The examination for the MD/MS shall consist of two parts:

Part-I : shall comprise of a Thesis on a subject approved in the manner specified below

Part-II : shall comprise of Written Papers, Clinical and Practical & Viva-voce Examinationsin the manner specified below.

(b) The candidate shall be eligible to appear at Part-II of the examination only after his Thesishas been approved/accepted by all the four examiners, has completed the prescribed period of

E.C. dated 27.2.1999.

309

study and training and has put in a minimum of 80% attendance of training period inDepartment concerned from the date of admission in that particular course of the study andtraining. Acceptance of the Thesis, duration of stay and minimum attendance shall be a pre-condition for the candidate to appear in Part-II of the Examination.

(c) All the candidates joining post-graduate study and training programme shall work as full timeResidents during whole period of post-graduate training.

4. The subject of the Thesis shall be approved by the Board of Studies of the Department concerned, ifit is satisfied that the proposed subject is suitable for research and that such research can beprofitably pursued at Aligarh and that the candidate possesses the ability to conduct subject. If theDepartment concerned is satisfied regarding the suitability of the subject to the applicant, it shallsubject to confirmation by the Faculty of Medicine, allocate the subject of Thesis and appoint a post-graduate teacher as specified by the Medical Council of India, to guide and supervise the work of thecandidate. Provided that the Department concerned, in exceptional cases, may associate not morethan two postgraduate teachers as co-supervisors of the candidate.

5. No candidate shall be permitted to change the subject of his Thesis without the prior approval of theBoard of Studies of the Department concerned and only on the recommendation of the supervisor(s).Such change can be made within three months from the date of original approval on the subject bythe Board of Studies of the Department concerned. Such changes shall be subject o confirmation bythe Faculty of Medicine and Academic Council.

6. (a) The Thesis of each candidate shall contain the result of his own research and investigations.Reference to the work of others shall be clearly indicated and differentiated from his personalobservations.

(b) Four copies of the Thesis shall be submitted at least six months before the Examination to theChairman of the Department concerned, along with the certificate form supervisor(s) to theeffect that it is based on the candidate’s own observation and investigations. The Chairmanof the Department shall forward the same to the Dean, Faculty of Medicine certifying that thecandidate has stayed and worked for full time in the Department for the duration of theprescribed period of three calendar years and has put in a minimum of 80% attendance duringthe period.

7. The appointment of examiners shall be as per recommendations of Medical Council of India andacademic Council.

(a) Every Thesis shall be examined by four examiners, who shall be postgraduate teachers, aslaid down by MCI and appointed in the manner prescribed in Clause 1 of Chapter-XV ofthese Ordinances, two of whom shall be the persons not engaged in teaching in theUniversity.

(b) If the examiners unanimously recommend that the Thesis be approved on the ground that itconstituted a worthwhile contribution to knowledge of the subject, the candidate shall bepermitted to appear at Part-II of the Examination.

(c) If the examiner(s) are unable to recommend that the Thesis be approved, the report(s) shall besent by the Dean, Faculty of Medicine to the Chairman of the Department who shall put itbefore the Board of Studies of the Department concerned for suitable revision in the light ofrecommendations of the examiner(s), before resubmission after six months, or to reject itoutright.

310

8. Part-II of the Examination shall consist of the Written Papers, Clinical and/or Practical Examinationand Viva-voce. There shall be four written papers, two to be set in and evaluated by the externaland two, by the internal examiners.

9. (a) Part-II of the examination shall be conducted by a Board of four examiners appointed in themanner prescribed in Clause 1 of Chapter – XV of these Ordinances and MCI rules; two ofwhom shall be persons not engaged in teaching in the University.

(b) There shall be four written papers, two to be set in and evaluated by the external examinersand two, by the internal examiners. All the four examiners shall examine the candidate inPractical/Clinical and Viva-voce Examination.

(c) The Board of examiners shall assess the overall performance of the candidate, and shalldecide if the candidate deserves to pass the Examination or whether he fails.

(d) The maximum number of candidates to be examined in Clinical/Practical and Oral (Viva-voce) in any day for MD/MS Degree shall not exceed six.

10. A candidate who fails at the Part-II Examination may be permitted to appear at the subsequentexamination as an ex-student as defined in Clause 5 of Chapter-XVII of these Ordinances, withoutsubmitting fresh Thesis.

11. Part-II Examination shall be held only twice in a year with an interval of four to six months betweenthe two examinations.

12. Teachers of the Faculty of Medicine who have MD/MS may be permitted by the concernedDepartment of Studies as a special case to submit a Thesis without undergoing a regular course ofstudy, research and/or training after completing three years in the service of the Universityexcluding the period of Registrarship/Demonstratorship, provided they are otherwise eligible. Suchteachers shall, however, be from Department concerned, for a period not less than one year beforeappearing in Part-II of the Examination.

13. Candidate registered for MD/MS courses must clear the Final Examination within five years of thedate of admission.

14. Migration/transfer of students undergoing any post-graduate course shall not be permitted from theMedical College to another, during the period of training prescribed for the course.

DIPLOMA COURSES

1. No candidate shall be registered to undertake course of study and training for Diploma unless hehas:

(a) passed MBBS examination of this University or an examination recognized by the Universityas its equivalent,

(b) satisfactorily completed Internship for the period of one year and is registered with the StateMedical Council/Medical Council of India.

(c) is selected on merit of Postgraduate Competitive Admission Test.

311

2. Study and training course is available for the Diploma in the subjects of:

(i) Anaesthesiology (DA)(ii) Child Health (DCH)(iii) Laryngology and Otology (DLO)(iv) Medical Radio-Diagnosis (DMRD)(v) Gaynaecology and obstetrics (DGO)(vi) Ophthalmology (DO)(vii) Orthopaedics Surgery (DOS)(viii) Radio-Therapy (DRT)

3. The Examination shall be conducted by a Board of four examiners as appointed in the mannerprescribed by MCI and in Clause 1 of Chapter – XI of the Academic Ordinances, two of whom shallbe persons not engaged in teaching in this University.

4. The theory examination shall comprise of four written papers; two to be set in and evaluated by theexternal and two, by internal examiners. Clinical, Practical and Viva-Voce Examination will beconducted by the four examiners as a Board.

5. The distribution of marks shall be as under:(a) Four Papers (of 50 marks each) 200

(b) Clinical/Practical 150

(c) Viva-Voce Examination 50

Total: 400 Marks

6. To pass the examination, the candidate must obtain at least 50% of marks provided for the theoryand 50% in Viva-voce and Clinical/Practical.

7. The maximum number of candidates to be examined in Clinical/Practical and Oral (Viva-Voce) inany day for Diploma shall not exceed six.

8. There shall be only two Examinations in a year, with an interval of four to six months between thetwo examinations.

9. The candidate registered for Diploma course must clear the Final Examination within five yearsfrom the date of admission.

A candidate is eligible to appear for the examination if the following conditions are fulfilled:(i) Completed 3 years (36 calendar months) for Degree Courses or 2 years (24 calendar months)

for Diploma Courses, of stay in the Department concerned as residents.

(ii) Attended at least 80% of the training period of each year in the Department concerned. Therest 20% includes his/her due casual leave and earned leave of absence to any reason.

(iii) Any other leave or absence availed by the students apart from mentioned above shall be dulycompensated to fulfil the above mentioned requirement of 80% of the training period of 3years or 2 years as the case may be.

312

CHAPTER – XLIVDiploma in Ophthalmology (D.O.) **(Deleted)

CHAPTER – XLVDiploma in Orthopaedic Surgery (D.O.S.) **(Deleted)

CHAPTR – XLVIDiploma in Laryngology and Otology (D.L.O.) **(Deleted)

CHAPTER – XLVIIDiploma in Anaesthesiology (D.A.) **(Deleted)

CHAPTER – XLVIIIDiploma in Medical Radio-Diagnosis (D.M.R.D.) **(Deleted)

AndDiploma in Medical Radio-Therapy (D.M.R.T.) **(Deleted)

CHAPTER – XLIXDiploma in Gynecology and Obstetrics (D.G.O.) **(Deleted)

CHAPTER – LDiploma in Child Health (D.C.H.) **(Deleted)

CHAPTER – LIDiploma in Clinical Pathology (D.C.P.) (Deleted)


313

CHAPTER – LIIBachelor of Library & Information Science

1. The Examination for the Degree of Bachelor of Library & Information Science shall be open tocandidates who either:-

(a) have attended regular course of study at the University for a period of one academic year;

OR

(b) are ex-students as defined in Clause 5, Chapter XVII of these Ordinances.

2. No candidate shall be admitted to the Examination unless he has passed, at least one year previously,the Examination for a Bachelor’s Degree of this University or an examination recognized by theUniversity as its equivalent.

3. The examination shall comprise written papers and/or sessional work, and/or project and/or practicalexamination, and or viva-voce examination as may be prescribed by the Academic Council on therecommendation of the Department of Library & Information Science and the Faculty of SocialSciences.

**4. To pass an Examination, a candidate must obtain at least 36% of the marks allotted to each paperand 40% of the marks in the aggregate of the papers.A candidate who has passed in individual papers but failed to obtain 40% of the marks in aggregatefor passing the Examination, may appear as an ex-student in subsequent Examination in one or morepapers so as to be eligible for the award of Degree.Provided that the marks awarded to such candidate for sessional work during his regular course ofstudy shall be taken into account at the subsequent Examination.

5. Successful candidates who obtain 60 per cent of the marks or more in the aggregate of all subjects,shall be placed in the First Division; those who obtain less than 60 per cent but not less than 48 percent in the Second Division and those who obtain less than 48 per cent but not less than 40 per cent,in the Third Division.

†6. A candidate who fails in not more than two papers, may be allowed to appear as an ex-student at theimmediately following Examination only in those papers in which he/she has failed. In such case,the marks obtained by him/her for sessional work in the paper/papers during the regular course ofstudy shall be taken into account. A regular candidate of this University who in 1992 or thereafterpasses the examination for a Bachelor’s Degree in Library Science in the Third Division, mayappear once again at the Examination to improve his division.

The Degree awarded earlier, however, shall not be withdrawn, even if he fails in his second attempt.

EC Res No 14(44) (3) dated 12/13/15 July 1980.


†E.C. Res. No. 26 dated 10/11.12.1988.

314

CHAPTER – LIIIMaster of Library & Information Science

1. The Examination for the Degree of Master of Library & Information Science shall be open tocandidate who either:

(a) have attended a regular course of study at the University for a period of one academic year;OR

(b) are ex-students as defined in Clause 5 of Chapter XVII of these Ordinances.

2. No candidates shall be admitted to the Examination for the Degree of the Master of Library &Information Science unless he has passed the B.A., B.Sc., B.Com. (Pass) or (Hons) Examination oran equivalent examination and the Bachelor of Library Science Examination of this University or anexamination recognized by this University as its equivalent.

3. The examination for the Master of Library & Information Science shall comprise such writtenappears and/or sessional work, and/or project and/or practical examination and /or viva voceexamination as may be prescribed from time to time by the Academic Council and therecommendation of the Department of Library & Information Science and the Faculty of SocialSciences.

4. To pass the Examination, a candidate must obtain at least 40% of the marks allotted to each subjectand at least 50% in the aggregate;

Provided that in a subject for which a practical examination/sessional work is prescribed, theminimum percentage required shall be 40 in the written paper and the practical examination and/orsessional work respectively.

A candidate who has passed in individual papers/practicals/viva-voce examination but failed toobtain 50% of the aggregate marks for passing the Examination, may appear as an ex-student insubsequent Examination in one or more papers/practicals/viva-voce examination so as to be eligiblefor the award of degree.


5. Candidates who obtain 60% of marks or more in the aggregate of all subjects shall be placed in theFirst Division; who obtain less than 60% but not less than 50% shall be placed in the SecondDivision.

6. A candidate for M.Lib. & Information Science who fails in not more than two papers may beallowed to appear as an ex-student at the immediately following examination only in those papers inwhich he/she has failed. In case of such students, the marks obtained by them for sessional work inthe paper/papers during their regular course of study shall be taken into account.

*7. M.Lib. & Information Science students are required to submit the dissertation ordinarily, withinthree months of the date of the last paper. However, an extension in the time-limit in extra-ordinarycircumstances may be granted by the Chairman of the Department on the recommendation of the


E.C. Res. No. 26 dated 10/11.12.1988.

315

guide/supervisor of the candidate for a further period not exceeding three months from the date ofexpiry.

8. In case of ex-students appearing in full papers, the marks obtained by them for paper-VIII; asessional project (dissertation) shall be taken into account. However, such a candidate may beallowed by the Chairman to work on a fresh topic of dissertation, if he/she so desires to theChairman at the time of enrolment as an ex-student for the Annual Examination. He/she will workfor dissertation under the guide to be appointed by the Chairman and will be required to submithis/her dissertation as prescribed under Clause (7) above.

316

CHAPTER – LIII(A)

Master of Library and Information Science (M.L.I.Sc.)(2 – Semester Programme)


1. The degree of Mater of Library and Information Science (M.L.I.Sc.) shall be awarded to a candidatewho has passed B.L.I.Sc./B.Lib.Sc./B.L. & I.Sc. examination of this University with at least 50%marks in aggregate or an examination recognised by the University as its equivalent and hasundergone a regular course of study for not less than one academic year comprising of twosemesters and has fulfilled all requirements including attendance of first and second semesters.

2. In order to be eligible for the award of degree of M.L.I.Sc., a candidate shall have to pass insemester examinations each comprising of five courses of four credits each so as to accumulate 40credits distributed in two semesters of 20 credits per semester alongwith the dissertation of fourcredits (ie to accumulate a total of 44 credit for the award of M.L.I.Sc. degree) in the manner asspecified in Clause (6) below.

3. The courses, the credits and the marks allotted to each course shall be as prescribed by the AcademicCouncil on the recommendations of the Board of Studies of the Department of Library andInformation Science and the Faculty of Social Sciences.

4. (a) There shall be continuous evaluation in each course consisting of sessional work spread overthe semester followed by End Semester Examination at the end of each semester.

(b) The allocation of marks in various components of evaluation for each course/ project/dissertation shall be as follows (1 credits means 25 marks):

Sessional work : 25% marksEnd Semester Examination : 75% marks

5. The examination shall be open to candidates who have under gone a regular course of study in thisUniversity and have put in at least 75% attendance in all courses taken together in each semester.

6. (a) To pass each course/project/dissertation/viva-voce and to accumulate credits to it, a candidatemust obtain at least 40% of the total marks in sessional work and End Semester Examination,taken together and at least 50% marks in aggregate of all courses of I and II SemesterExaminations for the award of degree of M.L.I.Sc.

If a candidate fails to obtain 50% marks in aggregate for the award of degree, he/she may appear forimprovement in the next subsequent semester examinations only in one or more courses as an ex-student;

Provided that the marks obtained earlier by the candidate for sessional work/dissertation/viva-voceexamination shall be taken into account at the subsequent semester examinations.

(b) A candidate who fails to obtain the minimum marks to pass a course may be allowed toappear only at the subsequent End Semester Examination prescribed for that course. Themarks awarded at the subsequent examination and the sessional marks obtained earlier as a


317

regular candidate, shall be taken into account. The marks in the courses in which thecandidate has already passed shall be carried forward.

(c) For ex-student, as defined in Chapter XVII(A) of the Ordinances (Academic), permitted toappear in a subsequent End Semester Examination, the marks obtained earlier in sessionalwork/project/ dissertation/viva-voce shall be carried forward.



However, a candidate who has fulfilled attendance requirements of I and II Semesters may bepermitted to appear at the next immediately following End Semester Examinations as an ex-studentto complete the remaining requirements for the award of M.L.I.Sc. degree;


8. The division in which a successful candidate is to be placed shall be determined on the basis ofaggregate marks obtained by him/her in first and second semesters taken together. Candidates whoobtain 60% of the aggregate marks or more shall be placed in the First Division; those who obtainless than 60% but not less than 50% of the aggregate marks shall be placed in the Second Division.

9. If a candidate passes I and II semester examinations and wishes to improve his/her performance,he/she may appear in not more than 25% of the written papers of theory courses at the End SemesterExaminations, not later than one academic session after the declaration of his/her result on passingthe complete examination. There shall be no improvement in the sessional work/dissertation/viva-voce examination. The marks awarded to him/her for the sessional work/dissertation/viva-voceexamination during his/her regular course of study shall be carried forward. Such candidates shallnot be allowed hostel accommodation;



10. Ex-students as defined in Clause 5 of Chapter XVIII(A) of Ordinances (Academic) who are eligibleto appear at the M.L.I.Sc. examination under Annual System, shall be allowed to complete thedegree requirements till 2005 examination.

318

CHAPTER – LIVMaster of Business Administration

(deleted)


319

CHAPTER – LIV (A)MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (M.B.A.)

1. No candidate shall be eligible for admission to the Degree of Master of Business Administrationunless he has passed the B.A., B.Sc., B.com. (Pass or Honours). B.Sc. (Engg.) or B.Tech.Examination of this University or an examination recognized by this University as its equivalentwith a minimum of 50 per cent marks and has undergone a regular course of study in the Universityfor not less than three academic sessions.

2. The Examination for the Degree of Master of Business Administration shall be open to:

(a) candidates who have undergone a regular course of study in the University for two academicsessions;

(b) ex-students as defined in Clause 5, Chapter XVII.

3. The Examination for the Degree of Master of Business Administration shall consist of Part-I andPart-II. Each part is divided into two Terms. The number of written papers and the marks allottedto each paper including sessional work, viva-voce examination, practical experience and dissertationat each Part of the Examination shall be prescribed by the Academic Council on therecommendations of the Department of Business Administration and the Faculty concerned.

To appear at Term Examination, the candidate shall have to fulfil the following requirements:

(a) must put in the minimum percentage of attendance as prescribed by the AICTE/AcademicCouncil from time to time;

(b) must obtain at least 40 per cent marks in the sessional work of each paper separately failingwhich, the candidate shall have to seek re-admission/continuation in the subsequent academicsessions.

4. The dissertation shall be evaluated out of a total of 100 marks of which 50 marks shall be allotted tothe Supervisor of the candidate and 50 marks to an External Examiner as recommended by theDepartment.

5. (a) To pass each paper in the Term Examination, the candidate must obtain at least 40 per centmarks in all papers separately.

In order to be promoted to the Second Term a candidate shall have to clear at least four out of sixpapers of First Term. However, to be promoted to M.B.A. Part-II, the candidate shall have to passnine out of twelve papers of M.B.A. Part-I i.e. Terms I and II combined.

Provided that a candidate who fails to secure at least 40 per cent marks in more than two papers inthe First Term of M.B.A. Part-I shall have to seek re-admission/continuation in the subsequentsession.

Provided further that a candidate who fails to secure at least 40 per cent marks in more than threepapers of M.B.A. Part-I (First Term and Second Term combined) shall not be allowed to pursue acourse of M.B.A. Part-II and shall have to appear in all papers of academic session as an ex-student.

E.C. dated 9.9.96 & 3.5.97.

320

(b) Every candidate shall have to undergo an eight weeks training at a reputed businessorganization in India or abroad. Upon completion of the training, the candidate shall have tomake an oral presentation of his/her training before a joint session of the Faculty and thestudents. The training shall be evaluated out of a total of 100 marks in a break up of 40marks for oral presentation and 60 marks for written report. The latter shall be evaluated bytwo teachers of the Department appointed by the Board of Studies. Each teacher shallevaluate training report out of 30 marks.

Provided that if the candidate does not satisfactorily defend his/her training in oral presentation andsecures less than 40 per cent marks (i.e. 16 marks) he/she shall be required to undergo the trainingafresh during the next summer. After the fresh training the candidate shall have to defend his/hertraining in the same manner as stated above.

6. (a) The division in which successful candidates are to be placed shall be determined on the basisof the aggregate marks obtained by them at Part-I and Part-II Examinations.

(b) Candidates who obtain 60% per cent of the marks in the aggregate or more shall be placed inthe First Division, those who obtain less than 60 per cent but not less than 50 per cent, in theSecond Division.

However, if any candidate obtains less than 50 per cent marks in aggregate of Part-I and Part-IIExaminations combined, shall have to appear for improvement in any or all papers of M.B.A. Part-IIin which he/she has obtained less than 50 per cent marks in the subsequent academic session tomake 50% marks in aggregate as an ex-student.

Provided that if any candidate obtains less than 50 per cent marks in aggregate in M.B.A. Part-Ipapers, shall be allowed to appear for improvement in a maximum of three papers alongwith theM.B.A. Part-II Examination in the subsequent academic session.

7. A candidate who fails to quality for the Degree of M.B.A. within four academic sessions after hisadmission shall not be allowed to pursue the course further. However, a fifth year’s grace may beallowed by the Academic Council on the recommendation of the Chairman of the Department andthe Dean of the Faculty.

321

CHAPTER – LIV (B)MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (MBA)


1. No candidate shall be eligible for admission to the Degree of Master of Business Administrationunless he/she has passed the B.A., B.Sc., B.Com (Pass or Honours) or B.Sc. Engg. /B.Tech.Examination of this University or an examination recognized by this University as its equivalentwith a minimum of 50 per cent marks and has undergone a regular course of study in the Universityfor not less than three academic sessions.

2. The Examination for the Degree of Master of Bushiness Administration shall be open to:

(a) candidates who have undergone a regular course of MBA in the University for two academicsessions,


3. The Examination for the Degree of Master of Business Administration shall consist of Part-I andPart-II. Each part is divided into two Semesters. The number of written papers and the marksallotted to each paper including seasonal work, viva-voce examination, summer training anddissertation at each part of the Examination shall be prescribed by the Academic Council on therecommendations of the Department of Business Administration.

To appear at each Semester Examination, a candidate must put in the minimum percentages ofattendance as prescribed by AICTE/Academic Council from time to time.

4. The dissertation shall be evaluated out of a total of 100 marks. The Supervisor of the candidate shallevaluate the dissertation out of 50 marks. The evaluation of the remaining 50 marks will be basedon the viva-voce on his/her dissertation. The via voce will be conducted by a Committee consistingof an External and two Internal Examiners recommended by the Board of Studies of the Department.The viva voce examination for the dissertation shall be conducted at the end of fourth semester.

5. (a) To pass each paper in the Semester Examination, the candidate must obtain at least 40 percent marks (in its Sessional and End Semester Examination combined).

(b) In order to be promoted to Part II, a candidate shall have to clear at least 75% (rounded off tothe nearest whole number) of the papers of Part-I. A candidate who fails to secure 40 per centmarks in more than 25% of papers of MBA Part I (First Semester and Second Semestercombined) shall have to appear in all papers of MBA Part I Examination in the subsequentacademic session as an ex-student.

(c) Every candidate shall have to undergo an eight weeks training at a reputed businessorganization in India or abroad. Upon completion of the training the candidate shall have tomake an oral presentation of his/her training before a joint session of the Faculty and thestudents. The training shall be evaluated out of a total of 100 marks in a breakup of 40 marksfor oral presentation and 60 marks for written report. The latter shall be evaluated by twoteachers of the Department appointed by the Board of Studies. Each teacher shall evaluatethe training report out of 30 marks.

A.C. dated 8/9.5.2001.

322

Provided that if the candidate does not satisfactorily defend his/her training in oral presentation andsecures less than 40 per cent marks (i.e. 16 marks), he/she shall be required to undergo the trainingafresh. After the fresh training, the candidate shall have to defend his/her training in the samemanner as stated above.

6. (a) The division in which the successful candidates are to be placed shall be determined on thebasis of the aggregate marks obtained by them in Part-I and II examinations combined.

(b) Candidates who obtain 60 per cent marks in the aggregate or more shall be placed in FirstDivision, and those who obtain less than 60 per cent but not less than 50 per cent marks, inSecond Division.

However, if any candidate obtains less than 50 per cent marks in aggregate of Part I and Pat IIExaminations combined shall have to appear for improvement in any or all papers of MBA Part II inwhich he/she has obtained less than 50 per cent marks in the subsequent academic sessions to make50 per cent marks in aggregate as an ex-student.

Provided that if any candidate obtains less than 50 per cent marks in aggregate in MBA Part I shallbe allowed to appear for improvement in a maximum of 25 per cent papers of Part I along with theMBA Part II Examination in the subsequent academic session.

7. A candidate who fails to qualify for the Degree of MBA within four academic sessions after hisadmission shall not be allowed to pursue the course further. However, a fifth year’s grace may beallowed by the permission of the Academic Council on the recommendation of the Chairman of theDepartment and the Dean of the Faculty.

323

CHAPTER –LIV (C)MASTER OF INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT (M.I.B.M.)

1. No candidate shall be eligible for admission to the Degree of Master of International BusinessManagement unless he/she has passed the B.A., B.Sc., B.Com. (Pass or Honours) or B.Tech.Examination of this University or an examination recognized by this University as its equivalentwith a minimum of 50 per cent marks and has undergone a regular course of study in the Universityfor not less than three academic sessions.

2. The Examination for the Degree of Master of International Business Management shall be open to:

(a) candidates who have undergone a regular course of study in the University for two academicsessions;

(b) ex-students as defined in Clause 5, Chapter XVII of these Ordinances.

3. The Examination for the Degree of Master of International Business Management shall consist ofPart-I and Part-II. Each part is divided into two Terms. The number of written papers and themarks allotted to each paper including sessional work, viva-voce examination, practical experienceand dissertation at each Part of the Examination shall be prescribed by the Academic Council on therecommendations of the Department of Business Administration and the Faculty concerned.

To appear at each Term Examination, a candidate shall have to fulfil the following requirements:

(a) must put in the minimum percentage of attendance as prescribed by AICTE/AcademicCouncil from time to time.

(b) must obtain at least 40% marks in the sessional work of each paper separately failing which,the candidate shall have to seek readmission/continuation in the subsequent academicsession.

4. The Dissertation shall be evaluated out of a total of 100 marks of which 50 marks shall be allotted tothe Supervisor of the candidate and 50 marks to an External Examiner as recommended by theDepartment.

5. (a) To pass each paper in the Term Examination, the candidate must obtain at least 40 per centmarks in all papers separately. In order to be promoted to the Second Term a candidate shallhave to clear at least four out of six papers of First Term. However, to be promoted toM.I.B.M. Part-II, the candidate shall have to pass nine out of twelve papers of M.I.B.M. Part-I i.e. Terms I and II combined.

Provided that a candidate who fails to secure 40 per cent marks in more than two papers in the FirstTerm of M.I.B.M. Part-I shall have to seek readmission/continuation in the subsequent academicsession.

Provided further that a candidate who fails to secure 40 per cent marks in more than three papers ofM.I.B.M. Part-I (First Term and Second Term combined) shall not be allowed to pursue a course ofM.I.B.M. Part-II and shall have to reappear in all papers of M.I.B.M. Part-II Examination in thesubsequent academic session as an ex-student.

EC 9.9.1996/3.5.97.

324

(b) Every candidate shall have to undergo an eight weeks training at a reputed businessorganization in India or abroad. Upon completion of the training, the candidate shall have tomake an oral presentation of his/her training before a joint session of the Faculty and thestudents. The training shall be evaluated out of a total of 100 marks in a break up of 40 marksfor oral presentation and 60 marks for written report. The latter shall be evaluated by twoteachers of the Department appointed by the Board of Studies. Each teacher shall evaluatethe training report out of 30 marks.


6. (a) The division in which the successful candidates are to be placed shall be determined on thebasis of the aggregate marks obtained by them at Part-I and II Examinations.

(b) Candidates who obtain 60 per cent of the marks in the aggregate or more shall be placed inthe First Division, those who obtain less than 60 per cent but not less than 50 per cent shall beplaced in the Second Division.

Provided that if any candidate obtains less than 50 per cent marks in aggregate of Part-I and Part-IIExaminations combined, he shall have to appear for improvement in any or all papers of M.I.B.M.Part-II in which he/she has obtained less than 50 per cent marks, in the subsequent academicsessions as an ex-student, to make 50 per cent marks in aggregate.

Provided further that if a candidate obtains less than 50 per cent marks in aggregate in M.I.B.M.Part-I papers, he shall be allowed to appear for improvement in a maximum of three papersalongwith the M.I.B.M. Part-II Examination in the subsequent academic session.

7. A candidate who fails to qualify for the Degree of M.I.B.M. within four academic sessions after hisadmission shall not be allowed to pursue the course further. However, a fifth year’s grace may beallowed by the Academic Council on the recommendations of the Charmin of the Department andthe Dean of the Faculty.

325

CHAPTER LIV (D)MASTER OF INTERNATIONAL BUSIENSS MANAGEMENT (M.I.B.M.)


1. No candidate shall be eligible for admission to the Degree of Master of International BusinessManagement (M.I.B.M.) unless he/she has passed the B.A. B.Sc., B.Com. (Pass or Honours) orB.Sc. Engg./B.Tech. Examinations of this University or an examination recognized by thisUniversity as its equivalent with a minimum of 50 per cent marks and has undergone a regularcourse of study in the University for not less than three academic sessions.

2. The Examination for the Degree of Master of International Business Management shall be open to:

(a) candidates who have undergone a regular course of MIBM in the University for twoacademic sessions;


3. The Examination for the Degree of Master of International Business Management shall consist ofPart I and Part II. Each Part is divided into two Semesters. The number of written papers and themarks allotted to each paper including Sessional Work, Viva-voce Examination, Summer Trainingand Dissertation in each part of the Examination shall be prescribed by the Academic Council on therecommendations of the Department of Business Administration.

To appear at each Semester Examination, a candidate must put in the minimum percentage ofattendance as prescribed by AICTE/Academic Council from time to time.

4. The Dissertation shall be evaluated out of a total of 100 marks. The Supervisor of the candidateshall evaluate the Dissertation out of 50 marks. The evaluation of the remaining 50 marks will bebased on the Viva Voce on his/her Dissertation. The Viva Voce will be conducted by a Committeeconsisting of an External and two Internal Examiners recommended by the Board of Studies of theDepartment. The Viva Voce Examination for the Dissertation shall be conducted by the end ofFourth Semester.

5. (a) To pass each paper in the Semester Examination, the candidate must obtain at least 40 percent marks (in its Sessionals and End Semester Examination combined).

(b) In order to be promoted to Part II a candidate shall have to clear at least 75% (rounded off tothe nearest whole number) of the papers of Part I.A candidate who fails to secure 40 per centmarks in more than 25% of papers of MIBM Part I (First Semester and Second Semestercombined) shall have to appear in all papers of MIBM Part I Examination in the subsequentacademic session as an ex-student.

(c) Every candidate shall have to undergo an eight weeks training at a reputed businessorganization in India or abroad. Upon completion of the training, the candidate shall have tomake an oral presentation of his/her training before a joint session of the Faculty and thestudents. The training shall be evaluated out of a total of 100 marks in a breakup of 40 marksfor oral presentation and 60 marks for written report. The latter shall be evaluated by two

A.C. dated 8/9.5.2001.

326

teachers of the Department appointed by the Board of Studies. Each teacher shall evaluatethe training report out of 30 marks;


6. (a) The division in which the successful candidates are to be placed shall be determined on thebasis of the aggregate marks obtained by them in Part I and II Examinations combined.


However, if any candidate obtains less than 50 per cent marks in aggregate of Part I and Part IIExaminations combined shall have to appear for improvement in any or all papers of MIBM Part IIin which he/she has obtained less than 50 per cent marks in the subsequent academic sessions tomake 50 per cent marks in aggregate as an ex-student.

Provided that if any candidate obtains less than 50 per cent marks in aggregate in MIBM Part I shallbe allowed to appear for improvement in a maximum of 25 per cent papers of Part I along with thePart II Examination in the subsequent academic session.

7. A candidate who fails to qualify for the Degree of MIBM within four academic sessions after his/her admission shall not be allowed to pursue the course further. However, a fifth years grace may beallowed by the permission of the Academic Council on the recommendation of the Chairman of theDepartment and the Dean of the Faculty.

327

CHAPTER LIV (E)MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS) (MBA (IB))


1. No candidate shall be eligible for admission to the Degree of Master of Business Administration(MBA (IB)) unless he/she has passed the B.A. B.Sc., B.Com. (Pass or Honours) or B.Sc.Engg./B.Tech. Examinations of this University or an examination recognized by this University asits equivalent with a minimum of 50% marks.

2. The Examination for the Degree of Master of Business Administration (International Business) shallbe open to:

(a) candidates who have undergone a regular course of MBA (IB) in the University for twoacademic sessions;

(b) ex-students as defined in Clause 5, Chapter XVII/XVII-A.

3. The Examination for the Degree of Master of Business Administration (International Business) shallconsist of Part I and Part II. Each Part is divided into two Semesters. The number of written papersand the marks allotted to each paper including Sessional Work, Viva-voce Examination, SummerTraining and Dissertation in each part of the Examination shall be prescribed by the AcademicCouncil on the recommendations of the Department of Business Administration.

To appear in each paper/course at the Semester Examination, a candidate must put in a minimum70% of attendance subject to the provisions as specified in Chapter XVII of Ordinances (Academic).

4. The Dissertation shall be evaluated out of a total of 100 marks. The Supervisor of the candidateshall evaluate the Dissertation out of 50 marks. The evaluation of the remaining 50 marks will bebased on the Viva-Voce on his/her Dissertation. The Viva-Voce will be conducted by a Committeeconsisting of an External and two Internal Examiners recommended by the Board of Studies of theDepartment. The Viva-Voce Examination for the Dissertation shall be conducted by the end ofFourth Semester.

5. (a) To pass each paper/course in the Semester Examination, the candidate must obtain at least 40per cent marks in its Sessionals and End Semester Examination combined.

(b) In order to be promoted to Part II, a candidate shall have to clear at least 75% (rounded off tothe nearest whole number) of the papers/courses of Part I.A candidate who fails to secure 40per cent marks in more than 25% of papers/courses of Part I (First Semester and SecondSemester combined) shall have to appear in all papers/courses of Part I Examination in thesubsequent academic session as an ex-student.

(c) Every candidate shall have to undergo an eight weeks training at a reputed businessorganization in India or abroad. Upon completion of the training, the candidate shall have tomake an oral presentation of his/her training before a joint session of the Faculty and thestudents. The training shall be evaluated out of a total of 100 marks in a breakup of 40 marks

A.C. dated 8/9.5.2001.

Change in nomenclature from Mater of International Business Management (MIBM) to Master of Business Administration(International Business) (MBA (IB)) Vide OM No./XM/SPA/FN-75/II-278 dated 27/28..3.2006.

328

for oral presentation and 60 marks for written report. The latter shall be evaluated by twoteachers of the Department of Business Administration appointed by the Board of Studies.Each teacher shall evaluate the training report out of 30 marks;


6. (a) The division in which the successful candidates are to be placed shall be determined on thebasis of the aggregate marks obtained by them in Part I and II Examinations combined.


However, if any candidate obtains less than 50 per cent marks in aggregate of Part I and Part IIExaminations combined shall have to appear for improvement in any or all papers/courses of Part IIin which he/she has obtained less than 50 per cent marks in the subsequent academic sessions tomake 50 per cent marks in aggregate as an ex-student.

Provided that if any candidate obtains less than 50 per cent marks in aggregate in Part I shall beallowed to appear for improvement in a maximum of 25 per cent papers of Part I along with Part IIExamination in the subsequent academic session.

7. A candidate who fails to qualify for the Degree of MBA(IB) within four academic sessions afterhis/her admission shall not be allowed to pursue the course further. However, a fifth year grace maybe allowed by the permission of the Academic Council on the recommendation of the Chairman ofthe Department and the Dean of the Faculty concerned.

329

CHAPTER- LVDiploma in Bank Administration

1. The examination for the Diploma in bank Administration shall be open to either

(a) candidates who have undergone a regular course of study in the University for one academicyear,

OR

(b) ex-students as defined in Chapter XVII, Clause 5.

2. No candidate shall be admitted to the Diploma in Bank Administration unless he has passed at leastone year previously the Bachelor’s degree examination in Arts, Social sciences, Science, Commerceor Engineering of this University or an examination recognized by this University as its equivalent.

3. The Examination shall comprise the following five written papers and a via-voce examinationcarrying 100 marks each, and sessional work carrying 25 marks in each subject:-

Paper I – Economic Aspects of banking;Paper II – Banking Law and Administration;Paper III – Structure of Indian banking;Paper IV – Monetary Theory and Banking Practice;Paper V - Bank Accounting and Financial Analysis.

4. To pass the Examination, a candidate must obtain at least:-

*(a) 40 per cent of the marks in each written paper as well as in the viva-voce examination;

*(b) 40 per cent of the marks allotted for sessional work; and

*(c) 40 per cent in the aggregate of marks of the written papers and sessional work and the viva-voce examination.

5. Candidates who pass the Examination and obtain 60 per cent of the marks or more in the aggregateshall be placed in the First Division; those who obtain least than 60 per cent but not less than 50 percent in the Second Division; and those who obtained less than 50 per cent but not less than 40 percent in the Third Division.

6. Notwithstanding anything contained in these Ordinances, a Supplementary Examination shall beheld not more than four months after the Annual Examination. This Examination shall be open tocandidates who are unable to appear at the Annual Examination for reasons approved of by theCommittee of examination, or who fail in one or more subjects, at the Annual Examination, butobtain not less than 25 per dent of marks in the aggregate.

Candidates who have failed at the Annual Examination shall be required to appear at theSupplementary Examination in those subjects only in which they have failed at AnnualExamination.

EC dated 9.3.2000.

330

CHAPTER – LVIDiploma in Secretarial Work

(deleted)


331

CHAPTER – LVIIDiploma in Steno-Typing

1. The Examination for the Diploma in Steno-Typing shall be open to:-

(a) candidates who have undergone a regular course of study in the University for one academicyear;

Provided that candidates who have attended the regular course of study on a part time basis for aperiod of two years may also be permitted by the Academic Council to appear at the Examination,on such condition as it may prescribe.


2. No candidate shall be permitted to appear at the Examination unless he has passed at least one yearpreviously the Senior-Secondary School Examination of the University or an examinationrecognized by the University as its equivalent.

3. The Examination shall comprise the following two papers carrying 100 marks each:

(i) Type-writing;(ii) Short-hand.

4. To pass the Examination, a candidate must obtain at least 36% of marks in each paper separately.

5. Candidates who pass the Examination and obtain 60% or more in the aggregate of the marks in thetwo papers shall be placed in the first division; those who obtain less than 60 per cent but not lessthan 48 per cent, in the Second Division and those securing less than 48 per cent but not less than 36per cent, in the Third Division.

332

CHAPTER – LVIIIAdvanced Diploma in Professional Psychology

(deleted)


333

CHAPTER LVIII-APost Graduate Diploma in Rehabilitation Psychology

(Effective from the Academic Session 2002-2003

1. The P.G. Diploma in Rehabilitation Psychology shall be awarded to the candidates who haveundergone a regular course of study for one academic year followed by three-month Internship afterhaving passed the Master’s Degree in Psychology with a at least 55% marks in aggregate from thisUniversity or any other University recognized by the University as its equivalent or Master’s Degreein Education / Social Work / Sociology / Home Science with adequate coverage of Psychology inthe syllabi with at least 55% marks in aggregate.

2. No candidate shall be allowed to appear at the Final University Examination unless he hasundergone a regular Course of Study for One Academic Year and has fulfilled the minimumattendance requirement of 75% in all courses combined during the entire academic session.

3. Teaching & Examination Schedule or Course Structure etc. shall be prescribed by the Faculty ofSocial Sciences on the recommendations of the Board of Studies of the Department concerned.There shall be two categories of courses to be taught during the academic session viz.

(i) Core course of 100 marks each and (ii) supporting courses of 50 marks each as per detailsgiven below:

TEACHING & EXAMINATION SCHEDULE

Course No. Course TitleSessional Marks

UniversityExam.Marks(WrittenExam)

Practical & Viva-Voce UniversityExam. Marks

(A) Core Courses :

RPY701 Assessment & Evaluation I 20 80 —

RPY702 Assessment & Evaluation II 20 80 —

RPY703 Intervention Techniques I 20 80 —

RPY704 Intervention Techniques II 20 80 —

RPY705 Perspectives on Disability 20 80 —

(B) Supporting Courses :

RPY706 Biological basis of Disabilities 10 40 —


334

RPY707 Social Correlates of Disabilities 10 40 —

RPY708Institutional approaches toRehabilitation

10 40 —

RPY709 Practical Course 90 — 210

RPY710 Project Report — — 50

Total : 220 520 260

GRAND TOTAL : 1000

4. Every candidate shall complete Three-Month Internship Training under a “Senior QualifiedPsychologist” after Final University Examination and shall submit a satisfactory completionCertificate.

5. To pass each core and supporting Course, a candidate must obtain at least 40% of the prescribedmarks (inclusive of sessional marks) and at least 50% of the prescribed marks (inclusive of sessionalmarks) in Practical Course and in Project Report separately.

6. Candidates who pass in all the prescribed courses including Practical Course & Project Report andhave completed Internship Training successfully will be declared to have passed the Examinationprovided that the candidate has obtained at least 50% of the prescribed aggregate marks for theentire Course of Study.

7. Grace Marks (GM) upto three marks can be awarded to a candidate in one Course only to pass theExamination. Discretionary marks (DM) upto two marks can be awarded for improvement ofDivision provided that no GM have been awarded to such candidate.

8. There shall be a Supplementary Examination for those who fail in one Theory Course after thedeclaration of result.

9. A candidate who fails to obtain the minimum pass marks or fails to appear in any course may appearat the subsequent University Examination as an ex-student. Provided that the marks awarded to suchcandidate for sessional work in the course during his / her regular Course of Study shall be takeninto account at the subsequent examination.

10. Candidates who secure 70% or more of the prescribed aggregate marks shall be declared to havepassed the Examination in First Division with Distinction. Candidates who secure 60% or more butless than 90% of the prescribed aggregate marks shall be declared to have passed the Examinationwith First Division. Candidates who secure 50% or more but less than 60% of the aggregate marksshall be declared to have passed the Examination with Second Division.

11. A candidate who fails to pass the Course of Study after having fulfilled the attendance requirementsor fails to appear at the University Examination has been detained due to shortage of attendance etc.may be allowed to join the regular classes in the next academic session. Such candidate shall fulfillthe attendance and sessional requirements afresh (any sessional marks obtained in the precedingsession being disregarded).

335

No candidate shall be permitted to continue his / her studies as regular student for more than twoconsecutive academic years after his / her admission. Provided that the candidate who hasundergone a regular Course of Study after having fulfilled the attendance and other requirementsmay be allowed to complete the remaining requirements of the Degree as an ex-student byAcademic Council on the recommendations of the Dean of the Faculty of Social Sciences andChairman of the Department. In case, a candidate fails to pass the Course of Study within threeyears, his/her admission shall be cancelled.

12. The Medium of Instruction & Examination shall be English.

336

CHAPTER – LIXDiploma in Foreign Affairs

Deleted

CHAPTER – LXDiploma in Public Administration

*Deleted

EC dated 16.3.1985.

337

CHAPTER – LXIPost Graduate Diploma in West Asian Studies

1. No candidate shall be eligible for the P.G. Diploma in west Asian Studies unless he has passed atleast one year previously the B.A., B.Sc., B.Com., M.B.B.S., B.Sc. Engg., or B.E. DegreeExamination of this University or an examination recognized as its equivalent

2. The examination for the Diploma in West Asian Studies shall be open to(a) candidates who have undergone a regular course of study in the University for two semesters;

OR(b) ex-students as defined in Clause 8 below.

3. The courses, the number of credits and marks allotted to each course, shall be prescribed by theacademic Council on the recommendation of the Board of West Asian Studies and the Faculty ofSocial Science.

4. The courses shall be taken by a candidate with the approval of the adviser appointed by the Board ofWest Asian Studies.

5. In order to be eligible for the award of the Diploma a candidate shall have to pass in sessional workand semester examinations of each course and viva-voce examination separately.

**6. There shall be a viva-voce examination carrying 100 marks alongwith four courses of 100 markseach (inclusive of sessionals of 25 marks).

7. To pass in a course and obtain the credits assigned to it a candidate must obtain at least 40 per centof the marks in sessional work and at least 40 per cent of the aggregate marks in sessional work andwritten and/or viva-voce examination.

8. A candidate who fails to obtain 40 per cent of the aggregate marks but has passed in sessioal work,may appear subsequently only at the Semester Examination of that course as an ex-student to obtainthe credit for it;

Provided that the marks awarded to such a candidate for sessional work during his regular course ofstudy shall be taken into account at the subsequent examination.

9. Candidates who accumulate the requisite number of credits mentioned in clause 5 above or moreand who obtain 60 per cent of the aggregate marks or more shall be placed in the first division, thosewho obtain less than 60 per cent but not less than 50 per cent shall be placed in the second division.Those who obtain less than 50 per cent but not less than 40 per cent shall be placed in the thirddivision.

10. If a candidate fails to accumulate the requisite credits after having studied as a regular candidate fortwo semesters he may be allowed by the Dean to study for not more than 2 additional semestersimmediately following.

11. A candidate who fails to accumulate the requisite credits within four semesters after his admission,shall not be allowed to take further courses for the diploma without the permission of the AcademicCouncil on the recommendation of the Dean.


338

CHAPTER – LXIIAdvanced Diploma in Mathematics

Deleted

E.C. Res. No. (para 18 of appendix 1(b) dated 16.3.1985.)

339

CHAPTER – LXIIIPost Graduate Diploma in Hydrogeolgoy

1. No candidate shall be eligible for the award of Post-graduate Diploma in Hydrogeology unless hehas passed at least one year previously the M.Sc. examination in Geology, Applied Geology,Geophysics with B.Sc. in Geology or B.Sc. in Civil Engineering.

2. The Examination for Postgraduate Diploma in Hydrogeolgoy shall be open to:-

(a) candidates who have undergone a regular course of study in the University for one academicyear;

OR

(b) ex-student as defined in chapter XVII, clause 5.

3. The Examination shall comprise such written papers/practical/sessional/viva-voce examinationand/or project work as may be prescribed by the Academic Council on the recommendation of theDepartment of Geology and the Faculty of Science.

4. To pass the Examination, a candidate must obtain at least 30% marks in (i) written papers, (ii)laboratory course, (iii) sessional work, (iv) project work and (v) viva-voce examination, and 50% ofthe marks in aggregate.A candidate who has passed in individual papers/laboratory course/project work/viva-voceexamination but failed to obtain 50% of aggregate marks for passing the Examination may appear asan ex-student in subsequent Examination in one or more papers/practicals/project/viva-voceexamination so as to be eligible for the award of degree.Provided that the marks awarded to such candidate for sessional work during his regular course ofstudy shall be taken into account at the subsequent Examination.

5. Candidate who obtain 60% of the marks or more in the aggregate will be placed in the first division,those who obtain less than 60% but not less than 50% marks in the second division.


340

CHAPTER – LXIVDiploma in Statistics

1. The Examination for the Diploma in Statistics shall be open to:-

(a) candidates who after having passed the High School /Secondary School CertificateExamination of this University with Mathematics or an examination recognized by theUniversity as its equivalent and the Senior Secondary School Certificate Examination of thisUniversity or an examination recognized by the University as its equivalent, have undergonea regular course of study in the University for two semesters /one academic year.

OR


2. (a) In order to be eligible for the award of Diploma in Statistics, candidate shall have to pass insessional work and semester examination in each of the following courses so as toaccumulate 12 credits in the following manner:

Semester I

DST1: Probability & Statistics …100 marks 4 Credits

DST1: Lab. Course based on DST1 … 50 marks 2 Credits

Semester II

DST 2: Regression Correlation and Tests of Significance… 100 marks 4 Credits

DST 2: Lab. Course based on DST-2 … 50 marks 2 Credits

(b) Of the total marks for each course listed above, 25% marks are allotted to sessionals and therest for the written and/or practical examination.

3. To pass in a course and obtain credits assigned to it, a candidate must obtain 33% marks in thesessionals and at least 33% marks in the written and/or practical examination and at least 36% marksin the aggregate.A candidate who has passed in individual papers/practicals but failed to obtain 36% of marks inaggregate for passing the Examination, may appear as an ex-student in subsequent Examination inone or more papers/practicals so as to be eligible for the award of degree.


4. Candidates securing 60% of the marks or more in the aggregate shall be placed in the first division,those securing less than 60% but not less than 50% in the second division and those securing lessthan 50% but not less than 36% in the third division.


**

341

CHAPTER – LXVExamination in Languages

(A) Certificate of Proficiency in Language

**1. No candidate shall be eligible for the Certificate of Proficiency in a Language unless he has passedat least one year previously the High School/Secondary School Certificate or an equivalentexamination.

2. The Examinations for the Certificate shall be open to:-(a) candidates who have undergone a regular course of study for one academic year in the

University.

(c) ex-students as defined in Clause 5 of Chapter XVII of these Ordinances.

3. In order to be eligible for the award of the Certificate, a candidate shall have to pass in sessionalwork and examination.

4. The course, the number of papers and the marks allotted to each paper including sessional workand/or viva-voce examination shall be prescribed by the Academic Council on the recommendationof the Board of Studies of the Department concerned and the Faculty of Arts.

5. (a) To pass the Examination, a candidate must obtain at least 36% of the marks in the aggregateof sessional work and written and/or viva-voce examination;

(b) A candidate who fails to obtain 36% of the aggregate marks may appear subsequently at thesubsequent examination;

Provided that the marks awarded to such a candidate for sessional work during his course of studyshall be taken into account at the subsequent examinations.

6. Candidates who obtain 60% of the aggregate marks or more shall be placed in the first division;those who obtain less than 60% but not less than 50% shall be placed in the second division andthose who obtain less than 50% but not less than 36% shall be placed in the Third Division.

(B) Diploma of Proficiency in Language

1. No candidate shall be eligible for the Diploma of in Proficiency Language unless he has passed atleast one year previously the Certificate of Proficiency in Language Examination or an examinationrecognized as its equivalent.

Provided that a candidate may be admitted to the Diploma course without having obtained theCertificate of Proficiency in Language if the Chairman of the Department concerned certifies, after atest, that the candidate is fit for admission.

2. The Examination for the Diploma shall be open to:-(a) candidates who have undergone a regular course of study for one academic year in the

University.(b) ex-students as defined in Clause 5 of Chapter XVII of these Ordinances.

E.C. Res. No. 6(68) Dated 22.12.1980 and 21/22.2.1981.


342

3. In order to be eligible for the award of the Diploma, a candidate shall have to pass in sessional workand examination.

4. The course, the number of papers and marks allotted to each paper including sessional work and/orviva voce examination shall be prescribed by the Academic Council on the recommendation of theBoard of Studies of the Department concerned and the Faculty of Arts.

5. (a) To pass the Examination, a candidate must obtain at least 36% of the marks in the aggregateof sessional work and written and/or viva-voce examination;

(b) A candidate who fails to obtain 36% of the aggregate of marks may appear subsequently atthe Examination as an ex-student.

6. Candidates who obtain 60% of the aggregate marks or more shall be placed in the First Division,those who obtain less than 60% but not less than 50%, shall be placed in the Second Division andthose who obtain less than 50% but not less than 36%, shall be placed in the Third Division.


343

CHAPTER – LXVIPost Graduate Diploma in Linguistics

1. No candidate shall be eligible for the P.G. Diploma in Linguistics unless he has passed at least oneyear previously the B.A., B.Sc., or B.Com. Examination of this University or an examinationrecognized as its equivalent and a knowledge of any modern or classical language.

2. The Examination for the Diploma in Linguistics shall be open to:-

(a) candidates who have undergone a regular course of study in the University for two semesters;or

(b) ex-students as defined in chapter XVII, Clause 5.

3. The Examination shall comprise such written papers viva-voce examination and/or sessional work,as may be prescribed by the Academic Council on the recommendation of the Department ofLinguistics and the Faculty of Arts.

4. In order to be eligible for the award of the Diploma a candidate shall have to pass in sessional workand semester examinations so as to accumulate at least 32 credits.

5. (a) To pass in a course and obtain the credits assigned to it, a candidate must obtain at least 40%of the marks in sessional work and at least 40% of the aggregate marks in sessional work andwritten and/or viva voce examination.

(b) A candidate who fails to obtain 40% of the aggregate of marks but has passed in sessionalwork may appear subsequently only at the Semester Examination prescribed for that courseas an ex-student to obtain the credits for it.


6. Candidates who accumulate the requisite number of credits and who obtain 60% of the aggregate ormore shall be placed in the First Division; those who obtain less than 60% but not less than 50%shall be placed in the Second Division and those who obtain less than 50% but not less than 40%shall be placed in the Third Division.

344

CHAPTER – LXVIICertificate in Qira’at (Quranic Phonetics)

1. The Examination for Certificate in Qira’at (Quranic Phonetics) shall be open to candidates whoeither

**(a) have passed the High School /Secondary School Certificate examination of this University oran examination recognized by the University as its equivalent and have undergone a regularcourse of study in the University for one academic year;

OR(b) ex-students as defined in Chapter XVII, Clause 5.

2. The Examination shall comprise one written paper of 60 marks and a vocal and via-voceexamination of 40 marks.

3. To pass the Examination, a candidate must obtain at least 30 per cent of the marks in written paperand vocal and viva-voce examination separately and 36 per cent of the marks in the aggregate.

4. Candidates who obtain 60 per cent of the aggregate marks or more shall be placed in the firstdivision; those who obtain less than 60 per cent but not less than 48 per cent in the second division;and those who obtain less than 48 per cent but not less than 36 per cent in the third division.


345

LXVII–ACertificate in Shia Theology

1. The examination for part – time course of Certificate in Shia Theology shall be open to full–timebona fide students and employees of this University who either

(a) have passed the Secondary School Certificate Examination of this University or an Orientalor any other examination recognised by the University as its equivalent and have undergone aregular course of study for one academic year in the University.

Or

(b) have been an ex-student as defined in Clause(5) of Chapter XVII of Ordinances (Academic).

2. The examination shall comprise of one written paper (Theory) of 100 marks and a viva-voceexamination of 50 marks.

3. To pass the examination, a candidate must obtain at least 30 per cent marks in written paper(Theory) and viva-voce examination separately and 36 per cent marks in aggregate.

A candidate who has passed in written paper and viva-voce examination separately but failed toobtain 36 per cent marks in aggregate may appear as an ex-student in subsequent examination so asto be eligible for the award of certificate.

4. A candidate who obtains 60 per cent marks in aggregate or more, shall be placed in First Division. Acandidate who obtains less than 60 per cent but not less than 48 percent shall be placed in SecondDivision. A candidate who obtains less than 48 per cent but not less than 36 per cent shall be placedin Third Division.

5. No hostel accommodation shall be provided to the part-time candidates admitted to this course.


346

CHAPTER – LXVIIIDiploma in Qira’at (Quranic Phonetics)

1. The Examination for Diploma in Qira’at (Quranic Phonetics) shall be open to candidates who

(a) have passed at least one year previously the Certificate of Qira’at Examination of thisUniversity or an examination recognized by the University as its equivalent;

(b) have attended one year course provided by the University in the subject;

OR

(c) private teacher candidates and ex-students as defined in Chapter XVII, Clauses 3, 4 and 5.

2. The Examination shall comprise one written papers of 100 marks and viva-voce examinationcarrying 50 marks.

3. To pass the Examination, a candidate must obtain at least 30 per cent of the marks in the writtenpapers and vocal and viva voce examination separately and 36 per cent of the marks in theaggregate.

4. Candidates who obtain 60 per cent of the marks or more in the aggregate shall be placed in the FirstDivision; those who obtain less than 60 per cent but not less than 48 per cent in the Second Division;and those who obtain less than 48 per cent but not less than 36 per cent of the marks in the ThirdDivision.

347

CHAPTER LXVIIIA

Diploma in Shia Theology

1. The examination for part-time course of Diploma in Shia Theology shall be open to full-time bonafide students and employees of this University who either.

(a) have passed the Certificate course in Shia Theology of this University or an Oriental or another examination recognised by the University as its equivalent and have undergone aregular course of study for one academic year in the University.

Or

(b) have been an ex-student as defined in Clause(5) of Chapter XVII of Ordinances (Academic).

2. The examination shall comprise of one written paper (Theory) of 100 marks and a viva-voceexamination of 50 marks.

3. To pass the examination, a candidate must obtain at least 30 per cent marks in written paper(Theory) and viva-voce examination separately and 36 per cent marks in aggregate.A candidate who has passed in written paper and viva-voce examination separately but failed toobtain 36 per cent marks in aggregate may appear as an ex-student in subsequent examination so asto be eligible for the award of Diploma.

4. A candidate who obtains 60 per cent marks in aggregate or more, shall be placed in First Division. Acandidate who obtains less than 60 per cent but not less than 48 per cent shall be placed in SecondDivision. A candidate who obtains less than 48 per cent but not less than 36 per cent shall be placedin Third Division.

5. No hostel accommodation shall be provided to the part-time candidates admitted to this course.


348

CHAPTER – LXIXDiploma in Professional Courses

(deleted)


349

CHAPTER – LXIX (A)

ONE YEAR DIPLOMA IN PROFESSIONAL COURSES

1. No candidate shall be eligible for the award of any of the following Diplomas unless he has passednot less than one year previously the examination as noted against each of this University or anexamination recognized by the University as its equivalent and has undergone a regular course ofstudy in this University for not less than one year:

(i) P.G. Diploma in ElectronicsData Processing and MachineOperation

B.A./B.Sc./B.Com. Examination or anexamination recognized as its equivalent.

(ii) P.G. Diploma in Museology B.Sc. or B.A. Examination having anyone or the following subjects (in order ofpreference) Zoology, Botany, Geology,Chemistry, History, Archaeology,Anthropology or Fine Art.

(iii) P.G. Diploma in CompanyLaw, Banking and Insurance

B.A./B.Sc./B.Com. Examination of thisUniversity or an examination recognizedas its equivalent.

(iv) P.G. Diploma in Labour Law& Labour Relations

-do-

(v) P.G. Diploma in Criminologyand Criminal Administration

-do-

(vi) P.G. Diploma in PestManagement

B.Sc. Examination with Biology orAgriculture of this University or anexamination recognized as its equivalent.

(vii) P.G. Diploma in LaboratoryTechnology (Physical andChemical)

B.Sc. Examination of this University oran examination recognized as itsequivalent. Must have studied Physicsand Chemistry at SSSC (10+2)/Intermediate stage.

(viii) P.G. Diploma in Gem Testingand Jewelry Designing

B.A./B.Sc./B.Com. Examination of thisUniversity or an examination recognizedas its equivalent, or graduation in anydiscipline of this University

(ix) P.G. Diploma in Applied Arts Bachelor’s Degree of this University or anexamination recognized as its equivalent,provided that candidates would be givenadmission in order of preference. Thosewho have passed (I) M.A. Fine Arts,Drawing & Painting and then to thosewho have passed (ii) B.A. (Hons) in FineArts (iii) B.A. (Hons) with Fine Arts asone of the subsidiary subjects (iv)Bachelor’s Degree with special aptitudein Arts.

(x) P.G. Diploma in ElectricalMaintenance

B.Sc. Examination of this University oran examination recognized as itsequivalent with Mathematics or Physicsas one of the subjects.

E.C. dated 30.11.95/16-17.12.95/6.4.96.

E.C. dated 19.9.1997/AC dated 15.9.2005 (change of nomenclature).

350

equivalent with Mathematics or Physicsas one of the subjects.

(xi) P.G. Diploma in Cartography B.A./B.Sc. Examination with Geographyas main or subsidiary subject of thisUniversity or an examination recognizedas its equivalent.

(xii) P.G. Diploma in Orthoptics B.Sc. with: Physics or Zoology as one ofthe subjects or an examination recognizedby this University as its equivalent with50% marks in the aggregate.

(xiii) P.G. Diploma in Psciculture B.Sc. with Zoology or Botany as one ofthe subjects from this University or anexamination recognized by the Universityas its equivalent.

(xiv) P.G. Diploma in Horticulture Bachelor’s Degree with Biology as one ofthe subjects at +2 level or its equivalentexamination.

(xv) P.G. Diploma in Journalism B.A./B.Sc./B.Com. Examination of thisUniversity or an examination recognizedas its equivalent.

(xvi) P.G. Diploma in ComputerProgramming

Bachelor’s Degree of this University or anexamination recognized by this Universityas its equivalent with 50% marks in theaggregate.

(xvii) Diploma in ComputerApplication

High School Examination/Secondary School CertificateExamination.

(xviii) Certificate in Functional Hindi(6 months)

Senior Secondary School CertificateExamination (10+2) of this University oran examination recognized by theUniversity as its equivalent.ORSecondary School Certificate Examinat-ion / High School Examination/ Matricu-late Examination with at least five yearsexperience of working in any Governmentor Semi Government/Autonomous or anyother organization of repute and still inemployment.

(xix) P.G. Diploma in PublicRelation

B.A.B.Sc./B.Com. with not less than 50%of marks in aggregate of this Universityor an examination recognized by thisUniversity as its equivalent.

(xx) *P.G. Diploma in Taxation -do-**(xxi) P.G. Diploma in Biological

Laboratory TechniquesB.Sc. with not less than 45% marks inaggregate and Biology as one of thesubjects at SSSC examination

E.C. dated 9.9.96 & 3.5.97.

**OM No. XM/SPA/II-368 dated 22/24.7.2006.

351

(xxii) P.G. Diploma in FoodAnalysis

B.Sc. (Hons.) with Chemistry as one ofthe subjects with not less than 55% marksin aggregate

**(xxiii) P.G. Diploma inEnvironmental Chemistry

M.Sc. in Chemistry with not less than50% marks in aggregate

2. The Examination for one year Diploma in Professional Courses shall be open to:(a) candidates who have undergone a regular course of study in the University for a period of

one year;(b) ex-students as defined in Clause 5 of Chapter XVII of the Ordinances (Academic).

3. No candidate shall be eligible to appear at one year Diploma Examination without one academicsession having elapsed after his passing the qualifying examination concerned of this University oran examination recognized as its equivalent.

4. The subjects/papers and marks allotted to each subject/paper, inclusive of sessional work and/orpractical examination and/or viva-voce examination and/or project, if any, shall be prescribed by theAcademic Council on the recommendation of the Board of Studies of the Center of ProfessionalCourses.

5. (a) To pass the Diploma Examination, a candidate must obtain at least 40% of the marks inindividual papers, sessionals, practicals and viva-voce and/or project work separately and atleast 40% of the marks in the aggregate.

(b) A candidate who fails to obtain at least 40% of the marks in individual papers, practicaland/or viva-voce and/or project work, separately, shall cease to be a regular student and mayappear subsequently only at the Examination prescribed for the papers and/or viva-voceand/or practical and/or project work concerned as an ex-student.


(c) A candidate who fails to obtain at least 40% of the marks prescribed for sessional work in atheory or practical course(s), shall re-register himself as a regular student during the nextacademic session and appear in the Examination in accordance with theOrdinances/Regulations. Provided that in the case of such candidates, the marks obtained inthe sessionals, practicals, viva-voce and the project work during previous academic year shallstand automatically cancelled.

6. Candidates who obtain at least 60% marks in the aggregate, shall be placed in the First Division,those who obtain less than 60% but not less than 50% in the Second Division, candidates who obtainless than 50% but not less than 40% marks shall be placed in the Third Division.

7. Candidates who obtain 75% or more of the maximum marks prescribed for any subject, shall bedeclared to have passed with distinction in that particular subject.

8. If a candidate fails to pass the Diploma Examination within two years from the date of hisadmission, he shall not be permitted to appear in the examination again except with the permissionof the Vice-Chancellor/Academic Council.


352

CHAPTER – LXIX(B)TWO – YEAR DIPLOMA IN PROFESSIONAL COURSES

1. No candidate shall be eligible for award of any of the following Diplomas and Certificates unless hehas passed not less than two years previously the Senior Secondary School Certificate Examinationof this University or an examination recognized by the University as its equivalent and hasundergone a regular course of study in this University for not less than two years:

(i) Diploma in Pharmacy(ii) Diploma in Medical Lab. Tech. (Pathology, Microbiology, Biochemistry)(iii) Diploma in Dialysis Techniques(iv) Diploma in Operation Theatre Management(v) Diploma in Ophthalmic Assistance(vi) Diploma in Medical Lab. Tech. (Radiology)(vii) Certificate in Dental Hygiene.

2. The examination for the above Professional Courses shall be open to:

(a) candidates who have undergone a regular courses of study in the University for a period oftwo years;

(b) ex-students as defined in Clause 5 of Chapter XVII of the Ordinances (Academic).

3. The Examination shall be held in two parts: Part-I (First Year) and Part-II (Second Year).

No candidate shall be eligible to appear at the First Year Diploma Examination without oneacademic session having elapsed after his passing the Senior Secondary School CertificateExamination of this University or its equivalent, after undergoing regular study for one academicsession; at the Second Year (Final) Diploma Examination without having completed one academicyear after fulfilling the prescribed requirements of the I Year Diploma Examination and undergoingone academic session of regular study.

4. The subjects/papers and marks allotted to each subject/paper, inclusive of sessional work and/orproject work etc. shall be prescribed by the Academic Council on the recommendations of the Boardof Studies of the Center of Professional Courses.

5. (a) To pass the examination for each year, a candidate must obtain at least 40% of the marks inindividual papers, sessionals, practical and/or viva-voce and/or project work, separately, andat least 40% of the marks in the aggregate.

(b) A candidate who fails to obtain at least 40% of the marks in individual papers, practicalsand/or viva-voce and/or project work, separately, may appear subsequently only at theExamination prescribed for the papers and/or practical and/or project work concerned.


(c) A candidate who fails to obtain minimum pass marks prescribed for sessional work in atheory or practical course(s), shall register himself as a regular student during the next

E.C. dated 30.11.95/16-17.12.95/6.4.96.

353

academic session and appear in the Examination in accordance with theOrdinances/Regulations. Provided that in the case of such candidates, the marks obtained inthe sessionals, practical, viva-voce and the project work during the previous academic yearshall stand automatically cancelled.

6. A candidate who obtains at least 40% of the marks in at least three of the five of the total number ofpapers, practical, viva-voce and project work, shall be promoted from I Year to II Year of theCourse. Provided that such promoted candidates shall appear in those papers, practical, viva-voceand project work of the I Year in which they have failed, along with the II Year Examination.

Provided further that if a candidate, who is a regular student, fails to pass in the minimum number ofpapers, practical, viva-voce and project work as provided in the first paragraph of this Clause,though he has fulfilled the necessary attendance requirements, he shall cease to be a regular student.He may appear at the subsequent examination as an ex-student only in the paper, and/or practical,and/or viva-voce, and/or project work in which he has failed.

Provided further that if a candidate fails to pass the Course within three years from the date of hisadmission, he can appear in subsequent examination with the permission of the Vice-Chancellor/Academic Council.

7. A candidate who obtains 75% or more of the maximum marks prescribed for any subject, shall bedeclared to have passed with distinction in that particular subject.

6. There shall be only one Supplementary Examination following the Annual II Year DiplomaExamination, which shall be open to candidates who were eligible to appear, but failed to pass the IIYear Examination. The Supplementary Examination shall consist of the II Yearpapers/practical/viva-voce only and shall ordinarily be held not more than three months followingthe Annual II Year Examination.

7. Notwithstanding anything contained in these Ordinances, the distribution of marks of papers andminimum pass marks etc. for Diploma in Pharmacy Examination shall be governed by theguidelines prescribed by the Pharmacy Council of India.

8. Notwithstanding anything contained in these Ordinances, the distribution of marks and papers, theminimum pass marks etc. for the Certificate in Dental Hygiene shall be governed by the guidelinesprescribed by the Dental Council of India.


(deleted)


354

CHAPTER – LXIX (C)DIPLOMA IN PHYSIOTHERAPY & REHABILITATION

(3-Year Course)

1. No candidate shall be eligible for award of the Diploma in Physiotherapy and Rehabilitation unlesshe has passed not less than three years previously the Senior Secondary School CertificateExamination of this University as its equivalent and has undergone a regular course of study in thisUniversity for not less than three years and has undergone apprenticeship for the required period.

2. The Examination for the Diploma in Physiotherapy & Rehabilitation shall be open to:

(a) candidate who have undergone a regular course of study in the University for a period ofthree years;

(b) ex-students as defined in Clause 5 of Chapter XVII of the Ordinances (Academic).

3 The Examination shall be held in three parts:

Part I (First Year)Part II (Second Year)Part III (Third Year)

No candidate shall be eligible to appear at the First Year Diploma Examination without oneacademic session having elapsed after his passing the Senior Secondary School CertificateExamination of this University or its equivalent, after undergoing regular study for one academicsession; at the Second Year Diploma Examination without having completed one academic yearafter fulfilling the prescribed requirements of the I Year Examination and undergoing one academicsession of regular study, and at the Third (Final) Year Diploma Examination after having completedone academic year after fulfilling the prescribed requirements of the Second Year Examination andundergoing one academic session of regular study.

4. The subjects/papers and marks allotted to each subject/paper inclusive of sessional work and/orpractical examination and/or viva-voce examination and/or project work shall be prescribed by theAcademic Council on the recommendation of the Board of Studies of the Center of ProfessionalCourses.

(a) To pass the Examination for each year, a candidate must obtain at least 40% of the marks inindividual papers, sessionals, practicals and/or viva-voce and/or project work, separately andat least 40% of the marks in the aggregate.

(b) A candidate who fails to obtain at least 40% of the marks in individual papers, practicalsand/or viva-voce and/or project work, separately, may appear subsequently only at theexamination prescribed or the papers and/or viva-voce and/or practical and/or project workconcerned.


E.C. dated 30.11.95/16-17.12.95/6.4.96.

5.

355

(c) A candidate who fails to obtain minimum pass marks prescribed for sessional work in atheory or practical course(s), shall register himself as a regular student during the nextacademic session and appear in the Examination in accordance with theOrdinances/Regulations.

Provided that in case of such candidates, the marks obtained in the sessionals, practicals, viva-voceand the project work during the previous academic year shall stand automatically cancelled.

6. A candidate who obtains at least 40% of the marks in at least three of the five of the total number ofpapers, practicals, viva-voce and project work, shall be promoted from I Year to the II Year of theCourse. The students studing in the II Year Course shall be promoted to III Year provided they haveobtained at least 40% of the marks in at least three of the five of the total number of papers,practicals viva-voce and project work at the II Year Examination and have passed in the papers,practicals, viva-voce, project etc. of the I Year Examination.

Provided that if a candidate who is a regular student, fails to pass in the minimum number of papers,practicals, viva-voce and project work as provided in the first paragraph of this Clause though he hasfulfilled the necessary attendance requirements, he shall cease to be a regular student. He mayappear at the subsequent examination as an ex-student only in the paper, and/or practical, and/orviva-voce, and/or project work in which he has failed.

Provided further that if a candidate fails to pass the course within four years from the date of hisadmission, he can appear in subsequent examination with the permission of the Vice-Chancellor/Academic Council.

7. There shall be only one Supplementary Examination following the III Year Diploma AnnualExamination, which shall be open to candidates who were eligible to appear, but failed to pass theIII Year Examination. The Supplementary Examination shall consist of the III Yearpapers/practicals/viva-voce only and shall ordinarily be held not more than three months followingthe III Year Annual Examination.

TRANSITORY PROVISION(deleted)


356

CHAPTER – LXXPost Graduate Diploma in Computer Science

(deleted)


357

CHAPTER – LXXIDiploma in Teaching (Urdu Medium)

1. The Examination for Diploma in Teaching (Urdu Medium) shall consist of two parts, Part I and PartII, each comprising a regular course of study for one academic session at the Department ofEducation.

2. (a) Part I of the Diploma will be open to the candidates who have passed at least in SecondDivision, the Senior Secondary School Certificate Examination of this University or anexamination recognized by the University as its equivalent with Urdu as one of the subjects;

ORCandidates who have passed at least in Second Division the Adib-i-Mahir Examination of JamiaUrdu, Aligarh or an Oriental Examination recognized by the University as its equivalent and theSenior Secondary School Examination (English only).

(b) Part II of the said Examination will be open to candidates who have passed Part IExamination of Diploma in Teaching (Urdu Medium) at least one year previously.

3. The Examination shall comprise written papers (theory), practical or teaching and sessional work asin the scheme given in Clause 5, below.

4. No candidate shall be allowed to appear in Part I & Part II Examination unless he has delivered 40lessons for each examination in one or more practicing schools of the University.

5. (a) The following shall form the scheme of theory papers, practice of teaching & sessionalwork:-

EDUCATIONAL PEDAGOGY

Part-I Examination: Paper – I : Principles of Education Paper – II : Educational Psychology Paper – III : Methods of Teaching.

Part-II Examination: Paper – IV : Problems & Trends of Primary Education and

Educational Evaluation.Paper – V : School Organization, Community Education

and Health Education.Paper –VI : Methods of teaching

SUBJECT MATTER, METHODOLOGY OF AND TEACHING AND ALLIED PRACTICALWORK

Section “A”:Part-I : 1. Urdu

2. Mathematics3. Social Studies

E.C. Res. No. 25(7) darted 30.8.1986 & 27/28.9.1986.

358

Part-II : 1. Urdu2. Any one from the following subjects:

(a) Science(b) English(c) Hindi

Section “B”:

Part – I : 1. Socially Useful Productive Work (Gardening/Tailoring).

2. Educational Handwork

Part – II : 1. Socially useful Productive Work (Gardening/Tailoring).

2. Physical Education, First Aid and Recreation.

DISTRIBUTION OF MARK

PART-I: Theory Practical Sessional Work Total

1. Principals of Education 75 - 25 1002. Educational Psychology 75 - 25 1003. Methods of Teaching 38 - 12 504. Urdu 75 - 25 1005. Mathematics 75 - 25 1006. Social Studies 75 - 25 1007. Educational Handwork 25 25 - 50

PART-II:

1. Problems and Trends of 75 - 25 100Primary Education &Educational Evaluation

2. School Organization 75 - 25 100Community Education &Health Education

3. Methods of Teaching 38 - 12 504. Urdu 75 - 25 1005. Any other subject 75 - 25 1006. Socially Useful 75 - 25 100

Productive Work 7. Physical Education 25 - 25 50

First Aid & Recreation

(b) The breakup of Practice Teaching for Part I & II combined shall be as under:Urdu - 30 LessonsMathematics - 15 LessonsSocial Studies - 15 LessonsAny other subject - 20 Lessons

359

Practice Marks:

(i) 4 lessons, one each in teaching subject, delivered at the Final Examination – (two in Part Iand two in Part II) (Part I: Maths and Social Studies; (Part II: Urdu and any one Optionalsubject): 160 marks

(ii) Four criticism lessons (two each for Part I and Part II) One in each Teaching subjects:80 marks

(iii) 80 lessons: Class Room Teaching (40 each for Part I and II) 160 marks

Total: 400 marks

6. The medium of instruction and examination in all subjects (other than English & Hindi) shall beUrdu.

7. In order to pass each Part of the Examination (Part I & II) , a candidate will have to obtain, at least40% marks in each Theory Paper, Sessional Work in Theory, Practical, Sessional Work in PracticeTeaching and Examination in Practice Teaching, separately.

Provided that no candidate shall be promoted from Part I to Part II unless he has obtained therequisite pass marks in at least 50% of the Theory Papers and the Practical Examinations.

8. Successful candidates shall be assigned divisions in Theory and Practice separately on the basis ofthe aggregate of marks obtained at Part I and Part II Examinations, as under:-Candidates who obtained 60% marks or more in the aggregate shall be placed in the First Division,those who obtain less than 60% marks but not less than 50% in the Second Division and those whoobtain less than 50% but not less than 40% marks in the Third Division.A candidate who obtains 75% or more marks prescribed for any subject, shall be decleared to havepassed with distinction in that subject.

9. Candidates who fail in the written examination in Part I or Part II may appear at the subsequentexamination as ex-students as defined in Chapter XVII.

10. Candidates who fail in Practice of Teaching may present themselves for re-examination thereinprovided they get themselves registered as ex-students and have taught at least 40 lessons under thesupervision of the Department of Education during the session immediately preceding theExamination.

11. Candidates who fail both in Theory and Practical at either Part I or Part II Examination shall not bepermitted to appear at the Examination without having undergoing a regular course of study at theUniversity for a further period of one year.


360

CHAPTER – LXXIIDIPLOMA IN FORENSIC MEDICINE

(deleted)

CHAPTER LXXIIIDiploma in Tuberculosis and Chest Diseases (D.T. C.D.)

**(deleted)


361

CHAPTER LXXIVM.CH. (PLASTIC SURGERY)

1. (a) The Examination for the Degree of M.Ch. shall consist of two parts:-Part I : of the Examination shall comprise of a thesis/dissertation on a subject approved in themanner specified below.Part II : of the examination shall comprise of written papers, clinical, practical and viva-voceexamination as may be prescribed in the manner specified below.

(b) A candidate shall be eligible to appear at Part II of the Examination only after histhesis/dissertation has been approved.

2. No candidate shall be eligible to appear at the Examination for the Degree of M.Ch. unless:-

He/she has obtained the Degree of M.S. in Surgery, Orthopedics or E.N.T. of this University or froman Institution recognized by the University as its equivalent or has obtained F.R.C.S. or SpecialityBoard or any other qualification recognized as equivalent to these by the M.C.I.

3. The duration of training shall be two years and it shall be imparted by a Plastic Surgery Unit of theDepartment of Surgery of this University.

4. The M.Ch. Degree shall be conferred on a candidate after the acceptance of his thesis/dissertationand after he/she has passed the prescribed examination in the subject on completion his training inthe Department.

5. (a) An application for permission to undertake a course of study and research for the M.Ch.Degree shall be made by the candidate to the Head of the Unit of Plastic Surgery who willforward it to the Dean, Faculty of Medicine through the Chairman of the Department ofSurgery along with his recommendation.

(b) The subject of the thesis/dissertation shall be approved by the Board of Studies of theDepartment of Surgery, if it is satisfied that the proposed subject is suitable for research, thatsuch research can be profitable pursued at Aligarh to conduct research in that subject. TheDepartment shall, subject to confirmation by the Faculty of Medicine then grant theapplication and appoint a member of teaching staff of the Plastic Surgery Unit, Departmentof Surgery to guide and supervise the work of the candidate.

Provided that the Department concerned may in special cases associate another eminent scholar as aJoint Supervisor of the candidate.

6. No candidate shall be permitted to change the subject of his thesis/dissertation without the previousapproval of the Department on the recommendation of the Supervisor. Such change shall be subjectto confirmation by the appropriate University bodies.

7. (a) The thesis/dissertation of each candidate shall contain the result of his/her own research andinvestigation. Reference to the work of others shall be clearly indicated and differentiatedfrom his/her own personal observations.

E.C. Res. No. 74(2)(a) dated 12/13/15 July, 1980.


362

(b) The candidate shall be required to submit along with his thesis a Certificate from theSupervisor to the effect that the work is based on the candidates own investigations andobservations.

8. (a) Every thesis shall be examined by at least three examiners appointed by the Universityaccording to its rules, two of whom shall be persons not engaged in teaching in thisUniversity.

(b) If the examiners unanimously recommend that the thesis be approved on the ground that itconstituted a worthwhile contribution to knowledge of Plastic Surgery, the candidate shall bepermitted to appear at Part II of the Examination.

(c) If any of the examiners is unable to recommend that the thesis be approved, the Committeefor Advanced Studies and Research of the Faculty may decide either to return the thesis tothe candidate for suitable revision before resubmission after six months or to reject itoutright.

9. Part II. of the Examination shall consist of four written papers and a clinical, practical and via-voceexamination.

Paper I : Applied Basic Sciences. Paper II : Principles and Practices of Plastic Surgery. Paper III: Principles & Practices of Plastic Surgery (Aesthetic Surgery) Paper IV: Recent Advances in the Plastic Surgery.

*10. (a) Part II – of the Examination shall be conducted by a board of four* examiners appointed inthe manner prescribed in Clause 1 of Chapter XV of the Ordinances, two of whom shall bepersons not engaged in teaching in the University.

(b) The Board of Examiners shall assess the performance of the candidate and shall decidewhether the candidate deserves to pass the examination or not.

11. Candidate who fails at the examination may be permitted to appear at a subsequent examination asan ex-student as defined in Clause 5 of the Chapter XVII of Academic Ordinances.

12. The Examination for the Degree shall be held twice a year as fixed by the University from time totime.

E.C. dated 28.8.94/24.9.94.

363

CHAPTER – LXXVDIPLOMA IN DRAFTING AND DESIGNING (CIVIL/MECH.)

(deleted)

CHAPTER LXXVIPostgraduate Diploma in Petroleum Processing

(Deleted by E.C. dated 28.8.94 & 24.9.94)


364

CHAPTER LXXVIIPost B.Sc. Diploma in Computer Science

and Applications (P.D.C.A.)

1. No candidate shall be eligible for the Degree of Post B.Sc. Diploma in Computer Science andApplications (PDCA) unless he/she has :-

(a) passed not less than one year previously the B.Sc. (Hons) Examination of this Universitywith at least 60% marks in the aggregate with Physics and Mathematics/Statistics as main orsubsidiary subjects or an examination recognized by the University as its equivalent;

(b) undergone a regular course of study in the University for a period of not less than one yearand has passed the prescribed examination of Post-B.Sc. Diploma in Computer Science andApplications (PDCA).

2. The Examination for the Post-B.Sc. Diploma in Computer Science and Applications (PDCA) shallbe open to candidates who have undergone a regular course of study for one year as per Clause 2 (a),Chapter XVII of these Ordinances.

3. The Examination shall comprise written papers, practical and/or project, sessional work and/or viva-voce. The number of papers, practicals, project, sessional work and viva-voce, and marks allotted tothem shall be prescribed by the Academic Council on the recommendation of the Board of Studiesof the Department and the Faculty concerned.

4. To pass the examination, a candidate must obtain at least:(a) 40% of marks in each written paper;

(b) 50% of marks in each sessional work, practical/project and/or viva-voce examination;

(c) 45% of marks in aggregate.

5. (a) A candidate who has passed in sessional work, but has failed to secure the minimum passmarks in written paper/practical and/or viva-voce examination and/or the aggregate or isunable to take Examination, may be allowed by the Dean of the Faculty concerned, on therecommendation of the Department to appear at a subsequent written/practical/viva-voceexaminations of such course as an ex-student.

Provided that the marks obtained by such a candidate for sessional work during his/her regularcourse of study shall be taken into account at the subsequent examination.

(b) A candidate who fails to secure the minimum pass marks in the sessional work of anypaper(s)/practical(s), shall not be permitted to appear at the examination of thatpaper/practical. He/she shall be required to register himself/herself in the academic sessionfollowing, to complete the sessional work prescribed for the paper(s)/practical(s) concernedto become eligible to appear at the course examination.

6. The division in which successful candidates are to be placed shall be determined on the basis of theaggregate of marks obtained by them in the written papers, practical/project, viva-voce and sessionalwork.

E.C. Res. No. 22(12) dated 19.4.1986.

365

Candidate who obtain 60% of marks in aggregate or more shall be placed in the First Division andthose who obtain less than 60% but not less than 45% of marks shall be placed in the SecondDivision.

7. A candidate who fails to complete the requirement of the Degree within two years after his/heradmission, shall not be allowed to take further courses for the Degree without the permission of theAcademic Council on the recommendation of the Dean of the Faculty concerned

8. Notwithstanding anything contained in these Ordinances, a candidate of the I Year of Master inComputer Science and Applications (MCA) course of this University may, if he/she so desires, beawarded the Post B.Sc. Diploma in Computer Science and Application provider he/she hascompleted the Course and project requirements of PDCA course. Such candidates shall not beallowed to continue in MCA Course.

9. There shall be a Supplementary Examination after the Final Examination.

366

CHAPTER LXXVII(A)FOR

Post B.Sc. Diploma in Computer Science and Applications (PDCA)(Under Semester System-Effective from the session 2003 – 2004)

1. No candidate shall be eligible for the award of Post B.Sc. Diploma in Computer Science andApplications (PDCA) unless he/she has :-

(a) passed not less than ONE year previously the B.Sc. (Hons) examination of this University(10+2+3 pattern) with Physics and Mathematics/Statistics as main or subsidiary subjects orB.Sc. (Computer Applications/Science/Information Technology/Computer Maintenance)examination of this University with at least 55% marks in aggregate or an examinationrecognized by the University as its equivalent, having secured at least 55% marks inaggregate at graduation level or at least two First classes out of three Public Examinationpassed.

ORpassed B. Tech. examination of this University with at least 55% marks in aggregate or itsequivalent CPI or an examination recognized by the University as its equivalent with atleast 55%marks in aggregate.

(b) undergone a regular course of study in the University for a period of not less than twoSemesters and has passed the prescribed examination of Post-B.Sc. Diploma in ComputerScience and Applications (PDCA).

2. The examination for the Post-B.Sc. Diploma in Computer Science and Applications (PDCA) shallbe held in two parts namely, Semester-I and Semester-II. Each examination shall be open tocandidates who have undergone a regular course of study as per Clause2, Chapter XVII (A) of theordinances. No candidate shall be eligible to appear:(i) at Semester-I examination without one semester having elapsed after having passed the B.Sc.

(Hons)/B. Tech. examination of this University or its equivalent.

(ii) at Semester-II examination without having completed two semesters after having passed theB.Sc. (Hons)/B.Tech. examination of this University or this equivalent.

3. The examination shall comprise written papers, practical and/or project, sessional work and/orviva-voce. The number of papers, practicals, project/dissertation, sessional work and viva-voce andmarks/credits allotted to them shall be prescribed by the Academic Council on the recommendationsof the Board of Studies of the Department and Faculty of Science.

4. (i) To pass each of the semester examination, a candidate must obtain at least:(a) 40% of marks in each written paper;(b) 50% of marks in each sessional work, practical/project/dissertation and/or viva-voce

examination.(c) 45% of marks in aggregate.

(ii) The project/dissertation shall be submitted within six months after the practical examinationfor the course concerned and he/shall be awarded the Diploma of the session in which he/shehas taken the regular theory and practical examinations.


367

5. (a) A candidate, who has fulfilled the attendance and other requirements and has passed insessional work, but has failed to secure the minimum pass marks in written paper/practicaland/or viva-voce examination and/or aggregate or is unable to take examination, may appearat a subsequent written/practical/viva-voce examination of such courses as an ex-students;


(b) A candidate, who fails to secure the minimum pass marks in the sessional work in anycourse, shall not be permitted to appear at the end semester examination of that course.He/she shall be required to register himself/herself in the following corresponding semesterto complete the sessional work prescribed for the course concerned to become eligible toappear at the course examination.

6. The division in which successful candidates are to be placed shall be determined on the basis of theaggregate of marks obtained by them in all the written papers, practical/project/dissertation, viva-voce and sessional work.

Candidate who obtain 60% marks in aggregate or more shall be placed in the First Division andthose who obtain less than 60% but not less than 50% marks shall be placed in the Second Divisionand those who obtain less than 50% but not less than 45% marks shall be declared PASS only.

7. A candidate, who fails to complete the requirements of the Post B.Sc. Diploma within two years(four semesters) after his/her admission, shall not be allowed to take further courses for the diplomawithout the permission of the Academic Council on the recommendation of the Chairman and theDean of the Faculty concerned.

Provided further that in no case, a candidate shall be allowed to appear in the examination beyondsix semesters after his/her first admission.

8. Notwithstanding anything contained in these Ordinances, a candidate who has been admitted to IYear of Master in Computer Science and Applications (MCA) course of this University, may, ifhe/she so desires, be transferred to PDCA course and be awarded the Post B.Sc. Diploma inComputer Science and Applications (PDCA) provided he/she has completed the course andproject/dissertation requirements of PDCA course. Such candidates shall not be allowed to continuein MCA course.

9. A PDCA student, if he/she so wishes, may offer two additional courses of MCA-I Year course and ifhe/she clears the same, it may be mentioned in the mark sheet. Further, if such a student is promotedto MCA-II Year and if these additional courses happen to be a requirement of MCA I Year, thecredit of these courses shall be transferred towards his/her MCA degree.

10. There shall be supplementary examination after the II semester examination.

11. No candidate, who has been sponsored to Post B.Sc. Diploma in Computer Science andApplications (PDCA) course, shall be permitted to join the Second Year of Master in ComputerScience and Applications (MCA) course during the next year on the basis of course work of PDCA.

368

PDCA

FIRST SEMESTER Total Credits : 24

Marks AllottedS.No. Course Title Credit ContactHours

perweek

Sessionals EndSem.Exam

Total

01 Fundamentals of InformationTechnology

4 4 30 70 100

02 Algorithms and Data Structure 4 4 30 70 100

03 Digital Computer Organisation – I 4 4 30 70 100

04 Numerical and Statistical Methods 4 4 30 70 100

05 Design and Analysis of InformationSystem – I

4 4 30 70 100

06 Lab. I 4 6 30 70 100

SECOND SEMESTER Total Credits : 24


perweek


Total

01 Design and Analysis of InformationSystem – II (OOAD)

4 4 30 70 100

02 Object Oriented Programming UsingC++

4 4 30 70 100

03 Database Management System 4 4 30 70 100

04 Lab. II 4 6 30 70 100

05 Project/Dissertation 8 -- -- 200 200

The following are additional optional course offered to PDCA students to be carried over to MCA


Marks AllottedS.No. Course Title Credit Contacthoursper

week


Total

01 Discrete Mathematics 4 4 30 70 100

02 Digital Computer Organisation –II 4 4 30 70 100

369

CHAPTER LXXVIIIMASTER IN COMPUTER SCIENCE AND APPLICATIONS

(M.C.A.)

1. No candidate shall be eligible for the Degree of Master in Computer Science and Applications(MCA) unless he/she had

(a) passed not less than three years previously the B.Sc. (Hons) Examination of this Universitywith at least 60% marks in aggregate with Physics and Mathematics/Statistics as main orsubsidiary subjects or an examination recognized by the University as its equivalent.

ORPassed B.Tech. Examination of this University with at least 60% marks in aggregate or itsequivalent 60% marks in aggregate or its equivalent CPI or an examination recognised by theUniversity as its equivalent.

(b) undergone a regular course of study in the University for a period of not less than three yearsand has passed the prescribed Examinations of Master in Computer Science and Applications(MCA).

**2. The Examination for the Master in Computer Science and Application (MCA) shall be held in threeparts, namely, Part I, Part II and Part III. Each Examination shall be open to candidates who haveundergone a regular course of study as per Clause 2(a) Chapter XVII of these Ordinances. Nocandidate shall be eligible to appear:-(i) at Part-I Examination without one academic year having elapsed after his passing the

B.Sc. (Hons) /B.Tech. Examination of this University or its equivalent;

(ii) at Part II Examination without having completed one academic year after fulfilling theprescribed requirements for promotion at the Part I Examination; and

(iii) at Part III Examination without having completed one academic year after fulfilling theprescribed requirements for promotion at Part II Examination.

3. The Examination shall comprise written papers, practical and/or project, sessional work andviva-voce. The number of practical, project, sessional work and viva-voce and the marks allotted tothem shall be prescribed by the Academic Council on the recommendation of the Board of Studiesof the Department and the Faculty concerned.

4. To pass each of the Examinations of Part I, Part II and Part III, a candidate must obtain at least:-(a) 40% of the marks in each written paper;

(b) 50% of the marks in each sessional works, practical/project and/or viva-voce examination;

(c) 50% of the marks in the aggregate.

A candidate who has passed in individual papers but failed to obtain 50% of marks in aggregate forpassing the Examination may appear as an ex-student in subsequent examination in one or morepapers so as to be eligible for the award of Degree.

E.C. Res. No. 22(12) dated 19.4.1986.


370

5. (a) A candidate who has passed in the sessional work but has failed to secure the minimum passmarks in written paper/practical and viva-voce examination and/or aggregate or is unable totake the Examination, may be allowed by the Dean of the Faculty concerned on therecommendation of the Chairman of the Department to appear in paper/practical/viva-voceconcerned at a subsequent written/practical/viva-voce examination of such a course as an ex-student.


(b) A candidate who fails to secure the minimum pass marks in the sessional work in anypaper(s)/practical(s) shall not be permitted to appear at the examination of thatpaper/practical. He shall be required to re-register himself/herself in the academic sessionfollowing, to complete the sessional work prescribed for the paper (s)/practical(s) concernedto become eligible to appear at the course examination.

6. The division in which the successful candidates are to be placed shall be determined on the basis ofthe aggregate of marks obtained by them in the Part I, Part II and Part III Examinations.

Candidates who obtain 60% of marks in aggregate or more shall be placed in the First Division andthose who obtain less than 60% but not less than 50% of marks shall be placed in the SecondDivision.

7. (a) No candidate shall be promoted to Second Year of M.C.A. if:-

(i) he/she has failed in sessional work of any paper/practical.

(ii) He/she has failed in more than one paper/practical prescribed for First Year.

(b) No candidate shall be promoted to Third Year unless he/she passed in all papers/practicalsprescribed for First Year and not failed in more than one course prescribed for Second Year.

8. A candidate, who fails to accumulate the requisite marks within five years after his/her admission,shall not be allowed to further pursue the Course for Degree without the permission of the AcademicCouncil on the recommendation of the Chairman and the Dean concerned

9. Notwithstanding anything contained in these Ordinances, a student of PDCA, who has completedthe requirements of the Post B.Sc. Diploma in Computer Science and Applications Course(excluding project work) of the University and has obtained at least 50% in the aggregate and hasbeen permitted to join Part II of the MCA Course during the next year on the basis of course work ofPCDCA, shall have all the credits acquired by his/her in PDCA transferred towards the MCADegree and shall be required to complete all the requirements of I Year MCA. Such a candidatewill not be awarded Post B.Sc. Diploma in Computer Science and Applications if he continue inMCA.

10. There shall be a Supplementary Examination after the Part III Examination.

371

CHAPTER LXXVIII(A)FOR

MASTER IN COMPUTER SCIENCE AND APPLICATIONS (MCA)(Under Semester System-Effective from the session 2003 – 2004)

1. No candidate shall be eligible for the award of degree of Master in Computer Science andApplications (MCA) unless he/she has :-

(a) passed not less than THREE year previously the B.Sc. (Hons) examination of this University(10+2+3 pattern) with Physics and Mathematics/Statistics as main or subsidiary subjects orB.Sc. (Hons.) (Computer Applications/Science/Information Technology/ComputerMaintenance) examination of this University with at least 55% marks in aggregate or anexamination recognized by the University as its equivalent, having secured at least 55%marks in aggregate at graduation level or at least two First classes out of three PublicExaminations passed.

ORPassed B. Tech. examination of this University with at least 55% marks in aggregate or itsequivalent CPI or an examination recognized by the University as its equivalent with atleast 55%marks in aggregate.

(b) undergone a regular course of study in the University for a period of not less than sixSemester and has passed the prescribed examination of Master in Computer Science andApplications (MCA).

2. The Examination for the Master in Computer Science and Applications (MCA) shall be held in sixparts namely, Semester-I and Semester-II, Semester-III, Semester-IV, Semester-V and Semester-VI.Each examination shall be open to candidates who have undergone a regular course of study as perClause2, Chapter XVII (A) of the ordinances. No candidate shall be eligible to appear:

(i) at Semester-I examination without one academic semester having elapsed after having passedthe B.Sc. (Hons)/B. Tech. examination of this University or its equivalent.

(ii) at Semester-II examination without having completed two semesters after having passed theB.Sc. (Hons)/B.Tech. examination of this University or this equivalent.

(iii) at Semester-III examination without having completed one semester after fulfilling theprescribed requirements for promotion to MCA-II Year.

(iv) at Semester-IV examination without having completed two semesters after fulfilling theprescribed requirements for promotion to MCA-II Year.

(v) at Semester-V examination without having completed one semester after fulfilling theprescribed requirements for promotion to MCA-III Year.

(vi) at Semesters-VI examination without having completed two semesters after fulfilling theprescribed requirements for promotion to MCA-III Year.


372

3. The examination shall comprise written papers, practical and/or project/dissertation, sessional workand viva-voce. The number of practicals, project/dissertation, sessional work and viva-voce, and themarks/credits allotted to them shall be prescribed by the Academic Council on the recommendationsof the Board of Studies of the Department and Faculty of Science.

4. To pass each of the examination of Semester-I, Semester-II, Semester-III, Semester-IV, Semester-Vand Semesters-VI, a candidate must obtain at least:(a) 40% of marks in each written paper;(b) 50% of marks in each sessional work, practical/project/dissertation and/or viva-voce

examination, separately.(c) 45% of marks in aggregate.

5. (a) A candidate who has fulfilled the attendance and other requirements and has passed insessional work, but has failed to secure the minimum pass marks in written paper/practicaland/or viva-voce examination and/or aggregate or is unable to take examination, may appearin paper, practical/viva-voce concerned at a sequent written/practical/viva-voce examinationof such courses as an ex-students;


(b) A candidate who fails to secure the minimum pass marks in the sessional work in any course,shall not be permitted to appear at the end semester examination of that course. He/she shallbe required to register himself/herself in the following corresponding semester to completethe sessional work prescribed for the course concerned to become eligible to appear at thecourse examination.

6. The division in which successful candidates are to be placed shall be determined on the basis of theaggregate of marks obtained by them in all the six semesters taken together.

Candidate who obtain 60% marks in aggregate or more shall be placed in the First Division andthose who obtain less than 60% but not less than 50% marks shall be placed in the Second Divisionand those who obtain less than 50% but not less than 45% marks shall be declared PASS only.

7. (a) No candidate shall be promoted to Second Year of MCA if:(i) he/she failed in sessional work of more than two courses prescribed for I and/or II

Semester.(ii) he/she has failed end semester examination in more than two courses prescribed for I

Year and (I and II Semesters).

(b) No candidate shall be promoted to Third Year of MCA unless:(i) he/she has passed in sessional works of all courses prescribed for I Year & II Year.(ii) he/she passed in all courses prescribed for I Year and not failed in more than two

courses prescribed for II Year (III and IV Semesters.)

8. There shall be supplementary after VI semesters for candidates, who have failed in not more thantwo courses of V & VI semesters.

9. A candidate, who fails to accumulate the requisite credits within Ten Semesters after his/heradmission, shall not be allowed to further pursue courses for the degree without the permission ofthe Academic Council on the recommendations of the Chairman and the Dean concerned.

373

Provided that he/she has been a regular candidate for V and VI semester and has fulfilled attendancerequirements;

Provided further that in no case a candidate shall be allowed to appear in the examination beyond12 semesters from the date of his/her first admission;

10. Notwithstanding anything contained in these Ordinances, a student of PDCA, who has completedthe requirements of the Post B.Sc. Diploma in Computer Science and Applications (PDCA) course(excluding project/dissertation work) of this University and has obtained at least 60% marks inaggregate and has been permitted to join the Second Year of MCA course during the next year onthe basis of course work of PDCA, shall have all the credits, acquired by him/her in PDCA,transferred to the MCA degree and shall be required to complete all the requirements of MCA FirstYear. Such a candidate will not be awarded the Post B.Sc. Diploma in Computer Science andApplications (PDCA) if he continues in MCA.

11. No candidate, who has been sponsored to Post B.Sc. Diploma in Computer Science andApplications (PDCA) course, shall be permitted to join Second Year of Master in Computer Scienceand Applications (MCA) course during the next year on the basis of course work of PDCA.

MCAFIRST SEMESTER Total Credits : 24


perweek


Total

01 Fundamentals of InformationTechnology

4 4 30 70 100

02 Algorithms and Data Structure 4 4 30 70 100

03 Digital Computer Organisation – I 4 4 30 70 100

04 Numerical and Statistical Methods 4 4 30 70 100

05 Design and Analysis of InformationSystem – I (SSAD)

4 4 30 70 100

06 Lab. I 4 6 30 70 100

374



perweek


Total

01 Design and Analysis of InformationSystem – II (OOAD)

4 4 30 70 100

02 Object Oriented Programming UsingC++

4 4 30 70 100

03 Discrete Mathematics 4 4 30 70 100

04 Database Management System 4 6 30 70 100

05 Digital Computer Organisation – II 4 6 30 70 100

06 Lab. II 4 6 30 70 100

THIRD SEMESTER Total Credits : 24

Marks AllottedS.No. Course Title Credit Contacthours

perweek


Total

01 Artificial Intelligence – I 4 4 30 70 100

02 Operating System 4 4 30 70 100

03 Microprocessor Architecture &Applications

4 4 30 70 100

04 Advanced Database ManagementSystem

4 4 30 70 100

05 Accounting & Financial Management 4 4 30 70 100

06 Lab. III 4 6 30 70 100

FOURTH SEMESTER Total Credits : 24


perweek


Total

01 Artificial Intelligence –II 4 4 30 70 100

02 Compiler Design 4 4 30 70 100

03 Computer Graphics 4 4 30 70 100

04 Computer Network –I 4 4 30 70 100

05 Optimization Techniques – I 4 4 30 70 100

06 Lab. IV 4 6 30 70 100

375

FIFTH SEMESTER Total Credits : 24


perweek


Total

01 Optimization Techniques –II 4 4 30 70 100

02 E-Commerce 4 4 30 70 100

03 Software Engineering 4 4 30 70 100

04 Web Engineering Tools &Technologies

4 4 30 70 100

05 Computer Networks – II 4 4 30 70 100

06 Lab. V 4 6 30 70 100

SIXTH SEMESTER Total Credits : 24


perweek


Total

01 Dissertation (4 to 6 Months) 24 -- -- 600 600

376

CHAPTER LXXIXCertificate In Urdu Calligraphy

**(deleted)

CHAPTER LXXXDiploma In Urdu Calligraphy

**(deleted)

CHAPTER LXXXIM.Tech. (Applied Geophysics)

**(deleted)

CHAPTER LXXXIIM.Tech. (Remote Sensing Applications)

(deleted)


377

CHAPTER – LXXXII (A)POST M.Sc. DIPLOMA IN MUSEOLOGY

1. No candidate shall be eligible for the award of Post M.Sc. Diploma in Museology unless he haspassed at least one year previously the M.Sc. or M.A. Examination in Zoology, Wildlife &Ornithology, Botany, Geology, Chemistry, Anthropology, Archaeology, History, Fine Arts orEducation from this University or an examination recognized by this University as its equivalent.

2. The Examination for Post M.Sc. Diploma in Museology shall be open to:

(a) candidates who have undergone a regular course of study in this University for one academicyear.

OR

(b) ex-students as defined in Clause 5 of Chapter XVII of these Ordinances.

3. The Examination shall comprise such written papers, practical, sessional, viva-voce examinationand/or project work as may be prescribed by the Academic Council.

4. To pass the Examination, a candidate must obtain at least 33% marks in (i) written papers,(ii) laboratory course, (iii) sessional work, (iv) project work, and (v) viva-voce examination,separately and 40% of the marks in aggregate.

A candidate who has passed in individual papers/laboratory course/project work/viva-voceexamination but failed to obtain 40% of aggregate marks for passing the examination may appear asan ex-student in subsequent examination in one or more papers/practicals/project/viva-voceexamination so as to be eligible for the award of Degree.

Provided that the marks awarded to such candidate for sessional work during his/her regular courseof study shall be taken into account at the subsequent examination.

5. Candidates, who obtain 60% of the marks or more in the aggregate will be placed in the FirstDivision, those who obtain less than 60% but not less than 50% marks shall be placed in the SecondDivision and those who obtain less than 50% marks but not less than 40% shall be placed in theThird Division.

Executive Council 3.8.91/14-15.9. 91.


378

CHAPTER LXXXIIIPost-Graduate Diploma in the Teaching of

English Language and Literature(deleted)


379

CHAPTER LXXXIVCertificate in Professional Skills (For Women Only)

(Effective from academic Session 1986-87)

1. No candidate shall be eligible for award of a Certificate in Proficiency in a Skill unless she has:

(i) passed at least six months previously the Secondary School Certificate Examination or anexamination recognized by the University as its equivalent;

(ii) been a regular student of the University at the same time she is registered for the award of theCertificate in Professional Skills; and

(iii) undergone a part-time course of study comprising theory and skill development componentsfor a period of six months at the Career Planning Center of the University.

‡(b) (i) passed at least six months, previously the Secondary School Certificate Examination or anexamination recognised by the University as its equivalent.

(ii) been a housewife, student of other institutions or ex-student of AMU

(iii) undergrone a part-time course of study comprising theory & skill development componentfor a period of atleast three months at the Career Planning Centre of the University.

2. The Examination for the Certificate in Professional Skills shall be open to the:

(i) candidates who have undergone a part-time course of study in the manner prescribed inClause (iii) aforesaid;

OR

(ii) ex-students as defined in Chapter XVII of these Ordinances.

3. The Examination shall comprise such theory paper(s)/sessionals and practical/viva-voceexaminations as may be prescribed by the Academic Council on the recommendation of the Boardof Studies of the Career Planning Centre.

4. To pass the Examination, a candidate must secure at least 50% of the marks prescribed for (a) theorypaper(s) and sessionals (b) practical and viva-voce examinations, separately.

5. Candidates who obtain at least 75% marks or above shall be awarded ‘A’ Grade; those obtainingless than 75% but no less than 65%, ‘B’ Grade; less than 65% but not less than 60%, ‘C’ Grade;less than 60% but not less than 55%, ‘D’ Grade, and those obtaining less than 55% but not less than50%, ‘E’ Grade and those obtaining less than 50% shall be awarded fail grade ‘F’.

6. Candidates who fail to pass an Examination may be permitted to appear at the subsequentexamination only as ex-students in the paper(s) or practical/viva-voce in which they have securedless than 50% marks.

E.C. Res. No. 63 (Appendix Z 18) dated 21/22.2.1987 and 27.3.1987.

‡OM: C – 1, AC/713 – 5/905 dated 5.3.1991.


(a)

380

CHAPTER - LXXXVPost Graduate Diploma in Marketing Management

1. No candidate shall be eligible for the award of the Post-Graduate Diploma in MarketingManagement unless he has passed at least one year previously, a Bachelor’s Degree Examinationfrom this University or any other University recognized by this University as equivalent thereto.

2. The Examination for the Post-Graduate Diploma in Marketing Management shall be open to thecandidates:(a) who have undergone a part-time course of study prescribed for this purpose in the University

for one academic session;OR

(b) ex-students as defined in Clause 5, Chapter XVII of the Ordinances (Academic).

3. The Examination shall comprise five theory papers, a project/dissertation, a viva-voce examinationand sessional work in each paper.

4. In order to become eligible for appearing in the Examination, a candidate shall have to fulfill theattendance requirements as prescribed by the University from time to time and secure a minimumpercentage of sessional marks as may be prescribed by the Academic Council.

5. To pass the Examination, a candidate must obtain not less than 40% marks in the writtenexamination of each paper separately and not less than 40% marks in the aggregate.A candidate who has passed in individual papers but failed to obtain 40% of marks in aggregate forpassing the Examination, may appear as an ex-student in subsequent Examination in one or morewritten examination of the papers so as to be eligible for the award of Degree.Provided that the marks awarded to such candidate for sessional work during his regular course ofstudy shall be taken into account at the subsequent examination.

6. The candidates who secure 60% of the marks or more in the aggregate shall be placed in the FirstDivision; those who obtain less than 60% but not less than 50% of the marks shall be placed in theSecond Division. Those who obtain less than 50% but not less than 40% of the marks shall beplaced in the Third Division.

7. Notwithstanding anything contrary to these Ordinances, a candidate who fails in not more than twopapers, has to appear in those papers only as an ex-student at the immediately followingexamination.Provided that the marks awarded to such a candidate for sessional work during his regular course ofstudy shall be taken into account at the subsequent examination.

8. A candidate, who fails to qualify for the Post-Graduate Diploma in Marketing Management within aperiod of two academic sessions after the admission to the course, shall not ordinarily be allowed topursue the course further;Provided that a candidate may be allowed to appear at a subsequent examination with the priorpermission of the Academic Council on the recommendation of the Chairman of the Department andthe Dean of the Faculty concerned;

Provided further that in no case shall a candidate be allowed to pursue the course beyond a totalperiod of three academic sessions after his admission to the course.

E.C. Res. No. 26(4) dated 10/11.12.1988.


381

CHAPTER LXXXVIPostgraduate Diploma in Personnel Management

1. No candidate shall be eligible for the award of the Post-Graduate Diploma in PersonnelManagement unless he has passed at least one year previously a Bachelor’s Degree Examinationfrom this University or any other examination recognized by this University as equivalent thereto.

2. The Examination for the Post-Graduate Diploma in Personnel Management shall be open to thecandidates:

(a) who have undergone a part-time course of study prescribed for this purpose in the Universityfor one academic session;

OR

(b) ex-students as defined in Clause 5, Chapter XVII of the Ordinances (Academic).

3. The Examination shall comprise five theory papers, project/dissertation, a viva-voce examinationand sessional work in each paper.

4. In order to become eligible for appearing in the examination, a candidate shall have to fulfill theattendance requirements as prescribed by the University from time to time and secure a minimumpercentage of sessional marks as may be prescribed by the Academic Council.

5. To pass the Examination, a candidate must obtain not less than 40% marks in the writtenexamination of each paper separately and not less than 40% marks in the aggregate.

A candidate who has passed in written examination of individual papers but failed to obtain 40% ofmarks in aggregate for passing the Examination, may appear as an ex-student in subsequentExamination in one or more written examination of the papers so as to be eligible for the award ofDegree.

Provided that the marks awarded to such candidate for sessional work during his regular course ofstudy shall be taken into account at the subsequent examination.

6. The candidates who secure 60% of the marks or more in the aggregate shall be placed in the FirstDivision; those who obtain less than 60% but not less than 50% of the marks shall be placed in theSecond Division. Those who obtain less than 50% but not less than 40% of the marks shall beplaced in the Third Division.

7. Notwithstanding anything contrary to these Ordinances, a candidate who fails in not more than twopapers, has to appear in those papers only as an ex-student at the immediately followingexamination.


E.C. Res. No. 26(5) dated 10/11.12,1988.


382

8. A candidate who fails to qualify for the Post-Graduate Diploma in Personnel Management within aperiod of two academic sessions after the admission to the course, shall not ordinarily be allowed topursue the course further.

Provided that a candidate may be allowed to appear at a subsequent examination with the priorpermission of the Academic Council on the recommendation of the Chairman of the Departmentand the Dean of the Faculty concerned.

Provided further that in no case shall a candidate be allowed to pursue the course beyond a totalperiod of three academic sessions after his admission to the course.

383

Chapter LXXXVI – APost Graduate Diploma in Business Finance

(Part Time –Evening Course)(w.e.f. 1997 – 98)

1. COURSE OF STUDY:One Year Post Graduate Diploma Course in Business Finance

2. DURATION:One Year

3. INTAKE30 Students

4. MEDIUM OF INSTRUCTIONS AND EXAMINATIONS:English only

5. Deleted

6. ELIGIBILITY CONDITIONS OR MINIMUM QUALIFICATIONS:The eligibility requirements for admission to the P.G. Diploma in Business Finance (DBF) shall beas follows:Candidates should have passed the Bachelor’s degree examinations in Arts, Science, Social Sciencesand Commerce with atleast 50% marks in aggregate from this University or any other Universityrecognized as equivalent thereto.

NOTE: Candidates who have appeared in the Final Year of the Bachelor’s degree examination, but theresult is awaited, will also be eligible to apply. In such cases selection will be provisional subject tothe fulfillment of the above mentioned requirements by the date of interview.

7. Deleted

8. COURSE STRUCUTREThe schedule of papers/courses prescribed for this Diploma course shall be as follows: COURSE TITLE OF PAPER/COURSE EXAM. SESSIONALNO. MARKS MARKS

DBF – 01 Business Economics and Statistics 75 25DBF – 02 Financial Accounting and Reporting 75 25DBF – 03 Cost and Management Accounting 75 25DBF – 04 Indian Financial System 75 25DBF – 05 Business Policy and Environment 75 25DBF – 06 Computer Application to Business Finance 75 25DBF – 07 Training Report 50 -DBF – 08 Comprehensive Viva-Voce 50 -

9. EVALUATION:(i) Each paper/course shall carry 100 marks of which 25 marks shall be reserved for internal

assessment through written tests. The remaining 75 marks in each paper/course shall beawarded on the basis of a written examination at the end of the academic session. Theduration of written examination of each paper shall be three hours.

384

Each candidate shall have to submit dissertation on the topic assigned to him/her by thedepartment under the supervision of a teacher which shall be evaluated out of 75 marks. Therequirement of dissertation shall not be deemed to have fulfilled unless he appears for a viva-voce examinations of 25 marks which shall be conducted by the supervisor concerned.

(ii) The minimum marks for passing the examination shall be 40% in each paper/courseincluding dissertation.

(iii) Successful candidates will be classified on the basis of combined marks for all papers/coursesincluding dissertation as follows:(a) Candidates securing 60% and above I Division(b) Candidates securing 50% and above but below 60% marks. – II Division(c) Candidates securing 40% and above but below 50% marks – Pass

If a candidate fails to clear one paper/course, he/she will be allowed to appear in that paper innext examination. However, candidates failing in more than one paper/course will have to re-appear in all the papers in the next following examination.

10. ATTENDANCE REQUIREMENTS:Only those candidates who have been certified by the department to have attended 75% of the totalnumber of lectures conducted during the course of academic session, shall be eligible to appear inthe sessional test and examinations.

11. Deleted

12. Deleted

385

CHAPTER – LXXXVIIDIPLOMA IN DRAFTING & DESIGNING

(CIVIL AND MECHANICAL)(Effective from Academic Session 1988-89)

**(deleted)

TRANSITORY ORDINANCES( deleted)


386

CHAPTER LXXXVIIIPost-M.A. Diploma in Urdu Translation

(Effective from Academic Session 1985-86)(Deleted)


387

CHAPTER LXXXIXPost-Graduate Diploma in Applicable Mathematics

(Industrial Mathematics)(Effective from Academic Session 1988-89)

1. No candidate shall be eligible for the award of the Post-Graduate Diploma in ApplicableMathematics (Industrial Mathematics) unless he has passed at least one year previously the M.Sc.Examination in Mathematics or an examination recognized by the University as its equivalent.

2. The Examination for the Post-Graduate Diploma in Applicable Mathematics (IndustrialMathematics) shall be open to the candidates who have:-

(a) undergone a regular course of study in the University for one academic year.

(b) been ex-student as defined in Chapter XVII of the Ordinances (Academic).

3. The Examination shall comprise such written papers, practical, sessional work, project work and/orviva-voce examination as may be prescribed by the Academic Council.

4. To pass the Examination, a candidate must have obtained at least 36% marks in the written papers,sessional work/project, viva-voce examination and at least 50% marks in the aggregate.

A candidate who has passed in individual written papes/project/viva-vico examination but failed toobtain 50% of aggregate marks for passing the Examination, may appear as an ex-student insubsequent Examination in one or more written papers/viva-voce examination so as to be eligible forthe award of Degree.


5. A Candidate who obtains at least 60% marks in the aggregate shall be placed in the First Divisionand the one who obtains less than 60% but to less than 50% of the marks, shall be placed in theSecond Division.

Ref. O.M. No. XM/AC-IV/187 dated 5.7.1988.


388

CHAPTER – LXXXXPost-Graduate Diploma in Portfolio Management

(Effective from academic Session 1987-88)(deleted)

CHAPTER LXXXXIPOST-GRADUATE DIPLOMA IN COOPERATION AND RURAL DEVELOPMENT

(Effective from academic session 1987-88)**(deleted)


389

CHAPTER LXXXXIIBACHELOR OF ARCHITECTURE

(5-Year Degree Course)(Effective from the session 1993-94)

1. The Degree of Bachelor of Architecture shall be awarded to candidates who have undergone at thisUniversity, a regular course of study for five Academic Years after having passed the SeniorSecondary School Certificate (10+2) Examination of the University with English, Physics,Chemistry and Mathematics or an Examination recognized by the University as its equivalent orFinal Diploma in Engineering Examination of this University, and have passed First, Second, Third,Fourth and Final Year Examinations of the courses prescribed for the said Degree.

2. The First Year Examination for the Degree of Bachelor of Architecture shall be open to candidateswho have undergone a regular course of study for one Academic Year at the University and alsosatisfy the requirements as per Chapter XVII of Academic Ordinances.

3. The Second Year Examination for the Degree of Bachelor of Architecture shall be open tocandidates who have undergone a regular course of study for one Academic Year at the Universityand also satisfy the requirements as per Chapter XVII of Academic Ordinances, after having passedthe First Year Bachelor of Architecture Examination.

4. The Third Year Examination for the Degree of Bachelor of Architecture shall be open to candidateswho have undergone a regular course of study for one Academic Year at the University and alsosatisfy the requirements as per chapter XVII of Academic Ordinances, after having passed theSecond Year Bachelor of Architecture Examination.

5. The Fourth Year Examination for the Degree of Bachelor of Architecture shall be open to thecandidates who have undergone a regular course of study for one Academic Year at the Universityand also satisfy the requirements as per chapter XVII of Academic Ordinances, after having passedthe Third Year Bachelor of Architecture Examination.

6. The Final Year Examination for the Degree of Bachelor of Architecture shall be open to candidateswho have undergone a regular course of Study for one Academic Year at the University and alsosatisfy the requirements as per chapter XVII of Academic Ordinances, after having passed theFourth Year Bachelor of Architecture Examination. The candidates must have successfullycompleted six months Professional Training. (VC’s approval on behalf of AC/EC vide Registrar’sLetter No. (C)/511 dated 25.5.1998).

7. Each Examination shall comprise Sessional Work (class work during the session) and UniversityExamination for various categories of courses as mentioned below (EE-; JE-IE-Courses) prescribedby the Faculty on the recommendations of the Board of Studies concerned: - (i) EE- Courses mean those courses in which sessional marks are awarded through Internal

Assessment and University Examination marks in theory papers are awarded by theExaminer(s) to be appointed by the Board of Studies concerned.

(ii) IE- Courses mean those courses in which sessional marks are awarded through InternalAssessment and University Examination marks are awarded by Internal & ExternalExaminers to be appointed by the Board of Studies concerned.

OM NO XM/AC-IV/2759 dated 7.2.1995.

390

(iii) JE-Courses mean those Major Courses in which sessional marks are awarded throughInternal Assessment and University Examination marks are awarded by a Jury of Externaland Internal Experts to be appointed by the Board of Studies concerned.

8. (i) The absolute marks obtained by a candidate shall be converted into five-letter grades on 10-point scale as given below:-

Grade Letter Grade Points Significance

A 10 Outstanding

B 8 Very Good

C 6 Good

D 4 Satisfactory

E 2 Unsatisfactory

I 0 Incomplete (Absent in

University Examination component.)

(ii) The grade in each course shall be awarded on the basis of the total marks obtained by acandidate in the sessional work and the University Examination components.

(iii) To pass each of the Examination mentioned in clauses 2 to 6 above, a candidate shallobtained grade ‘C’ in each JE-or IE-course and atleast grade ‘D’ in each EE-course asmentioned in Teaching & Examination Schedule.

(iv) The grading system as specified in Regulations may be adopted for awarding grades to thecandidates in a course.

9. (i) The Session Performance Index (SPI) is the weighted average of the grade points anddescribes the performance of the candidate in the courses of a particular Academic Year. Ifthe grade points of the letter grades awarded to a candidate in various courses are denoted byG1, G2, G3 etc. and the credits of the courses by C1, C2, C3 etc. respectively, the SPI iscomputed as follows: -

SPI=(C1G1+C2G2+C3G3+…)/ (C1+C2+C3…)The Cumulative Performance Index (CPI) describes the overall performance of the candidateupto and including the latest session. It shall be computed in a manner similar to SPI.

(ii) The division in which successful candidates are to be placed at the end of the FinalExamination shall be based on the final CPI as indicated below:

I Division with Honours : CPI>= 8.5I Division : 8.5>CPI>=6.5II Division : CPI< 6.5

10. (i) A Supplementary Examination shall be held after the Annual Examination. A regularcandidate who fails in not more than six EE-&/or IE-courses at the Annual Examination maybe permitted to appear at the immediately following Supplementary Examination. There shallbe no Supplementary Examination in JE-courses.

Such condition shall not apply to regular candidates failing at the Final Year Annual Examination.

391

However, a candidate of I/II/III/IV Year Bachelor of Architecture who could not appear at hisAnnual Examination as a regular candidate due to illness or severe accident, may apply to the Deanfor permission to appear at the subsequent Supplementary Examination provided that he has securedat least 50% of the total marks in sessional component of the courses (EE-& IE-courses.)

The application alongwith the Medical Certificate of the Medical Officer of the University Hospital/Superintendent of J.N.M.College Hospital/ Chief Medical officer of the District must be submittedby the candidate to the Dean Office within two weeks from the date of commencement of AnnualExamination.

Further, If a regular candidate who has fallen ill or met with severe accident during his AnnualExamination, may be permitted to appear at his subsequent Supplementary Examination of EE-&/orIE-courses provided that he has cleared atleast 50% of the EE-&/or IE-courses in which he hasalready appeared at the Annual Examination (EC dated 21-2-1998).

(ii) A candidate who is awarded grade (E/I) in JE course(s) at the Annual Examination may bepermitted by the Dean of the Faculty to repeat the course(s) (i.e. sessional work as well asUniversity Examination components.) during the following Academic Year, if otherwiseeligible.

(iii) A candidate who is awarded grade (E/I) in IE-course(s) may be permitted to repeat the course(i.e. sessional work as well as University Examination components) as per Regulations in thisbehalf.

(iv) A regular candidate may be permitted to improve his grades of EE-course(s) only once at theimmediately following Supplementary Examination.

(v) Such candidates mentioned above in (i). (ii), (iii)&(iv) shall not be awarded beyond grade ‘B’at any subsequent Examination after their Annual Examination as regular candidates.

11. (i) A candidate may be promoted from First Year Bachelor of Architecture to Second YearBachelor of Architecture, if he fails in not more than three EE-and /or IE course(s) and hascleared all JE-courses.

(ii) A candidate may be promoted from Second Year Bachelor of Architecture to Third YearBachelor of Architecture or from Third Year Bachelor of Architecture to Fourth YearBachelor of Architecture or from Fourth Year Bachelor of Architecture to Final YearBachelor of Architecture if he fails in not more than three EE-and /or IE-courses and hascleared all JE courses and all the courses of preceding classes.

12 (i) A candidate not promoted to next higher class after having undergone a regular course ofstudy, may be permitted to appear at the subsequent University Examination as an Ex-Student (Chapter XVII of the Academic Ordinances), if otherwise eligible.However in such cases, his previous sessional marks of uncleared courses shall be taken into

account at the time of preparing his result as an Ex-student.


392

13. A candidate detained due to shortage of attendance or long illness or who had failed in more than50% of his courses may be permitted to repeat the class as a regular candidate. In such cases, hissessional marks, University Examination marks and grades during the Academic Year shall betreated as cancelled. However, such candidates may be permitted to appear in UniversityExamination of backlog courses of lower class as an Ex-Student during the Academic Year ofdetention or illness, if otherwise eligible.

14. A candidate shall complete all the prescribed requirements for the award of Degree of Bachelor ofArchitecture within Five Academic Years after his admission. However, he may be permitted by theDean to complete the requirements within next three additional Academic Years.

Provided that such candidates who are not promoted from First Year Bachelor of Architecturewithin two Academic Year after their admission shall not be allowed to repeat the class and theiradmission shall be cancelled.

Provided further that such candidates who are not promoted from II Year Bachelor of Architectureto III Year Bachelor of Architecture within two Academic Years after promotion from the I YearBachelor of Architecture shall not be allowed to repeat the class and their admission shall becancelled.

Provided further that such candidates who are not promoted from III Year Bachelor of Architectureto IV Year Bachelor of Architecture within two Academic Years after their promotion from II YearBachelor of Architecture shall not be allowed to repeat the class and their admission shall becancelled.

However, if a candidate of Final Year Bachelor of Architecture fails to complete the requirements ofDegree within Eight Academic Years after his admission, thus permitted, the Academic Council onthe recommendation of the Faculty may further permit him to complete the requirements of theDegree within one more additional Academic Year. If the candidate fails to complete therequirements of the Degree after completion of nine Years duration from the date of admission, hisadmission shall be cancelled.

15. Attendance in all classes (lectures, tutorials, laboratories, practicals, workshop etc.) is compulsory. Ifthe attendance of any candidate at any stage is found unsatisfactory his name will be removed fromthe rolls of the class. In special cases, the attendance may be condoned in accordance with the rulesand regulations of the University prescribed in this behalf from time to time.

16. A candidate who fails at the Annual Examination of First, Second, Third or Fourth Year Bachelor ofArchitecture and is not eligible to appear at the subsequent Supplementary Examinations, his nameshall automatically be removed from the rolls of the class.

Provided that the candidate who fails at the Annual Examination of First, Second, Third or FourthYear Bachelor of Architecture and is eligible to appear at the subsequent SupplementaryExamination shall attend higher class provisionally. In case, the candidates is not eligible forpromotion to next higher class after the declaration of results of Supplementary Examination, hisname shall automatically be removed from the rolls of the class with retrospective effect from thedate, he failed at the Annual Examination.

Provided further that the attendance of such candidates, who become eligible for promotion to nexthigher class after the Supplementary Examination results, shall be counted from the date of thecommencement of the classes.

393

REGULATIONS TO ACADEMIC ORDINANCESCHAPTER LXXXXII

BACHELOR OF ARCHITECTURE(Effective from the session 1993-94)

1. The credits and relative weightages of Sessional Work and University Examination Components ofvarious categories of courses shall be prescribed by the Faculty as mentioned in Teaching andExamination Schedule.

2. The following grade ranges may ordinarily be used for the award of grades to the candidates in acourse: -(a) For EE-courses (Theory courses)

Grade Ranges (percentage of total marks obtained) Grade

75% and above A

60% and above but less than 75% B

45% and above but less than 60% C

35% and above but less than 45% D

less than 35% E

(b) For IE- and JE- courses (Practical & Major Specialized Courses)

75% and above A

60% and above but less than 75% B

45% and above but less than 60% C

less than 45% E

Note: - Fraction in marks obtained by a candidate in a course may be rounded off to the next wholenumber.

(c) Normally, the distribution of various grades in a group of candidates shall be as follows,which can be used as a check: -

GRADE APPROXIMATE % AGE OF STUDENTS OBTAINING THE GRADES(for EE-courses) (for IE & JE-courses)

A 10 to 25% 20 to 40%B 25 to 40% 30 to 50%

C 25 to 40% 20 to 40%

D 10 to 25% ……….

E 0 to 10% 0 to 5%

394

In case of abnormal distribution of student’s population, the award of grades to the candidates maybe modified by the Result Moderation Committees as per the regulations to Moderation Committees(Clause (9), Chapter XV of Academic Ordinances).

(d) The Examiner (s)/ Teacher Incharge of non-departmental courses may adopt the procedurefor the award of grade prescribed for B.Sc. Engg. /B.Tech. Courses.

(e) The grades to the candidates appearing at the Supplementary Examination may be awardedon the basis of grade ranges used at the corresponding Annual Examination subject to theconditions specified Clause (10) of Academic Ordinance in this behalf. The better of the twogrades (at regular Annual/Supplementary Examination) obtained by the candidate, shall bethe final grade.

(f) In case of any error in the submission of sessional marks by the TeacherIncharge/Examiner(s) of the course, a committee consisting of the following members shalltake suitable remedial measures depending upon the merit of the case: -

1. Dean, Faculty of Engineering & Technology. Chairman

2. Principal, Z.H.College of Engineering & Technology.

3. Chairman of the Department concerned

4. One Senior Member of the Faculty, not belonging to the concerned Department to thenominated by the Dean.

5. Chief Tabulator, Z.H.College of Engineering. & Technology. Convener

3. (i) There shall be continuous assessment of the performance of the candidate throughout theAcademic Year based on sessional or class work and a final University Examination invarious courses as prescribed in the Teaching and Examination Schedule.

(ii) The final University Examination of EE-courses shall be through written papers and that ofIE-courses through practicals, drawing and design work and/ or viva-voce Examination.

(iii) The final University Examination in JE-courses shall be through written papers, viva-voceExamination etc. to be conducted by a Jury consisting of Internal & External Experts(Examiners) of which atleast one shall be External Member. The final UniversityExamination of Project/Dissertation Work (Architecture) shall be through seminar and viva-voce Examination to be conducted by a Jury of Internal & External Experts (Examiners) ofwhich, one shall be an External Member.

4. The Teacher Incharge of the course may adopt any of the methods viz written tests/quiz tests, class,or home assignments, practicals, field work, seminar, viva-voce tests etc. for assessing theperformance of the candidates in sessional or class work.

5. For sessional of each EE-course, atleast two tests shall be conducted, an additional test may also beconducted but the candidates, higher marks in the best two shall be counted for the award ofsessional marks and grades.

395

6. The Teacher Incharge of each course shall be appointed by the Department concerned. He shallprepare the period-wise lecture schedule of the course for distribution to the candidates at thebeginning of the session and the same shall be submitted to the Chairman of the Departmentconcerned for the purpose of moderation of the question papers. He shall standardize norms of theassessment / evaluation for the course and ensure its implementation. He shall coordinate theteaching work and assessment / evaluation work in the course.

7. The Examiner(s) / Teacher Incharge of the course shall prepare the detailed Award Lists in duplicate(Sessional & University Examination Marks with Grades) and submit it alongwith evaluated AnswerScripts and Remuneration Bills to the Chief Scrutinizer of the Department concerned forcompulsory totaling and scrutiny of evaluated Answer Scripts and Grade Award Lists who in turnshall submit the Grade Award Lists, Scrutinized Answer Scripts verified Remuneration Bills to theChairman of the Department concerned. The Chairman of the Department will forward themoderated Grade Award Lists to the Chief Tabulator (Engg. College) for result processing andAnswer Scripts & Remuneration Bills to the Controller of Examination after re-evaluation work iscompleted.

8. There shall be no improvement of sessional work of EE-Courses. However, a candidate who hasbeen awarded grade (E/I) and has secured less than 60% of the sessional marks in IE-courses, maybe allowed by the Dean of the Faculty to repeat the course (i.e. to improve Sessional Work as wellas University Examination components).

9. For the purpose of conversion of CPI (X) at Final Year Bachelor of Architecture Examination intoEquivalent Percentage of Aggregate Marks (Y%), the following formula may be used: -

Y% = (20X3 – 380X2 + 2725X-1690) /84

396

CHAPTER - LXXXXII (A)/XCII(A)(Under Semester System based on Earned Credits & Grading Scheme of Evaluation )

forBachelor of Architecture (5-Years Degree Course)

(Effective for the students admitted from the Session 2001 – 2002)

1. Introduction :

(1.1) Faculty of Engineering & Technology has adopted Semester System in place of conventionalAnnual System for the students admitted to B.Arch.. Programmes from the academic session 2001-2002. Continuous internal assessment, grading system, credit based core and elective courses areessential links for the success of Semester System. It allows a student to qualify for his/her Degreeby accumulating a minimum number of specified credits depending upon the ability andconvenience of individual student within a specified frame work.

(1.2) These Ordinances (Academic) and related Regulations will be applicable to the students admitted toB.Arch. Programme during the session 2001-2002 and onwards (under Semester System based onEarned Credits and Grading Scheme of Evaluation) offered by the Faculty of Engineering &Technology, Aligarh Muslim University, Aligarh. All existing rules, Regulations and Ordinances(Academic) related to B.Arch. Programme under Annual System and Grading Scheme ofEvaluation are in fructuous in the light of these Ordinances (Academic).

(1.3) On the recommendations of the Faculty of Engineering & Technology and approved by variousauthorities of the University, any or all these Ordinances (Academic) and related Regulations maybe deleted or replaced by new ones at any time.

(1.4) The medium of instruction in B.Arch.. Programme is English.

2. Admissions :

(2.1) The Degree of Bachelor of Architecture (B.Arch.) shall be awarded to the candidates who haveundergone at this University a regular course of study for four and half Academic Years consistingof Nine Semesters and four months Professional Training in 10th Semester after having passed theSenior Secondary School Certificate (10+2) Examination of this University with English, Physics,Chemistry & Mathematics or an Examination recognized by this University as its equivalent orhave passed the Diploma in Engineering Examination of this University provided that thecandidate has been selected for admission to B.Arch. Programme through Entrance Test (includingAptitude Test) for Admission.

(2.2) Admissions to B.Arch. Programme shall be made at First Semester level through an Entrance Testfor Admission conducted by this University. Detailed procedure and rules for admission to B.Arch.Programme shall be made available in the Guide to Admissions published by the University everyyear.

(2.3) Any candidate, not appearing at the Entrance Test for Admission shall not be considered foradmission to B.Arch. Programme.However, two seats are reserved for admission to B.Arch. Programme for eligible rank/positionholders of Final Year Diploma in Engineering (Architectural Assistantship) Examination of thisUniversity in the year immediately preceding without appearing in the Entrance Test for Admission.

EC dated 98.8.2001 & 29.12.2001.

397

Detailed rules for admission to rank/position holders at Diploma in Engineering (ArchitecturalAssistantship) of this University are given in the Regulations to the Ordinances ( Academic)prescribed in this behalf by the University from time to time.

Few seats are also reserved for admission to B.Arch. Programme for Self Financing ForeignNationals/NRIs under IEF- Scheme/Cultural Exchange Programme without appearing in theEntrance Test for Admission in accordance with the rules and procedures specified in SpecialInformation Bulletin for Admissions to Foreign Nationals/NRIs published by this University everyyear.

(2.4) There shall be no direct admission at any level of B.Arch. Programme above First Semester leveleither on transfer basis from other Engineering Institution in India or abroad or on any other ground.

(2.5) The University/Dean, Faculty of Engineering & Technology or any other competent authorityreserves the right to cancel the admission of any student at any stage during his/her DegreeProgramme on grounds of unsatisfactory performance in studies or shortage of attendance inclasses or indisciplined behaviour.(as per Ordinances of the University)

(2.6) Every student admitted to B.Arch. Programme should get himself/herself registered in all regularsemesters until the completion of the requirements of his/her Degree within permissible time limit.If for any valid reasons, he/she is unable to register in a Semester, he/she must seek permission ofthe Dean, Faculty of Engineering & Technology. In the absence of such permission, he/she would bedeemed to have left the Degree Programme and his/her name shall be struck off from the roll of theFaculty/University. However, when a student has been permitted to withdraw from all coursesduring a semester, he/she continues to be on rolls of the Faculty/University.

3. Academic Calender :

(3.1) Each Academic Year ( 52 weeks ) is divided into two Semesters viz. First ( Autumn ) Semester andSecond ( Spring ) Semester, each of which shall be of 20 weeks duration followed by 2 weeks ofWinter Break and 10 weeks of Summer Vacations (which may be utilized for Professional TrainingPeriod). The tentative break up of each Semester shall be as follows :(i) First (Autumn) Semester :

Teaching (Phase I) 8 WeeksMid-Semester Examination 1 WeekTeaching (Phase II) 7 WeeksPreparation Leave 1 WeekEnd Semester Univ. Exam. 2 WeeksEvaluation & Result Processing Period 1 Week

(ii) Winter Break (to be utilized for College Week/Educational Tour) 2 Weeks

(iii) Second (Spring) Semester:Teaching (Phase I) 8 WeeksMid-Semester Examination 1 WeekTeaching (Phase II) 7 WeeksPreparation Leave 1 WeekEnd-Semester Univ. Exam. 2 WeeksEvaluation & Result Processing Period 1 Week

(iv) Summer Vacations ( to be utilized for ProfessionalTraining of 1 ½ months after VI Semester) 10 weeks

(v) Professional Training during 10th Semester 04 months

398

4. Teaching Schedule: (Refer to Regulations)

5. Types of Courses

(5.1) EE-Courses (Theory): mean those courses in which course work (HA,Quiz, Test etc) includingMid Semester Examination are evaluated through internal assessment and End-Semester UniversityExamination in theory or EE-papers are evaluated by the Examiner(s) to be appointed by the Boardof Studies of the Department.

(5.2) IE-Courses (Practical/Practice): mean those courses in which course work related toLaboratory/Field Work/Workshop Practice/Drawing & Design Practice/Report Writing/Oral Testsetc. including Mid-Semester Examination are evaluated through internal assessment and End-Semester University Examination is to be evaluated by Internal & External Examiners to beappointed by the Board of Studies of the Department.

(5.3) JE-Courses (Drawing & Design Practice): mean those major courses in which course work(Drawing/Design Practice etc) including Mid-Semester Examination are to be evaluated throughinternal assessment and End-Semester University Examination are evaluated by a Jury of Externaland Internal Experts (Examiners) to be appointed by the Board of Studies of the Department ofArchitecture. The Design thesis at IX – Semester level shall be evaluated by a Jury of External &Internal Experts at all stages.

6. Semester-Wise Course Structure/Teaching & Examination Schedule:

(6.1) Each Course ( EE-,IE-or JE-) has certain number of credits (Cr.) assigned to it depending upon itscontact hours per week and their nature as specified below :1 Lecture hour (L) in a week = 1 Credit1 Tutorial hour (T) in a week = 1 Credit1 Practical/Practice hour (P) in a week = 0.5 Credit (excluding Professional Training)1 Design & Drawing (Studio) hour (D) in a week = 1 Credit

(6.2) Course Listing/Teaching & Examination Schedule (Semester-wise Course Structure) indicatingnature of the Course (EE-, IE-, JE-), Course Category, Course Number & their Titles, ContactHours of Lectures/Tutorials/Practicals or Practice/Design (Studio) per week & assigned Credits shallbe prescribed by the Faculty on the recommendations of the respective Board of Studies of theArchitecture Department (refer to Course Listing/Teaching & Examination Schedule / Semester-wise Course Structure) in the light of clause 5 and 6.1.

(6.3) A letter grade is awarded in each course for which a student is registered during a Semester. Onobtaining a pass grade as per Clause 16.4 of Ordinances, the student is supposed to accumulate thecredits assigned to the course which will be termed as Earned Credits (EC).

(6.4) The minimum number of earned credits required for the award of B.Arch. Degree is 300. Thisrequirement may be changed by the University at any time considered necessary by it.

(6.5) The break up of students class contact hours for various categories of courses of B.Arch. DegreeProgramme shall be as follows:

399

Stage I –Basic Courses

S. No. Various Categories of Courses Minimum No. of Teaching Hours Required

1. Architecture Design 6002. Building Construction 3603. Building Materials and Sciences 604. Architectural Drawings & Graphics 3605. History of Architecture 1206. Workshop Practice 1207. Landscape Design 608. Structural Mechanics & Theory of Structures 3009. Surveying & Leveling 6010. Building Services & Equipments 9011. Humanities 6012. Estimating & Costing 6013. Principles of Human Settlements 60

2310

Stage-II

S. No. Various Categories of Courses Minimum No. of Teaching Hours Required

1. Architectural Design, Planning & Thesis 5702. Building Constructions & Materials

and Specifications 2103. Building Sciences & Services 604. Town Planning Theory 605. Professional Practice 906. Building Bye-laws 157. Structural System 458. Electives such as 60

(i) Housing(ii) Urban Design(iii) Interior Design(iv) Building Management(v) Landscape Design(vi) Urban Planning

1110

Note:(i) The list of various categories of courses at two stages are suggestive only. These courses pertaining

to the Architecture may be taught under different names. New Courses may be introduced andcertain courses may be given less or more emphasis depending upon the requirement of the DegreeProgramme.

400

(ii) For the purpose of calculating the contact hours of class room study, approximately 32 hours(Lectures, Tutorials, Practicals and/or (Studio Design Practice) per week per semester may beconsidered. For nine semester (4 1/2 years) of study at the rate of 15 teaching weeks per semester,the total number of hours available for first & second stages works out to be 4320 hours.

(iii) Approximately 75% of the total hours of study have been taken into account for calculating theminimum hours of study during the first two stages of nine semester teaching while the Departmentof Architecture will allocate the balance of about 25% of study hours (approximately 900) to theB.Arch. courses of special nature pertaining to the need of B.Arch. Degree Programme.

(6.6) The Departmental Course Advisory Committee (DCAC):

It shall advise the students to register themselves for the above categories of courses keeping theirinterest and to progress at their own pace, subject to certain constraints of Earned Credits and SlotSystem specified in these Ordinances (Academic). This Advisory Committee will help the studentindividually in finalizing his/her study schedule during the semester.

(6.7) Of the total course work requirements, several courses are compulsory known as Core Coursesand the rest are Elective Courses. Students may choose elective courses from the list of ElectiveCourses specified by the Architecture Department in accordance with their individual needs forhis/her future career, every semester.

(6.8) In all, 67 credits of Course Work is required to be registered in the first two Semesters of B.Arch.Programme as specified in Course Listing/Teaching & Examination Schedule (Semester wiseCourse Structure). (To be decided by the Faculty of Engineering & Technology)

(6.9) The remaining Course Work requirements at III or higher semester level is to be decided by theBoard of Studies of the Department of Architecture.

7. Pre-Registration:

Pre-registration for the courses to be taken up by the students during third and subsequent semesterswill be done before the end of the previous semester for which the date will be announced by theFaculty/Department. All students are required to complete pre-registration formalities inconsultation with their Departmental Course Advisory Committee and to submit the necessaryinformation about the courses to be taken up by them during the following semester. In case, astudent does not complete his/her pre-registration formalities, he/she may not get the courses ofhis/her choice subsequently. Pre-registration helps the Department in finalising the courses to beoffered during the following semester, teaching load allocation and preparing the time-table etc.

8. Registration:

(8.1) Every student admitted to B.Arch. Degree Programme should register himself/herself in all regularsemesters till he/she completes all the requirements of his/her Degree . The registration in a coursemeans that the student’s name is on the roll list in a course for which he/she wants to study and earncredits. If for any valid reasons, he/she is unable to register in a semester, he/she must seek priorpermission of the Dean Faculty of Engineering & Technology, without which, he/she would bedeemed to have left the B Arch Degree Programme and his/her name may be struck off the rolls ofthe Faculty/University.

(8.2) Every student is expected to register for the normal credit loading as per Teaching & ExaminationSchedule in each regular semester. However, a student at his/her own option may depart from the

401

prescribed credit loading, when feasible. Every student is required to get his/her registrationproperly completed at his/her own responsibility, failing which he/she shall not be allowed to attendany classes.

(8.3) A student who joins first semester of B.Arch. programme will automatically deemed to have beenregistered for all the courses of I & II Semesters of I Year B.Arch. Programme specified in theTeaching & Examination Schedule (Semester-wise Course Structure). Registration cards for firsttwo semesters will be issued by the Office of the Dean, Faculty of Engineering & Technology at thetime of admission to B.Arch. Degree Programme. Registration of student for third semester andonwards will be taken up by the Architecture Department on the dates announced by theFaculty/Department.

(8.4) The academic record of the student shall be maintained by recording the courses by the Office of theDean, Faculty of Engg. & Tech. for which he/she registers in a semester and the grades obtained inthese courses, along-with the eligibility requirements of minimum earned credits for continuation ofhis/her Degree Programme.

(8.5) It is mandatory for all students to present themselves on the scheduled day for registration. Beforethe commencement of classes, each student will be given a Course Registration Card which will bethe official record of courses registered by the student. Addition, deletion and withdrawal coursesshall also be marked on this card by the Office of the Dean, Faculty of Engineering & Technology.Ordinarily, no late registration is permissible. However, in extra ordinary genuine situations due toillness or emergent circumstances, if a student is unable to reach the Office of the Dean, Faculty ofEngineering & Technology on the scheduled date of registration, an authorized representative mayapproach the Dean Faculty of Engineering & Technology with necessary documents/proof forpermission of late registration.

(8.6) Each student is supposed to get himself/herself registered for the courses of his/her choice andprepares his/her own study Schedule for the semester on the advisement by the Departmental CourseAdvisory Committee (DCAC) subject to certain constraints of Earned Credit System, his/her pastperformance, work load, and available slots in the Time-Table.

(8.7) Those students who do not fulfil all the requirements of first two semesters of the Programme buthave fulfilled the minimum Earned Credit requirements for continuation of registration, willnormally be required to first register for the uncleared courses as far as possible. They may inaddition, register for other courses in accordance with the conditions specified below and inconsultation with Departmental Course Advisory Committee (DCDA).(i) Only those students who have cleared all University and Hall dues of the previous semesters

and have paid required advance payments of University and Hall charges for the currentsemester will be permitted for registration in the courses during current semester. (order to beissued by the University)

(ii) The courses for which registration is sought are being offered during the semester by theteaching department concerned.

(iii) The total number of credits registered during a semester at third or higher semester levels,should not be more than 45 which should include fresh courses, backlog courses and coursesfor improvement of grades, whether through attending classes afresh or through End-Semester Examination alone.


402(iv) Registration for Design thesis/Project may be done only after promotion IX semester with the

concurrence of the Departmental Course Advisory Committee (DADC).

(8.8) A student has the option to add/delete/alter the courses from his/her course registration list within aweek of Registration.

(8.9) A student who is awarded grade E,F,I or W in any Elective Course may register for the same courseor any other Elective Course from the same group of Electives according to his liking in consultationwith the Departmental Course Advisory Committee (DADC).

(8.10) A student may repeat the course only once in which he has been awarded a pass grade duringprevious semesters.

(8.11) When the student re-registers for a course as stated above ( 8.9 & 8.10) and is awarded a regulargrade ( A,B,C,D or E ), the better of the two grades will be counted for computing SPI (SemesterPerformance Index)/CPI (Cumulative Performance Index ) and / or Division.

(8.12) Any student failing in more than one JE-Course in each autumn and spring semesters separatelyshall not be allowed for registration for the next semester courses.

9. Withdrawal from Course(s)/Semester(s)A student who has been admitted to B.Arch. Degree Programme of this University may be permittedto temporarily withdraw for a maximum period of two semesters during his/her entire permissibletenure of sixteen consecutive semesters from the date of his/her admission. Such withdrawal may bedone either for one semester at a time or both semesters at one time. The request for withdrawal canbe made in two ways. (i) A student may apply to the Dean, Faculty of Engineering & Technologyfor the withdrawal from a semester(s) on the prescribed form before the commencement of the EndSemester Examination of that semester specifying fully the reasons for withdrawal or (ii) When astudent fails to earn the requisite Earned Credits for continuation of admission and his/her name isremoved. In such cases, the student can apply on the prescribed form for withdrawal from one ortwo semesters, as the case may be, before the commencement of next semester after name removalor within one week of the declaration of results, as the case may be.The Dean may approve the request for withdrawal if he is satisfied with the reasons specified by thestudent. Any marks/credits earned and attendance during the withdrawal semester shall be cancelledand all courses registered in that semester shall be awarded grade W, and the student will have to re-register for the courses of the withdrawal semester at the first available opportunity. Further, nostudent will be allowed to withdraw from more than two semesters in any way during his/her entireduration of degree programme, and there shall be no relaxation in the maximum duration of sixteenconsecutive semesters from the date of his/her admission for completing the Degree Programme dueto semester withdrawal.

10. Registration of Courses in End Semester Examination mode:(10.1)Students are allowed to register courses in End-Semester Examination mode also, the explanation of

which is given in (10.5) below

(10.2)A student may be allowed to register for one theory course (EE course) of not more than 5 credits inEnd-Semester Examination mode if he/she is able to graduate by passing such a course, irrespective

O.M. No XM/AC/Reg/2042 dated 19.8.2004.



403

of whether the course is being offered in the current semester to regular students or not, providedthat the student has fulfilled the attendance requirement earlier and has been awarded E or I grade inthat course. Such a course shall be known as a graduating course. The conditions given in (10.5) forEnd-Semester Examination mode shall apply.

(10.3)Since the need for a graduating course mentioned in (10.2) above can be known only after thedeclaration of result of the previous semester, the registration for a graduating course may be doneafter the declaration of result of the previous semester up to a date notified by the Dean, Faculty ofEngineering & Technology.

(10.4) The End-Semester Examination of all graduating courses shall be conducted simultaneously alongwith the End-Semester Examination of regular courses of the current semester examination.

(10.5)If a student is eligible to appear in the End Semester University Examination after fulfilling theattendance requirement but could not appear due to illness or otherwise or who has failed in EE-/IE-course may appear in the End Semester University Examination of that course in the subsequentsemester alongwith the regular students provided that he/she has been awarded incomplete or failedgrade (I/E) earlier. In such cases, the student shall be awarded a regular grade up to a maximum ofB-grade (i.e. E,D, C or B) on the basis of sessional marks obtained earlier as a regular student andmarks obtained in the subsequent End Semester Examination taken together in the course concerned.The grade ranges for awarding grades shall be same as specified in the Ordinances (Academic). Nofurther improvement of grade will be allowed after accumulating earned credits. However, if thestudent aspires higher grades in EE-/IE-/JE- course after he/she has been awarded incomplete or failgrade (I/E) in the concerned course, he/she must get himself/herself registered for the course andfulfil all the requirements of the attendance and Course Work including Mid Semester Examinationand End Semester University Examination afresh in the subsequent semesters.

Further, a student may improve the grade in EE-/IE- course only once, at the immediatelysubsequent End Semester Examination. In such cases also, he/she may be awarded a regular gradeupto a maximum of ‘B’ grade on the basis of Sessional Marks (i.e. Course Work & Mid SemesterExamination/Test) obtained earlier in the course concerned as a regular student and the marksobtained at the immediately subsequent End Semester Examination taken together in the courseconcerned.

11. Attendance: ( In lieu of Clause (2) of Chapter XVII of the existing Ordinances ):

Attendance in all classes ( Lectures, Tutorials, Practicals, Drawing and /or Design Practice) of eachcourse separately is compulsory. If the attendance of any student at any stage is foundunsatisfactory, he/she may not be permitted to appear in the End-Semester University Examinationby the Teacher concerned and his/her registration in the course(s) will be cancelled. Such studentswill be awarded grade ‘F’ in these course(s) irrespective of their academic performance in Mid-Semester Examination and/or end-semester University Examination of the course(s). Detailed rulesregarding attendance are given in the Regulations to the Ordinances ( Academic) in this behalf.

12. Degree Requirements:

(12.1) B.Arch. Degree shall be awarded to a student if he/she has accumulated a minimum of 300 EarnedCredits within minimum 10 semesters as specified in the B.Arch. Degree Programme subject to


OM No. XM/PA/FN-B.Tech./B.Arch/II-89 dated 26.4.2005.

404

break up in various categories of courses mentioned therein. He/she must also pay all University andHall dues as per rules. Moreover, there should be no case of indiscipline pending against him/her.

(12.2) A student can register himself/herself for the courses upto a maximum of 320 credits during his/herentire B.Arch. Degree Programme. If a student earns more than a specified minimum total credits(300 +) for the Degree, the better grades satisfying the Degree requirements will be considered fordetermining the Cumulative Performance Index (CPI) & / or Division.

(12.3) A letter grade ( as mentioned in Grade Awarding Procedure ) shall be awarded in each course forwhich the student is registered during a semester.

(12.4) The Credits of the Courses in which a student has been awarded regular passing grade as per Clause16.4 of the Ordinances (Academic), will be counted as Earned Credits (EC) by the student.

13. Semester and Cumulative Performance Index ( SPI/CPI ):

(13.1) The performance of the student is measured by (i) Cumulative Performance Index (CPI) and (ii) thenumber of Earned Credits (EC).

(13.2) The Semester Performance Index (SPI) is the weighted average of the grade points of all coursesregistered during the semester and describes the performance of a student in all courses registeredduring a semester. If the grade points corresponding to the letter grades awarded to a student in allcourses registered during a semester are denoted by G1,G2,G3 etc. and their corresponding creditsby C1,C2,C3 etc., The SPI is computed as follows :

SPI = ( C1G1+C2G2 + C3G3+..)/(C1+C2+C3+…) or

SPI = (Grade Points x Course Credits)/ (Credits in all registered courses)

(13.3) The Cumulative Performance Index (CPI) describes the overall performance of a student in allpassed courses up to and including the latest semester since his/her admission to B.Arch. DegreeProgramme.

(13.4) When a student repeats a course, the better of the two grades awarded to the student in the courseshall be counted in computing SPI/CPI.

405

Example for computing SPI/CPI:

I Semester / I Year B.Arch..

Course Course Grade Earned Points Remarks*Number Credits Awarded Credits SecuredEN101C 4 B 4 32AP 101C 3 C 3 18AC 101C 3 B 3 24AM101C 5 E 0 10(-)*EE 101C 3 F 0 00ME101C 4 C 4 24ME103C 4 C 4 24AP191C 1 A 1 10AC191C 1 B 1 08ME191C 1.5 B 1.5 12

Total 29.5 21.5 162/152

SPI = ( I Semester ) = 162/29.5 = 5.491 ; CPI = Not applicable ;EC = 21.5

II Semester / I Year B.Arch.Course Course Grade Earned Points Remark*Number Credits Awarded Credits SecuredCO102C 4 A 4 40AP102C 3 B 3 24AC102C 3 B 3 24AM102C 5 D 5 20EL102C 3 E 0 06(-)*ME102C 4 F 0 00CE102C 4 I 0 00AP192C 1 B 1 08AC192C 1 B 1 08ME192C 1.5 C 1.5 09Total : 29.5 18.5 139/133

*To be excluded from the calculation of CPI.SPI(II Semester) = 139/29.5=4.711; EC (II Semester)=18.5 ; EC (Cumulative)=21.5+18.5=40CPI=(152+133)/(21.5 + 18.5) = 7.125;

14. Termination of Registration:(14.1) The Departmental Course Advisory Committee (DCAC) shall monitor the performance of the

students in their studies. It must also recommend the termination of registration from the Faculty, ifthe student is unable to achieve the requisite academic criteria of minimum earned creditrequirements for the purpose of continuation as a student at the end of each academic year or evensemester.

(14.2) A student who is unable to earn at least 35 credits at the end of second semester his/her admissionfrom B.Arch. Degree Programme shall be terminated.


406

(14.3) A student who earns less than 70 credits (with a minimum passing grade ‘D’ or above) at the end offirst four semesters, his/her admission from B.Arch. Degree Programme shall be terminated.

(14.4)The minimum Earned Credit (EC) requirements at the end of each year (even semester) forcontinuation of admission in the B.Arch. Degree Programme shall be as specified below:Check Minimum Minimum MinimumPoint EC EC EC(No of requirements requirements requirementssemesters with no semester with one with twofrom the with drawal semester with semesters withdate drawal drawalof before the before theadmission check point check point

2 semesters 35 18 0(1 Yrs.)4 semesters 70 53 35(2 Yrs.)6 semesters 110 90 70(3 Yrs.)8 semesters 150 130 110(4 Yrs.)10 semesters 190 170 150(5 Yrs.)12 semesters 230 210 190(6 Yrs.)14 semesters 270 250 230(7 Yrs.)16 semesters 300 300 300(8Yrs.)

Note: No candidate shall be permitted to continue as a regular student for more than two consecutiveacademic sessions in any semester. However, he may appear as ex-student, if eligible.

15. Moderation Committee for Question Papers: (In lieu of Clause (9) of Chapter XV of the existingAcademic Ordinances)

(15.1) Ordinarily, End Semester University Examination of EE-Courses (Core/Elective) of B.Arch may beinternally evaluated by the internal Examiner(s) to be appointed by the Board of Studies of theconcerned Department.

For End Semester University Examination of IE-Courses of B.Arch. there may be Internal andExternal Examiners to be appointed by the Board of Studies of the concerned Department.

The End Semester University Examination of JE-Courses shall be through written paper, viva-voceexamination etc. to be conducted by a Jury consisting of Internal & External Examiners, of which atleast one shall be an External member to be appointed by the Board of Studies of ArchitectureDepartment.


407

Evaluation of Project/Design Thesis of B.Arch. may be through Seminar and Viva-voce Test to beconducted by the Jury of Internal and External Examiners to be appointed by the Board of Studies ofthe Architecture Department.

(15.2) There shall be a Teacher Incharge for each course. He/she along with other associatedTeachers/Examiners, appointed by the respective Board of Studies of the Department shall beresponsible for (i) conducting the course (ii) holding tests/examinations (iii) maintaining theperformance record of the students in various components of evaluation etc.

(15.3) There shall be a Moderation Committee of the concerned Department consisting of the followingmembers to moderate the Question Papers of the End-Semester University Examination of B.Arch.Degree Programme in accordance with the Regulations in this behalf.(i) Chairman of the Department concerned …Convener(ii) One Senior Teacher of the Department in each broad area of specialization

Note: The Teacher Incharge of the Course or Paper Setter may be invited, if necessary, to clarify thenecessary details of the question paper.

(15.4) Result Moderation Committee:

(In lieu of Clause (9) of Chapter XV of the existing Academic Ordinances)

There shall be a Result Moderation Committee of the concerned Department consisting of thefollowing members to moderate course-wise results of B.Arch. Degree Programme in accordancewith the Regulations in this behalf.

(i) Chairman of the Department concerned -(Convener)(ii) One Senior Teacher of the Department in each broad specialization.

(iii) Teacher Incharge of the Course/Examiner(s) concerned.

Note: The Result Moderation Committee shall be convened, ordinarily; within one week after the End-Semester University Examination of all EE- & JE- courses have been held to moderate the course-wise results.

16. Evaluation of Students’ Performance:

(16.1) A regular grade (A, B, C, D or E) is awarded to a student in a course for which he/she is registered.The grades in each course shall be awarded on the basis of overall performance in variouscomponents of evaluation (i.e. combined marks in course work including Mid-SemesterExamination during the entire semester and End-Semester University Examination of a EE-/IE-/JE-/Project/ Design Thesis course).

(16.2) The Credits assigned to the course for which the student is registered and is awarded a regularpassing grade as per Clause 16.4 of Ordinances (Academic) in the course is counted as EarnedCredits (EC).

(16.3) The relative weightages of various components of evaluation for various types of courses asmentioned in the Teaching & Examination Schedule (Semester wise Course Structure) shall be asfollows:

408

(A) Theory Courses: (EE-Courses)i) Course Work (HA, Quiz Tests etc.) 15%ii) Mid-Semester Examination 25%iii) End-Semester Univ. Exam. 60%

(B) Drawing/Design & Similar Courses (EE-Courses):(including Computers & Programming)i) Drawing/Design Course Work / Practice Work etc. 40%ii) Mid-Semester Examination 20%iii) End-Semester Univ. Exam. 40%

(C) Practical Courses: (IE-Courses)i) Course Work related to Laboratory, Field Work,

Workshop Practice, Report Writing, Drawing & Design Practice, Oral Tests/Examinationsetc. 60%

ii) Comprehensive End-Semester Univ. Exam. 40% (D) Project Course:/Design Thesis: (In IX Semester through external and internal evaluation)

i) Seminars (Three Stages) etc. 60%ii) End Semester Comprehensive Jury Examination. 40%

*(E) Architectural Design Courses (JE – Courses):i) Course Work 50%ii) Mid Semester Examination 10%iii) End Semester University Examination 40%

(16.4) The combined marks obtained by a student in various components of evaluation (Course Workincluding Mid-Semester Examination & End-Semester University Examination of a course shall beconverted into regular letter grades (A,B,C,D,E) on 10-points scale along with other special lettergrades F,I and W as given below:

Regular Letter Grades Grade Point SignificanceA 10 OutstandingB 8 Very GoodC 6 Good (Min. Passing Grade in JE-Courses)D 4 Satisfactory (Min. Passing

Grade in EE-/IE-Courses)E 2 Unsatisfactory

Special Letter GradeI 0 Incomplete grade (Absent in

End Semester Univ. Exam.)F 0 Fail grade due to unsatisfactory

attendance & or Performance in studies in acourse during the semester

W 0 Withdrawal from a registered course(s)

O.M.No.XM/PA/FN-B.Tech./B.Arch/II-90 dated 26/27.4.2005.

O.M.No.XM/PA/FN-B.Tech./B.Arch/II-90 dated 26/27.4.2005.

409

NOTE: To earn credits, a student must obtain grade A,B,C,or D in each registered EE-/IE-Course andgrade A,B or C in each registered JE-Course, required for the award of Degree.

(16.5) The following grade ranges may ordinarily be used for the award of grades to the students in acourse.

Grade Ranges Grade

(Percentage of combined marks in course work including Mid-Semester Examination and EndSemester University Examination)

____________________________________________________ 75% and above A 60% and above but less than 75% B 45% and above but less than 60% C 35% and above but less than 45% D less than 35% E

Note: Fraction in marks obtained by a student in a course may be rounded off to the next whole number.

(16.6) Teacher Incharge of the Course/Examiners may set a higher or lower grade ranges depending uponthe nature of the course, general performance of the students in the course and distribution ofstudents population etc.

(16.7) To pass a course/improvement of grades by a margin of two or one marks may further be reviewedby awarding G.M. by the Teacher Incharge of the Course/Examiners/Result Moderation Committee.In case of an extra –ordinary abnormal situations, the Result Moderation Committee may takesuitable corrective measures and even recommend for re-evaluation of answer-scripts of all studentsin the course. In such abnormal cases, the Teachers Incharge of the Course/ Paper Setter/ Examineris required to place the evaluated answer scripts along with the brief solution and marking schemebefore the Result Moderation Committee for speedy re-evaluation of answer-scripts.

(16.8) The Grade Ranges used earlier for the course shall be used for awarding grades in re-evaluationcases. Special attention must be paid while re-evaluation in border line cases. The re-evaluatedgrades shall be final and binding on the examinee.The re-evaluation is permissible in a maximum of two EE- Courses in each Semester. There shall beno re-evaluation of IE-, JE- or Design Thesis, Seminar or Course Work related to any course.

(16.9) Incomplete Grade (I): It is awarded to a student in a course, if he/she has done Course Work duringthe semester and has not been able to appear at the End Semester University Examination onmedical ground or due to extra-ordinary circumstances. Such students who have been awarded grade(I) may apply for re-registration for the same course or its substitute (if permissible) in thesubsequent semesters.

(16.10) Detained Grade (F):If a student has been registered for a course but has not attended it properly(i.e. detained due to shortage in attendance), the Teacher-Incharge of the Course/Examiner willrecord grade ‘F’ irrespective of his/her academic performance in course work &/or end-semesterUniversity Examination. In such cases, the student is required to re-register himself/herself in thecourse or its substitute, if possible, during the subsequent semesters to earn regular grades.


410

(16.11) Withdrawal Grade (W):It indicates that the student has opted to withdraw on medical ground orotherwise from the registered course(s) after the approval by the Dean, Faculty of Engineering &Technology. In such cases, grade ‘W’ will be awarded in the course(s).

**(16.12) The candidates who have accumulated the required earned credits as per proviso of clause (12)of these ordinances, shall be termed as successful candidates.

The Division in which successful candidates are to be placed at the end of the Final yearB.Arch./B.Tech. Programme shall be based on Cumulative Performance Index (CPI) as indicatedbelow:First division with Honours CPI = > 8.5First division 8.5>CPI = > 6.5Second division CPI < 6.5For the purpose of conversion of CPI(x) into Equivalent Percentage of Aggregate (y%) thefollowing formula may be used :

y% = (20x3 – 380x2 + 2725x – 1690)/84

17. Scholarships & Medals: (For details, refer to Regulations to Ordinances (Academic) in this behalf.)

Transitory Ordinances to Chapter XCII(A) of Ordinances (Academic):The last examination as per Chapter XCII of Ordinances (Academic)(as amended up to 2000-2001for B.Arch. Programme) will be held as under:

I Year B.Arch. 2001

II Year B.Arch. 2002

III Year B.Arch. 2003

IV Year B.Arch. 2004

V Year B.Arch. 2005

Notwithstanding anything contained in these Ordinances, students who fail in the above mentionedexaminations and want to appear at the next corresponding examination shall be governed by thefollowing Ordinances(Academic).

a) The candidates who are admitted to B.Arch. Degree Programme in the session 2000-2001 or earlierand are joining the classes under the Chapter XCII(A) of New Ordinances (Academic) as regularstudents, shall be governed by the New Ordinances, effective from the session 2001-2002 providedthat such students give an undertaking to abide by the New Ordinances, Regulations & Rulesprescribed for the purpose.

The total Earned Credit Requirements during the entire Degree Programme for such students whowere admitted and studied few classes under Annual System, but due to shortage of attendance orotherwise were allowed to continue the remaining classes under Semester System, shall becomputed taking into account the prescribed credits (i.e. 60 of I year or 120 of II year or 180 of IIIyear) under Annual System and remaining prescribed credits of the Degree Programme to becovered under Semester System as regular student.

** The remaining year-wise Earned Credit Requirements for such students shall be same as for thestudents admitted under Semester System. However, there shall be no relaxation in maximum

411

duration for completing the Degree Programme. It shall be the responsibility of the student tocomplete the Degree requirements at such a pace as to complete the programme within themaximum prescribed time limit of 14 semesters/7 years (for B.Tech) or 16 Semesters/8 years (forB.Arch.)

** The table as per annexure shall be used for computing Earned Credit Requirements for the studentswho were admitted and studied few classes under Annual System but due to shortage of attendanceor otherwise they were allowed to complete the remaining classes under the Semester System.

** Explanation:

If a student is admitted to B.Tech. (Mech.) Programme under Annual System and has studied I Yearand II Year as a regular student under Annual System, but fails to clear the requisite number ofcourses for promotion to next higher class and after a lapse of one academic year and after fulfillingthe condition for promotion, the student is allowed to continue his/her studies under SemesterSystem as per Transitory Ordinances.

** He will complete the remaining prescribed Earned Credit (E.C.) requirements of III Year and FinalYear B.Tech (Mech.) under Semester System (i.e. 28 credits for V Semester, 28 credits for VISemester, 25.5 credits for VII Semester and 23.5 credits for VIII Semester or a total of 105 credits).The minimum E.C. requirements for the award of Degree in this case shall be 120 credits of AnnualSystem and 105 credits of Semester System i.e a total of 225 credits (not 220 credits).

**(b) There shall be no Equivalent Courses under Semester System in lieu of the Courses and underAnnual System.

** A promoted/ex-student who has failed in old courses of Annual System shall be required to clearhis/her uncleared courses under Annual System. For such students, the sessional marks obtainedearlier as regular student shall be taken into account for the award of grades as per the old procedure(refer to Chapter XXXIV(D)/XCII of Academic Ordinances).

However, if the sessional marks in an old course are not available with the Examiner/Tabulator/Chief Tabulator, the grades may be awarded on the basis of the marks obtained in theUniversity Examination only. In such cases, the marks obtained in University Examination may beenhanced proportionally to the total of maximum marks in the University Examination componentand sessionals together in the concerned course under Annual System. However, such students shallnot be awarded beyond grade ‘B’. In this exercise, a fraction should be rounded off to the nextwhole number.


412

Table for Total Earned Credit Requirements for the student who will complete the Degree Programmeunder combined Annual System and Semester System.

Credits already cleared underAnnual System

Credits to be accumulatedunder Semester System

Branch of Study

I YearCredits

II YearCredits

III YearCredits

II YearCredits

III YearCredits

IV YearCredits

TotalMinimumEarnedCreditRequirements forthe awardof Degree

B.Tech. (Civil) 60+60+60+

-60+60+

--60+

56+--

58.5+58.5+-

494949

223.5227.5229

B.Tech.(Elect.) 60+60+60+

-60+60+

--60+

57+--

52+52+

-

525252

221224232

B.Tech.(Electronics)

60+60+60+

-60+60+

--60+

55+--

54+54+-

525252

221226232

B.Tech. (Chemical) 60+60+60+

-60+60+

--60+

55.5+--

56+56+-

51.551.551.5

223227.5231.7

B.Tech. (Petro-Chemical)

60+60+60+

-60+60+

--60+

58.5--

56+56+-

46.546.546.5

221222.5226.5

B.Tech(Mechanical)

60+60+60+

-60+60+

--60+

56+--

56+56+-

494949

221225229

B.Tech. (Computer) 60+60+60+

-60+60+

--60+

52+--

56+56+-

535353

221229233

B.Arch. 72 __ __ __72 72 __ __72 72 72 __72 72 72 72

________

63 64__ 64__ ____ __

676767__

39393939

305314322337

413

Regulations to Chapter B.Arch. XCII (A) forB.Tech. Degree Programme

1. Teaching & Examination ScheduleFirst two Semesters of B.Tech Degree Programme

(First Semester (Autumn)

Course No. Course Title Periods Per Week CreditsL T P D

(A) THEORY COURSES:EN 101 English 3 1 - - 4AP 103 Applied Physics 2 1 - - 3AC 103 Applied Chemistry 2 1 - - 3AM 101 Applied Mathematics 4 1 - - 5EE 101 Basis Electrical Engineering 2 1 - - 3ME 101 Basis Thermal Sciences 3 1 - - 4ME 103 **Engineering Mechanics 3 1 - - 4AR 101 Principles of Architecture 2 1 - - 3

(A) PRACTICAL COURSES:AP 191 Applied Physics Lab. - - 2 - 1AC 191 Applied Chemistry Lab. - - 2 - 1ME 191 Manufacturing Processes Lab. - - 3 - 1.5

Total 21 8 7 32.5

Second Semester (Spring)(A) THEORY COURSES:CO 101 *Computers and Programming 2 2 - - 4AM 102 Applied Mathematics II 4 1 - - 5EL 101 Basic Electronics Engineering 2 1 - - 3CE 101 Strength of Material 3 1 - - 4AR 105 Design Philosophy 2 1 - - 3AR 102 Construction & Materials 2 - - 2 4AR 103 Architectural Drawing I 1 - - 3 4AR 104 Arts & Graphics I 1 - - 2 3

B JE – COURSES:BS/AP 192 Applied Physics Lab II 1 - 1 3 4.5

Total 18 6 1 10 34.5

*The Course CO101 (Computers and Programing) is to be taught by:(1) Computer E.D. (also Coordinating Department) (2) Electronics ED (3) ED (4) MED (5) Chemical ED& (6) AMD and (7) CED

414

2. ABBREVIATIONS & SYMBOLS:

(2.1) COURSE CATEGORY:

Letter Symbols: Course CategoriesBS Basic Sciences (AP – Physics, AC-Chemistry, AM-MathematicsESA Engineering Sciences and ArtsHM Languages, Humanities, Social Sciences and ManagementDC Departmental CoreDE Departmental ElectivesOE Open Category Electives/Unspecified

(2.2) Course Category Symbols used in Teaching & Examination Schedule

(C) Core Courses(E) Elective Courses(Th) Theory Courses(Pr) Practical CoursesEE-Course Theory Courses in B.Arch.IE-Course Practical/Practical Courses in B.Arch.JE-Course Major Jury Courses in B.Arch.

(2.3) Various Courses that follow will contain the following information’s:

Course Category Course No. Course Title L T P Credits Remarks*

L – T – P - Lecture- Tutorial- Practical-Design (Studio) hours per weekCr. - Credits assigned as per the following weightages

1 Lecture hour/week = 1 Credit1 Tutorial hour/week = 1 Credit1 Practical hour/week = 0.5 Credit

Course No. (Refer to Course Numbering Scheme)*Remarks : Exam. Time for End Semester University Examination.

3. Attendance:

(3.1) Attendance in all classes (Lectures, Tutorials Practicals and/or Drawing & Design Practicals) ofeach course separately is compulsory. If the attendance of any student at any stage in a course(s) isfound unsatisfactory, his/her registration in the course(s) will be cancelled.

(3.2) The Teachers Incharge of the Course or associated teacher will consolidate the attendance record ofall the students registered in the course from the beginning of the semester till the end of first phaseof teaching (consisting of eight weeks duration) and then up to the end of second phase of teachingfrom the beginning of the semester (consisting of fifteen weeks duration). He will notify theattendance records of the students in his/her course and the same will be sent to Dean, Faculty ofEngg. & Tech. within 24 hours after the last working day of the semester.

(3.3) Students who have put in 70% or more physical attendance for actual classes held for each courseduring the entire semester will be eligible to appear at the End Semester University Examination ofthe course.

415

(3.4) Students who have put in 60% or more but less than 70% physical attendance may be considered forcondonation of shortage in attendance by the Condonation Committee.

(3.5) A student whose computed attendance in a course during the entire semester is less than 60% orwhose shortage in attendance has not been condoned, will be awarded fail grade ‘F’ in the courseirrespective of his/her academic performance in Mid-Semester Examination &/or End-SemesterUniversity Examination etc.

(3.6) If a student is absent for 15 consecutive days from the commencement of First Semester of FirstYear without valid reasons, his/her admission from the B.Tech. Programme shall be cancelled.

4. Termination of Registration (Withdrawal from Semester(s):

(i) In case of withdrawal from a semester(s), the maximum duration in B.Arch. Degree Programmeshall be same as eight academic years or semesters since admission.

(ii) If a student has withdrawn for one or two semesters during his entire time schedule, the earnedcredits requirements would be reduced for each withdrawn semester and the earned creditrequirements for continuation of registration in B.Arch. Degree Programme for each remainingSemesters shall be increased proportionately.

(iii)Deleted

5. Teaching Incharge of the Course:

(5.1) All evaluation records should properly be maintained by the respective Teacher Incharge of theCourse/associated teachers so that scrutiny/checking/re-evaluation and any other statistical dataanalysis could be carried out if and when necessary.

(5.2) When a course is being taught by more than one teacher to various groups/sections/classes, thecourse instructions and evaluation work etc. should be on a common standard. They must mutuallyconsult each other to lay out guide lines for instructions and evaluation and to maintain uniformity inall aspects of academic matters.

(5.3) The Teacher Incharge of the Course and associated teachers should announce to everygroup/section/class, the necessary information in respect of (i) the conduct of instructional schedule(lecture-wise academic programme, text books & reference literature, home-assignments, tutorialsheets and instructional sheets for laboratory and field work etc.) (ii) various components ofevaluation, their frequency, duration, tentative schedule of home-work and tests and their relativeweightages, (iii) details of grade awarding procedure etc. and (iv) conduct of make up tests becauseof illness or extra ordinary compelling situations. (Student must report to the Teacher Incharge ofthe Course or associated teacher, immediately on return to the classes and request him for make upin quizzes, Mid-Semester Examination, laboratory work including oral test etc.) There shall be nomake up in End Semester University Examination.

(5.4) The Teacher Incharge of the Course and associated teachers must ensure that the assignments,answer scripts of Mid-Semester Examination, laboratory reports and drawing/design exercises etc.are returned to the students after correction/evaluation.

(5.5) Normally, every teacher who has been assigned a Theory Course by the Board of Studies of theDepartment shall be the Examiner. However, in exceptional cases, any part of the evaluation work


416

(paper setting and/or evaluation of answer scripts of End-Semester University Examination) may beentrusted to some other teachers of the Department.

(5.6) The Teachers Incharge of the Course shall be Paper Setter as well as Examiner for evaluation ofanswer scripts. The remaining associated teachers shall be Co-Examiners for evaluation of answerscripts of End Semester University Examination. He is supposed to prepare brief solution in case ofnumerical questions and salient points in case of descriptive questions and marking scheme ofevaluation which may be used by the associated Teachers/Examiners.

(5.7) The Teacher Incharge of the Course in consultation with the associated teachers shall prepare home-assignments, tutorial sheets, question papers for Mid-Semester Examination and End-SemesterUniversity Examination.

(5.8) The Teacher Incharge of the Course and associated teachers are required to be present at theExamination Centre on scheduled dates for conducting tests/examination of the course assigned tothem. The Teacher Incharge/Paper Setter/Examiner may announce printing or other minorerrors/omissions in the question paper to the students in the Examination Halls, if necessary, whichmust be reported to the Dean, Faculty of Engineering & Technology. However, he cannotchange/add/delete any question or part there of in the question paper.

(5.9) Examiners are advised to award marks against each question or part thereof inside the answer scriptsto facilitate proper marking and the same is to be recorded in the cage provided on the cover page ofthe answer scripts.

(5.10) All the Examiners are advised not to proceed on leave/to avail vacations till the evaluation work iscompleted and the grade award lists and evaluated answer scripts are submitted forScrutiny/Moderation of Result. In case of emergency or extra-ordinary compelling situations, theexaminer must obtain prior permission of the Chairman of the Department who will arrange foralternate arrangement for evaluation of answer scripts, if necessary.

(5.11) The Teacher Incharge of the Course and associated teachers who have been assigned a course areresponsible to notify the marks in various components of evaluation to all the students in the coursebefore the commencement of End-Semester University Examination. If a student finds anydiscrepancy, omission or error in the modified marks, may approach the concerned teacher forratification/correction. Necessary correction must be made before the marks/grades in the course aresent to the Chairman of the Department for Scrutiny/course-wise Moderation of Result.

(5.12) In case of any error in the submission of marks in the course work by the Teacher Incharge of theCourse/Examiner(s), a Committee consisting of the following members shall take suitable remedialmeasures depending upon the merit of the case:

1. Dean, F/O Engg. & Tech. ............. Chairman2. Principal, ZH College of Engg. & Tech.3. Chairman of the Department concerned.4. One Senior member of the Faculty, not belonging to the concerned

Department to be nominated by the Dean5. Chief Tabulator, Z.H. College of Engineering and Technology

(5.13) There shall be compulsory re-totaling and scrutiny of evaluated answer scripts of the End SemesterUniversity Examination as per procedure laid down in Clause (8).

417

(5.14) If the student is not satisfied with the evaluation of the answer script of End-Semester UniversityExamination, he/she may apply to the Controller of Examination for re-evaluation in accordancewith the rules laid down by the University in this behalf.

(5.15) Procedure for Submission of Grade Award Lists:The Teacher Incharge of the Course/Examiner(s) shall prepare the detailed Grade Award Lists inDuplicate and will submit them along with evaluated answer scripts, and remuneration bills(question paper, attendance sheets are to be kept inside the bundle of answer script) to the ChiefScrutinizer/Scrutinizer of the Department for compulsory re-totaling and scrutiny of answer scripts.After scrutiny, the grade award lists are to be sent to the Chairman of the Department concerned forcourse-wise Moderation of Result within one week time after the End-Semester UniversityExamination of the Course is held. The Chairman of the Department will ensure that this one weektime limit is strictly observed. The Chairman of the Department will forward the moderated gradeaward list in duplicate to the Chief Tabulator (Engineering College) for result processing andremuneration bills to the Office of the Controller of Examination.

6. Examination Schedule:

(6.1) Mid-Semester Examination Schedule:Mid Semester Examination (written) of Theory Courses shall be conducted in a week time allocatedfor this purpose. Since, no written Mid-Semester Examination are to be held for Practical Courses,the Mid-Semester Examination of Theory Courses can be conducted during a week time, ordinarilyone test a day. In no case, Mid-Semester examination should spill over to next week. The evaluatedanswer scripts of Mid-Semester Examination must be returned to the students within two weeks.

(6.2) End Semester Uni. Exam. Schedule:End Semester University Examination will be conducted in two weeks time allotted for this purpose.One day gap between University Examination of two Theory Courses of a semester is permissible.

(6.3) End Semester University Examination of Practical Courses shall be after the University Examinationof Theory Courses have been held.

(6.4) The Scheme of Examination for B.Tech. Programme will be prepared at the Dean’s level afterconsulting respective Chairmen of the Departments and shall be sent to the Controller ofExaminations for notification.

7. Rules for the award of Scholarships/Medals:

(7.1) Various scholarships, stipends and other financial assistance are available to the meritorious &deserving students after admission in the University, subject to fulfilling the conditions of the award,the details of which can be obtained from the Office of the Dean Students Welfare.

(7.2) The University awards some merit scholarship and medals to B.Tech. students strictly in order ofmerit in accordance to the following rules:(i) Only those students who are admitted to B.Tech. Programme through Entrance Test for

Admission will be eligible for the award of the merit scholarships.

(ii) The number of merit scholarships/medals and their value for eligible students shall be asdetermined by the University from time to time.

418

(iii) The merit scholarships shall be tenable for eleven months of each academic year startingfrom July every year regardless of the date of commencement of the academic year providedthat the student joins the B.Tech. classes, there is not disciplinary action pending againsthim/her and has put in attendance requirements satisfactorily during the past two semestersfor which merit scholarship is awarded.

(iv) The Dean, Faculty of Engineering & Technology will send the list of merit scholarshipholders of the Dean Students Welfare within a week after the declaration of results.

(v) The amount of merit scholarships will not be paid to the students, but it will be adjustedtowards his/her University & Hall dues and the balance, if any, shall be paid to thescholarship holder.

(vi) The merit criteria for the award of merit scholarships/medals shall be as follows:(a) For students admitted to I Year B.Tech. class in all branches of Engineering, the order

of merit shall be determined on the basis of the performance at the Entrance Test forAdmission.

(b) For students joining II Year B.Tech. class (in all branches of Engineering) afteraccumulating prescribed Earned Credits (EC) for the first two semesters, the order ofmerit shall be determined on the basis of CPI at the first two semester Examinations intheir first attempt.

(c) For students joining III Year B.Tech. class (in the relevant branch of Engineering),after accumulating the prescribed Earned Credits for the four semesters, the order ofmerit shall be determined on the basis of CPI at the first four semester Examinationsin their first attempt.

(d) For students joining IV Year B.Tech. class (in the relevant branch of Engineering),after accumulating the prescribed Earned Credits for the first six semesters, the orderof merit shall be determined on the basis of CPI at the first six semester Examinationsin their first attempt.

(vii) In case of tie in a position/rank, the order of merit shall be determined on the basis of theperformance at the end of preceding two semester Examinations together. In case, theperformance in the preceding two semester Examinations also happens to be the same, theperformance in the two semester Examinations previous to that will be considered, and so on,till the tie is broken.

(7.3) Medals/Prize:(i) A Gold Medal is awarded to a student who is adjudged to be the best (first in order of merit)

among the graduating students of all B.Tech. Programmes. In lieu of Gold Medal, theUniversity may make the award in any other form, it consider appropriate.

(ii) A Medal is awarded to student who is adjudged to be the best (first in order to merit) amongthe graduating students of B.Tech. in each branch of Engineering Programme.

(iii) One Chakoo Prize is awarded to a student who is adjudged to be the best in Surveying(Theory & Practical Courses of pre-final year level) among the graduating students ofB.Tech. (Civil Engineering) Programme.

8. Chief Scrutinizer & Scrutinizers for Compulsory Re-totaling and Scrutiny (under GradingSystem of Evaluation):

The compulsory Re-totaling & Scrutiny of all evaluated answer scripts of End Semester UniversityExamination is being done in order to ensure that any omission or discrepancy in marks/grades is

419

rectified well before the declaration of examination results. It is expected that theExaminers/Teacher Incharge of the Course will submit all the evaluated answer scripts of EndSemester University Examination, grade award list in duplicate, attendance sheet, question paperand remuneration bills to the Scrutinizer/Chief Scrutinizer of the Department concerned within oneweek after the End Semester University Examination has been held.

The following guidelines/instructions are to be followed by the Scrutinizers/Chief Scrutinizers forGraduate Courses under Grading System of Evaluation.

(8.1) After receiving the answer-scripts and grade award list etc., the Scrutinizer will check that all theanswers have been evaluated and marks have been awarded at the end of each question a part thereof and the same have been recorded properly in the cage provided on the cover page of each answerscript.

(8.2) The Scrutinizer will also check the total marks written on the cover page of the answer scripts whichmust tally with the marks entered in the grade award lists of the course. He is also advised to check(i) grand total of various components of evaluation in the grade award lists (ii) award of grades asper specified grade ranges and (iii) grace marks if any, in border line cases as per rules in thisregard.

(8.3) If any answer has been left un-evaluated, the Scrutinizer will inform the concerned Teacher Inchargeof the Course/Examiner through the Chairman of the concerned Department for evaluation andappending the signature wherever required.

(8.4) If the Scrutinizer finds any discrepancy/error in marks/grades recorded on the cover page of theanswer-scripts or grade award lists, he will correct them and put his signature.

(8.5) After rebottling and scrutiny of answer-scripts of answer-scripts and grade award lists is completed,the Chief Scrutinizer will append his signature on each answer-scripts and grade award lists andsend the grade award lists in duplicate along with verified remuneration bills to the Chairman of theDepartment concerned for course-wise Moderation of Result who is turn will forwards the same tothe Chief Tabulator (Engineering College) for result processing.

(8.6) The scrutinized answer scripts are to be kept in safe custody of Examiners/Teacher Incharge of theCourse till re-evaluation work is completed or till 20 days after the declaration of result, whicheveris later.

(8.7) The re-evaluated answer-scripts are to be sent separately and the remaining answer-scripts with astatement indicating number of answer scripts received, number of re-evaluated answer-scriptssubmitted to the Chairman of the Department and number of remaining answer-scripts in the bundleshould be sent to the Office of the Controller of Examination by the Examiner(s)/Teacher Inchargeof the Course.

(8.8) Chief Scrutinizer shall monitor the work of re-totaling and scrutiny. If there is any delay insubmission of evaluate answer-scripts and grade award lists on the part of Examiners/TeacherIncharge of the Course, he will immediately report his matter to the Chairman of the Department.

9. Deleted


420

CHAPTER XCIIIMASTER OF SOCIAL WORK (M.S.W.)

1. No candidate shall be eligible for the Master’s Degree in Social Work (MSW) unless he/she hasobtained not less than two years previously B.A./B.Sc./B.Com. Hons. Degree of this University orits equivalent examination with not less than 50% marks in aggregate and has undergone a regularcourse of study in the University for not less than two years.

2. Candidates shall be selected for admission on the basis of a competitive written admission test andinterview/aptitude assessment.

3. The Examination for the MSW Degree shall consist of two parts namely, Previous and Final, each ofwhich shall be held annually and shall be open to:-

(a) Candidates who have undergone a regular course of study for the Previous and FinalExamination (as the case may be) for one academic year in the University.

(b) Ex-students as defined in Chapter XVII. Provided that, subject to the provision of Clause 8of the Chapter XXIII, no candidate shall be eligible to appear at the Final Year Examinationwithout one academic year having elapsed after his passing the Previous Examination orpromotion to the Final Year Class as the case may.

(c) A candidate who secures 40% marks each in at least four written papers out of six, as well asfield work/viva voce (as prescribed) taken together at the MSW Previous Examination, shallbe eligible for promotion to the Final Year Class.

4. In order to be eligible for the award of the MSW Degree, a candidate shall have to pass in theExamination in each paper/field work (inclusive of Sessional work) and also in the Viva-VoceExamination to be held along with the Final Year Examination.

Provided that in addition to Viva-Voce and Field Work, there shall be at least eleven paperscarrying 100 marks each and there shall be Field Work/Practical and Viva-Voce of 400 marks to bespread over two years (Previous and Final).

Provided that there shall be block field work/apprenticeship for not less than 45 days duration ofwhich a satisfactory report from the Organization/Establishment/Institution shall be submitted by thestudent. The Degree shall be awarded only after the satisfactory report of block work/apprenticeshipis received.

5. The allocation of marks for each paper shall be a follows:-

MSW Previous Year : There shall be six papers of 100 markseach (including Sessional Work) and Field Work/Viva-Vocecarrying 100 marks.

MSW Final Year : Five papers of 100 marks each (includingSessional Work) and Field Work/Practical of 200 marks andGeneral Viva-Voce carrying 100 marks.

EC dated 5.7.97.

421

The break up of marks for both MSW-Previous and Final will be as follows:

(a) Written Examination - 75 marks(b) Sessional Work - 25 marks


(a) 40% marks in Sessional Work (in each paper)(b) 40% marks in each written paper.(c) 40% marks in Viva-Voce Examination/Field Work(d) 45% of the aggregate marks of the Previous and Final Examinations taken

together.

EXPLANATION:

Sessional work in each paper shall be based on class tests. Provided that a candidate who fails toobtain the required percentage of marks in the aggregate for passing the Master’s Examination mayappear as an Ex-student in subsequent examination in one or more papers and practical only inwhich he has failed to obtain 45% marks.


Provided further that subject to provisions of Clause 8 of Chapter XXIII, a regular candidate whofails to obtain the required minimum marks in any paper/field work at the Previous or the FinalExamination may appear in that paper only at any subsequent examination.

7. A candidate who obtains 60% of the aggregate marks or more shall be placed in the I Division, onewho obtains less than 60% but not less than 50% of the marks shall be placed in the II Division, onewho obtains less than 50% but not less than 45% of the marks shall be placed in the III Division.

Provided that if a candidate wishes to improve his performance, he may be allowed by the Dean,Faculty of Social Sciences to repeat the Examination in one or more written papers after passing thecomplete Examination in accordance with Claus 14 of Chapter XVII of the Academic Ordinances.

422

CHAPTER XCIII (A)MASTER OF SOCIAL WORK (MSW)

1. No candidate shall be eligible for the Master’s Degree in Social Work (MSW) unless he/she hasobtained a B.A./B.Sc./B.Com. Honours Degree of this University or its equivalent with not less than50% marks in aggregate and has undergone a regular course of study in the University for not lessthan two years.

2. The candidate shall be selected for admission on the basis of competitive written admissions testfollowed by Group Discussion and Aptitude Test..

3. The examination for the MSW Degree shall consist of two parts, namely, previous and final, each ofwhich shall be held annually and shall be open to:

(a) candidates who have undergone a regular course of study and have secured 75% attendancein lectures, tutorials and the field work separately for the Previous and Final Examinations asthe case may be for one academic year in the University.

(b) ex-students as defined in Chapter XVII. Provided that, subject to the provision of Clause 8 ofChapter XXIII, no candidate shall be eligible to appear at the Final Year Examinationwithout one academic year having elapsed after his passing the Previous Examination orpromotion to the Final Year Class, as the case may be.

(c) a candidate who secures 40% marks each, in at least four written papers out of six as well asfield work/viva-voce (as prescribed), taken together at the MSW Previous Examination shallbe eligible for promotion to the Final Year Class.

4. In order to be eligible for the award of the MSW Degree, a candidate shall have to pass in theExamination in each paper/field work (inclusive of Sessional Work) and also in the Viva-VoceExamination to be held along with the Final Year Examination.

Provided that in addition to Viva-Voce and Field Work, there shall be at least eleven papers carrying100 marks each and there shall be Field Work/Practical and Viva-Voce of 400 marks to be spreadover two years (Previous and Final).

Provided further that there shall be block field work/apprenticeship for not less than 45 daysduration of which a satisfactory report from the Organization/Establishment/Institution shall besubmitted by the student. The Degree shall be awarded only after the satisfactory report of blockfield work/apprenticeships is received.

5. The allocation of marks for each paper shall be as follows:MSW Previous Year – Six papers of 100 marks each and Field Work/Viva-Voce of 100 marks.(Total marks: 600+100=700 marks).

MSW Final Year – Six papers of 100 marks each (including Sessional Work) and Field Work/Viva-Voce of 100 marks and Grand Viva-Voce of 100 marks.(Total marks 600+100+100=800).(Grand Total : 700+800=1500).

(EC dated 18.8.2001 & 29.12.2001).

423

The break-up of marks for both MSW Previous and Final will be as follows:

(a) Written Examination - 75 marks(b) Sessional Work - 25 marks


(a) 40% marks in Sessional Work (in each paper).(b) 40% marks in each written paper.(c) 40% marks in Viva-Voce Examination/Field Work(d) 45% of the aggregate marks of the Previous and Final Year Examinations taken

together.

EXPLANATION:

Sessional work in each paper shall be based on class tests. Provided that a candidate who fails toobtain the required percentage of marks in the aggregate for passing the Master’s Examination mayappear as an Ex-student in subsequent examination in one or more papers and practical only inwhich he has failed to obtain 45% marks.

Provided that the marks awarded to such candidate for sessional work during his regular course ofstudy shall be taken into account at the subsequent examination. Provided further that subject toprovisions of Clause 8 of Chapter XXIII, a regular candidate who fails to obtain the requiredminimum marks in any paper/field work at the Previous or the Final Examination may appear in thepaper only at any subsequent examination.

7. A candidate who obtains 60% of the aggregate marks or more shall be placed in the I Division, onewho obtains less than 60% but not less than 50% of the marks shall be placed in the II Division, onewho obtains less than 50% but not less than 45% of the marks shall be placed in the III Division.

Provided that if a candidate wishes to improve his performance, he may be allowed by the Dean,Faculty of Social Sciences to repeat the Examination in one or more written papers after passing thecompete Examination in accordance with Clause 14 of Chapter XVII of the Academic Ordinances.

424

CHAPTER XCIVPost-graduate Diploma in Human Rights

1. No candidate shall be eligible for the award of Post-Graduate Diploma in Human Rights unlesshe/she has obtained not less than one year previously a Master’s Degree in Social of Sciences orLaw from this University or any other University recognized as its equivalent.

2. In order to be eligible for the award of the Diploma, a candidate shall have to pass in sessional work,as well as written examination.

3. The examination shall comprise of 3 written papers carrying 100 marks each (25 marks for sessionaland 75 marks for examination), one dissertation carrying 100 marks, and viva-voce examinationcarrying 50 marks.

4. To pass the examination, a candidate must obtain not less than 40% marks in the sessional andwritten and viva-voce examination separately, and not less than 40% marks in the aggregate.

AC dated 19.6.1997.

425

Chapter XCIV(A)Post – Graduate Diploma in Human Rights

(2 – Semester Programme)(in the Faculty of Social Sciences)


1. The Post –Graduate Diploma in Human Rights shall be awarded to a candidate who has passedBachelor’s Degree programme in any discipline with not less than 50% marks in aggregate of thisUniversity or an examination recognised by this University as its equivalent and has undergone aregular course of study for not less than one academic year comprising of two semesters and hasfulfilled all requirements including attendance of first and second semesters.

2. In order to be eligible for the award of P.G Diploma in Human Rights, a candidate shall have to passin all semester examinations so as to accumulate 40 credits distributed in two semesters (ie 4 coursesof 4 credits each in each semester, one dissertation of 4 credits and one viva –voce examination of 4credits at the end of second semester)

3. The courses, the credits and the marks allotted to each course shall be prescribed by the AcademicCouncil on the recomentations of the Board of Studies of the concerned Department and the Facultyof Social Sciences.

4. The allocation of marks in various components of evaluation for each course/ dissertation shall be asfollows:

Sessional Work : 25%End Semester Examination : 75% marks

5. The semester examinations shall be open to candidates who have under gone a regular course studyin this University and have put in at least 75% attendance in all courses taken together in eachsemester.

6. (a) To pass each course/ dissertation / viva-voce examination and to accumulate credits assignedto it, a candidate must obtain at least 40% of the total marks in sessional work and EndSemester Examination , taken together.

(b) A candidate who fails to obtain the minimum required marks to pass in a course may beallowed to appear only at the subsequent End Semester Examination prescribed for thatcourse as an ex-student, as per Chapter XVII(A) of the Ordinances (Academic). The marksawarded at the subsequent end semester examination and sessional marks obtained earlier asa regular student shall be taken into account. The marks of the courses in which the candidatehas already passed shall be carried forward.

(c) In no case, supplementary or special examination shall be held.



426

However, a candidate who has fulfilled attendance requirements of I and II Semesters, may bepermitted to appear at the immediately following End Semester Examinations as an ex-student tocomplete the remaining requirements for the award of P.G. Diploma in Human Rights;Provided that in no case, a candidate shall be permitted further to appear in the examination andhis/her name shall be removed from the University.

8. The division in which a successful candidate is to be placed shall be determined on the basis ofaggregate marks obtained by him/her in first and second semesters taken together. Candidates whoobtain 60% of the aggregate marks or more shall be placed in the First Division; those who obtainless than 60% but not less than 50% of the aggregate marks shall be placed in the Second Divisionand those who secure less than 50% of the aggregate marks shall be placed in Third Division.

9. If a candidate passes I and II Semester examinations and wishes to improve his/her performance,he/she may appear in not more than 25% of the written papers of theory courses at the End SemesterExaminations not later than one academic session after the declaration of his/her result on passingthe complete examination. There shall be no improvement in the sessional work/dissertation/ viva-voce examination. The marks awarded to him/her for the sessional work/dissertation/ viva-voceexamination during his/her regular course of study shall be carried forward. Such Candidates shallnot be allowed hostel accomodation;



427

Chapter XCIV(B)Post – Graduate Diploma in Women’s Studies(2 – Semester Part-Time Evening Programme)

(in the Faculty of Social Sciences)(Effective from the session 2005 – 2006)

1. The Post –Graduate Diploma in Women’s Studies shall be awarded to a candidate who has passedBachelor’s Degree programme in any discipline with not less than 50% marks in aggregate of thisUniversity or an examination recognised by this University as its equivalent and has undergone aregular course of Post Graduate Diploma in Women’s Studies for not less than one academic yearcomprising of two semesters and has fulfilled all requirements including attendance of first andsecond semesters separately;

Provided that the candidate who is pursuing the Five Year Bachelor of Law Course and has clearedall prescribed courses of the first three years, shall also be deemed eligible for admission to the PostGraduate Diploma in Women’s Studies.

2. In order to be eligible for the award of P.G Diploma in Women’s Studies, a candidate shall have topass four theory courses of 4 credits each and a viva-voce of 2 credits in each semester examinationsin accordance with the decision of Academic Council on the recommendations of Board of Studiesand the Faculty of Social Sciences.

3. The courses, the credits and the marks allotted to each course shall be prescribed by the AcademicCouncil on the recommentations of the Board of Studies and the Faculty of Social Sciences.

4. The allocation of marks in various components of evaluation for each theory course shall be asfollows:

Sessional Work : 25%End Semester Examination : 75% marks

5. The semester examinations shall be open to candidates who have undergone a regular course studyin this University and have put in at least 75% attendance in all courses taken together in eachsemester.

6. (a) To pass each theory course/viva-voce examination and to accumulate credits assigned to it, acandidate must obtain at least 40% of the total marks in sessional work and End SemesterExamination , taken together.

(b) A candidate who fails to obtain the minimum required marks to pass in a course may beallowed to appear only at the subsequent End Semester Examination prescribed for thatcourse as an ex-student, as per Chapter XVII(A) of the Ordinances (Academic). The marksawarded at the subsequent End Semester Examination and sessional marks obtained earlier asa regular student shall be taken into account. The marks of the courses in which the candidatehas already passed shall be carried forward.



O.M. No. XM/SPA/ FN-75/II-278 dated 27/28.3.2006.

428

However, a candidate who has fulfilled attendance requirements of I and II semesters after theexpiry of two academic sessions, may be permitted to appear at the immediately following EndSemester Examinations with the prior permission of the Academic Council on the recommendationsof the Director of Centre/Dean Faculty of Social Sciences as an ex-student to complete theremaining requirements for the award of Post Graduate Diploma in Women’s Studies;Provided that in no case, a candidate shall be permitted further to appear in the examination andhis/her name shall be removed from the University.

8. The division in which a successful candidate is to be placed shall be determined on the basis ofaggregate marks obtained by him/her in first and second semesters taken together. Candidates whoobtain 60% of the aggregate marks or more shall be placed in the First Division; those who obtainless than 60% but not less than 50% of the aggregate marks shall be placed in the Second Divisionand those who secure less than 50% of the aggregate marks shall be placed in Third Division.

9. If a candidate passes I and II semester examinations and wishes to improve his/her performance,he/she may appear in not more than 25% of the written papers of theory courses at the End SemesterExaminations not later than one academic session after the declaration of his/her result on passingthe complete examination. There shall be no improvement in the sessional work/viva-voceexamination. The marks awarded to him/her for the sessional work/viva-voce examination duringhis/her regular course of study shall be carried forward;

Provided that such permission to appear at the examination for improvement shall be granted onlyonce, and the candidate is not pursuing or undergoing any other part-time Diploma Course in themeanwhile;


Such candidates shall not be allowed hostel accomodation;

429

CHAPTER - XCV

MASTER’S DEGREE IN JOURNALISM & MASS COMMUNICATION (MJMC)

1. No candidate shall be eligible for the Master’s Degree in Journalism & Mass Communication(MJMC) unless she/he has obtained not less than two years previously, a Bachelor’s Degree (of theUniversity) or an equivalent examination recognized by this University with not less than 50%marks in aggregate or its equivalent grades.

2. Candidates shall be selected for admission on the basis of the competitive entrance test/anyalternative mode of selection to be decided by the Board of Studies from time to time.

3. The Examination for MJMC Degree shall consist of two parts, namely Previous & Final, each ofwhich shall be open to :

(a) candidates who have undergone a regular course of study for the Previous or FinalExamination, as the case may be, for one academic year in the University.

(b) ex-students as defined in Clause 5 of Chapter XVII provided that subject to the provision ofClause 8 of Chapter XXIII, no candidate shall be eligible to appear at the Final YearExamination without one academic year having elapsed after his passing the PreviousExamination or promotion to Final Year Class as the case may be.

(c) a candidate who secures 40% marks each in three written papers out of four as well as inpractical (as prescribed by the Board of Studies, from time to time), shall be eligible forpromotion to Final Year Class.

4. In order to be eligible for the award of the MJMC Degree, a candidate has to pass the Examinationin each paper, practical (inclusive of Sessional Work, Viva-Voce) and Dissertation.

(a) The Dissertation shall be evaluated out of a total of 100 marks of which 50 marks shall beallotted to the Supervisor of the candidate and 50 marks to an external examiner, asrecommended by the Board of Studies.

(b) Every candidate shall have to undergo a minimum of 45 to 60 days training at a reputedProfessional Media/Advertisement/Public Relation Organization in India/Abroad uponcompletion of which the candidate shall have to present a presentation in the DepartmentalSeminar. Placement of students will be made by the Department/by the students with theapproval of Department. The Professional Training shall be evaluated out of a total of 100marks on the basis of seminar presented by the student in the Department to be evaluated bythe Faculty members.

Provided that if the candidate does not satisfactorily defend her/his training in the seminarpresentation and secure less than 40% marks i.e. 40 marks in lieu of i.e. 16 marks she/he shall berequired to undergo a training afresh. After the fresh training, the candidate shall defend her/histraining in the same manner as stated above.

EC dated 27.2.1999.

430


MJMC (Previous Year):

There shall be four papers of 100 marks each including seasonal work and one practical (paper)carrying 100 marks.

MJMC (Final Year):

Three papers of 100 marks each (including sessional work) Professional Media Training/attachment,and Dissertation/Production of a Short Radio/Video/Television Program, carrying 100 marks each.

The Break-up of Marks:

The break-up of marks will be as follows for both MJMC Previous and Final Year:

(a) Theory Paper:(i) Written Examination - 75 marks(ii) Sessional Work - 25 marks

(b) Practical Paper:(i) Practical Examination - 75 marks(ii) Viva-Voce - 25 marks

(c) Professional Training:Oral Presentation/Departmental Seminar - 100 marks.

6. To pass the Examination a candidate must obtain:

(a) 40% marks in sessional work in each paper.(b) 40% marks in each theory written paper and practical paper including viva-voce.(c) 40% marks in professional training/departmental seminar.(d) 40% marks in the dissertation/programme production project.(e) 50% of the aggregate marks of the previous and final examinations, taken together.

EXPLANATION:

Sessional work in each paper shall be based on class tests. Provided that a candidate who fails toobtain the required percentage of marks in the aggregate for passing the Master’s Examination mayappear as an ex-student in subsequent examination in one or more papers and practical in which hehas failed to obtain 50% marks.


Provided further that subject to provision of Clause 8 of Chapter XXIII, a regular candidate whofails to obtain the minimum required marks in any paper at the Previous or the Final Examinationmay appear in that paper only at subsequent examination.

431

7. A candidate who obtains 60% of the aggregate marks or more shall be placed in the First Division,one who obtains less than 60% but not less than 50% of the marks shall be placed in the SecondDivision.

Provided that if a candidate wishes to improve his performance he may be allowed by the Dean ofthe Faculty on the recommendation of the Chairman of the Department to repeat the Examination inone or more papers after passing the complete Examination in accordance with Clause 14 of ChapterXVII of the Academic Ordinances.

8. A candidate who fails to qualify for the Degree of MJMC within four academic sessions shall bedebarred from pursuing the course further. However, a fifth academic session grace may be allowedonly by the Academic Council on the recommendation of the Chairman and Dean of the Faculty.

432

CHAPTER - XCV(A)

MASTER’S DEGREE IN JOURNALISM & MASS COMMUNICATION (MJMC)

1. No candidate shall be eligible for the Master’s Degree in Journalism & Mass Communication(MJMC) unless she/he has obtained not less than two years previously, a Bachelor’s Degree (of theUniversity) or an equivalent examination recognized by this University with not less than 50%marks in aggregate or its equivalent grades.

2. Candidates shall be selected for admission on the basis of the competitive entrance test/anyalternative mode of selection to be decided by the Board of Studies from time to time.

3. The Examination for MJMC Degree shall consist of two parts, namely Previous & Final, each ofwhich shall be open to:

(a) candidates who have undergone a regular course of study for the Previous or FinalExamination, as the case may be, for one academic year in the University.

(b) ex-students as defined in Clause 5 of Chapter XVII provided that subject to the provision ofClause 8 of Chapter XXIII, no candidate shall be eligible to appear at the Final YearExamination without one academic year having elapsed after his passing the PreviousExamination or promotion to Final Year Class as the case may be.

(c) a candidate who secures 40% marks each in three written papers out of four as well as inpractical (as prescribed by the Board of Studies, from time to time, shall be eligible forpromotion to Final Year Class).

4. In order to be eligible for the award of the MJMC Degree, a candidate has to pass the Examinationin each paper, practical (inclusive of Sessional Work, Viva-Voce) and Dissertation.

(a) The Dissertation shall be evaluated out of a total of 100 marks of which 50 marks shall beallotted to the Supervisor of the candidate and 50 marks to an external examiner, asrecommended by the Board of Studies.

**(b) Every candidate shall have to undergo a minimum of 30 to 45 days training at a reputedProfessional Media / Advertising / Public Relations Organization in India/Abroad uponcompletion of which the candidate shall have to present a presentation in the departmentalseminar. The placement of students will be made by the Department/by the students with theapproval of Department. The Professional Training shall commence soon after the MJMC(Previous) Examination and upon completion of which the candidate shall submit a trainingcompletion certificate from the Organization, where he has undergone training.


MJMC (Previous Year):

There shall be four papers of 100 marks each including sessional work and one practical (paper)carrying 100 marks.

EC dated 29.12.2001.

AC dated 8/9.5.2001.

433

MJMC (Final Year):Four papers of 100 marks each (including sessional work) and Dissertation/Production of a ShortRadio/Video/Television Program, carrying 100 marks each.

The Break-up of Marks:The break-up of marks shall be as follows for both MJMC Previous and Final Year:(a) Theory Paper:

(i) Written Examination - 75 marks(ii) Sessional Work - 25 marks

(b) Practical Paper:(i) Practical Examination - 75 marks(ii) Viva-Voce - 25 marks

**(c) Professional Training:Professional Training Completion Certificate issued by the Media Organizationwhere training is completed by the candidate and presentation at theDepartmental Seminar Defending the Training.

6. To pass the Examination a candidate must obtain:(a) 40% marks in sessional work of each paper.(b) 40% marks in each theory written paper and practical paper including viva-voce.(c) A certificate of successful completion of Professional Training issued by the Media

Organization where a candidate has undergone Training shall be obtained..(d) 40% marks in the dissertation/programme production project.(e) 50% of the aggregate marks of the previous and final examinations taken together.

EXPLANATION:Sessional work in each paper shall be based on class tests, provided that a candidate who fails toobtain the required percentage of marks in the aggregate for passing the Master’s Examination mayappear as an ex-student in subsequent examination in one or more papers and practical in which hehas failed to obtain 50% marks.


Provided further that subject to provision of Clause 8 of Chapter XXIII, a regular candidate whofails to obtain the minimum required marks in any paper at the Previous or the Final Examinationmay appear in that paper only at subsequent examination.

7. A candidate who obtains 60% of the aggregate marks or more shall be placed in the First Division,one who obtains less than 60% but not less than 50% of the marks shall be placed in the SecondDivision;Provided that if a candidate wishes to improve his performance, he may be allowed by the Dean ofthe Faculty on the recommendation of the Chairman of the Department to repeat the Examination inone or more papers after passing the complete Examination in accordance with Clause 14 of ChapterXVII of the Academic Ordinances.

8. A candidate who fails to qualify for the Degree of MJMC within four academic sessions shall bedebarred from pursuing the course further. However, a fifth academic session grace may be allowedonly by the Academic Council on the recommendation of the Chairman and Dean of the Faculty.

AC dated 8/9.5.2001.

**

434

Chapter XCV–B

Master of Journalism & Mass Communication (MJMC)in the Faculty of Social Science

(Under Semester System)(Effective from the Session 2004-2005)

1.(a) The degree of Master of Journalism & Mass Communication (MJMC) shall be awarded to acandidate who has passed Bachelor’s degree in any discipline of this University or an examinationrecognised by the University as its equivalent with not less than 50% marks in aggregate and hasundergone a regular course of study for not less than two academic years comprising of foursemesters and has fulfilled all requirements including attendance of the first, second, third and fourthsemesters.

(b) Candidates seeking admission to MJMC course will be selected on merit based on Admission Testsconducted by the University.

2.(a) A candidate shall be required to take a number of courses (five courses in each semester) inaccordance with the decision of the Academic Council on the recommendations of the Board ofStudies of the Department of Journalism and Mass Communication and the Faculty of SocialSciences. The courses shall carry specified number of credits and marks

(b) In order to be eligible for the award of the degree of Master of Journalism & Mass Communication,a candidate shall have to pass in all the four semester examinations so as to accumulate 80 creditsdistributed in four semesters of 20 credits each plus four credits for viva-voce examinations, in themanner as specified in Clause (6) below.

(c) If a candidate wishes to accumulate additional credits by regular study in the course(s) apart from theprescribed courses he/she may be permitted with the consent of the Department and the Faculty.

3.(a) The MJMC examination in a course shall comprise of End Semester Examination inTheory/Practical course and sessional work and/or practical work and/or project/dissertation and/orviva-voce examinations as prescribed by the Academic Council on the recommendations of theBoard of Studies of Department of Journalism and Mass Communication and the Faculty of SocialSciences.


(b) The allocation of marks in various components of evaluation for each course shall be as follows:Sessional Work : 25% marksEnd Semester Examination : 75% marks

(c) Sessional work in each course shall be based on tutorial assignments/seminar/groupdiscussion/essay writing / class tests/practical work (if any) or as specified by the Board of Studies,of the Department of Journalism and Mass Communication.

5. The examination shall be open to candidates who have under gone a regular course of study in thisUniversity and have put in at least 75% attendance in all the theory, practical and other coursestaken together in each semester;


435

Provided that the minimum attendance requirements of 75% shall have to fulfilled by the candidatefor each additional course separately, so that he/she can appear in the End Semester Examinationand perform sessional work/practicals (wherever prescribed).


Provided that the candidate must obtain at least 40% of the total marks in sessional work and EndSemester Examination taken together so as to pass in each additional course and to accumulate thecredits assigned to it.

Provided that the candidate shall not be deemed eligible for the award of MJMC degree, unlesshe/she has secured at least 50 percent marks in aggregate of all courses of first, second, third andfourth semester examinations and has completed Summer Training satisfactorily as specified by theBoard of Studies of the Department of Journalism and Mass Communication.

However, if a candidate obtains less than 50 percent marks in aggregate of I and/or II semesterexaminations, shall be allowed to appear for improvement in End Semester Examinations of one ormore courses in the next subsequent session alongwith III and/or IV semester examinations.

Further, if a candidate obtains less than 50 percent marks in aggregate of all the four semesterexaminations combined shall have to appear for improvement in End Semester Examinations of oneor more courses in the next subsequent session. The marks awarded at the subsequent semesterexamination and sessional marks obtained earlier as a regular student shall be taken into account.The marks of the courses in which the candidate has passed and did not appear for improvementshall be carried forward. There shall be no improvement in the sessional work/viva-voce/project/dissertation/seminar.

(b) A candidate who fails to obtain the minimum required marks to pass a course may be allowed toappear only at the subsequent End Semester Examination prescribed for that course. The marksawarded at the subsequent examination and the sessional marks obtained earlier as a regular studentshall be taken into account. The marks of the courses in which the candidate has already passedshall be carried forward.

(c) For ex-students, as defined in Chapter-XVII(A) (Semester System) of the Ordinances (Academic),permitted to appear in a subsequent End Semester Examination, marks awarded in the sessionals/practical work/ project/dissertation/viva-voce/seminar during their regular course of study shall becarried forward.


7.(a) A candidate who fails to put in at least 75% attendance in the I semester shall not be allowed topursue the studies in II semester. Such candidate may apply to the Dean of the Faculty for re -registration in the I semester in the next academic session. A candidate who fails to put in at least75% attendance in the II semester shall not be promoted to III semester. Such candidate may applyto the Dean of the Faculty for re-registration in the II semester in the next academic session.A regular student who fails to put in at least 75% attendance in the III/IV semester, may apply to theDean of the Faculty for re-registration in the III/IV semester in the next academic session within themaximum permissible period of four academic sessions from the date of his/her admission.

436




Provided that a regular candidate who having fulfilled the minimum attendance requirement, fails tosecure the required number of credits for promotion to the III semester, may apply for re-registrationas a regular student in the I or/and II Semester(s). He/she shall have to fulfil the attendancerequirement afresh and shall again perform sessional work and practicals (if any) and shall appear inthe End Semester Examination of all the courses at the next examination of I and II semesters. Anymarks obtained in the immediately preceding year and the attendance shall be disregarded. Similarlya regular candidate who having fulfilled the minimum attendance requirement, fails to secure therequired number of credits for obtaining the degree, may also apply for re-registration as a regularstudent in III and/or IV semester. He/she shall have to fulfil the attendance requirement afresh andshall again perform sessional work and practicals/ project and shall appear in all End SemesterExamination of the courses at the next examination of III and/or IV Semester. Any marks obtainedin the immediately preceding year and the attendance shall be disregarded. But no candidate shall bepermitted to continue as a regular student for more than two consecutive years in any semester;

Provided further that in case, a candidate fails to accumulate required number of credits to obtain thedegree within 8 semesters from the date of his/her first admission, he/she shall cease to be a regularstudent. He/she may be permitted to appear at the immediately following End SemesterExaminations of I and/or II and/or of III and/or IV semester courses, as the case may be, as an ex-student permitted by the Academic Council only if he has undergone a regular course of study in IIIand IV semesters and after having fulfilled attendance and other requirements of III and IVsemesters;

Provided further that in no case a candidate shall be allowed to appear in the examination beyond 10semesters from the date of his/her first admission.


(d) A candidate who fails to obtain minimum required marks to pass the courses at the I or/and IIIsemester examinations, or is unable to take that examination for reasons beyond his/her control maybe allowed to pursue the course of study for the II and/or IV semester examination as the case maybe.

(e) No candidate shall be eligible for MJMC degree unless he/she has passed all courses for I,II,III andIV semester examinations and has completed Summer Training satisfactorily as specified by theBoard of Studies of the Department of Journalism & Mass Communication.

437

8. The division in which a successful candidate is to be placed shall be determined on the basis ofaggregate marks obtained by him/her in all the four semester examinations taken together.Candidates who obtain 60% of the aggregate marks or more shall be placed in the First Division,those who obtain less than 60% but not less than 50% of the aggregate marks shall be placed in theSecond Division;

Provided that the accumulated credits of additional course(s) by the candidate shall not be countedtowards Division.

9. If any regular candidate passes I, II, III and IV semester examinations and wishes to improve his/herperformance, he/she may appear at the End Semester Examination of not more than 25% of the(Theory) Courses not later than one year after the declaration of his/her result on passing thecomplete examination. There shall be no improvement in the sessional work/ practicals/ viva-voce/project/dissertation/seminar. The marks awarded to him/her for the sessional work and practicalexamination during his/her regular course of study shall be carried forward. Such candidates shallnot be allowed hostel accommodation;



438

TRANSITORY ORDINANCES TO CHAPTER XCV(B)(for MJMC in the Faculty of Social Sciences)

The last examination for regular candidates in the Faculty of Social Sciences as per ChapterXCV(A) of Ordinances (Academic) for MJMC shall be held as under:

MJMC (Previous) _____ 2004MJMC (Final) _____ 2005

Notwithstanding anything contained in these Ordinances, candidates who fail in the abovementioned examinations and are appearing at the next corresponding examination shall be governed by thefollowing Ordinances.

(i) Candidates who are admitted to MJMC degree programme in the Session 2003-2004 or earlier underChapter XCV(A) of the Ordinances (Academic) but due to shortage of attendance or otherwisecould not appear in MJMC (Previous) Examination, may be permitted to pursue their studies afreshwithin prescribed time limit under new Chapter XCV(B) of the Ordinances (Academic) providedthat such candidates give an undertaking to abide by the Ordinances, Regulations and Rulesprescribed for the purpose.There shall be no further continuation/re-admission to I semester MJMC degree course as regularcandidate.

(ii) Candidates who are admitted to MJMC degree programme in the session 2003-2004 or earlier underChapter XCV(A) of the Ordinances (Academic) but due to shortage of attendance or otherwise,could not appear at MJMC (Final) Examination, may be allowed to pursue their studies in MJMC(Final) under Chapter XCV(B) of the Ordinances (Academic) as regular students. They shall begoverned by the Ordinances (Academic) under Chapter XCV(B) effective from the session 2004-2005. For such candidates, the result and division etc. shall be based on the performance of MJMC(Previous) under old scheme of teaching and examination (Chapter XCV(A)) and the performanceof MJMC. (III & IV Semesters) under the Chapter XCV(B) of the Ordinances (Academic).

For such candidates there shall be no further continuation/re-admission in III Semester MJMCdegree programme as regular candidate after the expiry of four academic sessions from the date ofadmission to the MJMC degree programme. However, a candidate may be permitted by AcademicCouncil, on the recommendations of the Chairman of the Department and the Dean of the concernedFaculty to appear as an ex-student in the uncleared courses after the expiry of four academic years.

(iii) There shall be no equivalent course/subject under Chapter XCV(B) of the Ordinances (Academic) inlieu of the course/subject of old scheme of teaching and examination schedule under ChapterXCV(A).A candidate who has failed in the course(s) / subject(s) under the old scheme of Annual Systemunder Chapter XCV(A) shall be required to clear his/her uncleared course(s)/subject(s) of oldscheme of teaching examination. For such candidates, the sessional marks obtained earlier as regularcandidates shall be taken into account at the subsequent examinations. The marks of the courses inwhich the candidate has already passed shall be carried forward.

439

Chapter XCV–CM.A. (Mass Communication (MAMC))

in the Faculty of Social Science(Under Semester System)

(Effective from the Session 2006-2007)

1.(a) The degree of M.A. (Mass Communication) (MAMC) shall be awarded to a candidate who haspassed Bachelor’s degree in any discipline of this University or an examination recognised by theUniversity as its equivalent with not less than 50% marks in aggregate and has undergone a regularcourse of study for not less than two academic years comprising of four semesters and has fulfilledall requirements including attendance of the first, second, third and fourth semesters.

(b) Candidates seeking admission to MAMC course will be selected on merit based on Admission Testsconducted by the University.

2.(a) A candidate shall be required to take a number of courses (five courses in each semester) inaccordance with the decision of the Academic Council on the recommendations of the Board ofStudies of the Department of Mass Communication and the Faculty of Social Sciences. The coursesshall carry specified number of credits and marks

(b) In order to be eligible for the award of the degree of M.A. (Mass Communication), a candidate shallhave to pass in semester examinations so as to accumulate 80 credits distributed in four semesters of20 credits each alongwith four credits for viva-voce examinations, in the manner as specified inClause (6) below.

(c) If a candidate wishes to accumulate additional credits by regular study in the course(s) apart fromthe prescribed courses he/she may be permitted with the consent of the Department and the Faculty.

3.(a) The MAMC examination in a course shall comprise of End Semester Examination inTheory/Practical course and sessional work and/or practical work and/or project/dissertation and/orviva-voce examinations as prescribed by the Academic Council on the recommendations of theBoard of Studies of Department of Mass Communication and the Faculty of Social Science.


(b) The allocation of marks in various components of evaluation for each course shall be as follows:

Sessional Work : End Semester Examination 25% marks : 75% marks

(c) Sessional work in each course shall be based on tutorial assignments/seminar/group discussion/essay writing/ class tests/practical work (if any) or as specified by the Board of Studies, of theDepartment of Mass Communication.

5. The examination shall be open to candidates who have under gone a regular course of study in thisUniversity and have put in at least 75% attendance in all the theory, practical and other coursestaken together in each semester;

Change of nomenclature from Master of Journalism & Mass Communication (MJMC) to M.A. (Mass Communication) (MAMC)

vide letter No. 105/Faculty of Social Sciences dated 21.2.2006 as per directive from U.G.C./EC dated 4.10.2005

440

Provided that the minimum attendance requirements of 75% shall have to fulfilled by the candidatefor each additional course separately, so that he/she can appear in the End Semester Examinationand perform sessional work/practicals (wherever prescribed).


Provided that the candidate must obtain at least 40% of the total marks in sessional work and EndSemester Examination taken together so as to pass in each additional course and to accumulate thecredits assigned to it.

Provided that the candidate shall not be deemed eligible for the award of MAMC degree, unlesshe/she has secured at least 50 percent marks in aggregate at all courses of first, second, third andfourth semester examinations and has completed Summer Training satisfactorily as specified by theBoard of Studies of the Department of Mass Communication.

However, if a candidate obtains less than 50 percent marks in aggregate of I and/or II semesterexaminations, shall be allowed to appear for improvement in End Semester Examinations of one ormore courses in the next subsequent session alongwith III and/or IV semester examinations.

Further, if a candidate obtains less than 50 percent marks in aggregate of all four semesterexaminations combined shall have to appear for improvement in End Semester Examinations of oneor more courses in the next subsequent session. The marks awarded at the subsequent semesterexamination and sessional marks obtained earlier as a regular student shall be taken into account.The marks of the courses in which the candidate has passed and did not appear for improvementshall be carried forward. There shall be no improvement in the sessional work/viva-voce/project/dissertation/seminar.

(b) A candidate who fails to obtain the minimum required marks to pass in a course may be allowed toappear only at the subsequent End Semester Examination prescribed for that course. The marksawarded at the subsequent examination and the sessional marks obtained earlier as a regular studentshall be taken into account. The marks of the courses in which the candidate has already passedshall be carried forward.

(c) For ex-students, as defined in Chapter-XVII of the Ordinances (Academic), permitted to appear in asubsequent End Semester Examination, marks awarded in the sessionals/ practical work/project/dissertation/viva-voce/seminar during their regular course of study shall be carried forward.


7.(a) A candidate who fails to put in at least 75% attendance in the I semester shall not be allowed topursue the studies in II semester. Such candidate may apply to the Dean of the Faculty for re -registration in the I semester in the next academic session. A candidate who fails to put in at least75% attendance in the II semester shall not be promoted to III semester. Such candidate may applyto the Dean of the Faculty for re-registration in the II semester in the next academic session.A regular student who fails to put in at least 75% attendance in the III/IV semester, may apply to theDean of the Faculty for re-registration in the III/IV semester in the next academic session within themaximum permissible period of four academic sessions from the date of his/her admission.

441




Provided that a regular candidate who having fulfilled the minimum attendance requirement, fails tosecure the required number of credits for promotion to the III semester, may apply for re-registrationas a regular student in the I or/and II Semester(s). He/She shall have to fulfill the attendancerequirement afresh and shall again perform sessional work and practicals (if any) and shall appear inthe End Semester Examination of all the courses at the next examination of I and II semesters. Anymarks obtained in the immediately preceding year and the attendance being disregarded. Similarly aregular candidate who having fulfilled the minimum attendance requirement, fails to secure therequired number of credits for obtaining the degree, may also apply for re-registration as a regularstudent in III and/or IV semester. He/She shall have to fulfill the attendance requirement afresh andshall again perform sessional work and practicals/ project and shall appear in all End SemesterExamination of the courses at the next examination of III and/or IV Semester. Any marks obtainedin the immediately preceding year and the attendance being disregarded. But no candidate shall bepermitted to continue as a regular student for more than two times in any semester;

Provided further that in case, a candidate fails to accumulate required number of credits to obtain thedegree within 8 semesters from the date of his/her first admission, he/she shall cease to be a regularstudent. He/she may be permitted to appear at the next immediately following End SemesterExaminations of I and II and/or of III and IV semester courses, as the case may be, as an ex-studentpermitted by the Academic Council only if he has undergone a regular course of study in III and IVsemesters and after having fulfilled attendance and other requirements of III/IV semesters;

Provided further that in no case a candidate shall be allowed to appear in the examination beyond 10semesters from the date of his/her first admission;

(c) A candidate pursuing a regular course of study, promoted to III/ IV semester can not receiveinstruction or undertake sessional work in any course of the I/ II semester.


(d) A candidate who fails to obtain minimum required marks to pass in the courses at the I or/and IIIsemester examinations, or is unable to take that examination for reasons beyond his/her control maybe allowed to pursue the course of study for the II and /or IV semester examination as the case maybe.

(e) No candidate shall be eligible for MAMC degree unless he/she has passed in all courses for theI,II,III and IV semester examinations and has completed Summer Training satisfactorily as specifiedby the Board of Studies of the Department of Mass Communication.

442

8. The division in which a successful candidate is to be placed shall be determined on the basis ofaggregate marks obtained by him/her in all the four semester examinations taken together.Candidates who obtain 60% of the aggregate marks or more shall be placed in the First Division,those who obtain less than 60% but not less than 50% of the aggregate marks shall be placed in theSecond Division.

Provided that the accumulated credits of additional course(s) by the candidate shall not be countedtowards Division.

9. If any regular candidate passes I, II, III and IV semester examinations and wishes to improve his/herperformance, he/she may appear at the End Semester Examination of not more than 25% of the(Theory) Courses not later than one year after the declaration of his/her result on passing thecomplete examination. There shall be no improvement in the sessional work/ practicals/ viva-voce/project/dissertation/seminar. The marks awarded to him/her for the sessional work and practicalexamination during his/her regular course of study shall be carried forward. Such candidates shallnot be allowed hostel accommodation;

Provided that such permission shall be granted only once, and that the candidate shall not havejoined any other course of study in the meanwhile;


443

CHAPTER-XCVI

forM.Sc. (Museology) (Under Semester System)

(in the Faculty of Life Sciences)(Effective from the Session 2004-2005)

1. The degree of M.Sc. (Museology) shall be awarded to a candidate who has obtained Bachelordegree under 10+2+3 system of education with relevant subjects such as Zoology, Botany, WildLife, Geology, Geography, Anthropology, Archaeology, Agriculture, Forestory, EnvironmentalSciences, Chemistry, Industrial Chemistry, Biochemistry, Computer Applications, Engineering orany other relevant subject, from this University or an examination recognized by the University asits equivalent and has undergone a regular course of study for not less than two academic yearscomprising of four semesters and has fulfilled all requirements including attendance of the first,second, third and fourth semesters.

2. The candidates will be selected for admission to M.Sc. (Museology) strictly on merit to bedetermined on the percentage of marks in aggregate obtained at the qualifying examination.

3. (a) A candidate shall be required to take a number of courses in accordance with the decisions ofthe Academic Council on the recommendations of the Board of Studies of the Department ofMuseology and the Faculty of Life Sciences. The courses shall carry specified number ofcredits and marks.

(b) In order to be eligible for the award of M.Sc. (Museology) degree, a candidate shall have topass in all the four semester examinations so as to acquire/accumulate 96 credits distributedin four semesters of 24 credits each, in the manner as specified in Clause (6) below;

Provided that, there shall be practical courses of two or four credits each as specified by the Boardof Studies of the Department of Museology and the Faculty of Life Sciences.

4. (a) There shall be continuous evaluation consisting of sessional work spread over the semester,followed by End Semester Examinations at the end of each semester.

(b) The M.Sc. (Museology) examination in a course shall comprise of End SemesterExamination in Theory/ Practical Course and sessional work and/or practical work and/orproject/dissertation/ specimens & field study and/or seminar and/or viva-voce examinationsas prescribed by the Academic Council on the recommendations of the Board of Studies ofthe Department of Museology and Faculty of Life Sciences.

(c) The allocation of marks in various components of evaluation for each theory /practicalcourse/dissertation /project shall be as follows:


(d) Sessional work in each course shall be based on assignments/class tests/practical work or asspecified by the Board of Studies of Department of Museology.


444

5. The examination shall be open to candidates who have under gone a regular course of study in thisUniversity and have put in at least 75% attendance in all the theory, laboratory and other coursestaken together in each semester.

6 (a) To pass each of the theory/laboratory/project/dissertation/specimen & field study/ seminar/viva-voce courses and to accumulate credits assigned to it, a candidate must obtain at least40% of the total marks in sessional work and End Semester Examination, taken together;

(b) A candidate who fails to obtain the minimum required marks to pass in a course may beallowed to appear only at the subsequent End Semester Examination prescribed for thatcourse. In no case, supplementary or special examination shall be held. The marks awarded atthe subsequent examination and the sessional marks obtained earlier as a regular student shallbe taken into account. The marks of the courses in which the candidate has already passedshall be carried forward.

(c) For ex-students, as defined in Chapter-XVII(A) of the Ordinances (Academic), permitted toappear in a subsequent End Semester Examination, sessional marks awarded in a course(s)during their regular course of study shall be carried forward.

7. (a) A candidate who fails to put in at least 75% attendance in the I semester shall not be allowedto pursue the studies in II semester. Such candidate may apply to the Dean of the Faculty forre - registration in the I semester in the next academic session. A candidate who fails to put inat least 75% attendance in the II semester shall not be promoted to III semester. Suchcandidate may apply to the Dean of the concerned Faculty for re-registration in the IIsemester in the next academic session.

A regular student who fails to put in at least 75% attendance in the III/IV semester, may apply to theDean of the concerned Faculty for re-registration in the III/IV semester in the next academic sessionwithin the maximum permissible period of four academic sessions.

(b) A candidate who puts in 75% attendance in the I and II semesters separately but fails toacquire 24 credits in the I and II semester examinations taken together shall not be promotedto the III semester. He/she shall cease to be a regular student;

However, he/she may appear as an ex - student only in End Semester Examination of the course(s)in which he/she has failed, at the next semester examinations. An ex-student who thus having ceasedto be a regular student, acquires the minimum number of credits for promotion to III semester, shallre-register himself/herself as a regular student for appearing at the examination of III semester;

Provided that a regular candidate who having fulfilled the minimum attendance requirement, fails tosecure the required number of credits for promotion to the III semester, may apply for re-registrationas a regular student in the I or/and II Semester(s). He/she shall have to fulfil the attendancerequirement afresh and shall again perform sessional work and practicals and shall appear in the EndSemester Examination of all the courses at the immediately following examination of I and/or IIsemesters. Any marks obtained in the immediately preceding year and the attendance shall bedisregarded. Similarly a regular candidate who having fulfilled the minimum attendancerequirement, fails to secure the required number of credits for obtaining the degree, may also applyfor re-registration as a regular student in III and/or IV semester. He/she shall have to fulfil theattendance requirement afresh and shall again perform sessional work and practicals/ project andshall appear in all End Semester Examination of the courses at the next examination of III and/or IVSemester. Any marks obtained in the immediately preceding year and the attendance shall be

445

disregarded. But no candidate shall be permitted to continue as a regular student for more than twoconsecutive years in any semester;

Provided further that in case, a candidate fails to accumulate required number of credits to obtain thedegree within eight (8) semesters from the date of his/her first admission, he/she shall cease to be aregular student. He/she may be permitted to appear at the immediately following End SemesterExaminations of I and/or II and/or of III and/or IV semester courses, as the case may be, as anex-student permitted by the Academic Council only if he/she has undergone a regular course ofstudy in III and IV semesters and after having fulfilled attendance and other requirements of III andIV semesters;

Provided further that in no case a candidate shall be allowed to appear in the examination beyondten (10) semesters from the date of his/her first admission.

(c) A candidate pursuing a regular course of study and promoted to III/ IV semester can notreceive instruction or undertake sessional work in any course of the I/ II semester;


(d) A candidate who fails to obtain minimum required marks to pass the courses at the I or/andIII semester examinations, or is unable to take that examination for reasons beyond his/hercontrol may be allowed to pursue the course of study for the II and /or IV semesterexamination as the case may be.

8. No candidate shall be eligible for M.Sc. (Museology) degree in a subject unless he/she has passed allcourses for the I, II, III and IV semester examinations.

The division in which a successful candidate is to be placed shall be determined on the basis ofaggregate marks obtained by him/her in all the four semester examinations taken together.Candidates who obtain 60% of the aggregate marks or more shall be placed in the First Division,those who obtain less than 60% but not less than 50% of the aggregate marks shall be placed in theSecond Division and those who secure less than 50% of the aggregate marks shall be placed in theThird Division;

9. If any regular candidate passes I, II, III and IV semester examinations and wishes to improve his/herperformance, he/she may appear in not more than 25% of the written papers (Theory courses) at theEnd Semester Examinations concerned not later than one year after the declaration of his/her resulton passing the complete examination. There shall be no improvement in the sessional work/practical work/ viva-voce/ project/dissertation/seminar/specimens & field study. The marks awardedto him/her for the sessional work and practical examination during his/her regular course of studyshall be carried forward. Such candidates shall not be allowed hostel accommodation;



446

Chapter XCVI(A)Post – M.Sc. Diploma in Museology

(2 – Semester Programme)(in the Faculty of Life Sciences)


1. The Post M.Sc. Diploma in Museology shall be awarded to a candidate who has passed M.Sc.Degree with not less than 50% marks in aggregate of this University or an examination recognisedby this university as its equivalent in Zoology/Wild life/ Botany/Geology/Chemistry/ Anthropology/Archaeology/History/Fine Arts and has undergone a regular course of study for not less than oneacademic year comprising of two semesters and has fulfilled all requirements including attendanceof first and second semesters.

2. In order to be eligible for the award of Post M.Sc. Diploma in Museology , a candidate shall have topass in all the semester examinations so as to accumulate 48 credits distributed in two semesters.

3. The courses, the credits and the marks allotted to each course shall be prescribed by the AcademicCouncil on the recomentations of the Board of Studies of the Department of Museology and theFaculty of Life Sciences.

4. The allocation of marks in various components of evaluation for each course/ dissertation shall be asfollows:


5. The semester examinations shall be open to candidates who have undergone a regular course ofstudy in this University for two semesters and have put in at least 75% attendance in all coursestaken together in each semester.

6. (a) To pass each course/ dissertation and to accumulate credits assigned to it, a candidate mustobtain at least 40% of the total marks in sessional work and End Semester Examination ,taken together.

(b) A candidate who fails to obtain the minimum required marks to pass in a course may beallowed to appear only at the subsequent End Semester Examination prescribed for thatcourse as an ex-student, as per Chapter XVII(A) of the Ordinances (Academic). The marksawarded at the subsequent end semester examination and sessional marks obtained earlier asa regular student shall be taken into account. The marks of the courses in which the candidatehas already passed shall be carried forward.


7. A candidate who fails to fulfil attendance requirements in I and/or II Semester(s) may be allowed forre-registration in I and/or II Semester in the next session within a maximum permissible period oftwo academic sessions from the date of his/her admission.However, a candidate who has fulfilled attendance requirements of I and II Semesters, may bepermitted to appear at the immediately following End Semester Examinations as an ex-student tocomplete the remaining requirements for the award of Post M.Sc. Diploma in Museology;


447


8. The division in which a successful candidate is to be placed shall be determined on the basis ofaggregate marks obtained by him/her in first and second semesters taken together. Candidates whoobtain 60% of the aggregate marks or more shall be placed in the First Division; those who obtainless than 60% but not less than 50% of the aggregate marks shall be placed in the Second Divisionand those who obtain less than 50% of the aggregate marks shall be placed in Third Division.

9. If a candidate passes I and II semester examinations and wishes to improve his/her performance,he/she may appear in not more than 25% of the written papers of theory courses at the End SemesterExaminations, not later than one academic session after the declaration of his/her result on passingthe complete examination. There shall be no improvement in the sessional work/dissertation/ viva-voce examination. The marks awarded to him/her for the sessional work/dissertation/ viva-voceexamination during his/her regular course of study shall be carried forward. Such candidates shallnot be allowed hostel accommodation;



448

CHAPTER – XCVIIMASTER OF FINANCE AND CONTROL (MFC)

1. Master of Finance and Control (MFC) shall be a two years full-time professional course divided intofour terms. There shall be separate course of studies for each term and there shall be separateExamination for each term. The course of studies and examination in relation thereto shall compriseof theory papers, sessional work, dissertation, training report, term papers and class assignmentswhich will carry maximum marks as indicated in the course structure.

2. The Examination for the Degree of Master of Finance & Control shall be open to:

(a) Candidates who have undergone a regular course of study in the University for two academicsessions comprising four terms.

(b) Ex-students as defined in Chapter XVII, Clause 5.

3. The Examination of the Degree of Master of Finance & Control shall consist of papers as per coursestructure and following will be the scheme of evaluation:

(i) Each paper shall carry 100 marks of which 30 marks shall be reserved for internal assessmentbased on class room participation, seminar, term papers, tests and viva-voce. The weightagegiven to each of these factors shall be decided and announced at the beginning of the term.

(ii) The remaining 70 marks in each paper shall be awarded on the basis of a written examinationat the end of each term. The duration of the written examination of each paper shall be twohours.

(iii) The scheme of evaluation for the project wok shall be as follows:

(a) Project work shall begin from the 3rd term of Part II(II Year) and shall be evaluated for 70 marks bythe Supervisor concerned.

(b) There shall be a viva-voce examination at the end of Part II and shall be evaluated on the basis of 30marks by the Supervisor concerned and Chairman, Department of Commerce.

(c) The Supervisors for the above purpose shall be appointed by the Board of Studies.

(iv) The minimum marks for passing the examination for each term shall be 45% in each paperand 50% in the aggregate of the term.

(v) If a student fails or fails to appear in any one of the papers in a Term Examination, he/shewill be promoted to the next term and will be allowed to appear in that paper in theExamination for that particular term in the next year. However, if a candidate fails or fails toappear in more than one paper in one term, he/she will not be promoted to the next term.Candidate failing in one paper, may be permitted to make up the deficiency at subsequent butregular and scheduled examination only. There shall be no supplementary or specialexamination for such purpose. Further the Department shall have no responsibility toorganize and impart teaching in the paper in which candidate failed.

A.C. dated 27.7.1999.

449

(vi) “If at the end of the First Year, a student fails to secure 50% marks in the aggregate in eitherterm but has secured 45% marks in each paper then the candidate will be allowed to proceedto the next term and to reappear in any paper/papers according to his choice at the appropriatetime in order to improve his position to get the required 50% marks in aggregate.”

4. Successful candidates will be classified on the basis of combined results of all the four termExaminations as follows:

(a) Candidates securing 60% and above - First Division(b) All others - Second Division

5. (a) The condition of passing the course shall not be deemed to have been satisfied unlessstudents undergo Practical Training under the supervision of the Department in approvedOrganizations for at least two months.

(b) At the end of first two terms each student shall have to undertake Practical Training for aperiod of two months in approved Organizations.

6. No candidate shall be considered to have perused a regular course of study and shall therefore not beeligible to take an examination unless he is certified by the Department to have attended three-fourthof the total number of lectures, tutorials and seminars conducted in each term during his course ofstudy.

7. If a candidate who fails to qualify for the Degree of MFC within four academic sessions after hisadmission, he/she shall not be allowed to peruse the course further without the permission of theAcademic Council on the recommendation of the Board of Studies of Department of Commerce.

8. Candidates admitted to MFC Course shall not seek part-time employment during the tenure of twoyears course of study.

9. The language of instructions and examinations in each term shall be English.

10. The maximum time allowed to the candidates for a submission of Dissertation/Project Report asprescribed in MFC-24 in IV Term shall be six months from the date of end of MFC IV TermExamination. A candidate may, however, be allowed as a special case to submit his/herDissertation/Project Report after the expiry of six months after obtaining necessary permission fromthe Departmental Committee/Board of Studies.

11. Approved the revival of the submission of Training Report by MFC students by end of their IIITerm w.e.f. the session 2003-04. Further approved the evaluation of the Training Report out of amaximum of 100 marks split to

(a) written part of the Report carrying 70 maximum marks, and(b) presentation of the report before an audience comprising the Chairman or his nonimee, the

examiner & the classmates, carrying 30 marks. There shall be one examiner for the writtenpart as well as presentation part and he shall receive examination remuneration for each partseparately.

O.M. NO. XM/PA/Ord.F.35(i) – MFC III – 82 dated 19.4.2004.

450

ANNEXURE – D

MASTER OF FINANCE AND CONTROL (MFC)COURSE STRUCTURE

(To be effective from the session 1997-98)

Course No. Title Of The Paper Max. MarksSessional Exam. Total

MFC-I TERMMFC-01 General Management 30 70 100MFC-02 Managerial Economics 30 70 100MFC-03 Regulatory Environment of Business 30 70 100MFC-04 Quantitative Methods 30 70 100MFC-05 Financial Accounting & Reporting 30 70 100

MFC-06 Financial Management 30 70 100MFC-II TERMMFC-07 Cost of Accounting for Planning and

Control30 70 100

MFC-08 Personnel Management 30 70 100MFC-09 Electronic data Processing (Theory)

Electronic Data Processing (Practical)1020

3040

MFC-10 Investment Analysis 30 70 100MFC-11 Indian Financial System 30 70 100MFC-12 Tax Accounting 30 70 100MFC-III TERMMFC-13 Strategic Management 30 70 100MFC-14 Corporate Tax Management 30 70 100MFC-15 Portfolio Management 30 70 100MFC-16 International Finance 30 70 100MFC-17 Small Business Financial Management 30 70 100

MFC-18 Accounting for Decision Making 30 70 100MFC-IV TERMMFC-19 Multinational Financial Management 30 70 100

MFC-20 Project Management 30 70 100MFC-21 Marketing of Financial Services 30 70 100MFC-22 Insurance & Risk Management 30 70 100MFC-23 Management of Bank Funds & Bank

Accounts30 70 100

MFC-24 Project Study/ReportViva – Voce

7030

100

100

451

CHAPTER – XCVIIIMASTER OF TOURISM ADMINISTRATION (MTA)

1. Master of Tourism Administration (MTA) shall be a two years professional course divided into fourterms. There shall be separate course of studies for each Term and there shall be separateExamination for each Term. The course of studies and examination in relation thereto shallcomprise of theory papers, sessional work, dissertation, training report, term papers and classassignments which will carry maximum marks as indicated in the course structure.

2. The examination for the Degree of Master of Tourism Administration shall be open to:

(a) candidates who have undergone a regular course of study in the University for two AcademicSessions comprising four terms.

(b) e-students as defined in Chapter XVII, Clause 5.

3. The Examination for the Degree of Master of Tourism Administration shall consists of papers as percourse structure and following will be the scheme of evaluation:

(i) Each paper shall carry 100 marks of which 30 marks shall be reserved for internal assessmentbased on class room participation, seminar, term papers, tests, viva-voce and attendance. Theweightage given to each of these factors shall be decided and announced at the beginning ofthe term.

(ii) The remaining 70 marks in each paper shall be awarded on the basis of a written examinationat the end of each term. The duration of the written examination of each paper shall be twohours.

(iii) There shall be a viva-voce examination at the end of each term and shall carry 100 markseach. Examiners for viva-voce shall be appointed by the Board of Studies.

(iv) The minimum marks for passing the examination for each term shall be 45% in each paperand 50% in the aggregate of the term.

(v) If a student fails or fails to appear in any one of the papers in Term Examination, he/she willbe promoted to the next term and will be allowed to appear in that paper in the Examinationfor that particular term in the next year. However, if a candidate fails or fails to appear inmore than one paper in one term, he will not be promoted to the next term. Candidate failingin one paper may be permitted to make up the deficiency at subsequent but regular andscheduled examination only. There shall be no supplementary or special examination forsuch purpose. Further, the Department shall have no responsibility to organize and impartteaching in the paper in which candidate failed.

(vi) “If at the end of the First Year, a student fails to secureD50% marks in the aggregate in eitherterm but has secured 45% marks in each paper then the candidate will be allowed to proceedin the next term and to re-appear in any paper/papers according to his choice at theappropriate time in order to improve his position to get the required 50% marks inaggregate.”

AC dated 27.7.1999.

452

(vii) Discretionary/Grace marks up to four marks can be awarded in one paper only in the 3rd and4th Term Examination. No such marks shall be awarded in 1st and 2nd Term Examination.

4. Successful candidates will be classified on the basis of combined results of all the four TermExaminations as follows:

(a) Candidates securing 60% and above - First Division(b) All others - Second Division

5. The requirements for successful completion of the course leading to award of MTA Degree alsoinclude 8 week On-the-Job Training (Summer Training) in reputed/leading Tourism/TravelOrganizations and a report based on this training in the 3rd term and a report on Tourist Centrevisited in the 4th term. Provided further that each of these reports shall carry maximum of 100marks and shall be evaluated by the Supervisor to be appointed by the Board of Studies.

6. No candidate shall be considered to have pursued a regular course of study and shall therefore not beeligible to take an Examination unless he is certified by the Department to have attended three fourthof the total number of lectures, tutorials and seminars conducted in each term during his course ofstudy.

7. If a candidate who fails to qualify for the degree of MTA within four academic sessions after hisadmission shall not be allowed to pursue the course further without the permission of the AcademicCouncil on the recommendation of Board of Studies of the Department of Commerce

8. The language of instructions and examination in each term shall be English.

9. (Deleted)

10. The maximum period allowed to the candidates for submission of Project Report/Report on TouristCenter visited as prescribed in IV term, shall be six months from the date of end of Examination ofIV term. A candidate may, however be allowed as a special case to submit his/herDissertation/Project Report after the expiry of six moths after obtaining necessary permission fromthe Departmental Committee/Board of Studies.

AC dated 27.1.2003.

453

ANNEXURE – E

MASTER OF TOURISM ADMINISTRATION (MTA)COURSE STRUCTURE

(To be effective from the session 1997-98)

Course No. Title Of The Paper Max. MarksSessional Exam Total

MTA-I TERMMTA-101 Economics of Tourism 30 70 100MTA-102 Planning and Management of

International Tourism30 70 100

MTA-103 Tourism Marketing 30 70 100MTA-104 Indian History 30 70 100MTA-105 Organization & Management 30 70 100MTA-106 Hotel Management 30 70 100MTA-107 Foreign Language 30 70 100MTA-108 Viva Voce - 100 100

MTA-II TERMMTA-201 Indian Society and Culture 30 70 100MTA-202 Financial Management 30 70 100MTA-203 Human Resource Development 30 70 100MTA-204 Organizational Behaviour 30 70 100MTA-205 Quantitative Methods 30 70 100MTA-206 Tourism Geography 30 70 100MTA-207 Foreign Language 30 70 100MTA-208 Viva-Voce - 100 100

MTA-III TERMMTA-301 Business Policy & Social Responsibility 30 70 100MTA-302 Legal & Regulatory Frame-Work of

Tourism30 70 100

MTA-303 Management of Travel Agency & TourOperations

30 70 100

MTA-304 Operations Management 30 70 100MTA-305 Pricing Policy and Consumer Behaviour 30 70 100MTA-306 Foreign Language 30 70 100MTA-307 Report on On-the-Job Training - 100 100MTA-308 Viva-Voce - 100 100

MTA-IV TERMMTA-401 Tourist Products of India 30 70 100MTA-402 Management Information System and

Computer Application30 70 100

MTA-403 Environment and Ecology 30 70 100MTA-404 Adventure Tourism 30 70 100MTA-405 Public Enterprise Management of an

Organization connected with Tourism30 70 100

MTA-406 Foreign Language 30 70 100MTA-407 Report on Tourist Centre Visited - 100 100MTA-408 Viva-Voce - 100 100

454

Chapter ICM.Tech. (Computer Science & Technology)

1. No candidate shall be eligible for the award of M.Tech. degree in Computer Science & Technologyunless he has undergone a regular course of study for not less than (Three) semesters at theUniversity;

Provided that a teacher of a practicing Engineer may be admitted to part-time regular course of studywhich shall ordinarily extend over five semesters.

2. The examination for the M.Tech. degree in Computer Science & Technology shall be open tocandidates who have passed B.Sc. (Engg.) Examination of the University or/and Examinationrecognized by this University as its equivalent and have secured not less than 60% of the marks inthe examination;

Provided that the condition of securing 60% marks n the B.Sc. (Engg.) Examination for admission toM.Tech. course may be waived in case of teacher candidates who have put in not less than threeyears continuous service in the University.

3. (a) The course and marks allotted to each course, including sessional works and/or practicalexamination and/or viva voce examination and/or project and/or dissertation shall beprescribed by the Academic Council on the recommendations of the Board of Studies of theDepartment and the Faculty concerned.

(b) The preparation of dissertation shall be guided by a member of the teaching staff of theUniversity as determined by the Faculty on recommendation of the Department of Studiesconcerned.

(c) The candidate shall submit copies of his dissertation which shall be examined by twoexaminers appointed in the manner prescribed in the Ordinances. One of whom shallordinarily be the Supervisor and the other a person not engaged in teaching in the University.

4. (a) To pass in a course, a candidate must obtain:

(i) at least 40% of the marks in the written paper.(ii) 50% of marks in each practical examination and sessional work of the course, viva-

voce.(iii) 50% marks in aggregate.

(b) A candidate who fails to obtain 40% of the marks in the written paper but has passed in thesessional work of the course may appear subsequently only at Semester Examination in thewritten paper for that course as an ex-student to pass in the course.Provided that the marks awarded to such a candidate for examination and sessional workduring the regular course of study shall be taken into account at the subsequent examination.

5. No candidate shall be eligible for the M.Tech. degree in Computer Science & Technology unless hehas passed in all the courses and has obtained 50% of the marks in seminar and dissertationseparately prescribed for the examination.

455

6. The division in which a successful candidate is to be placed on the conclusion of the examination,shall be determined on the combined result of sessional work, written and practical examination,dissertation and seminar. Candidates who obtain 60% of the marks or more of the grand total shallbe placed in the First Division. All other successful candidates shall be placed in the SecondDivision.

Provided that the marks originally obtained by candidates who pass the examination in instalment inthe course in which they have failed shall be substituted by the marks obtained by them at thesubsequent examination.

7. If a candidate fails to pass in all the courses prescribed for the examination after having studied as aregular candidate for three semesters or as a part-time candidate for five semesters, he may beallowed by the Dean of the Faculty on the recommendation of the Chairman of the Departmentconcerned to study for not more than three additional semesters immediately following.

8. A candidate who fails to secure the requisite marks in each course within six semesters in the case ofregular candidates or within eight semesters in the case of part-time candidates after his admission,shall not be allowed to take further course for the degree without the permission of the AcademicCouncil on the recommendations of the Dean of the Faculty and the Chairman of the Departmentconcerned.

456

CHAPTER – (C)POST DIPLOMA IN ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING

1. The Post Diploma in Environmental Engineering shall be awarded to candidates who haveundergone at the University a regular course of study for three semesters (1½ academic years) afterhaving passed the Diploma in Engineering in Civil/Mechanical/Chemical/Drafting & Designing(Civil), and Drafting & Designing (Mechanical) Examination of the University or the Institutionsrecognized by the University of the same level.

2. The First Semester Examination for the Post Diploma in Environmental Engineering shall be opento candidates who have undergone a regular course of study for First Semester at the University.

3. The Second Semester Examination for the Post Diploma in Environmental Engineering shall beopen to candidates who have undergone a regular course of study for Second Semester at theUniversity after having passed the First Semester Examination for the Post Diploma inEnvironmental Engineering.

4. The Final Semester Examination for the Post Diploma in Environmental Engineering shall be opento candidates who have undergone a regular course of study for Third Semester at the Universityafter having passed the Second Semester Examination for the Post Diploma in EnvironmentalEngineering.

5. First and Second Semester Examinations shall be conducted partly by means of written paper andpartly by means of sessional work, practical and viva voce examination and Third Semesterexamination shall be based on project, sessional work and viva voce as may be prescribed by theFaculty on the recommendation of the Board of Studies concerned. A theory course consists ofwritten paper and corresponding theory sessional. A practical/project course consists of practicalsessional and corresponding practical viva voce examinations.

6. To pass each examination, a candidate must obtain:

(i) At least 40 per cent marks in each theory course and securing at least 25 per cent in theUniversity Examination.

(ii) At least 60 per cent marks in each practical course.

7. (a) The Division in which the successful candidates are to be placed at the end of FinalExamination shall be determined on the basis of the combined result of the First, Second andFinal Semester Examinations.

(b) Candidates who obtain 75% of the total marks or more shall be declared to have passed theExamination in First Division with Honours.

(c) A candidate who obtains 65% of the total marks or more but less than 75% shall be placed inthe First Division and who obtains less than 65% of the total marks but more than 50% of thetotal marks shall be placed in the Second Division.

(d) A candidate who obtains less than 50% of the total marks shall be declared as failed.

EC dated 7.2.2001 & 13.3.2001.

457

8. No candidate shall be allowed to improve his marks in Sessional or University Examination of acourse after having passed it.

9. (a) A candidate who fails in more than two prescribed courses of the First Semester shall not bepromoted to the Second Semester.

(b) A candidate who fails in more than two prescribed courses of Second Semester shall not bepromoted to the Third Semester.

(c) A candidate who fails in prescribed courses of First and Second Semesters shall have to clearall the backlog papers in the Third Semester within the prescribed duration of the PostDiploma in Environmental Engineering after which he will be entitled for the award of PostDiploma in Environmental Engineering.

10. No candidate shall be allowed to continue in the Post Diploma in Environmental EngineeringCourse beyond two and half years from the date of his admission to the First Semester of PostDiploma in Environmental Engineering. However, under special circumstances where the situationso justifies, the Academic Council on the recombination of the Faculty, may extend the duration.

458

Chapter (CI)Advanced Diploma in Multimedia System Management and Applications

(3 – Semester Course for Women Candidates)(Effective from the session 2005 – 2006)

1. The Advanced Diploma in Multimedia System Management and Applications shall be awarded tocandidates who have undergone at the University a regular course of study for three semesters (1.5academic years) after having passed the Diploma in Engineering (Computer/Electronics/InformationTechnology)/BCA/B.Sc. (Hons.) with Mathematics as main or subsidiary subject, or B.Sc. (Hons).in Information Technology Examination or his equivalent examination recognized by thisUniversity.

2. The First Semester Examination for the Advanced Diploma in Multimedia System Management andApplications shall be open to candidates who have undergone a regular course to study for the firstsemester at the University and have put in at least 75% physical attendance in all course takentogether during the semester.

3. The Second Semester Examination for the Advanced Diploma in Multimedia System Managementand Applications shall be open to candidates who have undergone a regular course of study for thesecond semester at the University after having passed the first semester examination for theAdvanced Diploma in Multimedia System Management and Applications and have put in atleast75% physical attendance in all course taken together during the semester.

4. The Final Semester Examination for the Advanced Diploma in Multimedia System Management andApplications shall be open to candidates who have undergone a regular course of study for the thirdsemester at the University after having passed the second semester examination for the AdvancedDiploma in Multimedia System Management and Applications and have put in at least 75% physicalattendance in all courses taken together during the semester.

5. Each of the Examination shall consist of theory courses and/or practical course and/or project asprescribed by the faculty on the recommendations of the Board of Studies concerned. A theorycourse shall consist of University Examination (written paper) and corresponding sessional work. Apractical course/project shall consist of practical/project sessional work and corresponding practicaland/or viva-voce examination.

6. To pass each examination, a candidate must obtain:-

(i) At least 40% of total marks in sessional work and University Examination (written paper)taken together in each theory course and securing at least 25% in the University Examination(written paper).

(ii) At least 60% of total marks in practical work/project sessional work and practical/viva-voceexamination taken together in each practical course/project.

7. (i) The division in which the successful candidate is to be placed at the end of a FinalExamination shall be determined on the basis of the combined result (cumulative marks) ofthe First, Second and Final Semester Examination taken together.


459

(ii) A Candidate who obtains 75% of the cumulative marks or more shall be declared to havepassed the Final Examination in First Division with Honors.

(iii) A candidate who obtains 65% of the cumulative marks or more but less than 75% shall beplaced in the First Division and who obtains less than 65% of the cumulative marks but morethan 50% of the cumulative mark shall be placed in the Second Division.

(iv) A candidate who obtains less than 50% of the cumulative marks shall be declared as failed.

8. No candidate shall be allowed to improve her marks in sessional or University Examination of acourse after having passed it. However, if a candidate who fails to obtain at least 50% of cumulativemarks, may improve her performance in the subsequent University Examination in one or moretheory papers only after passing all prescribed courses as per Clause (14) of Chapter XVII of theOrdinances (Academic).

9. (i) A candidate who fails in more than two prescribed courses of the First Semester of theDiploma Course shall not be promoted to the Second Semester of Diploma Course.

(ii) A candidate who fails in more than two prescribed courses of the Second Semester of theDiploma Course shall not be promoted to the Final Semester of Diploma Course.

(iii) A candidate who fails in prescribed course(s) in First and/or Second Semester shall have toclear backlog course(s) along with the First and/or Second Semester Examination held in thenext academic session as the case may be. The project may be submitted after completing therequirements of First and Second Semesters.

10. No candidate shall be allowed to continue in the Advanced Diploma in Multimedia SystemManagement and Applications Course beyond two and half years from the date of her admission tothe first semester of Advanced Diploma in Multimedia System Management and Applications.However, under special circumstances where the situation so justifies, the Academic Council on therecommendation of the Faculty, may extend the duration.

460

CHAPTER CII

Doctor in Philosophy (Business Administration)

1. A Research Committee shall be constituted for the purpose of administration of the Ph.D. (BusinessAdministration) in the manner specified below:

(a) The Chairman of the Committee shall be the Dean of the Faculty of Management Studies &Research of Aligarh Muslim University (AMU).

(b) The Co-Chairman of the Committee shall be the Director of Centre for ManagementAssociation, All India Management Association (AIMA) or any other person from the AIMAnominated by the Director-General of the AIMA.

(c) The Chairman Department of Business Administration shall be the ex-officio member of theResearch Committee. In case, the offices of the Dean and the Chairman are occupied by thesame person, the Vice Chancellor shall nominate a Professor of the Department of BusinessAdministration for a period of two years or till these offices are occupied by two differentincumbents, whichever is earlier; if there is no professor at a particular time, the Vice-Chancellor may nominate the senior most Reader for the same period.

(d) Another member of the Research Committee shall be nominated by the Director-Generalfrom AIMA-CME; and

(e) One member shall be an external expert recommended by the Board of Studies ofDepartment of Business Administration of Aligarh Muslim University and nominated by theVice-Chancellor. The appointment of the external expert shall be done with the concurrenceof the AIMA-CME.

2. A candidate will be eligible for admission to a course of study leading to the degree of Ph.D.(Business Administration) if:

(a) he/she has passed the Master’s degree examination in Management or allied subjects fromcommerce, humanities, sciences, etc. from this University or an equivalent examinationrecognised by this University or a PGDBM/PGDBA of at least two years duration from aninstitution approved by the AICTE with not less than 55 per cent marks or equivalent gradeprovided that he/she also had obtained not less than 50 per cent marks at his Bachelor’sdegree examination subject to any further requirements for eligibility that may be laid downby the Research Committee from time to time.

OR

(b) he/she has a professional qualification such as Engineering and Technology, Law, CharteredAccountancy, Cost Accountancy, or any other equivalent professional qualification,equivalent to a Master’s degree, with at least 55 per cent marks or equivalent grade.

AND(c) The candidate should have five years post qualification managerial experience. The candidate

should be a full-time Manager Administrator/Teacher etc. in Industry/Government/Ministry/Military Organization/NGO/Educational Institution etc during the entire duration of the

OM.No. (C)/1426 dated 22.11.1999 from the office of the Registrar (Council Section)

Revised vide O.M. No.(C)/1802 dated 27.4.2006 from the office of the Registrar (Council Section)

461

programme. Or as an academician in a Management Institution recognized by the All IndiaCouncil for Technical Education (AICTE) having a minimum experience of three years. Incase, the candidate does not remain in employment for whatsoever reasons during theprogramme he/she has to seek permission from the Research Committee for furthercontinuance of the programme.

3. The admission to Ph.D (Business Administration) programme shall be administered by AIMA-CMEat New Delhi in association with the Faculty of Management Studies and Research. Admission tothe Ph.D (Business Administration) programme shall be made through a written test to be conductedby the AIMA followed by a personal interview to be conducted by the Research Committee. Themode of conduct and the venue of the written test and interview shall be decided mutually by theAMU and the AIMA.

4. Candidates found suitable thus will be admitted to the Foundation Programme. Qualifying therequired number of courses as prescribed by the Research Committee from time to time is a pre-requisite for registration under the Ph.D. (Business Administration) Programme. There shall becompulsory courses in general management courses in functional and sub-functional areas andresearch methodology as laid down by the Research Committee from time to time. The courses willbe divided into four modules to be completed in one year normally. However a maximum of threeyears would be available to the candidates for completion of Foundation Programme.

5. Candidates may be exempted from one or more courses, subject to an upper limit of 50 per cent ofthe total number of optional courses to be done, if they have already undergone a similar courseduring any of their preceding educational programme. The AIMA’s Credit Transfer Committee on acase-to-case basis shall take the decision for exemption. Each case for exception shall be referred tothe Dean of the Faculty of Management Studies & Research. Aligarh Muslim University who shallafter reviewing the case accord his concurrence.

6. On completion of each semester, the candidate shall appear in an examination, consisting of theorypapers, to be conducted by the AIMA. Only those candidates shall be permitted to appear in theexamination who have completed the assignments, etc. for the particular courses to the satisfactionof the AIMA.

7. The candidates shall be required to obtain at least a C grade in each course separately and secure anoverall B grade on a 4-point scale in the course work after the end of two semesters failing whichthey will have to repeat the courses at the next examination.

8. On successful completion of the Foundation Programme, the candidate shall submit in theprescribed format his/her detailed research proposal within three months of the completion of theprogramme or before the next meeting of the Research Committee for research phase whichever islater, failing which he/she will not be allowed to pursue the research programme ordinarily.However, if the candidate is not able to do so for any genuine reason he/she may be allowed tosubmit the proposal in the subsequent meeting of the Research Committee with the prior approval ofthe Chairman, Research Committee. No further extension will be allowed in any case. The candidatethen shall be required to present the proposal before the Research Committee which shall evaluatethe proposal on the basis of the presentation done in the Seminar organized for this purpose. Ifnecessary on the recommendation of the Research Committee, the proposal may have to bemodified/ changed for resubmission for final approval. On the recommendation of ResearchCommittee, the candidate shall be registered for Ph.D. (Business Administration).

462

9. The Research Committee shall normally meet four times a year in such a manner that two meetingseach are held for the purposes of approval and admission process. The Research Committee shallordinarily meet in the months of January and July for approval of the research proposals. It shallordinarily meet twice within four weeks of the declaration of the Foundation Programmeexamination dates to process the research proposals.

10. Each Ph.D. (Business Administration) candidate shall be guided by a committee consisting of twothesis advisers. One of the advisers shall be a senior faculty member from the Department ofBusiness Administration, Faculty of Management Studies & Research AMU who shall be theinternal adviser and the other one will be proposed by the candidate who shall be the externaladviser. The candidate shall obtain the concurrence of the proposed external adviser in theprescribed format. The external adviser would be a senior level academician or manager in theindustry. The names of the advisers shall be approved by the Research Committee.

11. The candidate shall pursue his/her research work with the guidance of the thesis advisers and put inregular effort and give adequate time for the research work to be carried on satisfactorily. He/sheshall be required to submit a six-monthly evaluation report to the Research Committee in theprescribed format signed by both the advisers. The Research Committee shall review theperformance of the candidate and provide comments and suggestions. These suggestions shall bebinding on the candidate and their adherence shall be reported at the next six-monthly evaluation.In the event when minor change in the research topic or change of internal/external advisor isurgently needed and there is no likely-hood for holding the meeting of Research Committee in nearfuture, the Chairman, Research Committee may take appropriate action in this regard to avoid delayand to report in the next meeting of the Committee.

12. The candidate shall be eligible to submit his/her thesis after a minimum period of two years and amaximum period of four years after registration for the Ph.D. (Business Administration) programmei.e. after completion of the Foundation Programme.However, the Chairman, Research Committee on formal request by the candidate may allow anadditional six-months grace period.

13. On completion of the research work, the candidate shall be required to present and defend his/herthesis in a pre-submission seminar to be arranged at the AMU. The seminar shall be organised at theFaculty of Management Studies and Research, A.M.U. based on the recommendations of theadvisers in the prescribed format. The seminar shall be open to the faculty members and researchscholars at the Faculty of Management Studies & Research and they may ask questions and seekclarifications on the presentation. On successful presentation as verified by the Chairman,Department of Business Administration and the Dean, Faculty of Management Studies & Research,AMU, the thesis will be submitted.

14. The candidate shall submit five copies of the thesis to the AMU alongwith the certificate from theadvisors. The thesis shall be in the English Language. He/she should also submit a brief abstract ofhis/her thesis and indicate in a prefatory note what part of the thesis he/she claims as original, whatsources he/she has used, and in what respect his/her investigation appears to him/her to advance thestudy of that branch of knowledge. Any original papers published by the candidate may besubmitted as subsidiary or supporting material in favour of the candidature.

15. The thesis submitted by the candidate shall be examined by three external examiners, out of whomone shall be the internal advisor. The Vice-Chancellor AMU on the recommendation of theChairman, Research Committee, shall appoint the two external examiners. One of the external

463

examiners should necessarily be from a foreign country and the other from any other managementinstitute/department in India, including retired ones.

16. Each examiner shall write an evaluation report and make specific recommendation whether:(a) the thesis should be accepted for the award of Ph.D (Business Administration) degree subject

to a successful defence at the viva-voce examination; or(b) the thesis should be resubmitted after modifications suggested by the examiner; or(c) the thesis should be rejected.

17. The evaluation reports by the examiners shall be reviewed by the Chairman, Research Committeewho shall recommend the conduct of the viva- voce examination. The Chairman, Department ofBusiness Administration shall then arrange for the conduct of the viva-voce examination.

18. The viva-voce examination of the candidate shall be conducted by a panel consisting of the internaladviser and at least one of the two examiners appointed for evaluation of the thesis. The viva-voceshall be conducted in a manner similar to that for the Ph.D. degree of AMU.

19. On successful defence of the thesis at the viva-voce examination, the candidate shall be awardedPh.D. (Business Administration) by the AMU.

20. In case of a situation arising where there is no specific guideline provided by the above rules, thenrecourse shall be taken to the procedure provided for the Academic Ordinances related to the Ph.D.degree of the AMU.

21. Candidates admitted under the previous MOU Ordinances shall continue on the same terms andconditions, not withstanding the amendments/additions made in MOU Ordinances.

464

CHAPTER-CIIIPost Graduate Diploma in Banking, Risk and Insurance Management

(Semester System)(Effective from the session 2006 – 2007)

1. The P.G. Diploma in Banking, Risk and Insurance Management shall be awarded to a candidate whohas completed Bachelor’s degree in any discipline with at least 50% marks in aggregate from thisUniversity or an examination recognised by this University as its equivalent and has undergone aregular course of study for not less than one academic year comprising two semesters and fulfilledall the requirements including those of attendance of first and second semesters and one month’spractical training programme in an approved organisation after second semester examination.

Admission shall be based on the performance of admission test, personal interview/aptitudeassessment and group discussion. Candidates appearing in the final year of the Bachelor’s degreeexamination will also be eligible to apply. In such cases, selection will be provisional subject to thefulfillment of the above mentioned requirements by the date of interview/group discussion.

2. The examination for the Post-Graduate Diploma in Banking, Risk and Insurance Management shallbe open to:(a) candidates who have undergone a regular course of study in the University for not less than

one academic year comprising two semesters.Or

(b) ex-students as defined in Clause (5) of Chapter XVII (Revised) (Semester System).

3. (a) The courses, with the prescribed credits and marks (comprising of written paper and sessionalwork), viva-voce examination and compulsory training programme shall be prescribed by theFaculty on the recommendations of the Board of Studies of the Department of Commercefrom time to time.

(b) A candidate shall be required to take 12 courses of four credits (100 marks) each in a mannerthat he/she shall pursue 6 courses in first semester and remaining 6 courses andcomprehensive viva-voce examination of two credits (50 marks) in the second semester aswell as compulsory Training Programme of four credits (100 marks) in an approvedorganisation during /after second semester examination, as specified below in Clause (4).

(c) In order to be qualified for the award of P.G. Diploma in Banking, Risk and InsuranceManagement, a candidate shall have to pass in all the courses, viva-voce examination andtraining work programme so as to accumulate 54 credits distributed over two semesters.

4. (a) There shall be continuous evaluation of sessional work consisting of internal assessmentbased on class room participation, seminar, mid-semester tests and viva-voce etc. spread overtwo semesters followed by the End Semester Examination.The allocation of marks for each theory course shall be as follows:Sessional Work : 30%(Internal Assessment) :End Semester Examination : 70%(Written paper)The duration of End Semester Examination of each theory course shall be of two hours.

OM.No. XM/SPA/FN- 57 (xiii)/II-516 dt. 21.2.2007

465

(b) There shall be a comprehensive viva-voce examination consisting of 50 marks (2 credits) atthe end of second semester.

(c) Each student shall submit a training report by the end of September in the same examinationyear. The training report shall be of 70 marks and shall be awarded by the Supervisor of thecandidate to be appointed by the Board of Studies of Commerce Department. The remaining30 marks shall be for viva-voce examination to be conducted by the supervisor concernedand the Chairman of the Department of Commerce. However, a candidate may be allowed, asa special case, to submit his/her training report after the expiry of four months after obtainingnecessary permission from the Departmental Committee/ Chairman of CommerceDepartment.

(d) The semester examination shall be open to candidates who have undergone a regular courseof study in this University and have put in at least 75% of attendance in all courses takentogether in each semester.

5 (a) To pass each theory course or viva-voce examination or training programme/ report and toaccumulate credits assigned to it, a candidate must obtain at least 45% of the total marks insessional work (internal assessment) and End Semester Examination taken together andatleast 50% marks in aggregate of marks in both semesters.

(b) A candidate who fails to obtain the minimum marks required to pass a course may be allowedto appear only at the next subsequent End Semester Examination prescribed for that course.In no case, any supplementary or special examination shall be held. The marks awarded atthe next subsequent End Semester Examination and the marks obtained earlier in thesessional work (internal assessment) in the course(s) as a regular candidate shall be taken intoaccount to pass the course(s) to accumulate credits.

(c) For ex-students, as defined in Chapter XVII(A) (Semester System) of the Ordinances(Academic) and permitted to appear at the subsequent End Semester Examination, marksobtained in sessional work during their regular course of study shall be carried forward.

6. (a) A candidate who fails to put in atleast 75% of attendance in first semester shall not beallowed to pursue his/her studies in second semester. Such candidate may apply to the Dean,Faculty of Commerce for re-registration/ continuation in the first semester in the nextacademic session. Similarly, a candidate who fails to put in atleast 75% of attendance insecond semester may apply to the Dean Faculty of Commerce for re-registration /continuation in the second semester in the next academic session.

(b) A candidate who puts in at least 75% attendance and completes sessional work requirementsbut fails in one or more course(s) in the first and/or second semester examination(s), shallcease to be a regular student. Such candidate may appear as an ex-student only in the EndSemester Examination(s) of the course(s) in which he/she has failed at the next subsequentEnd Semester Examination subject to the permission by the Dean Faculty of Commerce;

Provided that a regular candidate who having fulfilled the minimum attendance requirementsof first and/or second semester may also apply for re-registration/continuation as a regularcandidate in the first and/or second semester. Such candidate who seeks re-registration /continuation shall have to fulfil the attendance requirements of first and/or second semesterafresh and shall again perform sessional work etc and shall appear in the next subsequent EndSemester Examination of all courses and viva-voce examination. Marks obtained in the

466

immediately preceding semester(s) and the attendance shall be disregarded. No candidateshall be permitted to continue as a regular student for more than two consecutive academicyears in any semester;Provided further that a candidate may be permitted by the Dean to appear at SemesterExaminations as an ex-student for one more year.Provided further that in case, a candidate fails to qualify for the award of P.G. Diploma inBanking, Risk and Insurance Management within six semesters (three year) from the date ofhis/her admission, he/she may be permitted by Academic Council on the recommendations ofthe Dean and Chairman of the Department of Commerce within next two semesters (oneyear) as an ex-student to complete the requirements of Degree. In no case the candidate shallbe allowed to complete the course after four years from the date of his/her admission.

7. A candidate who fails to obtain required marks to pass the course(s) at the first semesterexamination, or is unable to take the examination for reasons beyond his/her control after fulfillingthe requirements of attendance, may be allowed to pursue the course of study for the secondsemester subject to the permission of the Dean, Faculty of Commerce.

8. No candidate shall be eligible for the award of P.G. Diploma in Banking, Risk and InsuranceManagement unless he/she has passed in all courses of first and second semesters including viva-voce and training programme.

9. The division in which a successful candidate is to be placed shall be determined on the basis ofaggregate marks of all courses of both the semesters including viva-voce and training report takentogether. Candidates who obtain 60% of the aggregate marks or more shall be placed in the FirstDivision and those who obtain less than 60% but not less 50% of the aggregate marks shall beplaced in Second Division.

A candidates who has secured 45% marks in each course (Sessional Work and End SemesterExamination, taken together)/viva-voce/training report and fails to obtain at least 50% marks takentogether in first and second semester examinations shall be allowed to re-appear at the nextsubsequent End Semester Examinations in a course(s) of his/her choice as an ex-student in order toimprove his/her performance and to fulfil the requirement of 50% aggregate marks of bothsemesters. There shall be no improvement in sessional work.Such candidate shall not be provided any hostel accommodation;Provided that such permission shall be granted subject to the condition that the candidate is notpursuing or undergoing any other course of study in the mean while.

10. A maximum of four(4) Grace Marks may be awarded in one course only in either first or secondsemester to enable a candidate to pass the Final Examination. A maximum of four(4) DiscretionaryMarks may be awarded to a candidate for improvement of Division or to fulfil the requirement of50% aggregate marks of both the semester examinations, provided that he/she has not been awardedany Grace Marks. The Grace/Discretionary Marks so awarded are to be added to aggregate ofmarks.

11. Candidate admitted to P.G. Diploma in Banking, Risk and Management course of study shall not beallowed to seek part – time employment during the tenure of his/her regular course of study.

12. The language of instruction and examination shall be English.

Afsana: March 2007

Date post:	12-Feb-2017
Category:	Documents
Upload:	dinhkhuong
View:	230 times
Download:	5 times